Calendar Capilano College 96/97 Capilano College 1996-1997 NORTH VANCOUVER CAMPUS and Administrative Offices 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone (604) 986-1911 TDD (for deaf) 980-9921 FAX (604) 984-4985 SECHELT NORTH CAMPUS 5627 Inlet Avenue P.O. Box 1609 Sechelt, B.C. VON 3AO Telephone (604) 885-9310 Toll free from Vancouver: 987-1535 FAX (604) 885-9350 SECHELT SOUTH CAMPUS at House of Hewhiwus SQUAMISH CAMPUS 1150 Carson Place P.O. Box 1538 Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0 Telephone (604) 892-5322 Toll free from Vancouver: 986-3515 FAX (604) 892-9274 Capilano College is a smoke-free environment. 1 How To Find Us B.C. RAIL 4th Avenue \ 1 i eg Street 3rd Avenue c \ \ Win 2nd Avenue Loggers Lane B.C. RAIL DOWNTOWN SQUAMISH 2 North Vancouver Campus C a l l 983-7526 for a wheelchair access map. 3 Frequently Called Numbers 984-4913 Admissions 984-4971 Adult Basic Education 984-1759 Adult Special Education 984-4945 Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) 984-4990 Advising Centre Hotline 984-4959 Applied Business Technology 984-1727 Applied Information Technology 984-4911 Art Department 984-4981 Asia Pacific Management Co-op 984-4977 Athletics and Recreation 984-4972 Bookstore 984-4960 Business Administration 984-1706 CANASEAN 984-4983 Capilano College Foundation 984-4969 Capilano Students' Union Cashier 986-1911, local 2012 984-4983 College Relations Commercial Animation 986-1911, local 2154 Contract Services and 984-4901 Extension Programs Division 984-1744 Counselling 984-4950 Daycare Deans: Arts & Science Division 986-1911, local 2060 984-4923 Community & Careers Division 984-4975 Student Services 983-7526 Disability Support Services 984-4960 Early Childhood Care & Education 984-4971 English as a Second Language 984-4966 Financial Aid 984-1772 First Aid First Nations Student Services 986-1911, local 2137 984-4957 Humanities International Office 984-4975 International Student Counsellor 986-1911, local 2535 International Student Advisor 986-1911, local 2628 Labour Studies 984-4954 Landscape Horticulture 984-4960 Library 984-4944 Maintenance 984-4963 Media Resources 984-4940 Music Department 984-4951 Music Therapy 986-1911 local 2307 Nurse 984-4964 Outdoor Recreation 984-4960 984-4929 Personnel President 984-4925 Public Relations 984-1729 Pure & Applied Sciences 984-4955 Purchasing 984-4904 Registration 984-4913 Resource Development 984-1765 Sechelt Campus 885-9310 Toll-free from Vancouver 987-1535 Security 984-1763 Social Sciences 984-4953 Sportsplex Control Centre 984-1737 Squamish Campus 892-5322 Toll-free from Vancouver 986-3515 Student Employment 984-4965 Student Records 984-4973 Switchboard/Reception 986-1911 Tourism Management 984-4960 Vice President of Academic Affairs 984-1740 Visual and Performing Arts 984-4911 Protection of Privacy and Access to Information Capilano College gathers and maintains information used for the purposes of admission, registration, alumni and other fundamental activities related to being a member of the Capilano College community and attending a public post-secondary institution in the Province of British Columbia. In signing an application for admission, all applicants are advised that both the information they provide and any other information placed into the student record will be protected and used in compliance with the B.C. Freedom of Information and Privacy Protection Act (1992). 1996-97 Capilano College Calendar Published by: Public Relations Department Design and Layout: Media Production Services Cover Design by Lindsay Simmonds 4 Table of Contents G E N E R A L INFORMATION A C A D E M I C STUDIES/UNIVERSITY Getting to Cap, Who to Call How to Find Us 2 North Vancouver Campus 3 Frequently Called Numbers 4 Message from the President 6 Message from the Board 7 About Capilano College 8 Mission and Values 9 Academic Schedule 10 Admission and Readmission 12 Registration 17 Fees 23 General Information and Policies 26 Graduation/Diplomas and Certificates 29 Policies and Procedures 34 Services 40 Advising 48 Achievement Resource Centre 40 Athletics & Recreation 40 Bookstore 41 Capilano Review 41 Child Care 41 Counselling 41 Career Resource Centre 42 Peer Support Centre 42 Co-operative Education 42 Disability Support Services 43 Distance Education 43 First Nations Programs and Services 44 Food and Beverage Service 44 Health Services and First Aid 44 International Office and International Education 44 Library 46 Lost and Found 48 Office of the Registrar 48 Parking 49 Security 50 Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor ... 50 Sportsplex and Fitness Centre 50 Student Employment Centre 51 Student Newspaper 51 Student Union 51 Student Store 52 Financial Aid and Awards 53 TRANSFER P R O G R A M S PREPARATORY PROGRAMS Adult Basic Education/Pre-College Level Courses 73 Achievement Resource Centre 74 Adult Basic Education/Foundations 75 Alternative Career Training 80 English as a Second Language 82 General Information 87 Anthropology 92 Art Graphic Design and Illustration 94 Studio Art 100 Art Institute 106 Textile Arts 107 Instructional Skills in Arts and Crafts 110 Art History 112 Biology .... 114 Chemistry 118 Chinese 120 Commerce 121 Computing Science.... 123 Criminology 126 Economics 127 Engineering 129 English 132 Environmental Science 136 French 138 Geography 140 Geology 142 German 143 History 144 Human Kinetics 146 lapanese 147 Jazz Studies 148 Kinesiology 161 Labour Studies 162 Mathematics and Statistics 167 Music Transfer, Bachelor of 172 Philosophy 178 Physical Education see Human Kinetics Physics 181 Political Studies 183 T Psychology Sociology 186 188 Spanish 190 Thai 191 Theatre Women's Studies 192 194 Applied Infotec 211 Business Administration 217 Diploma Programs 219 Co-op Education Diploma 220 Advanced Diploma 221 Bachelor's Degree (B.A.S.) 222 Accelerated Business Admin. Diploma Programs 223 Business Computing Co-op 225 Professional Accounting 225 Retail Marketing Co-op 226 Evening Certificate Programs 227 Local Government Admin. Professional Certificate 227 International Business Program 228 Other Programs 228 Commercial Animation 240 Communications 243 Early Childhood Care and Education.... ......—......—...... 246 Fisheries Science 252 Health and Human Services 254 Resident Care Attendant 254 Personal Care Attendant Working for Persons with Disabilities 256 Home Support Attendant Program .. 259 Landscape Horticulture 261 Legal Assistant 264 Media Resources..... . . . . . — 269 Music Therapy, Bachelor of........— 274 Outdoor Recreation Management... 279 Wilderness Leadership 282 Tourism Management....—. 285 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMS Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program Environmental Science 291 294 S U M M E R SCHOOL P R O G R A M S A N D COURSES 297 CONTRACT SERVICES A N D EXTENSION DIVISION Extension Programs and Services Achievement Resource Centre 301 302 Governance and Administration Index 305 309 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS General Information Applied Business Technology Office Technology Programs Administrative Assistant Accounting Assistant Office Assistant ESL Business Fundamentals Accounting Support Legal Secretarial Medical Office Assistant 199 200 200 201 201 202 203 203 206 208 Changes to Curricula, Regulations, and Services Capilano College reserves the right to make such changes in the College Calendar as necessary, including the cancellation or adjustment of programs or courses, and changes in fee structure or other regulations or services, without liability for any resulting loss or damage. Although every effort is made to ensure accuracy at the time of printing, the statements in the Calendar are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. 5 Message from the President Welcome to Capilano College. Here, you will find an environment where students have the opportunity to learn from accomplished instructors in a personal, interactive setting. The College has earned a reputation for teaching excellence and innovation, and offers the individual attention that can make a difference to your level of achievement. At Capilano College, we are committed to student success. Whether you have just completed secondary school, want to return to a post-secondary institution to advance your education or are seeking career enhancement or change, the College is a partner in your future. The 1996-1997 year promises to be an exciting one for the College community. The opening of the new Student Services and Classroom Building, featuring a 350-seat performance theatre, will usher in a new era in the life of the College. Videoconferencing links between the North Vancouver campus and the campuses in Sechelt and Squamish will provide additional opportunities for course delivery. Finally, a revitalized Contract and Extension Services department will further enhance our partnerships with business and industry. We hope that you will take advantage of all that Capilano College has to offer. We are pleased that you have chosen to join us here, and we wish you every success. Dr. Greg Lee President Message from the Board The past several years have been ones of growth and change for the communities served by Capilano College. The economies of the region have evolved, characterized by a shift from a traditional resource base to technology- and service-based industries. The population has also grown, and has benefited from ever-increasing cultural diversity. Capilano College has also seen significant growth and change during this time. Capital projects on the North Vancouver campus have resulted in a new Library and the Student Services and Classroom building, which will house classrooms, the College's student services, and a 350-seat performance theatre, enabling us to offer enhanced services to both our students and the community. A new campus in Squamish has allowed the College to offer more courses and programs in the Howe Sound corridor, and our campus in Sechelt continues to serve the residents of the Sunshine Coast. Capilano College looks to the future with considerable optimism. New partnerships with business and industry and new relationships with the community will be vigorously explored. Technology will play a greater role in program and course delivery, enabling us to reach more students than ever before. During this period of dynamic change, the College continues to be dedicated to its mission: "to enable student success in current and continuing studies, in a chosen career, in the pursuit of knowledge, and in contributing effectively as responsible citizens in a rapidly changing and diverse global economy." We strongly encourage our students to take full advantage of all that the College has to offer. The governing Board wishes you every success in your studies. Jack McKeown Capilano College Board Chair 7 About Capilano College Since September 1968, when Capilano College first opened its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding Colleges, with approximately 6,000 students. The College directly serves North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College located at the main campus in North Vancouver and campuses in Sechelt and Squamish. Approximately 40 per cent of student enrolment now comes from outside these regions. Capilano College offers a variety of programs which include: • Academic Studies: Academic transfer courses provide a range of options. After completing the first two years of an Arts or Science degree, students may transfer to a university or pursue a career directly. Capilano College also offers associate degrees in both Arts and Science. The associate degree is an important benchmark of academic achievement which is recognized throughout the province. • Career/Vocational Programs: Certificate and diploma programs give students practical skills and knowledge to prepare them for employment or transfer to other post-secondary institutions. • Preparatory Programs: After upgrading or refreshing their skills, students can gain employment or continue on to Career/Vocational or Academic Studies programs. • Extension Programs and Services: Short courses, seminars, workshops, and lectures are offered on a non-credit basis. In addition, the College presently offers three bachelor degrees in partnership with the Open Learning Agency: Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies, Bachelor of Music in Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Administrative (Business) Studies. The College also offers two post-baccalaureate programs. The Environmental Science program and the Asia Pacific Management Cooperative program provide unique opportunities for advanced study in specialized fields. Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified, dedicated faculty, and our success in attracting many outstanding students. 8 Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a key role in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it serves and will continue to be a dynamic source of leadership within its communities. ; IB Emphasis on Excellence Capilano College both encourages and rewards student excellence through its awards and recognition programs: • Academic scholarships to outstanding high school graduates enrolling at Capilano • Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point average or higher • Merit List for part-time students with a 3.7 grade point average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30 or 60 term hours at Capilano College • President's Award to the Career and Academic Studies graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence • Science and Music scholarship programs • Scholarships for academic excellence for returning students • Priority registration for high school graduates with a 2.5 grade point average or better who are enrolling in Academic Studies programs • Book Awards Mission and Values At Capilano College our mission is to enable student success in current and continuing studies, in a chosen career, in the pursuit of knowledge, and in contributing effectively as responsible citizens in a rapidly changing and diverse global community. To accomplish its mission, Capilano College strives to produce a dynamic and secure learning environment committed to excellence in education and to equity of access. It seeks to offer, either selectively within its own resources, or more broadly in partnership with others, high-quality and flexible preparatory, academic, career and vocational programs that provide opportunities for a wide range of students. It does so in the context of the following values: Students Student needs are thefirstconcern of Capilano College. The College values the diverse backgrounds and cultures from which our students come and strives to provide curricula and support services that will sustain all students' personal growth and cultural enrichment. It believes that students should leave the College with the knowledge, skills and attitudes that will enable them to become independent learners and thinkers; with enhanced skills in literacy, numeracy, and critical thinking, and with a positive attitude toward learning. The College expects and values the commitment of students to the learning process and to the maintenance of secure and supportive learning conditions. Community The College is an important resource in the educational, economic and cultural life of all the communities it serves. Employees The College values everyone involved in the teaching and learning process. It regards its employees as its greatest assets in providing excellent programming and services. The College recognizes that faculty, staff and administrators serve as active models of citizenship, scholarship and professionalism, and expects that they will work together in a responsive, equitable, and collegial manner. The College strives to establish and maintain exemplary teaching, learning, and working conditions. Accountability The College is accountable fiscally, educationally, and socially. It commits itself to allocating resources fairly to ensure that students receive an education suited to their needs; to explaining its policies and achievements to the public; and to exercising its influence within the community in a thoughtful and ethical way. To this end it establishes policies and procedures that reflect the best standards offinancialmanagement, graduate assessment, personnel practice, and environmental stewardship. Innovation The College encourages rigorous, continuing analysis and evaluation of its own effectiveness. It supports those wishing to develop instructional methods and curricula to improve the teaching of present programs and to meet the emerging needs of students and the community. It supports the use of appropriate partnerships and technologies to meet these needs. The College accepts the reality of constant change and the need for planning and flexibility to meet the demands of change. It recognizes the unique needs of its Regional Centres, and of the diverse populations served by its programs. The College offers its expertise and leadership by actively helping all its communities anticipate future problems and opportunities, and actively seeking partnerships to meet those needs which are identified. The College serves as a model for its community by providing equality of access to its services, its facilities and its employment opportunities. 9 1996 - 1997 Academic Schedule 1996 FALL TERM (963) JULY 15 - AUGUST 9 Registration for selected Career/Vocational programs. AUGUST 5: B.C. Day. College closed. AUGUST 12 - 26: Academic Studies (university transfer) and Business Administration In-person Registration. (This date under review and subject to change). SEPTEMBER 2: Labour Day. College closed. SEPTEMBER 3: Classes commence. Note: Career/ Vocational Programs commence on various days. Consult with your program coordinator for further information. SEPTEMBER 3 - 16: Add/Drop period. SEPTEMBER 16: Last day to add or drop a course, change sections, change from audit to credit or from credit to audit. Students will be invoiced for full fees after this date . SEPTEMBER 17 - OCTOBER 15: Withdrawal Period. During this period, withdrawals will be noted on the permanent student record as a "W". SEPTEMBER 30: Early application deadline for Spring Term. OCTOBER 4: Last day to submit application for program evaluation for 1996 Fall Graduation. OCTOBER 14: Thanksgiving Day. College closed. OCTOBER 15: Last day to withdraw from a course and final date for payment of tuition fee balance for 1996 Fall Term. examination period. Consult with your program instructor for further information. DECEMBER 9: 1997 Spring Term Timetables available for pick up at the Office of the Registrar, or the Main Office of your local campus. DECEMBER 3,4,5,6,7 (Tuesday through Saturday) and DECEMBER 9,10,11,12,13 (Monday through Friday): Examination Period, 1996 Fall Term. (Grades due at Registrar's Office 72 hours after exam ends.) DECEMBER 13: Last day of classes for University Transfer and some Career/Vocational courses. Note: some courses/programs continue on until the last day of the examination period, December 13. Consult with your program instructor for further information. DECEMBER 16: 9:00 a.m. Final deadline for submission of grades to Registrar's Office for examinations conducted on Friday, December 13. DECEMBER 17: Permits to Register for 1997 Spring Term mailed. DECEMBER 18: 1996 Fall Term grades mailed. DECEMBER 24 - 26: Christmas Break. College closed. DECEMBER 31 and JANUARY 1: New Year's Break. College closed. 1997 SPRING TERM (971) JANUARY 2,3, and 6,7, 8,9: Academic Studies (university transfer) and Business Administration Inperson Registration. Faculty advisors present. See 1997 Spring Timetable for further information. (This date under review and subject to change.) NOVEMBER 7: Fall Graduation, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. NOVEMBER 11: Remembrance Day. College closed. NOVEMBER 18 - DECEMBER 2: Early registration for 1997 Spring Term for Career/Vocational Programs, "open" Career Courses, and Art, Music, Asia Pacific, Engineering, Environmental Science, and Commerce (Coordinator signature required.) NOVEMBER 27: Fall Student Awards Night Ceremony, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. DECEMBER 2: Last day of classes. Note: Some courses/programs continue on until the last day of the General Information - Academic Schedule 10 JANUARY 13: Classes commence. Note: Career/ Vocational courses commence on various days from January 2 through January 13. Consult with your program instructor for further information. JANUARY 13 - 23: Add/Drop period. JANUARY 23: Last day to add or drop a course, change sections, change from credit to audit or change from audit to credit. Students will be invoiced for full fees after this date. JANUARY 24 TO FEBRUARY 20: Withdrawal period. During this period, withdrawals will be noted on the permanent student record as a "W". FEBRUARY 1: Last day to submit application for program evaluation for 1997 Spring Graduation. FEBRUARY 20: Last day to withdraw from a course and final date for payment of tuition fee balance for 1997 Spring Term. AUGUST 4: B.C. Holiday. College closed. AUGUST 18: Early Childhood Care & Education program begins at North Vancouver Campus. FEBRUARY 27 - 28: Reading Break. No classes. M A R C H 19: Spring Student Awards Night Ceremony, Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. March 28 - 31: Easter Break. College closed. APRIL 18: Last day of classes for University Transfer and some Career/Vocational courses. Note: some courses/programs continue on until the last day of the examination period, May 2. Consult with your course instructor for further information. APRIL 21, 22,23, 24, 25 (Monday through Friday) and APRIL 28,29,30 and May 1,2 (Monday through Friday): Examination Period, 1997 Spring Term. (Grades due at Registrar's Office 72 hours after exam ends). M A Y 2: Last day of classes for Career/Vocational courses withoutfinalexaminations. M A Y 5: 9:00 a.m. Final deadline for submission of grades to Registrar's Office for examinations conducted on Friday, May 2. 1997 SUMMER TERM (972) M A Y 7,8,9: Registration for 1997 Summer Term. (Subject to change.) Note: the number of courses offered in Academic Studies during the Summer Term is limited. M A Y 12: First day of Summer Term Number One, 1997. Academic Studies, University Transfer, ESL, Business Administration, and Office Technology courses commence for 1997 Summer term. M A Y 19: Victoria Day. College closed. M A Y 22: Spring Graduation. Sportsplex, 7:30 p.m. JULY It Canada Day. College closed. JULY 2: First day of Summer Term Number Two, 1997. JULY 14 - AUGUST 8: Registration for selected Career/ Vocational programs. General Information - Academic Schedule 11 Admission and Readmission A. General Admission Information 1. Application a. The College welcomes applications for admission from Canadian citizens, permanent residents and international applicants. b. AH applications for admission to all programs must be submitted directly to: Admissions Office of the Registrar Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B . C . V 7 J 3H5 Canada c. All new students must apply for and be granted admission to the College. An admission offer is required before a student may register. 2. Documents The following supporting documents must be submitted before an application will be accepted: a. An official copy of the appropriate school leaving certificate; e.g. - B.C. Secondary School Transcript of Grades, - General Certificate of Education (G.C.E.), - and other documents of this nature. b. An official transcript of the academic record from all post-secondary institutions attended, whether or not work was completed. c. A l l documents must be originals. Uncertified photocopies are not acceptable. Replaceable documents submitted in support of an application become the property of the College and will not be returned. B. Specific Admission Requirements 1. Admission to the Academic Studies/Universify Transfer Program a. Regular Admission Submit proof of one of: - Successful completion of B.C. Secondary School (Grade 12) or equivalent, with English 12 and three academic Grade 12 courses. These courses are to be selected from: Biology 12 Calculus 12 Chemistry 12 Computer Science 12 History 12 Japanese 12 Latin 12 Law 12 General Information - Admission 12 Economics 12 English Literature 12 French 12 Francais-Langue 12 Geography 12 Geology 12 Geometry 12 German 12 Mandarin 12 Mathematics 12 Physics 12 Probability & Statistics 12 Spanish 12 Survey Math 12 Western Civilization 12 Writing 12 - OR successful completion of the ABE Provincial Diploma. - OR successful completion of the G.E.D. Note: For specific admission requirements to the following Academic Studies/University Transfer programs, see the appropriate program section of this Calendar: Art Graphic Design and Illustration Studio Art Art Institute Textile Arts Crafts Instructor Training Commerce Engineering Environmental Science Jazz Studies Human Kinetics and Kinesiology Music Transfer b. Concurrent Admission Secondary students with superior academic records may apply for limited admission which will allow enrolment in one or two university transfer courses while still attending secondary school. The application must be co-signed by the applicant's parent(s) or legal guardian(s) and must be accompanied by a letter of recommendation from the school Principal or designate, and an official copy of the secondary school academic record. Enquiries should be directed to Admissions, Office of the Registrar. c. Discretionary Admission Applicants who do not meet the regular admission requirements and have not attended secondary school for at least two years, may be considered for admission under this category. Applications should be submitted to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, at least six months prior to the term of expected enrolment, and must include transcripts, other pertinent documents and a letter outlining the reasons as to why discretionary admission to the university transfer program is requested. Requests will be reviewed by an admission committee. Applicants will be notified of the committee's decision by letter. Note: Applicants requesting admission to Music, Graphic Design, Studio Art, Asia Pacific Co-operative Manage- 4 . Admission with International Baccalaureate Courses Upon submission of official transcripts, applicants who have completed the International Baccalaureate Diploma will receive credit or waivers for some higher level subjects passed as follows: to the admission requirements listed in the program a. Anthropology - students presenting a mark of 4 will receive credit for A N T H 121 (3). outline in this calendar. b. Biology - students presenting a mark of 6 will receive ment, or Career or Vocational programs should also refer credit for BIOL 110 (3) and BIOL 111 (3). 2. Admission to Career/Vocational Programs should be sent to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, and c. Chemistry - students presenting a mark of 4 or better will receive credit for C H E M 108 (4.5) and C H E M 109 (4.5). will be accepted during the 12 month period immediately d. Computing Science - students presenting a mark of 4 a. New applications for Career/Vocational Programs preceding the program commencement date. or better in Computer Science A will receive credit for b. Selection of applicants for most programs generally C O M P 102 (3) or a prerequisite waiver for C O M P 110. takes place four months prior to the program start date. Students presenting a mark of 4 or better on Computer Thereafter, applicants will be considered only if seats are Science A B will receive credit for C O M P 110 (4) or a available in the program. prerequisite waiver for C O M P 111. c. Applicants who satisfy the specific criteria for admis- e. Economics - students presenting a mark of 4 or better sion to a program will be admitted subject to space in Economics will receive credit for Economics unas- availability. For admission requirements to a specific signed (6). program, refer to the program description in this calendar. f. English - students presenting a mark of 6 or better for d. Secondary school graduation is the usual prerequisite English Language A will receive credit as E N G L 103 (3). for admission to career programs. However, some Students presenting a mark of 6 or better for English applicants enter programs without completion of B.C. Language B will receive credit for E N G L 100 (3). Secondary School or equivalent because of other qualifi- addition, the E D T requirement is waived for those with a cations and experience. Some programs have additional mark of 6 or better on English Language A or B. requirements and procedures such as interviews, testing, g. French - no credit. In auditions, or portfolios. h. Geography - no credit. 3. Admission to the Adult Basic Education Program a. Applicants to the Adult Basic Education Program should be at least 18 years old and have been out of the public school system for at least one year. Exceptions will be made only with departmental approval. i. History - no credit. j . Mathematics - students presenting a mark of 6 or better for Higher Level Mathematics will receive credit for M A T H 110 (4.5). Students presenting a mark of 6 or better for Further Mathematics will receive credit for M A T H 110 (4.5) and M A T H 111 (4.5) (under review). b. While there is no educational prerequisite for entering the A B E program, placement in courses is based upon an assessment of writing and mathematical skills. k. Philosophy - no credit. 1. Physics - students presenting a mark of 6 or better will receive credit for P H Y S 110 (3) and P H Y S 111 (3). Note: The College reserves the right to limit admissions to those applicants who, in the opinion of the College, possess the requisite capabilities for success. m. Psychology - no credit. 5 . Admission with Advanced Placement Courses Upon submission of official transcripts, applicants who have passed an Advanced Placement Examination administered by the College Entrance Examination General Information - Admission 13 Board, w i t h a mark o f 4 or better w i l l receive credit as Advanced L e v e l . Standing equivalent to this in the follows: University o f H o n g K o n g A d v a n c e d L e v e l Examination a. B i o l o g y - those completing A P B i o l o g y w i l l receive credit for B I O L 110 (3) and B I O L 111 (3). b. Chemistry - those completing A P Chemistry w i l l w i l l be recognized. Germany and Austria Reifezeugnis, or Arbitur. receive credit for C H E M 108 (4.5) and C H E M 109(4.5). France c. Computer Science - those completing Computer Baccalaureate (2ieme partie) (Series A - E ) . Science A w i l l receive credit for C O M P 102 (3) or a pre- Japan requisite waiver for C O M P 110. Those completing Computer Science A B w i l l receive credit for C O M P 110 Grade 12 D i p l o m a from K o t o G a k k o . (4) or a pre-requisite waiver for C O M P 111. China d. Economics - those completing A P Economics w i l l Senior M i d d l e School D i p l o m a receive credit for E c o n o m i c s unassigned (6). Korea e. E n g l i s h - those completing E n g l i s h Language w i l l H i g h School Grade 12 D i p l o m a receive credit for E N G L 100 (3). Those completing English Literature w i l l receive credit for E N G L 103 (3). Taiwan In addition, the E D T requirement w i l l be waived. H i g h School Grade 12 D i p l o m a b. Applicants without Grade 12 equivalent may be f. French - no credit. considered for admission, based on the discretionary g. History - no credit. admission policy. Applicants should include a letter of intent, outlining their educational and work experience h. Mathematics - those completing Calculus A B w i l l since leaving high school. receive credit for M A T H 110 (4.5). Those completing c. Document requirements apply. See section on Calculus B C w i l l receive credit for M A T H 110 (4.5) and General A d m i s s i o n Information - "Documents". M A T H 111 (4.5) (under review). i . Philosophy - no credit. C. English Language Admission Requirement j . Physics - those completing Physics B w i l l receive A l l students must have a level o f E n g l i s h sufficient to credit for P H Y S 110 (3) and P H Y S 111 (3). Those write assignments, understand class lectures, and take completing Physics C (Mechanics) w i l l receive credit for part in class discussions. P H Y S 114 (3). Those completing Physics C (Electricity) 1. If English is not your first language or you have w i l l receive credit for P H Y S 115 (3). received your education i n another language, you are k. Psychology - no credit. required to submit, along with your application, one of the following i f y o u w i s h to apply to any program except A d u l t Basic Education. Note: Transfer credit granted for International Baccalaureate and Advanced Placement courses will apply to certificates or diplomas at Capilano College. Students should be aware that other colleges and universities may not accept these courses for transfer credit. • T O E F L Score (Test o f E n g l i s h as a Foreign Language, Contact: Educational Testing Service, C N 6151, Princeton, N e w Jersey) OR • E L A (English Language Assessment Test, contact: Vancouver C o m m u n i t y College, K i n g E d w a r d C a m - 6. Admission for International Applicants a. International students are eligible for admission i f they have completed the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) i n B . C . Examples of Equivalence United Kingdom and Commonwealth Passes in five G C E subjects, two o f w h i c h must be at the General Information - Admission 14 pus , 1155 East Broadway A v e n u e , Vancouver, B . C . V 5 T 4N3) OR • ESL Placement Test (Contact: E S L Department, Capilano College, 986-1911, ext. 2971 for testing appointment.) Note: If you have written the I E L T S , this w i l l also be acceptable. 2. The College reserves the right to also give consideration to the following: 1. Academic Studies/University Transfer Program or Courses • How long you have lived in an English speaking country; Term Early Application Date Deadline Acceptance Mailed • The number of years of secondary school or postsecondary education (e.g. college or university) and if English was the language of instruction; Fall Spring Summer March 31 Sept. 30 March 31 • A secondary school or post-secondary degree, the grades received and the level of English required. *Note: Applications will be accepted and processed as long as space is available. If the College then decides you need additional instruction in English you will be asked to take an English examination suitable to the program area in which you wish to enrol. 2. Career/Vocational Programs and Courses 3. Specific testing requirements for Admission: a. University Transfer/Academic Studies/Career or Vocational Programs •TOEFL: 560 • E L A : 145 • IELTS: 6.5 overall, and no one score less than 6. b. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program •TOEFL: 375 •ELA: 55 • E S L Placement Test: T B A c. Adult Basic Education Test scores are not required. Assessment is made by the A B E Department. July 15 Dec. 15 as processed Most Career/Vocational Programs have earlier application deadlines than those listed above. Refer to the specific program in this calendar for details. Generally, applications for admission to the next Fall term should be received before March 1. 3. International Applicants a. Academic Studies/University Transfer and English as a Second Language Programs Applications for admission must be received at least two months prior to commencement of the term. Applications received after that time cannot be guaranteed consideration in time for admission to that term. b. Career/Vocational Programs Applications for admission must be received four months prior to term commencement to be considered in time for admission to that program. E. How to Apply for Admission 4. Special Consideration Some applicants may not meet all specified requirements to a university transfer, career, or vocational program, but may be offered admission to a special program comprised of up to three E S L courses plus one or two academic/ career/vocational courses. For more information contact the International Admissions Officer, 986-1911, ext. 2486. T O E F L and E L A applications are also available at the Advising Office, North Vancouver Campus. D. When to Apply for Admission Generally, applications for admission to the College may be submitted at any time. However, early application deadlines have been established for specific programs and terms. Acceptance of applications after the deadlines may not be possible. 1. Obtain an Application for Admission from (a) the College Reception area, or the Records and Registration Office at the North Vancouver Campus, or from the main office at the Sechelt or Squamish Campus, or (b) by writing to Admissions, Office of the Registar. 2. Complete the Application for Admission form and include with your application an official copy of your secondary school transcript, official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended and the $20 nonrefundable application fee ($100 for international applicants.) Submit in person, or by mail to: Admissions, Office of the Registrar, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C., V7J 3H5. 3. Applicants who wish to enter full-time programs of study or need assistance are advised to arrange an appointment with an Advisor. General Information - Admission 15 • North Vancouver Campus Advising Centre, 984-4990 • Sechelt Regional Centre Counsellor, 885-9310, Toll Free from North Vancouver, 987-1535 • Squamish Regional Centre, Counsellor, 892-5322, Toll Free from North Vancouver, 986-3515 F. How to Apply for Readmission Applicants who have previously attended Capilano College and fall into any of the three categories listed below, must reapply using the Application for Admission 1. Absence from the College for one or more terms Applicants will be asked to state educational and other relevant activities since the last term of attendance, and to submit official transcripts from any post-secondary educational institutions attended during the absence. 2. Voluntary withdrawal from the first term of attendance New students who withdraw before completing any course work are required to apply for readmission if they wish to register in a subsequent term. 3. Completion of academic goal Students who have officially completed a credential (certificate or diploma) in any term must apply for readmission if they wish to enrol in additional courses at the College in a subsequent term. G. How to Apply For Transfer Credit From Other Institutions to Capilano College All public B.C. Colleges accept each other's credit upon transfer, if applicable to a program at the admitting college and if there is suitable equivalency. 1. Transfer credit may be granted to registered students for formal work completed at another post-secondary institution. The minimum achievement or grade considered for transfer is a grade of "D" or equivalent. Students should realize that while we may give credit for a course with a " D" grade, we reserve the option not to accept that course and grade as a prerequisite for another Capilano College course. (NOTE: A " C - " grade is required for credit towards the Associate Degrees in Arts or Science. Capilano College reserves the right to review, admit or deny individual course credit. General Information - Admission 16 2. Students seeking transfer credit or prerequisite credit for a course must complete the "Request for Transfer Credit" form, attach official transcripts, or note that transcripts will be sent from another institution, and submit to the Office Manager, Records and Registration. For courses completed at out-of-province institutions, detailed course descriptions must also be submitted. 3. All approved transfer credit is noted on the permanent student record. While the credit awarded does not affect the Grade Point Average, the credit will be included in the total number of credits completed and may be used to complete certificate or diploma requirements if applicable. The credit assigned at Capilano is applicable only to this College. Other institutions evaluate all post-secondary work completed and will assign their own credit evaluation. 4. Limit of Transfer Credits a. For diplomas and certificates, the final 50 percent of the credit required must be completed while in attendance at Capilano College. b. For students who are no longer residents of the College region and lack one or two courses for certificate or diploma completion, credit may be granted for an additional one or two courses from another institution. This arrangement must be made in consultation with the Registrar in advance of enrolment at another institution. c. For the Associate Degrees, at least 30 of the 60 semester credits must be completed at Capilano College within five years preceding the awarding of the degree. H. Notification of Admission All applicants who are admitted to a College program will receive a letter of acceptance and either a "Permit to Register" or a notification of when and how to register. Applicants who are not admitted to the College will receive a letter of notification and an explanation for this decision. Registration A. General Information Academic Studies/University Transfer and Business Administration Program Registration Appointments b. Select the courses and sections in which you wish to enrol. Select one or two alternate courses in the event selected courses are full. The D A T E and T I M E for you to register will be printed on your "Permit to Register". You will complete your registration form at the time of registration, after checking the course tally to Registration appointments are assigned by prioritizing the students' GPA's, highest to lowest. The "Permits to Register" for in-person registration are then assigned in that order. Students with a 3.0 G P A would therefore receive an earlier registration appointment than those with a lesser GPA. B E C A U S E OF T H E L A R G E NUMBER OF STUDENTS ENROLLING, T H E C O L L E G E C A N N O T G U A R A N T E E REGISTRATION IN SPECIFIC PROGRAMS OR COURSES A L T H O U G H Y O U M A Y H A V E BEEN G R A N T E D ADMISSION. REGISTRATION IS ALSO DEPENDENT UPON M E E T I N G T H E PREREQUISITES OF INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS OR COURSES. B. Right to Register A student who has not maintained satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term. Individual programs may require a G P A higher than that stated in the Probation Policy to continue enrolment. determine which sections have space available. A l l registration will take place "in-person" with payment of full fees or a non-refundable deposit of $16/credit hour required at that time. c. Students are urged to read the B . C . Transfer Guide, available in the Advising Centre, Counselling offices, and Squamish and Sechelt Campus offices for a fee of $1.00. Transfer information is accurate at the time of printing. d. Math Placement Test Students wishing to register for a Pre-calculus (Math 103, 105 or 107) or a Calculus I (Math 108 or 110) course must write a M P T if either of the following conditions apply. • Their mathematics prerequisite course was completed prior to 1994. • Their mathematics prerequisite course was completed at a B . C . secondary school (or equivalent) with a final letter grade standing below: "C-" or "P" in Math 12 for admission to Math 103 "C" in Math 12 for admission to Math 105 or 107 "B" in Math 12 for admission to Math 108 C. How to Register 1. Academic Studies/University Transfer and Business Administration Programs and Courses a. All applicants will receive notification of acceptance or non-acceptance, together with Registration instructions. Obtain a registration form and timetable from Records and Registration, North Vancouver Campus, or the Squamish or Sechelt Campus offices. A timetable lists when courses are offered, room numbers and instructor names. Timetables are issued approximately one month prior to each registration period, and are available at: "A" in Math 12, or at least a "B" in both Math 12 and Calculus 12, for admission to Math 110. To write the Precalculus M P T (for Math 103, 105 or 107) students must have at least a "C" in Math 11 or at least a "P" in Math 12. To write the Calculus M P T (for Math 108 or 110) students must have at least a "C" in Math 12. Students who have completed Capilano College prerequisite courses within the present or past calendar year are not required to write the placement test if their final grade standing meets the direct entry requirements for the course as listed in the college calendar. • Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar (984-4913), North Vancouver Campus • Squamish Campus (892-5322, 986-3515) • Sechelt Campus (885-9310, 987-1535) • Humanities Division (984-4957), North Vancouver Note: You may register for both the E D T and MPT, through the Records and Registration office, North Vancouver campus. A writing fee is charged for both exams. Campus • Advising Centre (984-4990) • Arbutus Building Reception Desk General Information - Registration 17 e. English Placement Test The EDT (or the LPI) is required before registration in any English course at the College, unless the student has achieved one of the following which allows exemption: "A" in English 12, or "A" in Literature 12, or "A" in BENG 42, or 4 or higher in A.P. English Composition or 4 or higher in in A.P. English Literature, or 6 or higher in LB. English A or B "B-" or better in an English transfer course from another college or university a degree from an English-speaking university, or a pass on UBC's ECT (English Competency Test) Note: Successful completion of ESL 099 does not qualify a student to directly enter a regular English 010 or English 100. Students who wish to enrol in any University Transfer English course must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test (LPI), or must sit the Capilano College English Diagnostic Test (EDT) prior to registration. E D T schedules will be printed in the timetable. 2. Career/Vocational Programs and Courses All Career/Vocational applicants will receive a letter of admittance or non-acceptance from either the Office of the Registrar or the specific program. Included with the letter of admittance will be a timetable, registration form, and registration instructions. a. Admitted Full-Time Students You will receive the letter of admittance, registration form signed by the Coordinator, listing a "block" of required courses for that term and program. You must return the registration form and a cheque for the indicated tuition and fees to Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar, in-person or by mail during the following dates: Fall Term: July 15 - Aug. 16,1996 Spring Term: Nov. 18 - Dec. 2,1996 Summer Term TBA Some full-time programs (e.g. Music, Art) conduct interviews and issue letters of acceptance for Fall Term in General Information - Registration 18 April and May. For those students, the program coordinator will issue the letter of admittance, signed registration forms, and a deadline for payment of full tuition or a non-refundable deposit. The deposit will reserve your place in the program. b. Admitted Part-time Students Part-time students in Career/Vocational programs will receive a letter of admittance, and registration forms signed by the coordinator with the registration process specified. In some instances, students will be instructed to submit approved and signed registration forms and fees to Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar, on a specific day. 3. Sechelt and Squamish Courses a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from any Capilano College campus office. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the centre you plan to attend. You must apply for admission prior to registration if you intend to enrol in courses at the Sechelt or Squamish campuses. 4. Courses on More Than One Campus a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar, on the North Vancouver Campus or from the Squamish or Sechelt campuses. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the North Vancouver Campus. Be sure to indicate the section in which you wish to enrol or you may register for Sechelt or Squamish courses at these campuses respectively. You must still register for North Vancouver courses at the North Vancouver Campus. 5. Extension Courses and Activities For registration, refer to the Extension Programs and Services Section of this Calendar and to the seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, by direct mail, or announced in newspaper advertisements. For more information, telephone Extension Programs and Services at 984-4901. D. Wait Lists 1. Course Wait Lists: Students who attempt to register, but are unable to enrol in a particular course because it is fully subscribed, are automatically included on a chronological wait list. Wait listed students must attend the first class of that course to have their names remain on the wait list or to enrol should a space become available. To enrol, the instructor must sign your Course Change form. The Course Change form will bear a submission deadline. The form must be submitted to Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar, by the deadline, or another wait-listed student will be added in your place. Note: Students may not enrol in one section of a course and also be put on a wait list for another section. 2. Program Wait Lists: Wait lists are maintained by Career and Vocational programs, in the event space becomes available. Students will be notified directly by phone or letter. E. Add, Drop, Withdrawal and Refund Policy and Procedures 1. B E F O R E CLASSES C O M M E N C E a. Course Change Procedure 1. Students may drop or add courses or change sections following their registration appointment and until the first day of classes. A course change form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar. 2. Faculty signatures are not required before classes commence. 3. Drops will not be printed on the official transcript, but will be maintained in the permanent student record for accounting and statistical purposes. b. Complete Withdrawal Procedure For complete withdrawal before classes commence, a course change form listing all the courses to be dropped must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar. A copy of the course change form listing the complete withdrawal will be forwarded to the career or vocational department by the Office of the Registrar. c. Fee for Service: A transaction fee will not be charged before classes commence. d. Charges and Refunds. 1. If a course is dropped and another course is added at the same time and on the same course change form, the deposit will be applied to the course added, provided the number of credits remains the same. 2. If the number of credits falls below the original number of credits of enrolment, the difference of the deposit fee for the course dropped will be retained and the minimum deposit of $16 per credit hour ($90 per credit, International Fees) will not be refunded . 3. If a course add increases the number of credit hours, the student will be responsible for the minimum payment of the deposit at $16 per credit ($90 per credit, International Fees) at the time of the addition. 4. The minimum payment of the $16 per credit deposit is non-refundable. However, if the deposit is paid before June 30 and/or November 30 for Fall and Spring Terms respectively, students may have the deposit refunded by withdrawing from the College on or before June 30 or November 30. Those who pay this deposit after June 30 or November 30 are not eligible for any refund of deposit. 2. ADD/DROP PERIOD Add/Drop Period: 1st through the 10th instructional day of each term. a. Add/Drop Procedure: 1. Students wishing to add or drop a course(s), change from credit to audit, or change from audit to credit, must complete a Course Change form, and take the form to the instructor for approval and signature. 2. With the instructor's signature appearing on the Course Change form, students must then submit the form to the Office of the Registrar. Forms will be accepted until 6:30 p.m. on the 10th instructional day of the term. 3. Instructors may indicate a 48 hour deadline for submission of the Course Change form, in order to allow other students to gain entry to the class during this period. 4. Course drops will not be noted on the student transcript during this period; however, a record for drops will be maintained on the permanent student record for accounting and statistical purposes. 5. If a course change is requested by the instructor or student to a lower or less difficult level of instruction in a subject, the course change form must bear the signatures of the instructor of each course. 6. If a complete withdrawal is requested, the request will be granted with the signature of the instructor of each course. Note: Failure to attend classes does not constitute a course drop. Students who do not formally drop a course(s) will be assessed tuition fees, refunds will not be made, and a grade of Fail (F) will be noted on the permanent student record. Requests for late adds or General Information - Registration 19 late drops will not be granted simply because the student was unaware of, or neglected to comply with, the College policies and procedures. b. Fee for Service: b. Fee for Service: c. Refund Procedure A $10 transaction fee w i l l be charged for each change form submitted. $10 w i l l be charged for each Course Change form 1. Once the withdrawal period begins, refunds are no submitted. longer made for course or complete withdrawals. c. Refund Policy: 2. Students who withdraw from courses or c o m - 1. I f a course is dropped and another course is added pletely withdraw during this period are responsible for at the same time and on the same form, the deposit the full payment of the tuition and any other fees previously paid for the course dropped w i l l be applied incurred. to the course added, provided the number o f credits o f enrolment remains the same. 4. AFTER T H E WITHDRAWAL PERIOD highest) number o f credits o f enrolment, and a change After the 30th instructional day (or after the end of the sixth week) of the term, and until the end of the term, course withdrawals or complete withdrawals lowering the number o f credits is requested, the are not permitted except for the reasons listed below: 2. I f the number o f credits falls below the original (or deposit o f $16 per credit hour w i l l be retained for the credits dropped and w i l l not be refunded. i . the student record is incorrect as the result o f an error by the College; 3. I f course adds or changes result i n an increase in the number o f credit hours, the student is responsible for payment o f the additional charges (either in full, or i i . the student transfers to a lower level o f the same course by instructor request. In this instance, only the by m i n i m u m deposit per credit) at the time o f the final course o f enrolment w i l l show on the official addition or change. transcript. A record o f the change w i l l also be main- 3. WITHDRAWAL PERIOD Withdrawal period: 11th through the 30th instructional day of each term (third week through the end of the sixth week). a. Withdrawal Procedure: tained on the permanent student record; i i i . the student must withdraw for circumstances beyond his/her control. Official documentation is required to substantiate all claims o f such circumstances and should be submitted on the "Request for Course W i t h d r a w a l " form available from the Secretary i n the 1. D u r i n g this period, with the signature o f the Office o f the Registar. This form may be supple- appropriate instructor(s) on the Course Change form, mented with official documentation such as a typed students may withdraw from a course(s). 2. The Course Change form must be submitted to the Office o f the Registrar no later than 6:30 pm. of the 30th instructional day (sixth week) o f each term. letter from the physician, an official copy o f an accident report, or official documentation o f a family emergency, death certificate, and so forth. Note: A completed Course Change form is required for i , i i , or i i i listed above. 3. A withdrawal ( " W " ) w i l l be noted on the permanent student record. 4. Complete Withdrawal: I f a complete withdrawal is requested, the request w i l l be granted i f the Course Change form bears the signature o f each faculty member instructing each course o f withdrawal. a. Procedure: 1. Students who wish to apply for special status under i i i . above must submit the "Request for Course W i t h d r a w a l " form or a letter, and the Course Change form, to the Registrar, explaining the problem and including official documentation. If, in the opinion o f - The Course Change form listing the request for complete withdrawal must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar no later than the end o f the 30th instructional day (end o f the sixth week) of term. the Registrar, the request does not fall under i i i . - A withdrawal ( " W " ) w i l l be noted on the official instructors o f the W E status. transcript and the permanent student record. 2. T h e permanent student record w i l l be annotated as above, or the documentation is insufficient to support the request, the request w i l l be denied. If the request is granted, the Registrar w i l l inform the student's withdrawal for extenuating circumstances ( " W E " ) . General Information - Registration 20 s 3. Withdrawal with extenuating circumstances w i l l not be granted for lack o f academic performance on the part o f the student. F. Course Overload 1. Registration in more than five academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a career b. Fee f o r Service: program constitutes a course overload. A $10 transaction fee w i l l be assessed i f a " W E " is 2. Students may choose to register for a course overload granted. (up to a total o f 21 credits) as long as they have discussed c. their need or wish for an overload with a counsellor and Refund Policy: Refunds w i l l not be made for " W E " withdrawal. 5. A F T E R T H E E L E V E N T H W E E K O F C L A S S E S the Course Change form bears the counsellor's signature. Science students, however, are automatically allowed to register for more than 16 credits, as long as the total a. If the student believes an exceptional circumstance credits do not exceed 21 credits and does not arise from exists w h i c h prevents him or her from completing the registration in more than five courses. course during the regular time frame, the student may 3. Students may not register for a course overload until after the Registration period. petition the course instructor for an incomplete ("I") grade. b. A n incomplete ("I") grade may be given where, in the judgement o f the instructor, the student should have reasonable expectation o f passing the course, but has not completed the required work. G. Course Challenge Registered students may request a course challenge whereby an examination for achievement may be awarded for a very specific and limited selection o f c. A n incomplete is assigned only when the instructor courses at the institution. Certain courses may not be and student have arranged for the work to be c o m - challenged. pleted by a specified date which is noted on the grade sheet class list. If the student does not complete the Students interested in this procedure should contact a counsellor for further information. work by the specified date, the instructor w i l l automatically assign a predetermined grade reflecting the The regular tuition fee must be paid for a challenged work not completed. course. A course challenged successfully w i l l be recorded on the permanent student record. d If the student completes the work by the specified time, the instructor w i l l assign the final grade. NOTE: Credit for courses challenged successfully w i l l apply to certificates or diplomas at Capilano College. e. If this incomplete procedure cannot be applied in the opinion of the instructor, the instructor is directed to contact the Registrar directly for resolution o f the issue. 6. P R O C E S S F O R S U M M E R TERM 1. Same process as in Section E o f the Registration section in the Calendar with the following restrictions: a) F o r Summer Courses seven or eight weeks in length: i) The A d d / D r o p Refund Period is five instructional days. ii) The Withdrawal Period ends on the 10th instructional day. 2. F o r Summer Courses 12 to 15 weeks in length: Students should be aware that other colleges and universities may not grant credit or transfer credit for credit received by course challenge. H. Student Responsibility I. It is the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the s t u d e n t t o e n s u r e t h a t : • registration is accurate and complete; • tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time; • all library materials are returned and any fines and debts owing are paid. Failure to meet these responsibilities may result in all or any of the following: • credit w i l l not be granted for work completed; • grades w i l l not be issued; • transcripts w i l l not be issued; a) The regular Add/Drop/Refund/Withdrawal policies apply. • registration in subsequent semesters w i l l be denied. General Information - Registration 21 I. Student Number - Identification Card Upon thefirstacceptance to the College, students are assigned a permanent student number, which is attached to the permanent student record, statement of grades, and the Student Identification Card. Student Identification Cards are issued by the Office of the Registrar at inperson registration and during thefirsttwo weeks of classes. The card is required to use the Library and services, to sign-out audio visual materials, and to vote in Students' Union elections. J. Medical Insurance • Students are not covered by Workers' Compensation while attending Capilano College. Students are responsible for acquiring their own Medical Services Plan (MSP) and accident insurance coverage. • International Students: Visa students may be covered under B.C.'s Medical Services Plan after 90 days of residence; however students must check with B.C. MSP directly upon arrival for current eligibility criteria. Students should arrange for coverage effective between the date of arrival and the commencement of the B.C. MSP coverage. Further information is available through the International Student Admissions Officer. General Information - Registration 22 Fees Fees listed in the College Calendar are 1995/1996 rates and are subject to change or increase without notice. A. Payment 1. TUITION FEES: Fees listed in the College Calendar are subject to change or increase without notice. Fee rates will be announced approximately one month before the Fall Term begins and will be published in the Fall Term Timetable brochure. 2. P A Y M E N T OF FEES: a. Students should be prepared to pay for their first term of enrolment in full. Payment of fees includes tuition, term enrolment fee, Students' Union membership, the Recreational Fee Levy, the Capilano Courier newspaper fee, and other assessed student fees. ii) Cheques or money orders are to be made payable to Capilano Collge. iii) Post-dated cheques are not accepted. c. Phone in Registration Fee payment may be made by VISA or MasterCard for designated "OPEN" courses in Applied Business Technology, Business Administration, and Communications ONLY. In order to access this payment/ registration option, you must have been a previous student at Capilano College, or as a new applicant, have previously submitted an application and been admitted to the College. If you have not previously submitted your application, you must register in-person (see above). d. Invoice/Course Verification Notice b. Full payment of fees is required and due at the time of registration, or the transaction, whether in-person, by mail or via a department faculty, and must be paid to the Cashier in the Office of the Registrar. At the end of the third week of classes, all students will receive a "Tuition Fee and Course Verification Notice" in the mail. While the College strives for accuracy in every transaction, students are responsible for checking the accuracy of the courses, sections, and fees listed on the verification. c. Registration forms submitted without payment will not be processed. If full payment is made after July 1, the new tutition and fees rate for the Fall/Spring terms apply. If payment is made before July 1, the tuition and fees rate for the previous academic year will be assessed. i) If Registration errors are found, contact Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar. Usually, changes are made via a Course Change form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to correct errors may result in a Fail (F) grade on the Permanent Student Record. 3. PROCEDURE FOR PAYMENT OF FEES: a) In-person registration Fee payment may be made in cash, or by cheque money order, VISA or MasterCard, and must accompany the completed registration form. i) Cheques or money orders are to be made payable to Capilano College; ii) Post-dated cheques are not accepted. iii) Students sponsored by an agency, other than Government Scholarship, must present a letter to this effect to the cashiers at registration. b) Mail-in registration Note: Mail-in registrations are accepted only for designated community and career programs and open courses. i) Fee payment may be made by cheque, or money order and must accompany the completed registration form. ii) Iffinancialerrors are found, contact the Cashier's Office. Failure to correct errors may result in an incorrect billing. e. Course Adds a) Fees for course adds must be paid at the time of the transaction. f. Late Payment of Tuition and Fees i) Student Loans: Those who have applied for a student loan will not receive their funds until after enrolment has been completed or up to eight weeks after submission of the student loan application. If this causes undue hardship, you must contact the Capilano College Financial Aid Office. ii) Under very unusual circumstances, students may be allowed to submit a late payment. This arrangement must be made with the Comptroller, and if not paid by the end of the second week of the term, is subject to a late payment penalty of $25, plus $3 for every credit hour of enrolment. General Information • Fees g. Refunds i) Up to the end of the 10th instructional day of the term: Senior Citizens (60 yrs. or older): Free tuition except where otherwise noted. Full fees required for costrecovery courses, Art Institute, and PMI. For courses dropped during this time period, a refund of $26.50 will be given ($145 for international students). Note: the new application or term enrolment fee is non-refundable. Note: For Senior Citizens the Students' Union and Recreational Facility Levy fees are not assessed. Identification is required at the time of registration (Pharmacare Card, Courtesy Card for Senior Citizens, etc.) ii) After the 10th instructional day of the term: Professional Evening Courses: Professional evening courses with section numbers of 81, 82 or 83 will be charged at $42.50 per credit hour, plus an additional $100 per course to meet cost-recovery requirements. Refunds are not made after the 10th instructional day of the term. Students who withdraw from courses after the 10th day are responsible for all fees incurred. Note: Also see "Add, Drop, Withdrawal and Refund Policy and Procedure". 3. Recreational Facility Levy: $7 per term (for all students enrolled in one credit hour or more) B. Fees 4. Students'Union Fee: $2.75 per credit hour, $41.25 maximum per term (optional for Howe Sound/Sunshine Coast courses.) Fee listed below are under review and subject to change without notice. 5. Capilano Courier Newspaper Fee: $.75 per credit hour, $10.00 maximum per term (under review). 1. Application or Term Enrolment Fee: $20. (nonrefundable) 6. Other Fees: Course Change Fee, per transaction: Diploma/Certificate Replacement: Document Evaluation Fee: Grade Appeal Fee: (per appeal) Late Payment Penalty: (15 credit hours) or $3 per course Late Registration Fee: Library Card Replacement Fee: Program Evaluation Fee: Student I.D. Card Replacement: T2202A Tax Form Replacement Fee: Transcript, official or student copy: Application for Re-Admission Fee: $20 (non-refundable, one term absence or more) Application Fee for International Students: $100 (non-refundable, first term only; includes foreign document evaluation). 2. Tuition: University Transfer (Academic Studies), Career/ Vocational, ABE, ESL (credit or audit status): $42.50 per credit hour, no maximum. Business Administration Evening, 300 and 400 level courses (credit or audit status): $75.00 per credit hour, no maximum (under review). Private Music Instruction (PMI): $43 per credit hour, no maximum. Note: Vocational and ABE program tuition fees are capped at $637.50. Art Institute: $678.00 maximum per term. International Students: $235 per credit hour, any course. BA Music, Music Therapy and Jazz Studies: $42.50 per credit hour. Note: a fee cap of $1,225.00 per term may be applicable. Lab Fees: Lab fees may also be charged for Music, Jazz Studies, Environmental Science, Art and Theatre. Other lab fees may be added as required. General Information - Fees 24 $ 10 $20 $25* $42.50 $25 $45 $5 $20** $5 $ 10 $5 (each) *This non-refundable fee is assessed to evaluate educational documents/transcripts of domestic applicants whose academic records originate outside the province of British Columbia. The document evaluation is required for those requesting admission, transfer credit or advance standing. The fee is waived if the applicant is participating in an exchange program between Capilano College and another institution. **Students in theirfinalterm of enrolment must submit an application for program evaluation at registration or within thefirst30 days of the term. C. Extension Programs and Services Fees/ Policies 1. Fees Tuition fees charged for courses/programs offered through the Extension Programs are cost-recoverable. Fees are payable at the time of registration. 2. Refunds • Refunds will be given in full for courses/programs/ workshops cancelled by the College. • Application for withdrawal/refund will not be accepted after the second session of a course. For workshops of short duration (up to three consecutive days) withdrawal applications must be received at least one working day before the workshop commences. • Refunds are subject to a $20.00 administration charge. • Refunds will not be given, under any circumstances after the end of a course, program, or workshop. • Any change from the foregoing policy will be clearly stated in the course or workshop description. For further information, telephone 984-4901. General Information - Fees 25 General Information and Policies A. Attendance • Registered Education Savings Plan 1. Students are expected to attend all classes in which they are registered, as evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative and based on class assignments, participation and examinations. • Canada Scholarship Trust Fund 2. If illness, injury or death in the family prevents a student from completing an assignment or examination, they must notify the instructor immediately. If completing the assignment or examination is feasible and acceptable within the program, students must submit reasons and/or documentation to the satisfaction of the instructor(s), within seven days of the due date of the assignment or examination. (See Add/Drop, Withdrawal and Refund Policy and Procedures in the Registration section of the Calendar.) 3. Visitors may attend class sessions for a limited period of time provided the instructor gives permission in advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or to courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. Visitors are not registered, cannot sit examinations, do not receive credit and cannot attend more than three weeks during the term. B. Instructional Year The instructional year is comprised of three terms: 1. Fall: September through December 2. Spring: January through April 3. SummerTerm #1: May through June. (Some courses may be scheduled for May through August.) Summer Term #2: July through August. Note: A limited number of courses are offered during the Summer Terms. C. Enrolment Status 1. Full Time and Part Time Enrolment Status: a. Statistical Purposes: Full Time =12 credit hours or more Part Time = 11 credit hours or less b. Financial Aid Purposes: Full Time = 9 credit hours or more required for student loans and bursaries. 12 audit hours required for scholarships Note: If you are registered in: please ascertain in advance of enrolment what constitutes a full-time student enrolment for the purposes of that plan. 2. Credit Status: A credit enrolment indicates the student has officially registered in and paid for courses. In addition, the student attends all classes, seminars, labs and submits required assignments and sits examinations. 3. Audit Status: An audit enrolment indicates the student has registered in and will attend a course without writing examinations or submitting work, papers, lab reports, etc. Full fees are required for audit enrolment. Attendance at lectures, labs and seminars is required. However, for those students who do not meet the attendance requirement, their permanent student record and transcript will be annotated with the comment AUDIT DENIED. Audit status in a particular course is not calculated in the GPA, does not have credit attached, may not be used toward completion of a diploma, certificate, associate degree, or degree. Students are permitted to register for audit status in a particular course only after the last day of in-person registration, on a space available basis, with the instructor's signature. Students may change their registration in a course from credit to audit or audit to credit on or before the last day of the two week Add/Drop Period with the instructor's approval and signature. 4. Second Year Standing: Second year standing is based on the number of credit hours completed within a program; - University Transfer (Academic Studies): successful completion of 24 credit hours in that program; - Career: successful completion of 50 percent of the total credits required for a two year diploma in a specified program, or 30 credit hours. D. Credit Hour and Course Credits A credit hour is an assigned unit of value that normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses are three credit hours, and normally require three or four classroom or lecture hours per week and may, in addition, require additional hours of study in labs, seminars, tutorials, conversation labs, or practicums. • Medical Health Plans • Canada Orphans' Benefits • Private Scholarship General Information and Policies 26 E. Course Information For academic offerings, course descriptions are listed alphabetically in the "Academic Studies/University Transfer Section" o f this Calendar. Students are urged to TRANSFER CREDIT: Transfer credit is credit given become familiar with the special information required to for work successfully completed at another institution. properly select courses. A r t , Graphic Design and Illustra- The transfer credits reduce the total number o f credits tion, Studio A r t , Textile Arts, Jazz Studies and M u s i c required to complete a certificate, diploma, or associate courses appear under their respective program headings degree. A p p r o v e d transfer credit is noted on the Perma- in this same section. nent Student Record as type one, two or three credit, as Course Description Code: to the right hand side o f each course description is a series o f code letters and numbers, for example, B i o l o g y 212-Invertebrate B i o l o g y . per the B . C . Transfer G u i d e . W h i l e grades are noted, they are not included in the calculation o f the G P A . Type One Credit: Course to course transfer [example: B I O L 1 0 8 (4.5)] B i o l o g y 212 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Department N a m e . Year Level Course Number N u m b e r o f credits N u m b e r o f lecture hours per week N u m b e r o f lab hours per week Type T w o Credit: Course to subject area, but unassigned [example: B I O L unassigned (3)] Type Three Credit: Course to unassigned [example: Unassigned (3)] Note: Credit through Prior Learning Assessment ( P L A ) is under review. N u m b e r o f other hours per week (eg. seminar, conversation, practicum) T e r m normally offered G. Examination Period 1. The last two weeks o f each instructional term is designated as an examination period (see Schedule for F. Equivalence, Exemption, Substitution, dates). If a final examination is to be given, it w i l l take Transfer Credit place during the examination period and w i l l be up to A l l requests for equivalence, exemption, substitution or three hours i n duration. transfer credit must be submitted to the Office Manager, Faculty w i l l be available during the examination period to Records and Registration Office, on the Transfer Credit meet with students to review assignments, final letter Request form. A decision w i l l be made with the recom- grades, or engage in other instruction-related activities. mendation of an appropriate program coordinator, i f 2. For some Career/Vocational Programs, classes w i l l applicable. T h e credit or action w i l l be noted and approved by the Office o f the Registrar. Students w i l l be notified i n writing o f the final decision. continue as regularly scheduled throughout the examination period. In addition, a special examination schedule may be set. Detailed information is available from E Q U I V A L E N C E : A n equivalence indicates two instructors or program coordinators. courses within the institution deemed to be practically 3. The examination schedule w i l l be posted each term by the end of the eighth week of instruction. equal i n content and credits, although they may be offered i n two different program areas under different course numbers. E X E M P T I O N : A n exemption indicates a student is not required to complete a particular course(s) in a program because of successful completion of a combination of post-secondary courses which, overall, constitute equal content. A l t h o u g h an exemption for particular courses may be given for courses taken outside Capilano College, the student is still obligated to complete the total number of credits required for the program. ( N O T E : If the courses were taken at Capilano College a substitution w o u l d be given instead.) H. Student Records/Confidentiality I. A l l official permanent student records are kept in Records and Registration, Office o f the Registrar, and are considered confidential. The information on file for a student is always available to that individual. Information w i l l not be given to any agency or person other than the student, unless the student has given their permission in writing, or for institutional research projects approved by the College. Release o f Information forms are available in the Records and Registration Office and from your local college campus. SUBSTITUTION: A substitution indicates a Capilano course used in lieu of another Capilano course to complete a program requirements. C r e d i t hours must be equal. General Information and Policies 27 2. Students are cautioned that student loan applications and other similar applications have such consent written in the document. 3. Official transcripts/grade statements: • Grade statements are mailed or distributed from Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar; • Official transcripts are issued by the Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar, only at the request of the student, and are mailed directly to the institution or agency or to the student in a sealed envelope. • Unofficial transcripts are issued by the Records and Registration at the request of the student and are mailed or given directly to the student. 4. The records of First Nations students (including registration, transcripts and grades) held by the Office of the Registrar may be released to the sponsoring band or the Capilano College First Nations Advisor only if a release has been signed by the student. A copy of this release must be on file with Records and Registration, Office of the Registrar. Alternatively, a band may submit a copy of a release signed by the student, together with their request for information. Requests must be received in writing and shall be responded to by letter from the Registrar or the Registrar's designate. Requests will not be received by telephone. Band officials are to direct their inquiries to designated College representatives, including the Registrar or/and project coordinator. I. Protection of Privacy and Access to information Capilano College gathers and maintains information used for the purposes of admission, registration, alumni and other fundamental activities related to being a member of the Capilano College community and attending a public post-secondary institution in the Province of British Columbia. In signing an application for admission, graduation, or registration form, all applicants are advised that both the information they provide and any other information placed into the student record will be protected and used in compliance with the B.C. Freedom of Information and Privacy Protection Act (1992). General Information and Policies 28 Graduation/Diplomas & Certificates A. Graduation c) Citation: requires 6 to 14 credit hours. Graduation ceremonies are held in the Spring and Fall terms. Diplomas and certificates are issued only at these two ceremonies. Students completing before the ceremonies will have their permanent student records and transcripts annotated as "Program Requisites Complete". The date that the diploma or certificate is awarded will then be placed on the permanent student record and transcript at the date of the appropriate graduation. d) Statement of Completion: offered for particular courses in Labour Studies, and other contract courses to fulfill Ministry and business requests, and where documentation other than a transcript is required. Students who believe they will complete their program of study by the end of their current semester of enrolment must submit a "Request for Program Evaluation" form to the Office of the Registrar, together with the $20 program evaluation fee at Registration, or no later than the following deadline: Fall Graduation in November: September 15 Spring Graduation in May: February 15 You are strongly encouraged to submit this application and fee at in-person registration. All diploma and certificate graduates are invited to attend. Instructions and invitations are mailed to your permanent address approximately three weeks before the ceremony. B. General Information 1. OFFICE OF T H E REGISTRAR All degrees, diplomas, certificates, citations and statements of completion are awarded and produced by the Office of the Registrar, and bear both the signature of the Registrar and the Official Seal of the College. 2. MINIMUM DURATION AND NUMBER OF CREDITS REQUIRED FOR CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMAS a) Diploma: requires at least two academic years or four terms and completion of 60 credit hours, OR at least one academic year, or two terms, and 60 credits, with 30 credits and thefinal50% taken at Capilano College and following completion of a prior credential and/or the granting of one or more of: • Tranfer Credit • Prior Learning Experience (under review) • Challenge Credit • Equivalence to another Capilano College Program b) Certificate: requires at least one academic term and completion of 15 credit hours. 3. GENERAL REQUISITES • 50% of course work required for a diploma, certificate or citation must be completed via courses offered by Capilano College. • No more than 50% of the credit hours required for a diploma, certificate or citation may be applied from a prior credential, or from another program being completed at the same time. 4. WITH DISTINCTION DESIGNATION A student completing an academic, career, vocational, Adult Basic Education, or English as a Second Language program with a minimum program cumulative grade point average of 3.75, with no grade lower than a C+ in the program requirements, will be awarded "Graduated with Distinction". Grades for courses awarded transfer credit, equivalence and exemption, while given credit, will not be counted toward the program GPA. Only Capilano College courses required for completion of the program will be considered for this award. The designation will be noted on the permanent student record, and shall appear on the student's official and unofficial transcripts. C. Diplomas Capilano College offers a variety of diplomas upon completion of two years of study at the university transfer level. Note: A previously awarded Academic Studies Diploma may be exchanged for an Associate Degree in Arts or Sciences as appropriate, provided that the degree meets all the requirements for the Associate degree. This includes the five-year requirement which is applied to the date of exchanging a diploma for an Associate Degree. 1. Associate of Arts Degree To be eligible for the Associate of Arts, a student must have: a. completed 60 semester credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria; b. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits within five years preceding the awarding of the Associate Degree; General Information • Graduation 29 c. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits at Capilano College within five years preceding the awarding of the degree, of which at least 12 credits are in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; Social Sciences Social Sciences or Humanities 6 6 18 Arts Courses 18 18 - only six credits max. in one subject area d. completed at least six semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; e. completed at least 18 credits in Arts courses (other than English) that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level; at least six of these credits must be in the Humanities, and at least six of these credits must be in the Social Sciences, and no more that six credits shall be in any one subject area; f. completed at least 18 semester credits in Arts courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher, these credits must be in at least two different subject areas; g. completed at least nine semester credits in Science courses, including at least three credits in Mathematics or Computing Science or Statistics (i.e. any statistics course that transfers to a university as a 100-level or higher Science course) and at least three credits in a Laboratory Science course (i.e. any course in the Sciences list worth three credits or more and with a lab of at least two hours, but excluding any course in Applied Science or Computing Science); h. completed at least nine semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned transfer credit at the 100level or higher; credits may be for university transfer courses in subjects listed on the following page or for university transfer courses in other subjects (e.g. Commerce, Physical Education, Business Administration, Communications, Media Resources); i. achieved a grade of at least C- in each course counting towards the 60-credit requirement, and a cumulative Grade Point Average of at least 2.0 over all of the courses counting towards the requirement. Note: History courses will be considered as Humanities courses for the purpose of the Associate Degree. General Course Requirements for Associate of Arts Courses/Programs English Arts Courses Humanities # of Credits Total 6 Conditions 100 Level 100 Level - excludes English General Information - Graduation 30 Science Courses Mathematics or Comp. Science or Statistics 3 Laboratory Science 3 200 Level or Higher - credits must be in at least two subject areas 100 Level or Higher - requires min. two-hr. lab and excludes any course in Applied or Computing Science Science Course Electives* 100 Level or Higher 60 2. Associate of Science Degree To be eligible for the Associate of Science, a student must have: a. completed 60 semester credits of courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level or higher at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victoria; b. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits within five years preceding the awarding of the Associate Degree. c. completed at least 30 of these 60 semester credits at Capilano College within five years preceding the awarding of the degree, of which at least 12 credits are in courses which have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 200-level or higher; d. completed at least six semester credits in courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level in English; e. completed a least six semester credits from the following Capilano Calculus courses: Mathematics 108, 109, 110, 111,230, or 231; f. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at the 100-level; no more than six credits shall be in one subject area; g. completed at least 18 credits in Science courses that Classification of Subjects for Associate Degrees have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at O n l y those Capilano College courses with university the 200-level or higher; these credits must be i n at least two subject areas; transfer credit at the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, or the University of Victo- h. completed at least six semester credits in A r t s courses ria, w i l l count towards the Associate Degree. at the 100-level or higher, excluding English and exclud- F o r the purpose o f the above requirements, Capilano ing any course that has university transfer credit in both College courses are categorized as follows: A r t s and Science (e.g. Mathematics); have assigned or unassigned university transfer credit at ARTS Humanities: the 100-level or higher; these credits may be for univer- A r t History Music sity transfer courses i n subjects listed on the following Chinese Philosophy page or for university transfer courses in other subjects English Spanish (e.g. Commerce, Physical Education, Business A d m i n i s - French Studio A r t tration, Communications, M e d i a Resources); German Theatre History Thai Japanese Women's Studies (100, 104, 106, 130) i . completed at least six semester credits in courses that j . achieved a grade o f at least C - i n each course counting towards the 60-credit requirements, and a cumulative Grade Point Average o f a least 2.0 over a l l the courses counting towards the requirement. Social Sciences: Anthropology General Course Requirements for an Associate in Science Criminology Courses/Programs Conditions Geography (Human) (100, 101, 102, 1 0 6 , 1 0 8 , 2 0 0 , 2 0 1 , 100 L e v e l Political Studies # of Credits 205) Total English 6 Economics Psychology - from Mathematics Calculus 108,109, 110, 111, Sociology Women's Studies (100, 110, 122, 140, 220) 230 or 231 Science 100 L e v e l SCIENCES - only six credit A p p l i e d Science i n one subject max. Biology Chemistry area C o m p u t i n g Science 18 Science A r t s Elective 200 L e v e l or H i g h e r - must be in at least two subject areas Geology H u m a n Kinetics and Philosophy 100 L e v e l or H i g h e r Mathematics - excluding E n g l i s h Physics and courses that Note: Some courses in the subjects listed above may not have transfer credit carry transfer credit and/or satisfy major requirements at in both Arts and a particular university. Please consult the transfer guide, Science university calendars, or the A d v i s i n g Department. 100 L e v e l or H i g h e r Electives* Geography (Physical) (112, 114, 214, 221) 60 3. Diploma in Academic Studies T o be eligible for a D i p l o m a in A c a d e m i c Studies, a * M a y be Arts or Science courses or other subjects, e.g. student must have: C o m m e r c e , Business Administration, Physical Education a. completed 60 credits, 5 0 % o f which must be c o m - with university transfer credits. pleted at Capilano College; General Information • Graduation 31 b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or better; 7. Diplomas in Career/Vocational Programs c. Successfully completed at least 45 credits from the following subject areas (List A and B), including at least six credits from English (100-level or higher), at least six credits from subjects in List A; and at least 15 credits selected from 200-level courses; To be eligible for a Career/Vocational Program diploma, a student must have: a. completed program requirements, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College; b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. d. All courses must be university transferable courses. A B Applied Science Anthropology Japanese Biology Art History Music Chemistry Chinese Philosophy Computing Commerce Political Studies Science Criminology Psychology Geography Economics Sociology (Physical) English Spanish Geology French Studio Art Human Kinetics Geography Thai Kinesiology (Human) Theatre Mathematics German Women's Studies Physical Education History Physics 4. Diploma in General Studies To be eligible for a Diploma in General Studies, a student must have: a. completed 60 credits at the 100 level or higher, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College; b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 5. Post-Baccalaureate Diplomas Students with previous degrees may complete postbaccalaureate diplomas in the following programs: • Asia Pacific Management Co-op • Environmental Science 6. Other University Transferable Diplomas and Certificates • Diploma in Music • Diploma in Studio Art • Certificate of Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Communication Consult the Program Profile in this Calendar for a complete listing of all requisites. The following diplomas are offered: • Diploma in Animation • Diploma in Applied Information Technology • Diploma in the Art Institute • Diploma in Business Accounting Co-operative Education • Diploma in Business Administration - Accelerated Accounting Management - Accelerated Accounting Transfer - Accelerated General Management - Accelerated Computer Systems Management - Accelerated Marketing Management - Advanced Accounting - Advanced Finance - Advanced General Management - Advanced Marketing • Diploma in Business Computing Co-operative Education • Diploma in Business General Management Cooperative Education • Diploma in Business Marketing Co-operative Education • Diploma in Graphic Design and Illustration • Diploma in Jazz Studies • Diploma in the Legal Assistant Program • Diploma in Media Resources • Diploma in Music Therapy • Diploma in Outdoor Recreation Management • Diploma in Textile Arts • Diploma in Tourism Management 8. Certificates in Career/Vocational Programs To be eligible for a career or vocational certificate, a student must have: a. completed program requirements, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. The following certificates are offered: • Certificate in the Applied Business Technology Program - Accounting Assistant - Accounting Support General Information - Graduation 32 - Administrative Assistant - Business Fundamentals - Financial - General Office Assistant - General Office Assistant/Second Language Speciality - Secretarial • Certificate in Accelerated Office Technology - Office Clerk Option - Financial Option - Secretarial Option • Certificate in the Alternative Career Training Program • Certificate in Applied Telecommunications • Certificate in the Art Institute Program • Certificate in Business Administration • Certificate in Business Administration - Advanced Option in General Management, Accounting, Finance or Marketing • Certificate in Business Communications • Certificate in Business Computing • Certificate in Crafts Instructor Training • Certificate in Early Childhood Care and Education • Certificate in Early Childhood Care and Education - Post Basic - Infants and Toddlers - Post Basic - Special Needs • Certificate in First Nations Band Office Administration • Certificate in the Fish Culture Technician Program • Certificate in Graphic Design - Foundation Program • Certificate in the Home Support Attendant Program • Certificate in Landscape Horticulture • Certificate in the Legal Assistant Program • Certificate in the Legal Secretarial Program • Certificate in the Medical Office Assistant Program • Certificate in the Office Clerk Financial Option Program • Certificate in the Office Technology - Office Clerk Program - Secretarial Program • Certificate in Personal Care Attendant for the Disabled Program • Certificate in Public Administration • Certificate in Wilderness Leadership - Backpacking Option - Canoing Option - Nordic Skiing Option • Certificate in the Resident Care Attendant Program • Certificate in the Stream Keepers Program 9. Diplomas/Certificates in Adult Basic Education/ESL To be eligible for a diploma or certificate, a student must have: a. completed program requirements, 50% of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. achieved a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. The following diplomas/certificates are offered: • Provincial Level Diploma • Advanced Level Certificate • Intermediate Level Certificate • Certificate in English as a Second Language (under review) • Statement of Completion for English as a Second Language Studies 10. Degrees Capilano College offers courses leading to completion of a four-year degree in cooperation with Open University in the following areas: • Administrative Studies • Jazz Studies • Music Therapy Other degrees are under development and may be offered commencing 1997. Note: Additional certificates and diplomas may be added to this list as new programs are developed. General Information - Graduation 33 Policies and Procedures A. Grading System The College employs a letter grade system. Letter Grade Point Value of total grade points for all terms, divided by the number of credit hours for all terms of enrolment. The minimum grade point average for graduation is 2.00. Classification Audit A+ A A- 4.33 4.00 3.67 Excellent B+ B B- 3.33 3.00 2.67 Good C+ C C- 2.33 2.00 1.67 Satisfactory D 1.00 Minimal Pass F 0.00 Fail An audit indicates the student has registered in and attended a course without writing examinations or submitting work, papers, lab reports, etc. Attendance at lectures, labs and seminars is required. An Audit status is not calculated in the GPA, does not have credit attached, and may not be used toward completion of a diploma, certificate, associate degree or degree. Withdrawal - Extenuating Circumstances Withdrawal from a course after the end of the withdrawal period given for circumstances beyond the control of the student. CR or NC Grade Non-Grade Designation CIP* CR* NC* I* W* WE* AUD* ADN* - Course in Progress Credit Granted No Credit Granted Incomplete Withdrawn Withdrawal Extenuating Circumstances Audit Audit Denied * not calculated in Grade Point Average Grade Point Average (GPA) Grade performance is expressed in terms of a Grade Point Average (GPA). GPAs are reported on each permanent student record. To find the term GPA, the grade point value for each grade is multiplied by the credit hours to produce a number of grade points for each course. For example: an "A" received in a three-credit hour class would become, for purposes of the calculation: A = 4.00 x 3cr =12 grade points To find the term GPA, the sum of the grade points is then divided by the number of credit hours taken in one term only. Similarly, the cumulative GPA recorded is the sum General Information - Policies 34 The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in which a level of mastery is required for successful completion but is not included in the GPA calculation. F Grade All Fail or "F" grades recorded on the student's transcript are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's term and cumulative GPA. I Grade An "I" or incomplete grade may be given at the end of a term, where in the judgment of the instructor, the student should have reasonable expectation of passing the course, but has not completed the required work. An incomplete is assigned only when the instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted on the grade sheet class list. If the student does not complete the work by the specified date, the instructor will automatically assign a predetermined grade reflecting the work not completed. If the student completes the work by the specified time, the instructor will assign the final grade. NOTE: Transfer students are cautioned that other postsecondary institutions may include "I" grades in the GPA calculation for admission. B. Grade Changes Time limits have been established with respect to grade changes. 1. No time limit for grade changes due to calculation error. 2. One year time limit for grade changes resulting from completion of work to remove an "I" grade (may be extended in extenuating circumstances). 3. One year time limit for grade changes made for other reasons. Students are advised to contact the instructor(s) immediately if a grade has been recorded incorrectly. Errors and omissions will be corrected as soon as identified without cost to the student and without appeal. C. Grade Appeals Students must take immediate action for a grade appeal. Students must contact a counsellor no later than two weeks after receipt of grades or Change of Grade Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and appeal procedure with the student and with the instructor, will provide the student with a "Final Grade Appeal" form, and will submit a report to the Appeals Committee. If the student wishes to pursue the appeal, he/she must complete the "Final Grade Appeal" form and submit it to the Appeals Committee, along with a fee of $36 for each grade to be appealed, within 14 days after the counsellor's report has been received by the Appeals Committee Secretary. Failure to meet this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal. Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor. During the appeal process all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In all cases the students are informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the fee is refunded. Only those appeals that follow the above process will be considered. a. a term GPA of 2.5 or better is achieved; b. the signature of either an educational advisor, or counsellor is entered on the registration form; c. the signature of the faculty coordinator responsible for that subject is entered on the registration form. 3. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include grades for all attempts and repeats of courses in the GPA calculation used for admission. 4. The Repeated Courses Policy also applies to courses deemed to be equivalent, have a similar curriculum, and the same subject material; for example, Biology 108 and Biology 110. *NA grades were awarded prior to September 1994 only. E. Repeated Semesters Policy Students who enrol but withdraw from all courses in two consecutive semesters will be ineligible to re-register for one semester, Fall or Spring. Students who receive grades of Fail, WD, or a combination of these grades in all courses of enrolment in two consecutive semesters shall be ineligible to re-register for one semester, Fall or Spring. If following a third semester of enrolment, students who receive grades of Fail, WD, or a combination of these grades in all courses of enrolment, will not be allowed to enrol for two semesters, Fall and Spring. Students who must withdraw from all courses in two consecutive semesters due to medical reasons, or due to circumstances beyond their control, may appeal to the Registrar for a permit to re-enrol. F. Academic Performance 1 . Academic Difficulties a. Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with the instructor and counsellor to reach a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. D. Repeated Courses Policy 2. Standing Required for Continuance 1. A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a grade, but no more than once. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with the higher grade used in the computation of the cumulative GPA. All students at Capilano College are expected to maintain acceptable standards of scholarship. Specifically, they are expected to maintain a minimum 1.80 CGPA (cumulative grade point average). A student who does not maintain this minimum CGPA will be considered to be performing unsatisfactorily in his/her studies. The following procedures will apply for evaluating the student performance in accordance with policy governing continuance, withdrawal and readmission. 2. No course may be taken more than twice if the student has received two failures, or two NA's* or made two withdrawals or any combination of failure and withdrawal. Subsequently, a student will not be allowed to enrol in a third attempt unless all of the following have been satisfied: General Information - Policies 35 a. Academic performance will be evaluated on courses for which Capilano College grades have been assigned. ("Assigned grade" will include grades A+ through D, F, but will exclude W, CR and AUD). Dean, and an Advisor or Counsellor, if necessary. If admitted, the nine credit hour enrolment limit will apply, as consistent with the probation policy. b. Application to a new program: b. Following admission, no formal assessment will take place until the student has completed a minimum of nine credit hours of assigned grades. c. Students who were admitted to the College with an admission average below 1.80, and who have attempted nine credit hours at a previous post-secondary institution, will be admitted on academic probation. 3. Academic Probation a. Students who have received assigned grades for at least nine Capilano College credit hours with a GPA of less than 1.80 based on the four-point scale, will be placed on academic probation. Students will be notified in writing of their status and may be advised to book an appointment with an Advisor or Counsellor prior to reregistering. b. Students permitted to register will be limited to enrolling in nine credit hours or a maximum of three credit courses. Following completion of the nine credit hours or three courses, the student records will be reassessed. c. If, at the end of the probation period: • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period and the cumulative GPA are 1.80 or higher, the student will be returned to good academic standing; • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period is 1.80 or higher, but the cumulative GPA is less than 1.80, the student will continue on academic probation; • the term GPA on assigned grades during the probation period is less than 1.80, the student will be required to withdraw from the College for at least one term (fall or spring). 4. Required to Withdraw Students who have been Required to Withdraw (RTW), may not apply for readmission for one full term. We strongly advise students to contact an advisor or a counsellor before submitting an application for readmission. a. Readmission to original program of registration: Students who have been required to withdraw must make application for readmission. Permission for readmission will be granted by the Registrar in consultation with the appropriate Career/Vocational program coordinator, General Information - Policies 36 Those who submit an application for admission to a new program must meet program requisites. Permission for admission to a new program will be granted by the Registrar in consultation with the appropriate Career/ Vocational program Coordinator or Dean, and if necessary, an Advisor or Counsellor. If admitted, the nine credit hour enrolment limit will apply, as consistent with the probation policy. c. Grade Point Average required: Required to withdraw students granted readmission in the original program of registration or a new program must achieve a grade point average of 2.00 or better on those credits attempted. Students who do not achieve this level will be required to withdraw from the College for one full year and may only be readmitted by application to, and with the approval of the Admissions Appeal Committee. NOTE: Some Career and Vocational Programs reserve the right to review performance after each term. This review could result in denied permission to register. 5. Request for transfer to another program while on probation: Students who have been placed on probation and wish to transfer to another program must submit an application for readmission, indicating they wish to change programs. Applicants must meet all requisites to the new program. (Current enrolment in courses will make any admission to a new program conditional to receipt of final grades.) If admitted, the nine credit hour enrolment limit will apply, as will all other conditions of the Academic Probation policy. G. Student Conduct Policy To enhance their opportunities for educational success, the College expects all students to conduct themselves so as to help, not hinder, their fellow students, staff, and instructors in achieving their common goals. One of the most important of those goals is to develop the skill of critical thinking through the free expression and exploration of a wide range of ideas. This may involve challenges to students' and faculty's strongly held beliefs and values. As long as such challenges are clearly directed at ideas, and are not merely personal attacks on those who hold them, the College accepts and encourages them as part of the learning process. However, some kinds of expression, conduct and behaviour are clearly not intended to further the learning process; they may become disruptive to all concerned and may hinder the College's basic purpose: to foster both learning and a constructive, positive attitude toward learning. Therefore, the College will not accept disruptive behaviour in classrooms or elsewhere on its property. 1. Disruptive Behaviour Disruptive behaviour is defined as: • Speech or action that seriously distracts others from the pursuit of their educational goals; • Speech or action that is clearly not part of a learning process or that creates an atmosphere of hostility, intimidation, ridicule, or anxiety among other students, staff or instructors; • Action that impedes the delivery of College services; • Action that abuses College property and services by using them for unauthorized purposes; • Excessive and unreasonable demand for attention or special treatment from faculty or staff, to the detriment of other students; or • Hindrance of other's work by failure to complete one's own work. 2. Threatening and Dangerous Behaviour All members of the College community are expected to show respect for the College and its students and employees. Behaviour that is threatening or dangerous to others is unacceptable and will be dealt with quickly and firmly. The College will protect its students and employees against such conduct. Threatening or dangerous behaviour is: • Subjecting or threatening to subject any student or College employee to physical or mental harm, injury, indignity, harassment, or written or spoken abuse; • Physical intimidation of any student or College employee; • Damage or threat to, or the unauthorized removal of, College property or the property of students or College employees; • Action that deliberately endangers students or College employees. 3. Procedure Complaints about any person's disruptive, threatening, or dangerous behaviour shall go to a Counsellor or to the appropriate Supervisor or Coordinator. The person receiving the complaint shall investigate, consult a Counsellor, Supervisor or Coordinator as appropriate, and, if warranted, immediately convey the complaint to the Dean of Student Services. In cases where the behaviour is threatening or dangerous, the police should be called directly at 911. Appropriate College personnel should then be advised of the problem. In cases of suspicious behaviour (for example: tampering with College equipment or cars in the parking lot, vandalizing College property, etc.) campus security should be called at 2763. If any disciplinary action is taken (as outlined above) the Dean will place a copy of the disciplinary action on the student's file in the Registrar's office. If the Dean has reason to believe that a student's continued presence in the College constitutes a continuing disruption, threat, or danger to others, the Dean shall immediately suspend the student pending further investigation and/or disciplinary action. A student has the right to appeal the Dean's decision to suspend or to impose other disciplinary action. Such appeal must be made in writing to the Vice-President, Academic Affairs within two weeks of the Dean notifying the student of the disciplinary action. The appeal shall be heard by the Vice-President and another senior administrator, who will receive submissions by any other person that the Vice-President and senior administrator judge to have information bearing upon the case. H. Misuse of Computer System Policy The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of system software) is not only unfair to other students but can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of the offender's computer access in a course, which may result in an "F" grade. Repeated offences may result in a permanent revoking of all computer privileges. I. Cheating and Plagiarism Policy Within an educational institution, any form of cheating including plagiarism - is an extremely serious offence. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's or source's words or ideas as if they were one's own. Plagiarism and all other forms of cheating are dishonest and are incompatible with education and scholarship. Accordingly, cheating offences will normally result in a grade of zero on the examination, test, or assignment and, at the instructor's discretion, may result in a grade of F in the course. After consulting the instructor(s) involved, the College may impose further penalties for cheating, up General Information - Policies 37 to and including expulsion from the College. Cheating or plagiarism penalties affecting a final grade may be appealed through the College's Appeals Procedure. Students are responsible for ensuring that they understand and follow the principles and practices of proper documentation and scholarship. If in doubt about these matters, students should consult their instructor, the Achievement Resource Centre, the Writing Centre, or the Library where explanatory documents are available. J. Copyright Policy A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding Canadian copyright law is available in the Library and in all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. K. Sexual Harassment Policy The College is committed to providing a working and learning environment that is free from sexual harassment. To that end, the College has adopted a formal policy and procedures to handle complaints and, if appropriate, to impose discipline where sexual harassment occurs. The College believes that those who allege that they are victims of sexual harassment must receive the necessary support and protection to encourage complaints to be brought forward. The College believes that anyone against whom a complaint has been made should be given full opportunity to respond to those allegations, and that the principles of natural justice should prevail. The Capilano College Policy defines sexual harassment as comment or conduct of a sexual nature, including sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, suggestive comments or gestures, or physical contact when any one of the following occurs: 1. the conduct or comment has the effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment, and may include the expression of sexist attitudes, language and behaviour; 5. the conduct or comment is accompanied by the actual denial of opportunity, or the expressed or implied threat of the denial of opportunity, for failure to comply. Copies of the College's "Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures" are available from the Office of the Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor or from Counselling. The Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor is available to receive complaints of sexual harassment, to provide advice and information to the parties to such complaints, and to investigate complaints as necessary. L. Limit of Responsibility Policy The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any course or program or class of instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of God, fire, labour problems, lack of funding, or any other cause. The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or program. M. Statement of Rights and Responsibilities Capilano College recognizes a set of student rights and holds students responsible for their understanding and conduct in view of college policies, rules and regulations. Student Rights You are entitled to have your rights respected by fellow students, faculty, staff, administrators and other persons associated with the College. In addition to your rights guaranteed under the Canadian Charter of Rights, you have the right to: 1. a healthy and safe learning environment free from harassment and discrimination. 2. the conduct or comment exploits the fiduciary relationship between students and employees of the College; 2. the confidentiality of information regarding all student records and grades unless you consent in writing to its disclosure. You also have a right to ethical behaviour from College personnel who have access to your student records. 3. the conduct or comment is accompanied by a reward, or the express or implied promise of a reward, for compliance; 3. seek redress through appropriate College committees for any potential infringement of your rights, according to the procedures in effect at the College. 4. the conduct or comment is accompanied by reprisals, or an expressed or implied threat of reprisal, for refusal to comply; 4. access to documents contained in your student records, and to add pertinent comments or documents as appropriate. 5. be informed in advance of the basic content and general procedures of a course and to be sure that the General Information - Policies 38 course will not change substantially after registration. You also have the right to receive at the beginning of a course a written outline and to receive written notification of changes in the course outline. The course outline normally will include course objectives, teaching methods, evaluation system, and due dates and late penalties for major assignments. 6. reasonable access to information on program and graduation requirements, academic regulations, and university admission. 8. respecting the rights of students, faculty, staff, administrators and other persons associated with the College. 9. respecting other people's health and their right to security and dignity. 10. adhering to College policies regarding improper student conduct including: a) cheating and plagiarism; b) improper behaviour; c) sexual harassment. (See statements of these policies.) 7. be notified of class cancellations as soon as possible and to expect that classes will start and end on time. 8. be informed of your performance on occasions spaced throughout the semester. 9. have your instructor keep designated office hours. 10. review any of your examinations and major course assignments up to the beginning of the following semester. 11. retain intellectual property concerning your assignments, essay, theses, and other written work. Student Responsibilities It is your responsibility to acquaint yourself with course outlines, content, evaluations and meUjodology. You are also responsible for conducting yourself in a reasonable manner and in accordance with college policies as set out in the College Calendar. You are responsible for: 1. inquiring into the availability of your instructors (time and place). 2. communicating with instructosr and/or counsellors in order to solve any of the problems that you may encounter. 3. attending classes and being punctual. 4. submitting your assignments in the required format to your instructors within the deadline; or, if you cannot do so, for making other arrangements with the agreement of the concerned instructor. 5. being familiar with the information contained in the course outlines and for seeking from your instructors clarification of any areas of concern. 6. undertaking to complete course requirements as described in the course outline and to observe deadlines and schedules contained therein. 7. discussing any dissatisfactions with the instructor concerned before attempting further redress through appropriate College channels. General Information - Policies Services ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE The Mathematics Learning Centre Faculty The Mathematics Learning Centre (MLC), located in J107, provides services for all students at the College. During scheduled hours, students may obtain individual assistance with math problems from the lab supervisor or instructor on duty. The MLC has two study areas (one for silent, individual study and the other for quiet, group study), a video room, and a library of math reference texts. The MLC video room is equipped with six video stations where students may view videotapes on topics in calculus, precalculus, algebra and statistics. John BROOKS, B.A. (SFU) Ruth D'HOLLANDER, B.C. Teaching Cert., B.Ed., M.Ed. (McGill), C.A.S. (Harvard) Bev HILL, B.Ed. (UBC) Wendy LYNN, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc. (Waterloo) Susan MURRAY, B.Ed. (T.E.S.L.) (Concordia) M.A. (Applied Linguistics) (Concordia) Peggy SHANNON, M.Ed. (UBC), First Nations Advisor Jan SHIELL, M.Ed. (UBC) Support Staff Erica BRANT, Learning Assistant Lynne HAMILTON, Divisional Assistant Achievement Resource Centre - North Vancouver Students wanting to increase their learning efficiency are invited to use the services and facilities of the Achievement Resource Centre (ARC), in LB Building. Students who have specific learning difficulties are encouraged to talk over their concerns with ARC faculty. The Achievement Resource Centre offers the following campus wide services: a. Credit courses which provide opportunities for students to learn and adopt methods that lead to success in college. b. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help students succeed at college. See Preparatory Programs section. c. Personal assistance for students who are doing well but want to improve further. d. Assistance in using computer resources available in the Centre. Resources available are: 1) Hardware—Macintosh, IBM-compatible computers, one typewriter. 2) Software—word processing, spelling, vocabulary and keyboarding skills. 3) Self-paced learning programs on cassette, video, and computer diskette to improve study and learning skills. 4) Group and individualized instruction for study skills development. The ARC also provides written study tips. For more information, call 984-4945 or drop by the Achievement Resource Centre, LB Building. General Information - Services 40 Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and Sechelt ARC programs and services are also offered in these locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more information: in Squamish 986-3515 (toll free from North Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local); in Sechelt 9871535 (toll free) or 885-9310 (local). Writing Centre All students registered at the College may visit the Writing Centre (FR402) for advice on written assignments or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service/but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in FR402. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, Communications and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. ATHLETICS AND RECREATION Administration Joseph IACOBELLIS, B.P.E., M.P.E. (UBC), Manager Faculty Milton WILLIAMS, B.P.E. (UBC), Programmer Support Staff John BRAITHWAITE, Weekend Attendant John DOWLER, Program Assistant Wade KEELER, Senior Attendant Geoff KERSHAW, Evening Attendant Tom SMITH, Evening Attendant Matt MORRIS, Evening Attendant Athletics THE CAPILANO REVIEW Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association, which is the governing body for all intercollegiate athletics in the province. Provincial championships are determined annually with winners advancing to national finals. This affords our College's highly skilled student athletes an opportunity to meet with and compete against the best college athletes in Canada. The Capilano Review is a tri-annual magazine of the arts, publishing poetry, fiction, fine art and drama from all over Canada and the world. Since its beginnings in 1972 in the Capilano College Humanities Division, the magazine has been recognized five times for excellence by the National Magazine awards, twice by the Western Magazine awards, and been cited by the Canadian Studies Association. Its distribution spans nine countries. The Capilano Review is published by the Capilano Press Society; it receives support funding from the Canada Council, the B.C. Cultural Fund, Capilano College, and the B.C. Gaming Commission. Subscriptions are $25 for one year (three issues). Write to: The Capilano Review d o Capilano College. Telephone: (604) 984-1712. Fax: (604) 983-7520. Intercollegiately, Capilano Blues teams compete in soccer, basketball, volleyball and badminton, both for women and men. Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with the experienced Blues coaching staff and managers, have combined to produce both provincial and national championship teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplishments of its student athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence. Campus Recreation An expanding intramural program, utilizing the College's Sportsplex facility and the Weight Training Centre, together with recreation and fitness programs, are available during both Fall and Spring terms. Some examples of the scheduled activities available are: co-ed volleyball, basketball, indoor soccer, badminton, aerobics, karate, weight training and many more. The Sportsplex is located in the south east corner of the south campus parking lot across from Birch Building. For complete athletic, campus recreation program information, contact the staff at the Sportsplex, 984-1737. CHILD CARE The Capilano College Child Care Centre is temporarily located on the North Campus in M101. A new child care facility is expected to open on the South Campus in September 1996. Both full time and part time child care will be available. This new facility will be licensed for infants through school age (age five). We welcome new applications at this time. Priority will be given to Capilano College students. Applications for child care may be placed by phoning 984-4950 or by picking up a form at the Child Care Centre. COUNSELLING BOOKSTORE Faculty The Bookstore, presently located on the North Campus in Building "R", is scheduled to move to the new Birch building in the summer of 1996. The Bookstore offers required and recommended texts, stationery and sundry items. When classes are in session, the Bookstore is usually open Monday through Thursday 8:30 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. and Fridays 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. The Bookstore accepts VISA, MasterCard and Interac. For information regarding used books, please contact the Capilano Students' Union. Daniel FRANKEL, B.A. (Concordia), M.Ed. (McGill) David JONES, B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie) Yvonne McCOLL, B.A. (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard) Ethelyn McINNES-RANKIN, B.A. (University of Winnipeg), M.A. (UBC) Susan MITCHELL, B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M.A. (UVic) Sukhi SOHI, M.A. (UBC) Suzanne WALLSTER, M.Ed. (Montana) Support Staff Receptionist: Norma McALLISTER General Information - Services General Information The counsellors at Capilano College are professionals trained to provide a variety of counselling services designed to promote and support students' academic success, identification and achievement of appropriate career goals, and personal growth. At present, the Counselling Department offers the following services to Capilano College students: Educational Counselling is available to help students plan their college education and choose courses and programs suited to their interests, aptitudes and career goals. Students are advised to consult with a counsellor when experiencing academic difficulties. Students must see a counsellor before registering for an overload or when considering filing a formal grade appeal. Counsellors often act as advocates for students. Career Counselling offers help to students who are having trouble deciding on a career, who perhaps feel unsure, confused, or lacking motivation. Counselling and testing can help students make realistic career plans based on their interests, skills and abilities. Personal Counselling is available to help students who are experiencing personal difficulties. Counsellors can help students to clarify issues, find effective ways of dealing with their problems and overcome obstacles to academic success. Workshops designed to help students succeed are offered throughout the term in such areas as career exploration, goal-setting, motivation, procrastination, stress management, communication and assertion training. Outreach Programs are offered to students on academic probation to help them identify obstacles and plan strategies for success. Credit Courses that are a full term in length are taught by the counsellors on strategies for student success. The Counselling Department is located in the "M" Building on the North Campus. A move to the Birch Building is anticipated by Fall 1996. Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through the receptionist in "M" Building, or by calling 984-1744. Appointment times are available Monday through Friday, from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Drop-in counselling is also available to accommodate students in crisis or emergency situations, or for short consultations. All counselling is confidential. Those living in the Pemberton - Howe Sound Region General Information - Services 42 requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the Squamish Regional Campus. Appointments may be arranged by calling 892-5322. Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Sechelt Regional Campus, 885-9310. Career decision-making workshops and individual career counselling and testing are available for a fee to prospective students and community members through the College's Extension Department. Please call Extension Programs and Services for information and registration. Career Resource Centre The College assists students considering career options by providing information and reference materials on a wide variety of occupations. The Career Resource Centre is located in "M" Building, and houses a collection of self-help books, vocational literature, information on occupational outlooks and labour market trends. The Centre also contains calendars from Canadian and foreign universities and colleges (in print and on microfiche), and free informational brochures on campus and community resources. Copies of past and current course outlines for Capilano College are available for reference in choosing courses and instructors. Also, some career and program information is on videotape, which can be viewed in the Centre. For assistance, contact the receptionist in the "M" Building. The Career Resource Centre is open from 8:30 - 5:00 p.m., Monday through Thursday, and from 8:30 - 4:30 p.m. on Fridays. Peer Support Centre Members of the Counselling Department are also responsible for the training and supervision of Peer Support Centre volunteers. P.S.C. volunteers are students who can assist other students by providing information and referrals as well as through supportive listening. In addition, the Centre is engaged in a number of outreach activities designed to support student success and to foster as sense of community at Capilano College. The P.S.C, currently housed in the 'L' Building, Room 202, is supported by the Capilano Students' Union. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION Co-operative education integrates a period of classroom learning with periods of work experience to enable students to apply their knowledge and skills. Students alternate periods of full-time study with periods of paid employment in business, industry, government and non- profit organizations. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates, better able to assume productive jobs. Employers may use Co-op students to assist in building a work force that meets the short-term needs of their organization. Students can undertake special projects and provide relief for permanent staff who may be undertaking other tasks. In the longer term, employers have a cost effective means of evaluating potential future employees. The Co-op experience provides students with a superior, well-rounded education enriched by the practical application for their skills. They obtain valuable "hands-on" experience and are able to evaluate realistically their interest and aptitudes. The College receives immediate feedback on the quality and relevance of the program areas and on the quality of the students. Co-op education also helps institutions develop contacts with the business community in general. The following are co-operative education programs at Capilano College: Asia Pacific Management Business Administration Retail Management Tourism Management Details on these programs are available in the appropriate program area of this calendar. DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES Faculty Jolene BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed) (Idaho), M.Ed. (UBC), P.D.P. (SFU), A.R.W. Convenor Lucas FOSS, B.A. (Carleton), M.A. Counselling Psychology, Adler School of Professional Psychology, R.C.C., A.R.W. Disability Support Services Advisor Support Staff • instructor notification for classroom accommodation • exam invigilation • individualized support services • technical equipment needs • taped texts • interpreting services • notetakers and scribes • disabled parking passes The offices are located in the "M" Building on the North Campus. A move to the Birch Building is anticipated by Fall 1996. Faculty are available Monday through Thursday. Call 983-7526 for more information. DISTANCE EDUCATION Fish Science - Capilano College The Fish Culture Technician Program is available in distance learning format only. Students may register in one or more courses. Upon completion the student is awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. The distance learning program has been designed for individuals that are currently working or seeking employment in the fish culture field who wish to upgrade their academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. Open Learning Agency Open College and Open University The Open College and Open University, two components of the Open Learning Agency, offer a wide variety of credit and non-credit courses through open learning methods. Courses and programs can lead to one of several college diplomas or certificates or to a university degree. For information on course offerings and transfer credit, visit or write to the Open Learning Agency's Student Services office at 4355 Mathissi Place, Burnaby, B.C. V5G 4S8, or call (604) 431-3000. Margaret MACAULAY, Secretary The Department of Disability Support Services is the identified point of entry for any student with a disability who requires classroom accommodation or technical equipment arrangements. Contact must be made at least four months in advance of course or program startup to ensure services. Following an intake interview and appropriate documentation, faculty will arrange: • transition and educational support services • college orientation and access information • registration assistance • entry and exit planning Knowledge Network The third component of the Open Learning Agency, the Knowledge Network also offers a wide range of credit and non-credit courses. For further information, call 6602000 (toll-free 1-800-663-1678). Open Learning In British Columbia In addition to the courses offered by the Open Learning Agency, there are many more open learning courses offered by British Columbia's colleges and universities. The Open Learning Agency can advise which courses are General Information - Services 43 available, but specific enquiries should be directed to the sponsoring institution. HEALTH SERVICES AND FIRST AID Personnel FIRST NATIONS STUDENT SERVICES Faculty Dr. B i l l M A C K I E , M . D . ( U B C ) , C C F P D o n n a S A V A G E , R . N . , B . S c . N . ( U B C ) , O C C . First A i d Brenda J A R V I S , R . N . , O C C First A i d Peggy S H A N N O N , M . E d . ( U B C ) , First Nations A d v i s o r The First Nations Student A d v i s o r provides direct services to First Nations students i n a variety o f ways: assistance with course selection and registration; information concerning College resources; advisor for special programs; liaison with First Nations B a n d education officers and college instructors; consultation regarding personal and educational matters. T h e A d v i s o r also acts as resource to the student-based First Nations Issues Committee. Special programs and services for First Nations students and prospective students are also offered at the College's campuses i n Sechelt and Squamish. Located in the M building on the North Campus, the Health Services and First A i d Department is concerned with maintaining the good general health o f all individuals on campus, and with providing a safe and healthy atmosphere i n w h i c h to work and study. Emphasis is directed toward prevention o f disease and injury and attainment o f a healthy lifestyle. The f o l l o w i n g services are offered: 1. Health Counselling—offered on nutrition, weight control, immunization, birth control and other health related matters. 2. Physical Health Care—such as vision check, hearing tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests. 3. Diagnosis and Treatment o f Illness—appointments Presently located i n the Achievement Resource Centre at with a College physician m a y be made i n person at the North V a n c o u v e r campus, the A d v i s o r also coordi- M l 0 3 , or by phoning 984-4964. nates advice provided to the College from its First Nations A d v i s o r y Committee, an external advisory group 4. Pamphlets and articles on various topics are available i n the reception area o f Health Services. w h i c h meets quarterly. 5. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE 6. Regular meetings o f the Health and Safety Committee made through Health Services. are held. Concerns or suggestions regarding hazards The main cafeteria is presently located on the South Campus in the L i b r a r y ( L B ) B u i l d i n g and is scheduled to move to the new B i r c h B u i l d i n g i n 1996. The cafeteria offers a variety o f full hot meal service during the F a l l and Spring terms from approximately 8:00 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. daily, except Fridays when it closes at 3:00 p.m. (The grill closes at 1:30 p.m.). F o r special events, catering services are available. Contact the Food Services Director, 984-4970. A kiosk located i n the F i r B u i l d i n g provides a selection o f pastries, salads, sandwiches and coffee. The kiosk is open or potential hazards can be submitted i n writing v i a the student representatives. 7. First A i d — i n case o f emergency call local 2772 or 984-1772. First Aid Coverage Provided M o n d a y - Friday: 8:00 a.m. - 2:00 a.m. Weekends: 4:00 p.m. - 2:00 a.m. Daytime: as required—call 2772 or 984-1772 INTERNATIONAL OFFICE AND INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION from 8:00 a.m. through 2:00 p.m. M o n d a y to Friday when classes are i n session. Personnel V e n d i n g service offering limited food, beverage and B o b B A G S H A W , C o - o p Coordinator, A P M C P confectionery items is available i n M a p l e and F i r B u i l d - Jean B E R R Y , International Student A d v i s o r ings, Library and Sportsplex. Marjorie C R O F T , International Administrative Assistant L i m i t e d dining space (seating and circulation) does not allow for the use o f the F o o d Service area for special functions during the period the food service is in operation, unless the function is designated by the College's administration. Scott M A C L E O D , Program Coordinator, A P M C P Ethelyn M c I N N E S - R A N K I N , International Student Advisor John P O T T S , Dean Pamela R O B B , Dean's Secretary E d w i n W O N G , C A N A S E A N Manager General Information - Services 44 Telephone: (604) 984-4988 Fax: (604)984-1758 Office: AR 215, South Campus The International Office has responsibility for international education, programs and initiatives at Capilano College, assisted by the International Education Advisory Committee, a campus-wide representative committee which meets to provide direction to and co-ordination of Capilano College projects. and should be accompanied by a $100.00 (Cdn.) application fee. (See Admission and Readmission section for detailed application information.) 2. International Programs In the 1996-1997 academic year, the following programs will be offered: A. Asia Pacific Management Co-op Program 1. International Student Information The College welcomes Applications for Admission from well-qualified students who normally reside in countries outside Canada. In 1995, there were approximately 280 international students studying regular courses at Capilano College. They are enrolled in university transfer programs in the Academic Studies Division, specialized courses in the Career/Vocational Division and English as a Second Language. Normally, to be considered for admission, applicants should possess the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Office of the Registrar. In certain programs, enrolment limitations are in effect both for international students and for Canadian citizens and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive and is based on academic standing and other published criteria. In accord with provincial government policy, international students are subject to higher tuition fees than Canadian students. The International Student Advisors on campus give assistance to international students both prior to and after their admission to the College and will provide specific assistance to applicants with student visa requirements, location of home stay accommodation, social and special programs, educational counselling and orientation. The Advisors are located in the Advising and Counselling Departments on campus. All other student services at the North Vancouver campus are also available to international students. An International Club is active on campus and provides opportunities for Canadian and international students to interact in social, recreational and learning activities. Interested students should note closing dates for applications for Fall, Spring, and Summer terms in an earlier section of this Calendar. All applications for admission should be directed to Admissions, Office of the Registrar This program, unique in Canada, enrolled its first class in 1987 and was an immediate success. Over 200 students have completed work terms in Asia. A two-year graduate diploma program in Asia Pacific studies and business, it is open to students who normally have completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized university or those who are sponsored by their employer. Combining an examination of culture, history, language, business, politics, and economics of Pacific Rim regions over the course of a full time, nine-month intensive period at the College, and followed by a co-operative work experience of 12 months, usually overseas, graduates become immediately involved in working with industry in development and trade-related business. See Post-Graduate Programs section for details. B. CANASEAN CANASEAN is another unique program at the College, specifically designed to meet the needs of business men and women in Canada and from countries forming part of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) plus China. Begun in the mid-1980s as a short seminar/ workshop series, it now has become a four-month program. In the Fall term, ASEAN managers take part in intensive training on campus and with local enterprises on business and culture, plus a period of job observation understanding how Canadian businesses work and how business can be developed between Canada and Asia. This project is wholly funded by ministries of the federal and provincial governments. Interested applicants should contact the CANASEAN Manager. C. Other Programs From time to time, the College offers specific programs designed to meet the needs of particular groups, industries, governments or agencies. In recent years, these included programs in international tourism management, English Language culture, the Chinese Summer School General Information - Services 45 and small business entrepreneurship. These are normally arranged through the International Office or the Contract Services Department. A special exchange agreement with Kushiro Public University in Japan provides for faculty exchange annually. 3. Other International Courses As a member of a number of international education training associations in Canada and the United States, the College is able to provide a variety of opportunities for students and faculty to study, travel, or work overseas. A number of individual programs offered in the Academic and Career Divisions have specific courses providing international content. Some of them are optional, while others are an integral part of the curriculum leading to a college degree diploma or certificate. Examples of these will be found in the relevant sections of this Calendar in Business Management, Biology, Geography, History, Political Studies and Sociology. The Languages Department currently schedules first-year university level courses in French, German, and Spanish as well as first year level in Japanese, Mandarin, Chinese and Thai. English as a Second Language courses provide foreign and new immigrant students a variety of intermediate and advanced courses to help improve competency in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary study. 5. International Projects and Initiatives With a particular focus on Pacific Rim endeavours, Capilano College has been and continues to be involved in development and training activities in Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam and the People's Republic of China. Current examples include curriculum development at a university in Vietnam, small business management training for Indonesian managers, and a business linkage project in Thailand. For further information on any of these international activities or other international education opportunities, contact the International Office. English language training is also offered in the summer; these home-stay programs are designed for groups only. LIBRARY 4. Administration International Exchanges The College has been active for a number of years in promoting exchanges with colleges, universities and other agencies outside Canada. Students from Capilano College and Japanese institutions have exchanged as have faculty from Rajamangala Institute of Technology, Thailand, and Open University of Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam. Capilano College and Aichi Gakusen College of Toyota City, Japan established a special relationship in 1983 which provides for the annual exchange of students between the two colleges. Up to three Capilano College female students study and work at Aichi Gakusen from late September until midwinter. Each student is provided with a scholarship of Y750,000 (approx. Cdn. $7,500), a Vancouver-TokyoNagoya round trip ticket and free tuition in a special program of studies specifically tailored to the individual student. The total value of the scholarship is approximately Cdn. $20,000 for each student. Formal agreements have been signed with other postsecondary educational institutions in China, Malaysia, Thailand, Japan and other countries of the Pacific Rim which will continue to enhance opportunities for exchange. General Information - Services 46 Frieda WIEBE, B.A. (U of S), M.L.S., M.B.A. (UBC), College Librarian Faculty Michael COLLINS, B.A. (Portland State University), M.L.S. (UBC) Debra FLEWELLING, B.A., M.L.S. (UBC) Karin HALL, B.A. M.L.S. (UBC) David LAMBERT, B.A. (U of A), M.L.S. (UBC) Annette LOREK, B.A., M.L.S. (McGill) George MODENESI, B.A., M.L.S. (UBC) Sidney MYERS, B.A. (UBC), M.L.S. (Western) Maureen WITNEY, B.A. (Trent), M.L.S. (U of T) Support Staff John BOYLAN, Technical Services Kathleen COSGROVE, Audio-Visual Services Sharon FEYER, Audio-Visual Services Heike FAERBER, Audio-Visual Services Mariann HOVARTH, Circulation Services June HUNTER, Media Production Services Karen KLAVER, Circulation Services Dianella KNIGHT, Media Production Services Michelle KOSKITALO, Circulation Services James KWOK, Circulation Services Anne MO YE, Secretary Carol NOONAN, Technical Services Nola O'BRIEN, Technical Services Gail OWEN, Circulation Services Diane PARKER, Technical Services Tim PAUL, Audio-Visual Services Bronwen PENCARRICK, Audio-Visual Services Edna SAKATA, Media Production Services Karyn SCHMID, Circulation Services Lindsay SIMMONDS, Media Production Services Joanna SPURLING, Circulation Services Judy STEAR, Circulation Services Deborah SWIGART, Circulation Services Karen WAUGH, Technical Services Hours Library—North Vancouver Monday - Thursday 8:00 am - 10:30 pm Friday 8:00 am -4:30 pm Saturday - Sunday 1:00 pm - 5:00 pm Audio Visual Services—North Vancouver Campus Monday - Thursday 8:00 am - 10:30 pm Friday 8:00 am -4:30 pm Media Production Services—North Vancouver Campus Monday- Friday 8:30 a m - 4:30 pm Library- •Squamish Campus Monday -Thursday 9:00 am - 7:30 pm Friday 9:00 am-4:30 pm Library- •Sechelt Campus Monday - Thursday 9:00 am • 7:00 pm Friday 9:00 am- 4:00 pm Collections Students have access to a book collection of 100,000 volumes, and a periodical and newspaper collection of 750 current titles, as well as collections of videos, compact disks, cd-rom and online databases, maps, government documents, annual reports and pamphlets. The INNOPAC online catalogue provides access to books, videos and other library materials. A variety of online, cd-rom, and print indexes provide access to the periodicals and newspaper collections. include a class in the use of library materials specific to the subject area. Individual research assistance and electronic search services are also available. Ask at the reference desk. Circulation Services Students are required to present current Capilano College I.D. to borrow library materials. I.D. cards must be renewed each term. Loan periods are: Books: two weeks (no telephone renewals) Reference books: in-library use only Periodicals: in-library use only Newspapers: in-library use only Reserve materials: varies from three hours to one week Films & Videos: one to two days Audio tapes: one week (except reserve cassettes) Records & CD's: two days Note: Fines are charged on all overdue library materials. Hourly and daily charges vary depending on whether the item is on reserve, recalled, or on regular loan. Please note the due date on each item borrowed and return materials on time. Failure to return materials and pay allfinesat the end of each term will result in debt listing (transcripts are withheld and further registration is prohibited). Audio-Visual Services A variety of audio-visual software and equipment is available for use in the library or may be booked for classroom presentations. Films, videos, records, cassette tapes, and CD's are listed in the library's catalogue. Projectors, video players, cassette recorders, CD players and record players are available for individual use at library study carrells or for small group use in the library's preview room. Media Production Services Assistance in the design, preparation, and production of audio-visual materials is provided. Selected equipment is available for self-help use. Overheads, laserprints, colour laser copies, laminating, slides, video and audio products are available at the cost of materials. Ask at Media Production Services. Computers are available for self-help use in the Library Computer Lab. Reference Services Students receive a library orientation and basic research methods class during thefirstyear English, Psychology, and Communications courses. Other courses often Sechelt & Squamish A small collection of reference and information materials is housed at each regional campus. Access to the entire General Information - Services 47 College library collection is provided by a catalogue of holdings. A library orientation and basic research methods class is provided by the Regional liaison librarian at the beginning of each term. Inter-campus loans and telephone reference services are also provided. Adaptive Technologies The Library has a workstation designed for use by visually impaired students. This includes a very large screen monitor and text enlarger, a digital scanner, a voice synthesizer and a Braille printer. LOST AND FOUND Students may inquire about lost or found items in the Student Union office, located in the Maple Building. There is also a Library lost and found in the Library at the Circulation counter. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR DiannaL. LARSEN, Registrar, B.A.(SFU), M.A.(Gonzaga) Barbara ROBERTSON, Associate Registrar, B.Ed.(UBC) Jeanne CLASSEN, Secretary The Office of the Registrar is responsible for recruitment and liaison, maintenance of all permanent student records, admission and registration procedures for all prospective and continuing students, administration of College policies pertinent to those areas, and Financial Aid, Scholarships and Bursaries. In addition, all graduation and student awards ceremonies, semester and examination timetables, and official course articulation is coordinated by the Office of the Registrar. The Office of the Registrar, located at North Vancouver Campus, is comprised of four areas: • Advising, Educational Planning and Recruitment • Admissions • Records and Registration • Financial Aid Office Hours For Records and Registration and Cashier's Office: Regular Hours Mon/Tue/Wed Thurs Fri 9:00 am to 6:30 pm 10:30 am to 6:30 pm 9:00 am to 4:00 pm Summer Hours Mon/Tue/Wed/Fri Thurs 9:00 am to 4:00 pm 10:00 am to 4:00 pm General Information - Services 48 Advising, Educational Planning & Recruitment Sheila BRYGADYR, Supervisor of Advising, B.A (UVic) Jean BERRY, Advisor and International Student Advisor, B.A. (Wisconsin) Elin BRNJAC, Educational Planning Assistant Marni BUSH, Educational Planning Assistant Jeri KROGSETH, Advisor, B.A. (UBC) B.C. Teachers Cert., Advisor Advisors visit secondary schools in the College region and throughout the Lower Mainland each fall and spring to speak to student groups about opportunities at Capilano College. High school students planning to enter the College may take advantage of admission interviews at their school by contacting their school counsellor for appropriate dates. Prospective and current students may contact the Advising Centre for information on all College programs and courses and for assistance with educational planning and program selection. Appointments may be made at the Advising desk in AR Building or by calling the Advising Hotline at 984-4990. Drop-in advising, application and pre-registration workshops are also available. Hours: 8:30 am - 5 pm, M, Tu, W 10:30 am - 5 pm, Thurs. Hours vary during Summer Term Admissions Barbara R O B E R T S O N , Associate Registrar, B . E d . (UBC) Beverly HUGHES, Admissions & Registration Officer* (Acting) Rorri McBLAINE, International Student Admissions Officer, B.Ed., M.Ed. (U of A) Hazel SOON, Admissions & Registration Officer* All applications for admission are processed through the Admissions Office, which is responsible for student admissions, notifications, production of the Registration Permits, assessment of international and Canadian transcripts, and liaising directly with career, ABE, vocational, ESL, and academic program departments regarding admission decisions. Questions should be directed to : Regular Admissions: 984-4913, or 986-1911 ext. 2085 Business Administration Admissions: 986-1911 ext. 2013 International Student Admissions: 986-1911 ext. 2486 Records and Registration Office Cheryl HELM, Office Manager, Records and Registration, B.A.(UBC) *Lee EDERER, Admissions and Registration Asst I *Lynda GOCH, Admissions and Registration Asst I *Colleen LIFTAJ, Admissions and Registration Asst I *Janet MERRICK, Admissions and Registration Asst I *Joan MINICHIELLO, Admissions and Registration Asst I *Carol PASKARUK, Admissions and Registration Asst I *Sharon WITT, Admissions and Registration Asst I *(note: staff members work in Records and Registration, and the Admissions Office) All student records are processed and discharged through the Records and Registration Office, including applications, offers of admittance, grade entry, student identification cards, course registrations, course adds/drops, withdrawals, wait lists, transfer credits, change in name/ address/telephone, transcripts, diplomas and certificates, and replacement of documents. Through this office, program completion is verified, semester and examination timetables are produced, and Deans and Merit lists are determined. Questions should be directed as follows: Student Records: 984-4913 Graduation Status: 986-1911, ext. 2014 Transcripts: 986-1911, ext. 2084 Financial Aid Office Douglas CAMERON, Financial Aid Advisor Zulekha PIRANI, Financial Aid Assistant Valerie KENDRICK, Financial Aid Clerk The Financial Aid Office is responsible for all student aid, grant and loan programs at Capilano College, the selection of Bursary/Scholarship/Award recipients, providing information, and assisting students in the completion of their loan and grant applications. Turn to a complete listing of services under the Financial Aid Section of this Calendar. Cashiers' Office Rosemary MEECH, Cashier Supervisor Donna BURTON Judy PRICE A. WONG The Cashiers' Office is responsible for the receipt and collection of fees, the issuing of invoices, and making refunds. Telephone: 986-1911, local 2012. PARKING Pay Parking PAY PARKING is in effect 24 hours a day, seven days a week, all year. The administration and operation of pay parking at Capilano College is the responsibility of Imperial Parking Limited. A L L permit sales, equipment and the administration of all violation notices,finesand towing are handled by Imperial Parking Limited. Pay parking applies to all parking spaces at the North Vancouver Campus including those on College roadways. Note Exceptions: Pay parking does not apply to nonowned/leased property—namely: • East side of Monashee, just north of Northwest Kennels is on District land and not under the College's pay parking program. • Gravel road north of Parking Lot 4 (east to west between Monashee and upper Lillooet Road. • Small gravel area between Lillooet Road Entrance 2 and Parking Lot 3. Some areas of Lillooet Road allow parking. Observe signage in areas near driveways. Parking on Purcell Way is reserved for residents of Purcell Way. Pay Parking Rates $ 1.00 per day or portion thereof $15.00 per month $50.00 per term (4 months) $90.00 per 12 months (September 1 - August 31) Daily tickets are purchased from meters located throughout campus. (Loonies or quarters) Month, term and year permits are purchased from Imperial Parking Limited. Their representative will be at Arbutus Building, room AR011, Monday through Friday from 12:15 to 12:45 for permit sales, questions, etc. Extended hours will be available and advertised during peak periods at the beginning of each term. Rates are subject to change. Violation of parking regulations result in a ticket and tow at the owner/driver's expense. Parking Regulations The following parking regulations have been designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions and the safety and security of persons and property. General Information - Services a. No parking in Fire Lanes/Zone. b. Vehicles parked in spaces reserved for Persons with Disabilities must display a valid Provincial Permit (wheelchair symbol) and a valid paid parking permit/ ticket. Parking Permits for Persons with Disabilities may be applied for at Health Services or Disability Support Services. c. Speed and parking signs must be observed and compliance is required. Towing Vehicles parked in violation of posted signs or in Fire Lanes are subject to immediate tow to an off-campus location at the owner/driver's risk and expense. Car Pool Registered car pools of three or more individuals arriving and unloading at the same time, in one vehicle, in the designated parking area, will be provided with F R E E parking in the Car Pool area. Information and registration for car pooling may be obtained from the Purchasing Department located in Arbutus Building, Room AR018 (ground floor) or by calling 984-4904. A computer car pool ride matching system is located in the Library just inside the main entrance of the Library look for the EASY RIDER sign. The system is free and easy to use! The computer scans the bar code on the student ID/library card and prints out a list of persons in you area who want to form a car pool. SECURITY Capilano College is concerned with the safety and security of students, faculty, staff and visitors on campus. Security at the North Vancouver campus is provided by uniformed officers on foot patrol and in clearly identified patrol vehicles. These officers are available to escort any member of the College community. Advance notice is appreciated, but not required. Campus security may be reached at 984-1763. A security awareness orientation is provided to every class at the beginning of each term. Faculty, particularly those teaching evening classes, promote and actively encourage the buddy system. Students are advised to walk with a friend or, if possible, travel in groups to parked cars or to other locations, or get a ride to their vehicle if they are parked some distance away from others. General Information - Services 50 SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY ADVISOR Janet KEE, B.A. (U of T), LL.B. (U of T) The primary work of the Sexual Harassment Policy Advisor is to assist campus members to informally resolve sexual harassment problems. This work can include discussing effective responses, facilitating communication between the concerned individuals, and helping complainants initiate a formal complaint under the College Sexual Harassment Policy (see Policies and Procedures in this calendar). The Advisor also offers presentations and workshops on campus on many topics, including sexual harassment, dating violence, cross-gender communication, and assertiveness training. The Advisor and her resource library are available to all student researchers with questions about sexual harassment and related topics. The Advisor is located in Room 124 in M Building on the North Campus. Appointments may be arranged by calling 984-1744. SPORTSPLEX AND FITNESS CENTRE The Sportsplex, one of the finest multipurpose facilities in the province, houses the intramural programs, athletics, gymnasium-based programs, extension courses in sports and recreation and a general activity drop-in program for those choosing a less structured schedule. Each of these programs offer a variety of activities which will satisfy the recreational needs of the student body. Facilities include a 14,500 sq. ft. gymnasium with seating capacity for 1,700, suitable for basketball, volleyball, badminton, indoor soccer, wrestling, martial arts and many other activities; a 2,000 sq. ft. aerobics gym, weight and fitness centre, dressing rooms and sauna. A wide range of services including towel service, locker rentals, first aid, laundry service and equipment loans are available. Current hours of operation during the term (September to April) are: Monday to Friday: 8:30 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. and Saturday/Sunday: 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. For detailed information about specific programs offered in the Sportsplex each year, contact the staff at 984-1737. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT CENTRE Contact: Hours: Dave SHARROCK, Advisor Lynne SOMERVILLE, Advisor Monday - Friday 8:30 a.m to 4:30 p.m. The Student Employment Centre mandate is to equip students and alumni with the knowledge and skills necessary to secure employment specific to their individual needs. It will be critical to understand the new world of work and how it will affect opportunities in the 21st century. To meet this challenge, the Student Employment Centre will provide students with a variety of services including: • practical self-assessment before you start the "search" • what it means to market yourself • developing a "network" • how to research the hidden job market • review of all employment - related documentation • tips on interviewing • assessment of job offers • support and encouragement through all phases of the work search process In addition to providing employment guidance, the Centre also displays hundreds of employment opportunities that are posted daily on a central Job Posting Board. All types of positions are available: full-time, part-time, seasonal, contract and career-oriented. The Centre offers drop-in service, individual appointments and in-class group presentations. All students wishing to use the services offered are encouraged to visit the Centre early in their academic term to establish an ongoing connection of support for employment concerns throughout the duration of their studies. STUDENT NEWSPAPER The student newspaper at Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, published every other week. The Courier is run by an independent staff of student volunteers, autonomous from the student society and College administration. Since the Courier is written, organized, and laid out on campus, there is always a need for help. Students are encouraged to take part in news and feature writing, reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, desktop publishing, graphic design, and advertising. The newspaper is not a "class project" and therefore offers the chance for all students to participate in the democratically-run collective staff. The Courier welcomes input from the entire College community. Classified ads (which are free to students, staff, and faculty), letters to the collective, and other contributions can be submitted to their offices. STUDENTS' UNION Students who register for credit courses at the North Vancouver campus of Capilano College pay Students' Union fees, thus becoming a member of the Students' Union. Part of this fee is membership within the Canadian Federation of Students, Canada's national representative student organization. The Students' Union is a registered non-profit society, incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia, co-ordinated by an elected board of student directors. The Students' Union is the recognized medium of communication with: the board and administration of Capilano College; the Capilano College Faculty Association; Office & Technical Employees' Union, local 378; the general public; and other associated students' unions. Main goals of the Students' Union are: 1. Mission: The Capilano Students' Union exists to realize the educational vision of students. 2. To organize students on a democratic, co-operative basis in order to provide a framework within which students can communicate, exchange information, and share experience, skills, and ideas for advancing students' interests. 3. To facilitate co-operation among students in organizing events which supplement the learning experience, provide for human needs, and develop a sense of community in British Columbia, Canada, and the world. 4. To bring students together to discuss and co-operatively achieve necessary educational, administrative and legislative change in order to achieve the goal of a post-secondary system which is nationally planned, high quality, and accessible to all. Through general meetings of the entire student body and a structure of committees open to all students, the direction of the Students' Union is decided and its goals met. Students' Union affairs run from educational forums to social events to student workstudy jobs. Daily operations are handled by the full-time staff collective and the executive committee of elected students. Elections for executive committee positions occur on campus General Information - Services 51 each semester and all students may participate in running, campaigning and voting. In addition, the Students' Union maintains a number of services to aid students day-to-day. Inexpensive photocopies, a free phone, a used textbook consignment sale, laser printing, document binding, resume printing, a housing registry, international student identity cards, inexpensive stationery items, and a student saver consumer discount program are some of the services offered. The Students' Union General Office is located in the Maple Building next to the Students' Lounge and North Cafeteria. Office hours are Monday to Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. The Students' Union has opened a second office on the south campus. This office is located in the Library Building between the Library and Cafeteria. This office is open in the evening to accommodate members taking evening classes. For further information call 984-4969 or fax 984-4995. STUDENT STORE — CAP CORNER The student store is located in the Library building between the library and the south cafeteria adjacent to the bank machine and public telephones. It is operated by the Retail Marketing students. Its hours of operation are Monday to Thursday from 10:15 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Cost centre transfer purchases can be made by contacting Charlene Hill in the Retail Marketing Co-op Program. This small store serves as a teaching aid allowing students to put into practical use the skills they leam while in the classroom. The store sells Capilano College sweatwear, school supplies, common pharmaceutical items, gifts, candy, snacks and cold drinks. Special sweatwear orders for clubs, organizations, and various athletic teams can be arranged. General Information - Services 52 Financial Aid and Awards Personnel Doug CAMERON, Financial Aid Advisor Zulekha PIRANI, Financial Aid Assistant Valerie KENDRICK, Clerk Dates to Remember June 30: Bursary application deadline for Summer Term. October 4: General Bursary and Scholarship application deadline for Fall Term. January 31: General Bursary and Scholarship application deadline for Spring Term. Refer to the 96/97 Academic Schedule for the dates of the Fall and Spring Awards Ceremonies. GENERAL INFORMATION Beginning in May workshops are held to provide information regarding financial aid and to assist students with the completion of their B.C. Student Assistance Program (BCSAP) applications. Students must register for the workshops with the Financial Aid Clerk by phone or in person during regular office hours. Students are expected to have read the BCSAP Guide and attempted to complete the application form prior to attending the workshops. In addition to providing applications and information regarding BCSAP, bursaries, scholarships and loans the office distributes brochures regarding financial aid and money management and, periodically during the term, provides workshops on effective money management. Financial Aid Advisors are available by appointment to provide financial counselling, prepare appeals and provide guidance to BCSAP applicants who wish to initiate a reassessment of their award. The Financial Aid Office The Financial Aid Office is located in Room AI 17, Arbutus Building, South Campus, and, in general, is open 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday to Friday. Check posted hours for notice of closures during the term or call (604)984-4966 for information or recorded message. Capilano College Student Loan Advance Policy The Financial Services Office may advance funds to students who are awaiting delivery of their student loan documents. To qualify for an advance the following conditions must be met: * students must have applied for BCSAP prior to the second week of classes * loan assessment must have been completed and results relayed to the College before an advance will be considered * advances will be produced the business day following the request * to receive an advance from the college students must have paid the deposit amount toward tuition * first advances will be based on the need for books and supplies only (not rent money) and will not exceed $300 * additional advances will not be considered until the last week of September Requests for advances must be made in person to the Financial Aid Office, Arbutus Building, Rm AI 17, during the educational term. Government Programs The Federal and Provincial Governments provide various types of financial support to students through loans, grants, and other incentive programs. These programs are primarily available for Canadian citizens or permanent residents living in British Columbia. Here are some of the programs which are available to students of Capilano College. Students who do not meet B.C. residency requirements may apply through the last province in which they resided for the last full 12 month period. Government programs may change from year to year. It is advised that students read current promotional material as it comes available in the Financial Aid Department. B.C. Loan Remission Program Students who receive loans in excess of $18,500 (95/96 Ceiling) through BCSAP during the period of their first degree may qualify for Loan Remission (forgiveness of some of their student debt). For subsequent degrees the ceiling increases. The degree must be completed in a timely fashion and students must satisfy personal responsibility (as defined by BCSAP) during each loan application period in order to qualify. For detailed information contact the Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour. Telephone 660-2610 from the Lower Mainland, or 1-800561-1818 from anywhere in B.C. Apply to: Student Services Branch, MSTL Special application form required. Deadline: Open General Information - Financial Aid and Awards B.C. Student Assistance Program (The following information is subject to change.) The B.C. Student Assistance Program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal Canada Student Loan (CSL) and B.C. Provincial Government Grant and/or Loan (BCSL). B.C. grant eligibility is based on the first sixty-eight weeks of postsecondary education. To maintain grant eligibility in the second year of study students must demonstrate successful completion in the first year. The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard means test. The maximum student aid available for a standard 34 week (two term) school year in 95/96 is $7,990 for students without dependents and $ 12,240 for students with dependents. Of these funds, in both cases, the first portion (up to 60% or $5,610 whichever is lower) will be Canada Student Loan funds. (At the time of printing this calendar 95/96 allowances were unavailable) CSL and BCSL require no payment and are interest-free while the applicant is a full-time student (provided the bank has been properly notified of full-time status). Interest begins to accrue on the CSL in the month following full-time study. After term end or from the date of withdrawal students have six months within which to begin repayment of both loans. If at any time during the six month grace period or subsequent repayment period the student again enrolls in full-time study, the student must file a Schedule II (for CSL) and a Certificate II (for BCSL) with the bank to return their outstanding loans to interest-free and non-payment status. Interest charged on the CSL during a six month grace period will be forgiven for students who enroll in fulltime study prior to the end of the six months. PLEASE NOTE: Any changes to the B.C. Student Assistance Program for the 96/97 year will be announced after this calendar goes to print. Please refer to the 96/97 Application package and the Brochure "Awards and Financial Aid - A Student Guide" for updated information. Eligible applicants are Canadian citizens or landed immigrants who qualify as B.C.residents according to Ministry policy (outlined in the BCSAP guide). Applications are available by the beginning of May from any post-secondary institution but the completed application must be returned to Capilano College to be checked and forwarded to Victoria. Students whose award is less than the amount required to complete the educational term are advised to enquire at the financial aid office regarding appeals and General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 54 reassessments. An appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor may be necessary. Students who have applied for student loans should note that N/A grades and audit courses do not carry credit and are treated as course withdrawals. N/A grades reduce total credit load, may cancel eligibility for future student loans and require early repayment of existing loans. IMPORTANT: Government Loan Programs are intended to assist students who do not have the resources available to pay for their education. Student and in some cases family resources may be required to form the basis for funding. The amount of money a student will receive will not necessarily cover the entire costs associated with post secondary education. It is expected that students create a financial plan and that they budget loan funds for each educational year. British Columbia Part-Time Student Assistance Program The Ministry of Advanced Education, Training and Technology offers limited non-repayable assistance for students in part-time study who are unable to increase their credit load to full-time status. This money is targeted to single parents and mature students. Receipts must be provided for expenses other than tuition. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Open Contact for B.C. Student Assistance Program Student Services Branch Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour 2nd Floor, 1106 Cook Street Victoria, B.C. V8V 3Z9 Tel: Lower Mainland: 660-2610 Outside Lower Mainland: 1 -800-561-1818 Special application form required. Contact for Canada Student Loans Program Education Support/Student Assistance Branch Human Resources and Development Canada P.O. Box 2090, Station "D" Ottawa, Ontario KIP 6C6 Tel: (819)994-1818 Fax: (819)953-6057 Federal Payment Relief The Government of Canada will defer payment on fulltime and part-time Canada Student Loans on behalf of debtors who are experiencing financial hardships due to inability to find employment or to temporary disability. Students submit application for three month deferrals to the bank which holds their student loan. Additional information is available from the Student Assistance Directorate. Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office; please refer to the application for "Interest Relief." Apply to: Financial Aid Department 'Interest Relief Special application form required. The Governor General's Collegiate Bronze Medal This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a program of two year's duration who has achieved the highest cumulative grade point average, and who has attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15 credit hours per term, or full program load as outlined in the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College Automatic Selection, application not required. The Lieutenant Governor's Silver Medal Awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or Career program of less than two years' duration. Automatic Selection, application not required. COLLEGE PROGRAMS The following awards consider students of all programs based on varying criteria. (Information is subject to change) Capilano College Foundation The Capilano College Foundation was formed in 1970 to build community support for Capilano College. As a volunteer community organization established under the Societies Act, the Foundation raises and administers funds to assist students and enhance the development of a well-balanced learning environment. Working together with Capilano College's Resource Development Office, the Foundation seeks to expand its Scholarship and Bursary Program to recognize and support deserving students who need assistance to reach their educational goals. For information, or to make a tax deductible contribution, please contact: Randi Duke, Executive Director, College Relations, Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5. Phone: 984-1709, Fax:984-4985 Capilano College Student Society Emergency Bursary Work-Study Program The Work-Study Program, a part of the British Columbia Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial assistance while attending college. It is additional funding for those whose need has not been met through the loan program. A limited number of part-time oncampus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per week, may be available. The program is open only to full-time students who satisfy B.C. residency criteria according to the terms of the B.C.Student Assistance Program. For answers to questions regarding eligibility, contact the Financial Aid Office. Apply to: Student Society Special application form required. Deadline: Open The Capilano Students' Union donates to a Student Emergency Bursary Fund. The purpose of the fund is to assist students facing a financial crisis due to an essential but unexpected emergency expense. To be considered students must make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. Apply to: Financial Aid Department Appointment with Financial Aid Advisor required. Deadline: Open Deans' List Special recognition will be accorded full-time students with a term and cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or higher at the end of a term. For the purposes of the Deans' List, a student with 15 or more credits in a term, or taking a full course load as outlined in the calendar for their program, shall be considered full-time. This achievement shall be recorded on the Permanent Student Record for each term in which these requirements are met. Automatic Selection, application required. Deadline: Not Applicable General Information - Financial Aid and Awards Emergency Aid Limited emergency financial assistance is available to students who have had a portion of their educational funds depleted as a result of emergency costs which they are able to document. Students requiring emergency assistance must make an appointment with a Financial Aid Advisor. There is no guarantee that the students' needs will be met by bursary funds or that funds will be available for that purpose. Apply to: Financial Aid Department Appointment with Financial Aid Advisor required. Deadline: Open Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.7 or higher upon completion of 30 or 60 credits. For the purposes of the Merit List, a student registered in fewer than 15 credits in a term shall be considered part-time. This achievement shall be recorded on the Permanent Student Record. Automatic Selection, application not required. Part-Time Student Bursary A limited number of bursaries may be available to students enrolled in part-time study in the Fall and Spring Terms. Bursary applications which specify part-time enrollment are available through enquiry from the Financial Aid Office at the beginning of each term. Apply to: Financial Aid Department Special application form required. Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 ACADEMIC STUDIES - ARTS The following awards are available to students in Arts Programs. (Information is subject to change) Aichi Gakusen Scholarship In early fall each year, the Deans' Office, Student and Instructional Services, posts notice across campus of an information meeting regarding the Aichi Gakusen Scholarships. Women students interested in spending six months in Japan as an exchange student are invited to attend. Information regarding the scholarship and application procedures are covered at the meeting. Apply to: Deans' Office, Student and Instructional Services General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 56 Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: October 4 Bachelor of Music Audition Scholarship Two awards of $200 will be offered to students who indicate excellent performance potential. Apply to: Coordinator, Music Transfer Program Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: Registration week Bachelor of Music Transfer Program Scholarship An Award of $200 will be offered to a student with a high G.P.A. and performance potential in the 2nd year of the Music Transfer Program. Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: January 31 Canadian Daughters' League - Jean Paterson Memorial Bursary The Canadian Daughters' League - Assembly 12, North Vancouver has established an endowment in Memory of Jean Paterson with the Capilano College Foundation. Incomefromthe fund will be awarded annually in the Fall Term in the form of bursaries to female students in the Music Transfer Program who have satisfactory academic achievement and financial need. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: October 4 Canadian Literature Award The Capilano College English Department nominates an outstanding student of English 202 in the Fall for a fee waiver for English 203 in the Spring. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Capilano College English Department Bursary The English Department offers bursaries of $500 each, five in the Fall term and five in the Spring term to students who apply and meet the following criteria: the student must be in financial need; must have completed at least one term at Capilano College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.75; and must have completed at least two academic courses, including at least one English course (B- or higher). Apply to: English Department Deadline: October 4 Capilano College English Department Essay Contest Award Tuition waivers ranging from one course to one academic year are available to winners of an essay contest. Students must be planning to register in their second year of academic studies including at least one second year English course. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: January 31 Christopher Gray Johnson Memorial Bursary The family of Christopher Gray Johnson has established a fund with the Capilano College Foundation in his memory to provide bursary funding to deserving students who demonstrate a high standard of musical ability in the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program. Apply to: Coordinator, Music Transfer Program General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Constance McGregor Memorial Scholarship The Capilano College Foundation has established this scholarship in recognition of the generous support received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson MacGregor. The purpose of the scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible a student must have achieved a 3.0 GPA in the study of Social Science, particularly in relation to Canadian affairs. Apply to: Social Sciences Division Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: January 31 English 010 Award Tuition waivers for an English 100 course will be given to no more than two outstanding students in both Fall and Spring term in English 010. Students are nominated by their instructors: students may not apply themselves. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable English 100 Award for Research Essay Tuition waivers for one English course will be given to up to twelve winners of the English 100 research essay awards. Students who have written outstanding research essays are nominated by their instructors. Students must have completed English 100 in the Fall term and plan to take an English literature course in the Spring term. The tuition waiver is for the English course in the Spring term. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not applicable John Percy Williamson Memorial Bursary The family of John Percy Williamson has endowed an award with the Capilano College Foundation to assist students with good scholastic achievement who require financial assistance to complete their studies. The award is given in the spring term. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Kawai Canada Music Ltd. Piano Scholarship Kawai Canada has established a permanent scholarship to assist students enrolled in the study of piano at Capilano College. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship, established by the West Vancouver Memorial Library and West Vancouver Municipal Employees Association, is awarded annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit course in creative writing or commercial writing (such as English 190 or Communications 190, etc.) in the Fall term. A second award is made when matching funds are available from the English Department. Instructors may nominate students for the award, and outstanding students may also apply on their own, by submitting their best writing (normally not more than ten pages) to the Coordinator, Communications Department. Apply to: Coordinator, Communications Dept. Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: January 31 Music Scholarship for Voice For students in the second year of the Music Transfer Program who, in the opinion of faculty, best exhibit a high potential for a career in vocal music combined with high academic achievement. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 57 Nan McLean Goodwin Award A n endowment has been established in memory of N a n M c L e a n G o o d w i n . Interest from this fund w i l l be used to provide bursaries for classical musicians enrolled in the Bachelor of M u s i c Transfer Program. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: N o t A p p l i c a b l e w e l l as demonstrated leadership skills and strong personal attributes; and financial need. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: Jan.31 Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal o f C a p i l a n o College, North Vancouver Community Arts Council Award The North Vancouver C o m m u n i t y Arts C o u n c i l provides scholarships for tuition fees for one term for each o f up to two outstanding students per academic year. E l i g i b l e candidates must have studied at C a p i l a n o College i n the was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities o f leadership, enthusiastic approach to w o r k and leisure, and warmth and compassion towards others. In his honour the College Board has established the Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence. two preceding terms. Full-time students in the following A maximum o f one Paul Gallagher Scholarship for programs are eligible: Excellence may be awarded for each academic year to a Graphic D e s i g n & C o m m u n i c a t i o n C l a y & Textile Arts Fine A r t s Bachelor o f M u s i c Commercial Music Creative W r i t i n g student maintaining a m i n i m u m 3.5 G P A . Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours o f course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the scholarship. This scholarship offers a tuition fee waiver and $250 per term, to be spent on books and other educational expenses for the next academic year. T h e scholarship Automatic Selection, application not required. recipient, a continuing C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e student, can Deadline: N o t applicable hold the scholarship for a m a x i m u m o f two instructional terms. F o r the scholarship to be extended a second term, North Vancouver Women's Liberal Commission Award A tuition fee waiver scholarship is available to any the scholar must maintain an excellent standard o f work and conduct. student in any program who has enrolled in at least one A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department Women's Studies course. Candidates must have financial Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. need. Candidates must submit a 500 word essay on " H o w Deadline: Jan.31 Equality can be A c h i e v e d " . The scholarship w i l l normally be available for one term, but can be renewed T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship provided the applicant's academic standing is satisfactory. The family o f T . B u c k S u z u k i has endowed a permanent A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department award for full-time science students. T h e interest income Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. from the endowment w i l l be used to provide one or more Deadline: Oct.4 or Jan.31 scholarships annually to outstanding students i n the science program. Pacific Refrigerated Foods Association Award Automatic Selection, application not required. The Pacific Refrigerated Foods Association has estab- Deadline: Not A p p l i c a b l e lished an annual award with the Capilano College Foundation to be k n o w n as the Pacific Regrigerated Textile Arts Award Foods Association A w a r d . A n annual scholarship o f $200 w i l l be awarded to a The purpose o f the A w a r d is to acknowledge an outstand- student, or students in the Textile Arts Program w h o ing student i n the C o m m e r c e Program at Capilano demonstrate excellence in the textile arts and show an College. The criteria required for a student to qualify are: interest in pursuing this art form. The recipient o f the enrolment in the second year o f the Commerce Program; award w i l l be selected by the Textile A r t s Faculty at the successful completion o f the Program with intent to end o f the student's first or second year. transfer into the Commerce Faculty at the University o f A p p l y to: Coordinator, Textile Arts Program British C o l u m b i a ; the student's above average G P A as Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not applicable General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 58 ACADEMIC STUDIES - POST BACCALAUREATE DEGREES The following awards are available to students in PostBaccalaureate programs. (Information is subject to change.) Asia Pacific Co-op Program Scholarship $500 per year will be awarded to the student in the Asia Pacific Management Cooperative Program who achieves the highest academic standing at the end of year one of the program, is considered an outstanding student by the Faculty, and who has accepted a work placement for the second year of the program. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Music Therapy Association of B.C. Bursary The Music Therapy Association of BC has established a permanent endowment fund. The interest from this fund will provide one or more bursaries for Music Therapy students with high need and satisfactory academic performance who are enrolled in the second year of the program. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Jan.31 the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a bursary to a mature woman student in financial need who has achieved a satisfactory academic performance in academic studies. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Jan.31 Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarship These scholarships will be awarded on the basis of academic merit. One scholarship in the form of a tuition fee waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program of study of the student's choice will be made available through each of the high schools in the College region. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: May CFUW - West Vancouver (Mary Neil) Bursary This $500 award is presented by the Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver in memory of Mary Neil, a former president and active member. She was a much loved and respected member of the club and had a life-long interest in education. The bursary is presented each year to a mature woman student studying full-time or part-time who has satisfactory academic standing, demonstrated financial need and who is registered in the academic program. ACADEMIC STUDIES - GENERAL The following awards are available to students in General Academic Studies. (Information is subject to change) Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Birks Family Foundation Bursary Elizabeth Lees Memorial Bursary The Birks Family Foundation offers bursaries to full-time students in financial need who are engaged in any academic program leading to a diploma, and who demonstrate that they are deserving of financial assistance. The amounts available and the number of awards may vary from year to year. A memorial bursary fund has been established in recognition of Elizabeth Lees, a former history student at Capilano College. In recognition of her commitment to academic studies, her concern for working people and her interest in women, her friends have established the Elizabeth Lees Memorial Bursary. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct.4 Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Kathleen Collins Memorial Bursary Canadian Federation of University Women - West Vancouver Bursary The Delta Kappa Gamma Society International is an honour society of women educators whose goals are to The West Vancouver chapter of the Canadian Federation of University Women has established an endowment in General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 59 assist women in all areas o f education. The society offers McCarthy Tetrault Environmental Law Award a bursary to a female student with financial need. A n annual award provided by M c C a r t h y Tetrault to A p p l y to: F i n a n c i a l A i d Department outstanding students studying Environmental L a w in the General Bursary A p p l i c a t i o n form Environmental Science Program. Deadline: October 4 Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not A p p l i c a b l e Rita Watson Johnson Award This award was established i n honour o f R i t a Watson Real Estate Foundation Scholarship for Environmental Johnson, w h o worked in the Women's Access Centre at Science Capilano C o l l e g e . She was w o r k i n g towards a master's Students enrolled in the Environmental Science program, degree in C o u n s e l l i n g at U B C . R i t a began post-second- who have achieved a 3.5 G P A or better, are eligible to ary studies i n her middle years after raising four children, and the memorial award was established to assist mature women students enrolled i n either part-time or full-time studies in any field o f post-secondary study. Preference w i l l be given to mature women w h o have an interest i n academic studies and who have demonstrated interest in and awareness o f women's issues. Applicants may be (or plan to be) part-time or full-time students. Student apply for scholarships established by an endowment from the Real Estate Foundation. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department General Scholarship A p p l i c a t i o n form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Science Faculty and Staff Scholarship applicants w i l l hopefully have at least a ' B ' average and The Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n at Capilano demonstrate an active interest i n returning to school and/ College offers up to two $500 scholarships each fall. or paid employment. Eligible students are those who: A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department Submit Specialized A p p l i c a t i o n to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: Oct.4 or Jan.31 - are taking a full grade 12 course load - expect to graduate with high marks - plan to enroll in a full time Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences Program at Capilano college i n the coming F a l l semester. ACADEMIC STUDIES - SCIENCES The following awards are available to students in Pure A p p l y to: Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: M a y 12 and A p p l i e d Sciences. (Information is subject to change) Science Tuition Scholarships CFUW - North Vancouver Bursary The recipient o f the $250 bursary is to be a female student who is enrolled i n second, third or fourth year of math, science or a professional school w h o is a resident of N o r t h V a n c o u v e r and/or a graduate o f a North V a n couver Secondary School (School District #44). A p p l y to: F i n a n c i a l A i d Department General Bursary A p p l i c a t i o n form Deadline: January 31 A l l students graduating this Spring from secondary schools and achieving a gradepoint average o f at least 3.5 in a specified set o f four grade 12 courses, and w h o register i n at least 16.5 credits o f study including at least two o f several specified science courses i n the F a l l T e r m at Capilano College w i l l receive a tuition scholarship covering course fees for the F a l l term. A w a r d s are made directly at registration time. A p p l y to: Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n Deadline: Registration W e e k Jack Edson Scholarship In honour o f Physics, M a t h and Computing Science Second Year Science Scholarship teacher Jack E d s o n , a scholarship has been established to The Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n at Capilano assist Capilano College students completing a second College offers up to two $500 Scholarships each year, year at the college. A p p l y to: Pure and A p p l i e d Science D i v i s i o n Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: October 4 General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 60 eligible Students are those who: - are taking a full first year science program - anticipate a m i n i m u m cumulative G P A o f 3.25 - enrol in a full time Second Year Science Program at Capilano college in the coming Fall Semester. Apply to: Pure and Applied Sciences Division Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: April 30 Career Program Awards The following awards consider students of Career Programs based on varying criteria. (Information is subject to change) B.C. and Yukon Community Newspapers Scholarship Scholarships are awarded annually, as available, to journalism and graphic arts students who are nominated by the Coordinator of their program. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable B.C. Hydro Equity Scholarship BC Hydro has established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation to generate an annual award for second year Business Administration students. In addition to a high academic standing in a program related to B.C. Hydro's business, selection criteria includes community involvement and a commitment to the protection of the environment with preference going to a female student or one with disabilities. General Scholarship Application form Deadline: Jan.31 Blair Griffiths Media Scholarship The Greater Vancouver Media Association offers the Blair Griffiths Scholarship in the Spring Term to the top student completing the first year of the Media Resources Program. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Canadian Information Processing Society Scholarship The Vancouver Section of the Canadian Information Processing Society has established a scholarship fund and offers a $300 scholarship to students at Capilano College who are enrolled in an information systems program. The student must be active in student and community affairs or demonstrate a variety of outside interests; must have better than average written and verbal communication skills; must have a G.P.A. of at least 3.0; and must be in the latter portion of the program. Apply to: Business Administration Department Submit Specialized Application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: Jan.31 Capilano College Fee Waiver for Second Year Students A limited number of scholarships will be awarded to outstanding full-time students who have completed one year of a program at Capilano College. The scholarships will be in the form of fee waivers. Candidates will be automatically selected by Grade Point Average. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable B.C. Hydro Scholarship BC Hydro has established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation to generate an annual award for second year Business Administration students. In addition to a grade point average of 3.33, selection criteria includes community involvement and a commitment to the protection of the environment. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: October 4 Capilano College Foundation Scholarship Four $600 scholarships will be awarded annually to the highest achieving full time students (determined by Grade Point Average) in the Academic and Career programs. Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to students returning for their second year and are intended to help defray tuition fee and book costs. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Bank of Montreal Scholarship The Bank of Montreal has established an annual scholarship for outstanding business administration students who are primarily interested in entering the financial services industry and who are enrolled in their 3rd or 4th term of study. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Scholarship Application form Deadline: Jan. 31 Capilano Suspension Bridge Scholarship A $600 Scholarship will be awarded annually in the third term of the Tourism Management Co-op Program to the student achieving the highest G.P.A. in the first term. The student must be attending the program full-time in order to be eligible. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: October 4 General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 61 Certified Management Accountants Society of British Harold Kirchner Scholarship Columbia Award Harold Kirchner Scholarship - $300 Two graduating scholarships will be presented annually. One scholarship of $150 will go to the top scholastic Career Program graduate, and one scholarship of $150 will go to the top Vocational Program graduate. The CMA Society provides an award of $500 towards remission of CMA program fees. This award is available to the graduating student attaining the highest mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Apply to: Coordinator, Business Management Department Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: April 15 Chan Foundation of Canada Bursary The Chan Foundation of Canada has established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation. The purpose of this fund is to use the interest earned annually to provide one or more bursaries for students enrolled in the Tourism Management Program. To qualify a student must be enrolled full-time in the third or fourth term of the program, have at least a 2.33 GPA, be recommended for potential in the tourism industry and demonstrate financial need. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct.4 George North Memorial Fund The George North Memorial Fund was established by friends and family members in memory of this outstanding member of the Trade Union movement. The award is available to assist with registration costs for union members or their family members who wish to attend courses in the Labour Studies Program. Union members are first expected to seek sponsorship from their union if they are eligible, before seeking a Bursary. Apply to: Coordinator, Labour Studies Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: Oct.4 Greater Vancouver Weavers' and Spinners' Guild Scholarship An annual scholarship of $200 will be awarded to a student in the Textile Arts Program who demonstrates excellence in weaving and shows an interest in pursuing this art form. The recipient of the award will be selected by the Textile Arts Coordinator at the end of the student's first or second year. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 62 Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Horwath, Tierney and White Scholarship Horwath.Tierney and White have established an endowment with the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of a scholarship to an eligible student in the Financial Option in Business Administration. The student must have completed one term at Capilano College with a minimum grade point average of 3.5 and requirefinancialassistance. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 I.O.D.E. - Lions Gate Chapter Bursary Founded in 1900 in Canada.the IODE is a national women's organization with over 600 chapters in every province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has established a $500 bursary for Music Therapy students who combine scholastic excellence andfinancialneed. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 John "Stein" Kramer Memorial Bursary This memorial bursary fund has been established in remembrance of John "Stein" Kramer. Stein was an Outdoor Recreation student in the graduating class of 1985 who was killed in a helicopter crash in June 1987. The bursary will be awarded to an Outdoor Recreation Management student registered in the second year of the program. Selection will be based on financial need, academic achievement, and demonstrated leadership capabilities. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary The Kathleen Herauf Memorial Bursary was established in honour of Kathleen who was a student in the Legal Assistant Program. T h i s $300 award is granted o n the basis o f scholastic excellence and financial need to a student i n the Legal Assistant Program i n the Spring Term. A p p l y to: F i n a n c i a l A i d Department programs. Students are selected on the basis o f satisfactory performance and financial need. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Ladner Downs Endowment Bursary T h i s fund w i l l provide for two scholarships o f $350, one Outdoor Recreation Alumni Bursary This award established by the Department is given each F a l l to deserving students in the Outdoor Recreation Management Program. in each year o f the Legal Assistant Program. The awards w i l l be made on the recommendation o f the faculty to the first ranking student in each year. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: October 4 Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: N o t Applicable Lily Harper Award T h i s award is issued i n memory o f drummer D ' R o x y Weems to a deserving Jazz M u s i c student with performance potential. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: N o t A p p l i c a b l e Mike de Hullu Memorial Bursary This bursary is established in memory of M i k e de H u l l u , a former student o f the Capilano Wilderness Leadership program, who died in 1988. Income from the endowment fund w i l l be used annually to assist students who demonstrate leadership in outdoor recreation pursuits and initiative in problem solving for current environmental issues. Priority w i l l be given to students enrolled in Outdoor Recreation Management or the Environmental Sciences D i p l o m a Program whose interests relate to B C waterways and forests. T o be eligible, students must have completed at least one full term in their program. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department Pirani Family Tourism Bursary The Capilano M o t o r Inn has established an endowment to provide bursary funding to deserving students in the 3rd or 4th term o f the Tourism Management Program. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: October 4 Real Estate Foundation Award - Scholarship The Real Estate Foundation has established an endowment fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the fund w i l l be awarded annually in the form of scholarships and bursaries to students studying in realestate-related courses in the business and legal programs. A p p l y to: Financial A i d Department General Scholarship Application form Deadline: Oct.4 or Jan.31 Shirley Eastcott Memorial Scholarship The Shirley Eastcott M e m o r i a l Scholarship has been established in recognition o f Shirley's interest and General Bursary Application form encouragement of printmaking in Canada. The interest Deadline: January 31 earned annually w i l l provide one or more scholarships for students to attend the A r t Institute's printmaking program NOREX - Small Business Bursary The N o r t h Shore Executives' Association has established an annual bursary with the Capilano College Foundation to be known as the N O R E X S m a l l Business Bursary. Their purpose is to provide Fall awards for students enrolled at Capilano College who qualify by being enrolled full time in the third or fourth term of the at Capilano College. The criteria required for a student to qualify include: acceptance into the A r t Institute's Printmaking Program; demonstrated excellence in his or her field; and need for financial assistance. A p p l y to: Coordinator, A r t Institute Submit Specialized Application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: Oct.4 Business Administration or Office Administration General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 63 Stephen Leskard Memorial Bursary Women Mean Business Bursary In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding member of the College's Art department, his efforts and professional work contributed greatly to the development of all three Art programs. Bursariesfromthis fund will be allocated to students in the Graphic Design & Illustration and Foundations of Graphic Design & Illustration programs. Candidates will be judged on artistic abilities and financial need. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 A $500 bursary is made available in the Fall term to a mature woman returning to school, a resident of the North Shore, who intends to study business. Tourism Industry Bursary Donations from Capilano Motor Inn, Lonsdale Quay Hotel, TSI Telequip Equipment and Alumni have created an endowment to provide bursaries for students enrolled in the Tourism Management program. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Vancouver Stock Exchange Scholarship The $425 Vancouver Stock Exchange Scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student of Finance, Business Administration or Computing Science at Capilano College. This student will be enrolled full-time in one of these programs and will have completed at least two terms of study in the program with a minimum GPA of 3.5. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Scholarship Application form Deadline: October 4 Wellington Award The Wellington Insurance Company has supported the students of the Applied Information Technology program in their development of an interactive communication system. Wellington Insurance also established a permanent bursary fund from which annual bursaries will be awarded to deserving students in the Applied Information Technology Program. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 VOCATIONAL PROGRAM AWARDS The following awards consider students of Vocational Programs based on varying criteria. (Information is subject to change) B.C. Council of Garden Clubs Trust Fund Scholarship A scholarship of $450 will be presented to a student in Landscape Horticulture Program. The recipient must be a Canadian student who has shown a demonstrated interest and ability in the field of horticulture. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Campney and Murphy Legal Secretary Scholarship This scholarship will be awarded to a second year student showing high scholastic achievement and career potential. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Capilano Garden Club Bursary The Capilano Garden Club has established an annual bursary to award a deserving full-time student of the Landscape Horticulture Program who maintains high scholastic achievement. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Davis and Company - Iris Eugene Scholarship A $500 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable English 200 Award The Capilano College English Department nominates outstanding students of English 200 in the Fall semester General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 64 to receive a tuition waiver for an English 201 course the following Spring semester. Students are nominated by their instructors: students may not apply themselves. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Gerry Turner Award Lynn Valley Garden Club Bursary The Lynn Valley Garden Club has established this annual bursary for an outstanding student in the Landscape Horticulture Program. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the principal, and also worked in the Maureen Piekaar Memorial Award Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the This award was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, a teacher in the Medical Office Assistant Program. To be considered students must have satisfactory standing of 70% or better in the first term of the M O A program, possess the qualities of leadership and citizenship, contribute to the classroom experience and demonstrate financial need. basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a Apply to: Financial Aid Department student in the Office Technology Program in the Spring General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Term. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Real Estate Foundation Award - Bursary Deadline: January 31 The Real Estate Foundation has established an endow- Graphic Design Scholarship from the fund will be awarded annually in the form of ment fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income Through a donation from Dianna L. Larsen, Registrar, a $500 scholarship has been established for students scholarships and bursaries to students studying in realestate-related courses in the business and legal programs. entering the second year of the Graphic Design Program Apply to: Financial Aid Department at Capilano College. The scholarship will be given in the General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct.4 or Jan.31 Fall, based on : High academic standing; completion of 24 credit hours or more in the Graphic Design Program, enrolment in the Fall Term as a full-time student, signifi- Rosalind Brossard Memorial Bursary cant achievement in the Graphic Design Program. The This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial need in the Resident Care Attendant Program. Rosalind Brossard, a former student at Capilano, had an outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aide field. The bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory of her. recipient is chosen by the faculty o f the Graphic Design. Program; an application is not required. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Apply to: Financial Aid Department Landscape Horticulture Award An endowment has been created, the interest from which General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 will fund the Landscape Horticulture Award. The award is offered to students in the Landscape Horticulture Program and is based on scholastics, program participation and financial need. Apply to: Coordinator, Landscape Horticulture Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: January 15 Russell and DuMoulin Award for Academic Excellence in the Legal Secretarial Program Russell and DuMoulin have established an endowment fund to award a scholarship to a student in the Legal Secretarial Program, who has achieved academic excellence. Apply to: Financial Aid Department Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: January 31 General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 65 UNDESIGNATED FUNDS The following awards consider students from various programs based on varying criteria. (Information is subject to change) B.C. Tel Award Two awards of $625 will be provided in the Spring term to students completing first year who intend to continue a second year at Capilano College. The awards are based on high scholastic performance and financial need. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Barbara Joan Kessel Memorial Bursary The Family of Barbara Kessel have established a fund with the Capilano College Foundation to provide one or more bursaries annually to North Vancouver Secondary school graduates who are now deserving full-time students of Capilano College. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: October 4 Beaver Foods Bursary Beaver Foods, the caterers for Capilano College food service, has established a permanent endowment in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the funds will go to assist students who have financial need and satisfactory academic achievement. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 British Pacific Properties Limited Scholarship British Pacific Properies Limited has established a permanent endowment with Capilano College to fund the British Pacific Properties Scholarship. The interest generated from this endowment will go to a full-time student with a minimum G P A of 3.5 enrolled in any career/vocational or academic course of study. Preference will be given to a North Shore resident who demonstrates financial need. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 66 Capilano College Educational Enhancement Bursary This fund, established by Capilano College with a matching grant from the Vancouver Foundation, provides for bursaries of varying amounts to students in need who have demonstrated satisfactory scholastic standing. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Capilano College Faculty Association Bursary Two bursaries of $500 will be awarded in the Spring Term. Financial need is the main criterion. A n additional $500 donation will go toward the establishment of an endowment fund. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Capilano College Student Trust Bursary Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct.4 or Jan.31 Capilano College Student Trust Scholarship Contributions from College employees and community members have created an endowment to provide scholarships and bursaries for deserving students The funds are managed by the Capilano College Foundation and income from the endowment is awarded annually to students who qualify. Students must have completed at least 12 credits at Capilano College prior to submitting the application and must have achieved a Grade Point Average of at least 3.5. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Scholarship Application form Deadline: Oct.4 or Jan.31 Capilano College Tuition Fee Waiver Scholarship Capilano College provides entrance tuition fee waivers for qualified students over the first two consecutive academic terms of their chosen field of study. Apply to: School Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: May 31 CKNW Orphans' Fund Award George Raven Wood Bursary The C K N W Orphans' Fund has established a generous endowment fund to assist students with dependent children obtain their education. Applicants must have good academic standing and demonstrate financial need. A bequest from the estate of George Raven Wood has established a permanent fund in the Capilano College Foundation. Income from the endowment provides for a large number of bursaries which will be awarded in both Fall and Spring terms. A minimum G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required. A limited number of first term students may be considered in exceptional cases but must provide letters of recommendation from three instructors. Bursaries are available to part-time and full-time students. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Credit Union Foundation of B.C. Bursary The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia annually offers bursaries totalling $500 to academic, technical or vocational students. Students who might otherwise have difficulty completing their studies by reason of financial hardship are eligible to apply for these bursaries. The recipients are to be Canadians residing in British Columbia and in attendance at Capilano College. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Douglas K. Jardine Scholarship The Capilano College Board has established a permanent award with the Capilano College Foundation and is presented to an outstanding student in a full time academic or career program after the completion of 24 credit hours of instruction in that program. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Dr. Kes Chetty/MOSAIC Bursary M O S A I C has established a permanent fund with the Capilano College Foundation to assist deserving landed immigrant full-time students who are active in community service Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 First Nations Scholarship A scholarship has been established with the Capilano College Foundation by a college employee to recognize the high achievement of a full-time First Nations Student. Apply to: First Nations Advisor General Scholarship Application form Deadline: Open Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Graham Coates Memorial Athletic Award The family of Graham Coates have established a fund to reward full-time students with satisfactory standing who participate in an amateur soccer program within B.C. and who demonstrate a high standard of sportsmanship and dedication to the sport of soccer. Apply to: Manager, Athletics and Recreation Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Margaret Campbell Bursary A bursary is made possible by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and as past president of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: October 4 North Shore (Vancouver) BETA SIGMA PHI Bursary An endowment established by Beta Sigma Phi - North Shore (Vancouver) will provide one or more bursaries in the Spring Term to female students enrolled in full-time study who can demonstrate satisfactory academic progress and financial need. Preference will be given to a Beta Sigma Phi relative. Apply to: Financial A i d Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 General Information • Financial Aid and Awards 67 North Shore BPW Bursary Royal Canadian Legion Pacific Command Award An endowment has been established by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club. Income from the fund will be awarded as bursaries to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses. The Royal Canadian Legion Pacific Command provides bursaries to deserving students who achieve satisfactory performance and who wish to continue studies at a postsecondary institution in British Columbia. Apply to: Donor Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 North Vancouver Babe Ruth Baseball Bursary Science Textbook Publisher's Award An endowment fund has been created to provide the North Vancouver Babe Ruth Baseball Bursary. Interest generated by the endowment will be given to a student at Capilano College enrolled in full-time study, a resident of the North Shore who demonstrates satisfactory academic performance and has financial need. The Pure and Applied Sciences division, in cooperation with textbook publishers, awards several first year science textbooks to students with high grade point averages entering a science program at the college in the fall. Apply to: Pure & Applied Sciences Division Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: End of Registration Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 O.T.E.U. Union Bursary The Office and Technical Employees' Union, Local 378, provides two bursaries of $300 to be awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students in the Spring term. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Squamish Campus Bursary Donations received from the residents, business community, and service clubs have established the Squamish Campus Bursary. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Squamish Nation Scholarship Rotary Club of North Vancouver Bursary An endowment fund established by the Rotary Club of North Vancouver with the Capilano College Foundation, generates income for annual bursaries to assist deserving students. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: January 31 Royal Canadian Legion Branch 60 (West Vancouver) Bursary A $500 bursary will be applied against tuition in the Spring term for a single parent living on the North Shore, preference given to a West Vancouver resident. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: October 4 General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 68 This annual award is provided by the Squamish Nation Education Department to a Citizen of the Squamish Nation who is enrolled in Full Time studies, who has achieved high scholastic standing and has demonstrated activity within the community. Apply to: First Nations Advisor Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Women's Equality Bursary The Women's Programs Ministry of the Provincial Government has established a $500 bursary to assist female students enrolled in either a full or part-time degree, diploma, or certificate program of not less than one year. Students must demonstrate financial need and academic achievement. The bursary will be awarded in the spring session. Apply to: Financial Aid Department General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct.4 Yalaltanault (Carole Newman) Bursary Apply to: First Nations Advisor General Bursary Application form Deadline: Oct. 4 or Jan. 31 Canada Post Corporation Literacy Award The Canada Post Corporation has established an award with the Capilano College Foundation to be known as the Canada Post Corporation Literacy award. The purpose of the award is to assist students in the Adult Basic Education program at Capilano College. ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ESL The following awards are available to students in Adult Basic Education and/or English as a Second Language courses. (Information is subject to change) Adult Basic Education Association of B.C. Achievement Award A $100 Achievement Award is made available to a student in the Basic Adult Education Program. The successful candidate will be chosen by a consensus of the Adult Basic Education faculty. Automatic Selection, application not required. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable Jim Duvall Memorial Bursary The family of Jim Duvall and the Adult Basic Education Department have established a permanent endowment to provide bursaries for students in the A B E program at the College. Apply to: Coordinator, Adult Basic Education Department Submit specialized application to Faculty/Dept. Deadline: October 4 Deadline: Not Applicable Nicholas J. Collins Scholarship Adult Basic Education Student Assistance Program There will be two scholarships awarded to E S L students Students registered in A B E and E S L programs may be at Capilano College, one for a female student, one for a eligible for Adult Basic Education Student Assistance male student. Students must have clearly defined career Program grants (ABESAP) to meet education costs. goals and must demonstrate high academic achievement Approval is based on demonstrated financial need and, in conjunction with other contributions such as sports, for subsequent terms, on satisfactory progress during the volunteer work or organizational work. The winners will previous funded term. Funds are available on a first- be chosen by committee. come, first served, basis. Receipts must be provided for expenses other than tuition. Applications are available Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not applicable from the Financial A i d Office or A B E Department. Apply to: Financial Aid Department SPECIAL EDUCATION AWARDS Special application from required. Deadline: Open Bob Irvine Award The A B E faculty shall identify deserving student(s) to receive the Bob Irvine Award. The award will be based on the following criteria: must be or have been a student in the A B E program; must be thirty years of age or older; must still be in attendance at Capilano College; must have shown significant progress towards completion and must have spent sufficient time in a program to determine worthiness for the award. Automatic Selection, application not required. Deadline: Not Applicable The following awards are available to students with special needs. (Contact Disability Support Services for more information) Assistance Program for Students with Disabilities The Province of British Columbia recognizes the educational needs of students with disabilities through the Assistance Program for Students with Disabilities. The Assistance Program may provide financial assistance of up to $10,000 ($12,000 for students requiring attendant care) for access to public post-secondary education. The level of assistance awarded recognizes a student's extraordinary costs of goods and/or services related to a disability which would normally be a barrier to education. Funding is not available for books or tuition costs, applications and further information may be obtained from the Financial A i d Office or Adult Special Education General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 69 Coordinator, or from the Student Services Branch, Ministry of Advanced Education, Training and Technology, 2nd Floor, 1106 Cook Street, Victoria, B . C. V 8 V 3Z9. Apply to: Disability Support Services Special application form required. Deadline: Open Elsie Boone/North Shore Lions Clubs Bursary An endowment fund, bequest from the estate of Elsie Boone, a retired teacher, will provide entrance level scholarships for young students with physical disabilities. Applicants should be twenty-three years of age or younger, demonstrate satisfactory progress from past studies and show good potential. Contact the Special Needs Coordinator for application process. Apply to: Disability Support Services Special application form required. Deadline: Open Honourable Thomas A. Dohm, QC LL.D. Bursary Thanks to a generous donation from Thomas A . Dohm, Q.C. L L D , an endowment has been created, the interest from which will provide bursaries for students with disabilities. Students apply using the general bursary application available from the Financial A i d Office. State the nature of disability and any special costs resulting from the disability in the comments section of the form. Return forms to the Financial A i d Office. Apply to: Disability Support Services Special application form required. Deadline: Open General Information - Financial Aid and Awards 70 Preparatory Programs This section contains information on: • A d u l t B a s i c Education PRE-COLLEGE LEVEL COURSES For students who do not have some o f the course prereq- • Pre-College L e v e l Courses uisites for A c a d e m i c Studies or Career programs, the • Achievement Resource Centre Credit Courses College offers upgrading and flexible self-study courses. • Alternative Career Training Program For complete course descriptions, refer to specific sections o f A c a d e m i c Studies. • E n g l i s h as a Second Language CHEM 030 (3) ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/PRE-COLLEGE Introduction to Chemistry LEVEL COURSES Prerequisite: M a n y students w h o enter Capilano College require precollege level courses to meet entry level requirements for a particular college program, or to upgrade their academic skills from basic literacy to the Provincial L e v e l (grade twelve equivalent standing D i p l o m a ) . Students w h o have been out o f school for a number o f none This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry and wish to go on i n science. ENGL 010 (3) Language Skills Prerequisite: E D T Placement (see English) years and want to resume their education often find that A n intensive course in basic language skills to enable the A d u l t B a s i c Education program best meets their students to proceed without difficulty to an academic needs. M o s t courses i n the program are self-paced and college program. C u r r i c u l u m w i l l evolve from the may be taken on a part-time basis. Full-time students assessed needs of the students. attend classes in w h i c h they work up to five hours a day in the classroom with college instructors. In addition, MATH 009 some courses require independent study outside of class. Arithmetic The level o f courses i n the A d u l t Basic Education Prerequisite: (1) (0,3\0)(SU,F,S,) none program ranges from Basic Literacy to Provincial (grade twelve) level. M a n y of the upper-level courses, taken alone or as part o f a larger program o f studies, w i l l meet entry requirements for A c a d e m i c Studies and Career/ Vocational Programs. The pre-college level courses w h i c h are offered by a number o f A c a d e m i c departments at the College are designed to upgrade students who lack course prerequisites for A c a d e m i c Studies and Career/Vocational programs. M a n y o f these courses are taught in two hour classes that meet twice a week for an academic term (16 weeks). In addition, considerable independent study is required outside o f the formal instruction period. There are also (like A d u l t Basic Education) some flexible selfstudy courses available i n M a t h . A review of basic arithmetic operations. Applications to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning students who require basic math refresher. *Students are generally required to attend 3 scheduled hours per week for this course. MATH 090 (1.5) Introductory Algebra with Functions Prerequisite: (4*,0,0)(SU,F,S) M a t h 11 with at least a " C - " grade or permission of a Mathematics instructor. Develops the concepts o f introductory algebra with emphasis on the real number system, the algebra o f exponents, and polynomial arithmetic at the elementary Either the A d u l t Basic Education Program or the prepara- level. This course is intended for students who require a tory courses offered i n the A c a d e m i c Studies departments basic introduction to algebra. may satisfy your upgrading needs. Students should refer T h i s course meets 4 hours per week for 7 weeks (half o f to the A d u l t Basic Education section of the calendar or a term). contact the Program Coordinator. F o r information on other preparatory courses consult the A d v i s i n g Centre or Counselling. Preparatory Programs - Pre-College Level Courses 73 MATH 095 (1.5) (4\0,0)(SU,F,S) Intermediate Algebra with Functions The reading component addresses problems college Prerequisite.MATH critical reading and retaining information from texts. 010 or M A T H 090 or B M T H 045 students have with textbook comprehension, vocabulary, with at least a " C - " grade, or M a t h 11 with at least a " C " grade, or permission o f a Mathematics instructor. Develops the concepts o f intermediate algebra including polynomials, rational expressions, radical expressions, quadratic equations and an introduction to logarithms. This course is intended for students who have already completed a basic introduction to algebra. *This course meets 4 hours per week for 7 weeks (half o f a term). ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE CREDIT COURSES Contact: 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre offers three 3.0 credit courses. ARC 100 Strategies for Student Success (3) (3,0,0,0) (F,S) Learn and adopt attitudes and methods that promote success i n college. A R C faculty co-teach this course with Counselling faculty. This course includes: memory techniques, time management, reading a textbook with improved retention, test taking tips, note taking strategies, using college resources, communication skills, stress management, goal setting, and career exploration. ARC 110 Reading Dynamics (3) 3,0,0,0) A 3 credit course i n w h i c h participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. ARC 105 Strategies for Student Success (3) (3,0,0,0) Learn and adopt methods and attitudes that promote success in college. Students who enrol in A R C 105 should not register i n A R C 100 or A R C 110 as this course covers both study skills and reading strategies. This course includes: memory techniques, time management, test taking and note taking. Preparatory Programs - Achievement Resource Centre 74 Adult Basic Education ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/FOUNDATIONS Contact: North Vancouver Campus: 984-4971, Room P209 Sechelt Campus: 885-9310 (Toll Free: 987-1535) Squamish Campus: 892-5322 (Toll Free: 986-3515) Please note: Offerings and procedures at Sechelt Campus and Squamish Campus are slightly different. Contact the local ABE coordinator. Instructional Faculty D.J. ATHAIDE, B.Sc, (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. D. BENTLEY, T.R. BRAND, B.Sc.(SFU), B.Ed.(UBC), Teachers Cert M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert. M. DEKKER, B.Sc. (Hons.) (U. of A.), ING. (Amsterdam) Dip. Computer Management (Cap. Coll.) B. DRURY.B.Sc. (Brock) J. FIELD, B.Sc. (UVic), Ph.D. (University of Queensland) V. GIESBRECHT, B.A. (Western Washington U), M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. HIND, B.A. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC) P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC) D. KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg) C. B. MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU), M.Ed. (UBC) G. NEWMAN, B.A. (Hons.), Post-graduate Certificate of Education (Leeds University), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. P. PI, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (U. of Man.), B.C. Teacher's Certificate M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. J. ROSE, B.A. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. (UBC) G.B. RUDOLPH, B.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert., M.Ed. (UBC) J. SOUTHERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J.B. TALLON, B.A., (Hons.)(Carleton), B.Ed. (U. of T.), B.C. Teachers's Cert. A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. R. WEDEL, B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Cert. D. E. YOUNG, B.A. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M. (Scotland), Dip. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBC) General Information The Adult Basic Education/Foundations (ABE) Program enables you to upgrade your knowledge of English, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Physics, Geography, History, Social Studies and Computers. You may select from one to five subjects, depending upon your educational and occupational goals. You can pursue any of the following goals: - preparation for employment - personal desire to upgrade or refresh mastery of a subject - secondary school qualifications demanded by employers - vocational training (including apprenticeships) - career training - technical training - academic studies (including college and university programs) The program operates year-round, offering instruction in two-hour classes. Both self-paced and term-paced classes Courses Fundamental Intermediate Advanced Provincial Level BENG BSCI BMTH BCHM BESC BPHY BBIO BGEO BHST BSOC BCMP 021* 021 021* 031* 032* 031* 040 or 041* 040 041 or 045* 041 Choose 2 041 041 041 or 042 042* 031* 031 041 041 046 042 042 042 042 042 042 042 042 Choose 3 * Required for Certificate or Diploma Advanced math is a prerequisite for Provincial Level For further details please arrange an assessment/interview by phoning 984-4971. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations are offered. Placement in courses is based on preregistration assessment of academic background. school courses may qualify as transfer credit toward ABE certificates and the Provincial Diploma. Many students benefit by enrolling in A.B.E. courses while registered in academic or career/vocational programs at the College. The program also offers instruction for students preparing for the General Education Development (Grade 12 Equivalency) tests. Students who need more than four months to complete a course may re-register if they are attending and progress is satisfactory. Students who finish a course before the end of the term may immediately register for the next higher course in the given subject. High enrolment may necessitate limiting students to a maximum of 3 classes in a subject area. Advanced and Provincial level A.B.E. courses may also be used for transfer credit towards a B.C. Adult Senior Secondary School Graduation Certificate. Class times are as follows: Morning classes 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m. Afternoon classes 1:30 p.m. (except Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays when classes start at 2:30 p.m.) Evening classes 7:00 p.m. Admission Requirements Students should be at least 18 years old and have been out of the public school system for a minimum of one year. Exceptions will only be made with departmental approval. Students should apply at least three months prior to anticipated date of entry. Registration Students are interviewed before registration in order to determine the course(s) or program which best meets their educational goals. Regular attendance and satisfactory progress are conditions for re-registration in ABE courses. Students may be directed to other programs if their attendance and performance in ABE does not match their stated educational goals. Course Descriptions English BENG 021 (F,S) Fundamental Level English: Essential Writing Skills, Spelling and Word Attack. An introductory Fundamental course in reading and in writing of sentences and short paragraphs. BENG 031 (F,S,SU) Intermediate Level English: Mechanics, Basic Skills and Paragraph Writing. An Intermediate course in writing. Most ABE students enter the English program at this level. Students write a series of paragraphs and two longer compositions. BENG 040 (F,S,SU) Advanced Level English: Short Report Writing Prerequisite: BENG 031 A short-report writing course with a vocational/technical emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. ABE Certificates & Diploma BENG 041 Advanced English: Advanced Report Writing The ABE/Foundations Programs offers courses at four levels as outlined in the table: Prerequisite: The Provincial Diploma, issued by the Ministry of Skills, Training and Labour, provides an alternate route for adults to achieve a grade twelve standing to postsecondary institutions in B.C. Intermediate & Advanced Certificates are issued by Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and vocational programs throughout the province. BENG 031 An advanced course in short-report writing. Students develop the summarizing, note-taking, and outlining skills necessary to organize information from a variety of sources into well-written reports. BENG 041 has a technical/academic emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing and includes introductory work in literary analysis and evaluation for students proceeding to BENG 042. Fundamental level instruction provides basic reading & writing skills and number skills. ABE Certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 76 (F,S,SU) BENG 042 (F,S,SU) Provincial Level English: Critical Reading and Essay Writing Prerequisite: 70% in BENG 041 A Provincial level course in essay writing. Students study and write a variety of essays to prepare for written work at the university-transfer level or equivalent in diploma programs. BENG 042 has an academic/literary emphasis in its subject matter and approaches to writing. BESC 041 (F,S) Advanced Level Earth and Environmental Sciences BHST 042 Provincial Level History (S) A survey of 20th Century History including major issues in present day Geopolitics. Computer Studies BCMP 031 Intermediate Level Computer Studies (F,S) Basic microcomputer concepts and functions. An introduction to MSDOS; disk and file management. Introduction to commonly used business software such as word-processing, spreadsheets and database applications. Prerequisites: BSCI 032 or Science 10 An introduction to the earth sciences, with environmental applications and a British Columbia emphasis. Areas of study include earth materials, notably minerals, rocks and mining; water, including sources, processes and contamination, and natural earth hazards, such as earthquakes and volcanoes, landslides and flooding. Laboratory investigations andfieldtrips are involved. Prepares students for further courses in physical and social sciences. BCMP 041 Advanced Level Computer Studies (F,S) A self-paced continuation of BCMP 021 with further practice in DOS, Disk and File management, word and communications processing, spreadsheets and database applications, using integrated software. BCMP 042 Provincial Level Computer Studies (F,S) Social Sciences Prerequisite: BCMP 041 with a "C+" minimum standing Earth Science BSOC 031 A self-paced continuation of BCMP 041. This Provincial Level course will help the student develop problemsolving skills through the completion of projects in computer programming. Students will analyze a problem, devise algorithms to solve the problem, use this process to write a computer implementation of the solution, and then test the solution. Topics in graphics programming and applications will be stressed. Intermediate Level Social Studies An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and the development of analytical and interpretive skills. BSOC 041 Advanced Level Social Studies (F) A study of economic, political, and social issues in Canada and in some neighbouring countries. Mathematics BMTH 021 Fundamental Level Mathematics Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance their ability to participate in decisions and policies that affect their economic, political and social interests. Whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratio and proportion, percent, powers and roots, averages and graphs. This course is designed to prepare students for an Intermediate course in mathematics. BGEO 042 Advanced Level Geography BMTH 031 Intermediate Level Mathematics A study of the peoples of British Columbia, their physical environments and the basis of their economies. Introductory algebra and elementary plane and solid geometry. This course is designed to prepare students for an Advanced course in mathematics. Students will learn to assess the adaptation of people to their physical environment and to the natural resources it provides. A prime objective will be to judge the sustainability of British Columbia communities, their landscapes and resources. (F,S,SU) (F,S,SU) Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 77 BMTH 041 (F,S,SU) Advanced Level Math - Business Mathematics Prerequisite: B M T H 031 w i t h at least a " C " BSCI032 Intermediate Level General Science (F.S.SU) Basic scientific principles in biology, chemistry and Business mathematics; statistics; formulas used i n business and industry; simple and compound interest; discounts, investments. A n A B E A d v a n c e d Certificate course, B M T H 041 can be used by students wishing to enrol in Capilano College's Business Management physics needed to progress to higher level science courses. BSCI040 Advanced Level General Science (F.S.SU) BBIO 041 Advanced Level Biology (F.S.SU) program. It is the equivalent o f Business M a t h 11. BMTH 045 (F.S.SU) Advanced Level Math - Algebra & Trigonometry Prerequisite: B M T H 031 or equivalent with at least a Prerequisite: B S C I 032 or Science 10 and E n g l i s h 11 or equivalent or B E N G 031 as co-requisite. "B-" Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, R e v i e w o f real numbers, powers, laws o f exponents; evolution, microbe and plant structure and diversity, polynomials and rational expressions, factoring, quadratic behavioural ecology, biosphere, ecosystems, human equations, m a x i m a and m i n i m a ; functions and relations; population concerns. Laboratory exercises are included. quadratic functions; transformations o f relations; plane Prepares students for many career/vocational programs. geometry, theorems and proofs; circle geometry, theorems and proofs; trigonometry, right and oblique triangles, functions o f angles i n standard position. A n A B E A d v a n c e d Certificate course, B M T H 045 is designed to prepare students for a precalculus course. It is the equiva- BBIO 042 Provincial Level Biology Prerequisites: (F.S.SU) S C I 032 or Science 10 and E n g l i s h 11 or equivalent or B E N G 031 as a co-requisite lent o f M a t h 11 or M a t h 099. Topics include cell structure and function, cell division, BMTH 046 (F.S.SU) Provincial Level Math - Algebra and Trigonometry cell metabolism, photosynthesis, human biology, includ- Prerequisite: B M T H 045 or equivalent with at least a " B - " Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for S o l v i n g linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing functions, approximating the roots o f polynomial; graphing rational functions; exponential and logarithmic functions; trigonometric functions, analytic trigonometry; series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections. college level post-secondary programs for w h i c h B i o l o g y A n A B E Provincial Certificate course, B M T H 046 is a precalculus course for students intending to enrol in a first year program in sciences or mathematics. It is the equivalent o f M a t h 12 or M a t h 105. ing reproduction genetics, digestion, circulation, i m m u nity, respiration, excretion, nervous system, hormones. 12 is a prerequisite. BCHM 041 Advanced Level Chemistry Prerequisites: Science 10 (F.S.SU) B M T H 031 or M a t h 10, and B S C I 032 or Introduction to atomic theory, periodicity, bonding, naming compounds, mole concept, chemical reactions, gases, solutions. Optional topics include organic chemis- Sciences BSCI021 Fundamental Level General Science try, nuclear chemistry, industrial chemistry. Includes (F.S.SU) A n introduction to the basic scientific concepts and language o f general science. laboratory exercises. Prepares students for college science courses and many career/vocational programs. BCHM 042 Provincial Level Chemistry Prerequisites: Corequisite: (F.S.SU) B C H M 041 or Chemistry 11 B M T H 045 or M a t h 11 Topics include shapes o f molecules, thermochemistry, rates o f reactions, chemical equilibrium, solubility, acids Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 78 and bases, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry. Optional topics include nuclear chemistry, organic chemistry. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college chemistry and technology programs for which Chemistry 12 is a prerequisite. BPHY 041 Advanced Level Physics (F,S,SU) BMTH 031 or Mathematics 10, and BSCI 032 or Science 10 Corequisite: BMTH 045 Prerequisites: Introduces motion, forces, vectors, gravitation, momentum, work, power, energy, electricity, series and parallel circuits, electric fields, rotational motion, light, magnetism, waves, heat. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college courses and many career/ vocational programs. BPHY 042 Provincial Level Physics Prerequisites: Corequisite: (F,S,SU) BPHY 041 or Physics 11 BMTH 045 or Math 11 Topics include kinematics, dynamics, vectors, work and energy, circular motion, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, electrostatics, circuits and instruments, electromagnetic induction, waves, sound, electromagnetic waves, optics. Includes laboratory investigations. Prepares students for college physics and technology programs for which Physics 12 is a prerequisite. Preparatory Programs - Adult Basic Education/Foundations 79 Alternative Career Training ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING Admission Requirements Foundations Program The A C T Foundations Program is i n session for eight Contact Person: Terry Byrnes, Coordinator, R o o m M l 0 2 , Phone 984-1711. Instructional Faculty months (two terms), and classes are offered for eight weeks, with community work/volunteer practicums offered for an additional eight weeks per term. Entry is by referral and interview. Students may combine their i n class work with self-selected volunteer or employment Terry B Y R N E S , M . A . ( U V i c ) training sites based upon aptitude, attitude, ability and R. D A M O N interest. Jann G I B B S , R . P . N . , R . S . W . E a c h candidate is interviewed b y the Program faculty Priscilla S T A N B U R Y , B . A . ( U B C ) , Cert, o f E d . and a m a x i m u m o f 14 students w i l l be admitted. Some (London) Laverne T H O M P S O N , M . E d . (Lesley College) students may elect to take the Program part-time and students may be accepted for a second year by faculty permission. General Information Appointments for interviews take place between January The Alternative Career Training Foundations Program is 15 and A p r i l 15, with interviews and letters to the an employment exploration program with a unique focus successful candidates sent by M a y 30. and approach. T h e program is based on a developmental perspective and is committed to w o r k i n g with adults with special learning needs. Students are educated to accept the responsibilities o f independent l i v i n g as young adults, Course Descriptions ACTP 001 (3) Job Search And Maintenance Techniques as w e l l as the demands o f competitive entry-level employment, and w i l l be able to address any social or emotional issues w h i c h could act as barriers to employment. The A C T Program combines in-class instruction with practical work experience, emphasizing the development or maintenance o f skills w h i c h may be used in employment situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal goals w i l l be set and monitored throughout the year. The focus o f this course is to encourage students' needs to develop and use j o b search techniques and appropriate employment behaviours. Students w i l l also be encouraged to practice self-advocacy i n terms o f their employment needs. ACTP 002 (3) Occupational Preparation And Safety In The Workplace The focus o f this course provides students with practical experience in a work situation including preparation prior Student Profile to placement and follow-up concluding the practicum. Students who w i l l find the A C T Program beneficial are ACTP 005 (3) Visual And Print Communication Skills learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they may present any or all o f the following characteristics: a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example, mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing) b) persons with a disability. Students who w i l l obtain the most benefit from the A C T Program are those who have reached a moderate level o f independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they travel independently locally; they have had some work or volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas o f The focus of this course is to extend students' awareness, knowledge and understanding o f communication skills required for obtaining employment and their ability to communicate effectively using a variety o f mediums (eg. computer, printed words, signs). Class time is comprised of discussions, talks, worksheets, field trips, role-plays and hands-on experience. Students w i l l be given instruction in computer skills, W o r d Perfect 5 and Microsoft programs w i l l be used. interest or a willingness to try various work sites). Preparatory Programs - Alternative Career Training 8 0 ACTP 006 Leisure Education (3) T o assist students to clarify their leisure interests and values and use their leisure time more constructively. Students w i l l be encouraged to become more aware o f their o w n feelings and beliefs about leisure so that future leisure decisions w i l l be by their o w n choice and from their o w n value system. ACTP 007 Consumer Preparation (3) This course provides students with strategies and opportunities to practice and improve a range o f consumer related skills. ACTP 008 Interpersonal Communications (3) This course provides students with an opportunity to discuss and develop the skills involved with effectively communicating in a diverse range o f interpersonal roles and relationships. (Friend, neighbour, consumer, citizen). ACTP 009 Work Experience (3) T o give the student a practical experience in a work situation including preparation prior to placement and follow-up concluding the practicum. Preparatory Programs - Alternative Career Training 81 English as a Second Language ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Contact: ESL Department, Office P209, Phone 984-4971, FAX 984-1718 Instructional Faculty J. ACOSTA, B.A. (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State U.) N.J. COLLINS, B.A. (London), M.A. Professional Teaching Cert. (UBC) M. FRY, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Professional Teaching Cert. D. JOHNSTONE, B.A., M.A., TESL (American University in Cairo) N. POLIAKOFF, B.A., M.A. (UBC) J. RITCHIE, B.A., M.A., (St.F.X.) Adult Education A. SEDKY, B..A., M.A., Ph.D. (Ain Shams University) A. SOUZA, B.A., M.A. (UBC) L. TAMORI, B.A., M.A. (UT), T.E.S.L. Cert. (George Brown College) E. WITKOWSKI, M.A. (Jaqiellonian), B.C. Professional Teaching Cert. L. ZHANG, B.A., M.A., (Nanjing), M.Ed. (U. of Alta.), BC/Alberta Professional Teaching Cert. Documents and Official Transcripts Official records (grade reports, transcripts, etc.) of all secondary, post-secondary or equivalent education must be submitted with the application, whether or not the course of study has been completed. These records should indicate the individual courses studied and the marks or grades received. If your records are in a language other than English, please provide certified English translations and the original documents. Replaceable documents submitted in support of your application become the property of the College and will not be returned. Other documents will be returned, upon request. If any document is in a name different to that under which application is made, proof of change of name (marriage certificate, court order, etc.) is required. Application Fee International Students: A non-refundable fee of $100 (Canadian funds) must accompany your Application for Admission. Canadian Citizens or Landed Immigrants: A nonrefundable fee of $20 must accompany your Application for Admission. English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer international and permanent resident students a variety of Intermediate and Advanced courses to help them improve their competency in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary study. Courses cover reading, writing, and speaking. Address all applications to: Admissions, Office of the Registrar Capilano College 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. Telephone (604) 984-4913 ESL courses are offered part-time day and evening. Fax (604) 984-4985 Admission Procedures/Requirements Admission Application Once all documents and records have been received, we will consider your application. If you are accepted, the College will send you an official Letter of Acceptance by mail. Application for Admission forms are available from Admissions, Office of the Registrar upon request. Applications and supporting official transcripts and documents should be submitted to Admissions, Office of the Registrar by the following dates: Fall Term (Sept. to Dec): March 31 (Early Deadline) Spring Term (Jan. to Apr.): Sept. 30 (Early Deadline) Summer Term (May to Aug.): Jan. 30 (Early Deadline) Applications will be accepted after the early deadlines, provided space is available and, for International students, time remains to apply for the Student Authorization Visa. English Language Requirements International Students For the English as a Second Language Program (ESL) the College requires one of the following: a. a valid English Language Assessment (ELA) score of 60-144 OR b. a valid test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 375-560, plus the ESL Department Placement Test. Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language 82 Canadian Citizens and Landed Immigrants Upper Intermediate Level Courses: Once students are accepted, they w i l l be contacted by the ESL. 041 E S L department to come in and write the E S L placement Upper Intermediate Conversation test. Students who wish to enrol in E S L as well as other courses i n A c a d e m i c Studies, Career, Vocational, or (4,0,0) (F,S) The a i m o f this course is to improve each student's listening and speaking skills at the Upper Intermediate A d u l t Basic Education courses should refer to the L e v e l . T h e course offers practice i n speaking and General Information - A d m i s s i o n section o f calendar, listening skills. Students who receive credit can register under C . E n g l i s h Language Requirements see " 3 . Spe- in E S L 051. cial." *ESL. 043 Course Descriptions (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,SU) Western Studies for ESL Students This course introduces intermediate E S L students to Lower Intermediate Level Courses: *ESL. 031 (3) (3) western culture and cultural values, so they w i l l have a (4,0,0) (F,S,SU) wider base for l i v i n g and studying in Canada. Lower Intermediate Conversation ESL. 048 This course helps students improve their listening and speaking skills at the L o w e r Intermediate level. Students (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,) Upper Intermediate Reading and Vocabulary This course is designed to improve students' reading who receive credit can register in E S L 041. comprehension and vocabulary at the Upper Intermediate *ESL. 033 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,SU) level. Course topics include comprehension o f main idea Introduction to Canadian Culture and details, vocabulary development, w o r d families and This course introduces students to Canadian culture so context clues. they w i l l have a wider base o f experience living in Canada and taking college courses. B y exploring topics in Canadian culture, they w i l l increase their understand- ESL. 049 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Upper Intermediate Grammar and Writing This course helps students develop the grammar and ing o f Canadian society. writing skills required for college-level studies. Stress is *ESL034 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F,S,SU) Lower Intermediate Pronunciation and Listening on English sentence structure, grammar, and short writing assignments. This course helps students improve their stress, intonation and pronunciation. Lower Advanced Level Courses: *ESL. 051 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F.S.SU) *ESL. 035 Educational Studies for ESL Learners (3.0) (4,0,0)(F,S) Lower A d v a n c e d C o n v e r s a t i o n The purpose o f this course is to improve each student's communication skills. T o reach this objective students *ESL. 038 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,SU take part in classroom discussions, practise and improve Lower Intermediate Reading and Vocabulary discrete-point listening (eg. linking, assimilation and T h i s course prepares students with the vocabulary and reduced speech) rhythm, stress and intonation o f North reading skills required for E S L 048. American English. They also work on vocabulary building. *ESL.039 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,SU) *ESL 058 Lower Intermediate Grammar and Writing (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Lower Advanced Reading and Vocabulary T h i s course prepares students with the grammar and writing skills required for higher-level courses such as This L o w e r A d v a n c e d level course is designed to help E S L 049. students improve their reading comprehension skills and vocabulary. Stress w i l l be placed on increasing reading speed using context clues and inferencing. Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language 83 ESL. 059 (3) Lower Advanced Grammar and Writing (4.0,0) (F.S) (3) (4,0.0) (F.S) This course helps students improve their listening comprehension and speaking skills. Students work on developing confidence in speaking, taking part in classroom discussions, building vocabulary and improving pronunciation. *ESL066 TOEFL Preparation I (1.5) (2,0,0) (F,S,SU) A continuation o f E S L 066. E S L 076 is usually offered immediately after T O E F L I finishes. Upper Advanced Level Couurses: ESL. 061 Upper Advanced Oral Skills *ESL. 076 TOEFL Preparation II (1.5) (2,0,0) (F.S.SU) *ESL. 077 (.5) TWE II - Preparation for Test of Written English (SU) A continuation o f E S L 067. E S L 077 is usually offered immediately after T W E I. College Preparatory-Level Courses: ESL. 088 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) College Preparatory II: Reading and Vocabulary This course introduces the E S L student to the basic This course helps students improve their T O E F L scores. They learn how to enhance their grammar, listening and reading skills needed for the T O E F L test. This course is usually offered i n a condensed two month format for four hours per week, so that students may continue with T O E F L II. *ESL. 067 (.5) TWE I - Preparation for Test of Written English (SU) reading and vocabulary skills necessary for entry into other Academic and Career/Vocational Divisions. The stress w i l l be on inferencing skills, context clues and critical reading. Students w i l l sample readings from various content areas. ESL. 089 College Preparatory II: Writing (3) (under development) The aim o f this course is to assess and improve students' ability to write academic English that may be typical o f the kind required in college courses. This course emphasizes: 1. organizational development, 2. unity, coherence and progression, 3. facility in the use o f language. This course is usually offered in a condensed one month format for six hours per week. ESL. 068 (3) (3,0,0) (F,S) Upper Advanced Vocabulary and Reading This is an Upper A d v a n c e d level course which helps students improve their vocabulary and reading skills. Stress is placed on reading comprehension, developing vocabulary, reading efficiently, using context clues and critical thinking. ESL. 069 Upper Advanced Writing (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) The emphasis in this course is on composing at the paragraph level. Students who complete this course with a B+ or better may register for E S L 099. College Preparatory-Level III Courses: ESL. 098 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) College Preparatory III: Reading and Vocabulary A L e v e l 3 College Preparatory course in reading and vocabulary skills. The primary aim of this course is to provide E S L students with the necessary reading skills for entry into the Academic, Career and/or Vocational Programs. The focus of this course w i l l be on academic reading strategies, determining an author's tone/point o f view and critical reading. Sample readings from various content areas w i l l be used. ESL. 099 College Preparatory III: Writing (4,0,0) (F,S) Students w i l l practice writing essays i n clear, standard English. This course emphasizes the formal writing skills required for academic study. * These courses are offered on a cost-recoverable basis, and w i l l be subject to sufficient enrolment. Preparatory Programs - English as a Second Language 84 (3) Academic Studies/University Transfer Academic Studies/University Transfer Associate in Arts and Science Degree A c a d e m i c transfer courses at Capilano College provide Capilano College offers Associate Degrees in Arts and in students with a variety o f options. Students can select a Science for two years o f university-level study in accord- full program o f study equivalent to the first two years o f ance with the requirements outlined under the Gradua- university (see note on Course Selection and A d v i s i n g ) , tion/Diplomas and Certificates section o f the Calendar. and can enroll on a full-time or part-time basis. Academic Transfer courses are o f interest both to students who plan Diploma in Academic Studies to transfer to a university and to students who do not Students who have completed the requirements of any intend to continue to upper-level studies. four term College program may receive a D i p l o m a in For those students who need extra help in basic skills, A c a d e m i c Studies, provided they have fulfilled the Capilano C o l l e g e offers preparatory courses and aca- conditions as outlined under the Graduation/Diplomas demic support services (see notes on the W r i t i n g Centre, and Certificates section o f the Calendar. the Achievement Resource Centre and the M a t h Learning Centre). Transfer To and From Other Institutions Students interested in special fields o f study such as The A c a d e m i c Studies D i v i s i o n maintains transferability Canadian Studies, Environmental Science, Women's of its courses with other post-secondary institutions. The Studies, or Labour Studies can select from innovative College's representatives meet regularly w i t h those o f programs in these areas (as offered from year to year). other institutions to ensure that Capilano's program of A c a d e m i c instruction at Capilano College is both disciplinary and inter-disciplinary and is o f a high intellectual first and second year courses are fully transferable as university courses. calibre. T h e C o l l e g e carefully reviews the content and There is agreement among all public B . C . colleges to the delivery methods of its academic courses to ensure accept each other's credits upon transfer, i f applicable to a that those courses are current and that they continue to program given in the admitting college, and given meet university standards. suitable equivalency. Capilano C o l l e g e reserves the right Students in academic transfer courses should expect to to review individual course credit. work at least two to three hours outside o f class for every Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for hour o f class time. acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer The C o l l e g e offers a library collection and full media and reference services to complement the courses o f study. The A r t s and Science D i v i s i o n offers a range of courses credits reduce the total number o f credits w h i c h are required at Capilano College for a certificate, diploma, or Associate Degree. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's in various disciplines which are grouped in four divisions office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. A l l as follows: approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Humanities Division (984-4957): A r t History, Chinese, Permanent Student Record. F u l l information on transfer English, French, German, Japanese, Philosophy, Spanish, o f specific courses is available from an A d v i s o r , Counsel- Thai lor, and in the pertinent instructional d i v i s i o n . Social Science Division (984-4953): Anthropology, Transfer information accurate to the time o f printing is to be found in the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide. Students are urged to read this guide when establishing their programs o f study. Commerce, C r i m i n o l o g y , Economics, Geography, History, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Women's Studies Pure and Applied Sciences Division (984-4955): B i o l o g y , Chemistry, Computing Science, Engineering, Academic Course Descriptions Environmental Science, Geology, Kinesiology and Full descriptions o f all academic courses can be found in H u m a n Kinetics, Mathematics, Physics the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to Visual and Performing Arts Division (984-4911): read the general discipline information included in each Textile Arts, Studio A r t , Bachelor of M u s i c Transfer, section carefully. It is the student's responsibility to be Jazz Studies, Theatre familiar with the special information needed to select academic courses. Academic - General Information 87 C o u r s e D e s c r i p t i o n C o d e : On the right hand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: BIOL 105 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Environmental Biology Each course is designated by the department name and course number (e.g. BIOL 105). The number in parentheses following the course designation - i.e. (3) in the above example - indicates the number of credits for the course. The second set in parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. For BIOL 105, for example, there will be 4 lecture hours, 3 lab hours, and no other hours per week. In some courses the department may convert the fourth lecture hour to another scheduled instructional activity. Where this occurs, students will be advised by the course instructor and in the course outline given out at the beginning of the term. The third set of parentheses indicates the term in which the class is usually offered. Example: F - Fall, S -Spring, Su - Summer. BIOL 105 is offered in the Spring term. Please check the Timetable to confirm the term offered as this may change after the Calendar is printed. The course title (Environmental Biology) is indicated on the line below the department name and course number. The nominal length of a term is 16 weeks. Please see the Academic Schedule for thefirstand last days of classes and for the dates of the examination period. Course Selection and Advising Advisors or Counsellors assist students in selecting the best program of studies. Thefinalresponsibility for course selection, however, rests with the student. All academic students are advised to see an Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their courses of study. Students should consult the B.C. Transfer Guide available at Advising and the Reception Desk at a cost of $ 1.00. English Entrance Requirements Students who wish to enroll in English courses must, BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE, write either the Language Proficiency Index (administered by EMRG) or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT) given by the English Department of Capilano College. Academic - General Information 88 Students with any one of the following are exempt from this requirement: 1. Afinalgrade of "A" in English 12 or English Literature 12, or 2. Afinalgrade of 4 or better in an Advanced placement course in English Composition or English Literature, or 3. Afinalgrade of 6 or better in the International Baccalaureate course in English A or English B, or 4. A in Capilano BENG 042, or 5. B- or higher in an English transfer course from another college or university, or 6. A degree from an English-speaking university. English Diagnostic Test (EDT) EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the English Department and may be used for admission to English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Office of the Registrar and a fee of $20 is charged. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be available in: Registrar's Office - 984-4913 Squamish Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515) Sechelt Learning Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535) Humanities Division - 984-4957 Advising Centre - 984-4990 A schedule is also printed on the first section of the timetable. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Office of the Registrar. (Please.check office hours.) Achievement Resource Centre Students wanting to increase their learning efficiency are invited to use the services and facilities of the Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) in the Library Building, (see non-credit programs and courses section for workshop information.) Writing Centre (FR402) All students registered at the College may visit the Writing Centre for advice on written assignments or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in FR402. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, Communications and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Math Entrance Requirements Only those students with sufficiently high grades in prerequisite courses completed within the previous year will be allowed to directly enrol in a Precalculus (MATH 103, 105, 107) or Calculus I (MATH 108, 110) course without writing a placement test. All other students wishing to enrol in one of these courses must write a placement test prior to registration. Please refer to the Mathematics section of the calendar for the direct entry and placement test requirements for each of these courses. Self-Study Courses In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the student to pursue studies in Precalculus and Calculus I on a self-study format. MATH 110 (Calculus I) is offered on a video-based format. Refresher courses in math through the Grade 12 level are also available in a selfstudy format. These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of study guides, video tapes and computer assisted instruction, are designed for students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the North Vancouver Campus or a regional centre. They are also available to students who are attending any Capilano College campus, providing these students with a viable alternative to the usual classroom lecture/tutorial instructional format. Registration Priority Math Placement Test (MPT) MPTs are offered on a regular scheduled basis throughout the year with frequent sittings available during the preregistration period. These tests are administered by the Math Department and are used for admission to Precalculus and Calculus I courses offered at Capilano College. Pre-registration is required at the Office of the Registrar and a $10 fee is charged. Schedules of the MPT are available in: Registrar's Office - 984-4913 Squamish Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515) Sechelt Learning Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535) Pure and Applied Sciences Division - 984-4955 Advising Centre - 984-4990 A Schedule is also printed on the first section of the timetable. Math Learning Centre (J107) The Math Learning Centre (MLC), located in J107, provides services for all students at the College. During scheduled hours, students may obtain individual assistance with math problems from the lab supervisor or instructor on duty. The MLC has two study areas (one for silent, individual study and the other for quiet, group study), a video room and a library of math reference texts. The MLC video room is equipped with six video stations where students may view math video tapes on topics in calculus, precalculus, algebra and statistics. In some courses with high demand, registration priority will be given to students who have not attempted the course previously at Capilano College. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year may not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Registration procedures for Art and Music programs are detailed in the calendar section for the particular program. Lab/Course Relationship Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these components. Students should note that it is necessary to pass both labs and lectures. The cost of the lab is included in the tuition fee, except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Special Programs Women's Studies Program A Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College. In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and transfer credit courses, there are career and academic courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. Academic - General Information 89 Writing Across the Curriculum Sections P O L . 104 In the Fall Semester, a small number o f E N G L 100 S O C . 201 (Composition) sections are paired with a section of Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline. another course. Students planning to take E N G L 100 (Composition) should consider enrolling in one o f these W r i t i n g Across the C u r r i c u l u m sections as identified in the course timetable. Instruction in the two courses w i l l be coordinated, with the writing assignments in the English course growing out o f the content o f the other course. Students w i l l receive the full 3 credits for both A P P L Y T O T H E R E G I S T R A R to have the Specialty added to your D i p l o m a at the time o f graduation. Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program The Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program is a courses, and w i l l benefit from having two o f their two-term, multidisciplinary program. It studies ethnic subjects connected with each other. relations developed i n the context o f the multicultural and poly ethnic nature o f Canadian society. It also explores Please consult the E n g l i s h Department for information on the paired sections for F a l l 1995. Canadian Studies Specialty Students w h o w i s h to concentrate their studies on Cana- the cross-cultural interaction among Native people, the founding E n g l i s h and French Canadian people, and the different immigrant groups that constitute the Canadian "mosaic." These all help to shape the national character and the culture o f this country. The program also exam- dian content courses can choose courses from the list ines the international aspect o f cross-cultural c o m m u n i c a - below. A l l courses (except some Labour Studies courses) tion, which is o f special meaning to Canada because hold full transfer credit and transfer into the Canadian immigrant communities here can maintain healthy Studies Program at S F U . T o qualify for a Canadian contacts with their countries of origin. Studies Specialty, complete a College d i p l o m a with at least 24 credits from the following list. Choose these credits from courses in at least three different departments. O f the 24 credits y o u choose, at least six must be numbered 200 or above. F o r a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General Studies Diploma, an English or Communications course is required. Fall A N T H 204 A N T H 206 B I O L 204 E N G L 202 F R E N 270 G E O G 106, 108 H I S T 110, 205, 111 L S P . 100, 110, 111, 115, 117, 119, 142, 170, 181, 182, The Program includes the various disciplines involved in ethnic studies: history, geography, anthropology, sociology, political studies and urban studies, religious studies, communications, language and literature. There are no special criteria for student selection, although students must formally register for the two-term Ethnic and CrossCultural Relations Certificate, w h i c h w i l l be awarded upon completion o f the program. T o complete the program, a student needs to earn 30 credits. Specialized courses in ethnic relations and two English courses are required; the rest can be chosen from a variety o f electives. A l l the program's courses (except Labour Studies) have transfer credit to the provincial universities where the student can work towards a degree in Ethnic Studies. Simon Fraser University also has recently developed a Graduate Program i n this field. 210 P O L . 104 Capilano College Extension Programs and Services may S O C . 200 offer additional courses during the evenings for people already working in job-related fields. Spring A N T H 208 B I O L 105, 205 E N G L 203 F R E N 271 G E O G 108 G E O L 111 H I S T 110, 111,208 L S P . 101, 110, 111, 116, 131, 140, 181 First Term REQUIRED: E N G L 100—Composition (or other E n g l i s h course i f approved). A N T H 2 0 4 — E t h n i c Relations ELECTIVES: Language: French, German, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese or T h a i . A N T H 200—Intermediate Social Anthropology or Academic - General Information 90 P S Y C 2 0 0 — S o c i a l Psychology or G E O G 1 0 0 — H u m a n Geography. G E O G 106: B . C . : A Regional Analysis or S O C . 200—Canadian Society or H I S T 111—Canada since Confederation or P O L . 104—Canadian Government. Second Term REQUIRED: E N G L 103—Contemporary Literature A N T H 205—Immigration, Multiculturalism and Ethnic Conflicts. ELECTIVES: Second term o f the language course taken i n first term. A N T H 2 0 6 — N a t i v e Peoples o f B . C . biology and chemistry entrance requirements for the Nursing Program at B C I T . C o m p l e t i o n o f B I O L 104 and B I O L 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at B C I T ) to receive credit for B H S C 105. 2. Science Students Capilano C o l l e g e Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n offers a first and second year university transfer program in biology, chemistry, computing science, mathematics and physics, and first year university transfer programs i n engineering, geology, kinesiology and human kinetics. In addition, the Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n offers science transfer requirements in the following: preM e d i c i n e , pre-Dentistry, Oceanography, Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, H o m e E c o n o m i c s , Rehabilitation M e d i c i n e , and Dental Hygiene. A N T H 208—Native Peoples of North A m e r i c a or G E O G 205—Pacific R i m L S P . 119 & 1 3 1 — C i v i l Rights and Race and Ethnic 3. Engineering Program Capilano College offers a complete first year university Relations at the Workplace transfer program in engineering. Bachelor degree c o m - G E O G 201—Urban Studies or pletion generally requires three additional years o f study S O C . 2 1 1 — S o c i o l o g y o f the T h i r d W o r l d or G E O G 1 0 8 — C a n a d a : A Topical Geography or at U B C , S F U , or U V i c . F o r additional information, consult the "Engineering Program" section. HIST 205—B.C. S O C . 2 0 1 — B . C . Society or 4. Kinesiology Program P O L . 202—Government and Politics o f B . C . Capilano College offers a complete first year university PURE AND APPLIED SCIENCES: planning on transferring to the K i n e s i o l o g y Program at transfer program in kinesiology designed for students General Information The following options are available from a wide range o f pure and applied sciences. S F U for their second year. F o r additional information, consult the " K i n e s i o l o g y Program" section. 5. Human Kinetics Capilano College offers a complete first year university A. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER COURSES 1. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are transfer program in human kinetics for students planning on transferring to the U B C S c h o o l o f H u m a n Kinetics for their second year. F o r additional information, consult the "Human Kinetics Program" section. advised to consider the following courses to fulfil their science requirement. It should be noted that transfer B. POST BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA credit for a number o f these courses is limited to non- PROGRAM science students. Students should refer to individual discipline areas in this calendar. 1. Environmental Science Program Capilano College offers a one year Post Baccalaureate B I O L 104, 105, 113 D i p l o m a program i n environmental science for students C H E M 104, 105 who have already completed a degree in science and who C O M P 101, 102 are interested in further practical studies i n environmental G E O L 110, 111 fields. For additional information, consult the " E n v i r o n - G E O G 112, 114 mental Science Post Baccalaureate D i p l o m a Program" M A T H 101, 102, 105, 107, 108, 109 section. Please check the prerequisites given in the individual course descriptions. * A l s o see: A s i a Pacific Management Co-operative Post- Note: B I O L 104 and C H E M 030 or C H E M 104 fulfill Baccalaureate D i p l o m a Program in this Calendar. Academic - General Information 91 Anthropology Instructional Faculty B. B E R D I C H E W S K Y , drid) B . A . ( U . of Chile), P h . D . ( M a - ANTH 124 Human Origins (3) (4,0,0) (F) A n introduction to the theoretical foundations and K. LIND, B.A., M . A . ( U B C ) evidence for human origins as presented by Archaeology R. M U C K L E , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) and Physical Anthropology. T h e biological and cultural General Information evolutionary theory, primate behaviour, skeletal remains, evolution of humankind as indicated through a study o f ^ and archaeological discoveries. Anthropology is the study o f humankind, offering views on the human condition from evolutionary and compara- ANTH 200 tive perspectives. B y developing an understanding and Intermediate Social Anthropology (3) (4,0,0) (F) appreciation o f cultural and biological diversity, courses in anthropology should be beneficial to all students. Students who have career aspirations as anthropologists may find work i n teaching, research, or museum studies. They may also work as consultants to governments, A study o f the social structure and organization o f various cultures o f the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues i n Anthropology. corporations, and native groups. Major branches o f anthropology include Social Anthropology, Archaeology, and Physical Anthropology. Students intending to major or minor in anthropology or archaeology should take Anthropology 121 and one or both o f Anthropology 123 and 124. Students interested in a Canadian Studies specialty should consider Anthropology 204, 206, and 208. The Ethnic and Cross-Cultural Relations Program requires Anthropology 204 and 205. Course Descriptions ANTH 121 (3) Introduction to Social Anthropology (4,0,0) (F,S) A survey o f social anthropology to include the study o f communication, economic systems, kinship and family patterns, social control, political organization, religion, and the arts. A l s o includes understanding the methods and effects o f culture change. Examples o f different cultural practices w i l l be drawn from societies throughout the world. (3) (4,0,0) (S) A n introduction to the theoretical foundations and methods o f Archaeology, including the techniques used to discover, reconstruct, and interpret the past. Examples w i l l be drawn from archaeological research around the world. 92 (4,0,0) (F or S) environments, emphasizing human adaptive strategies. Focus o f the course w i l l vary each semester, exploring such topics as subsistence patterns, systems o f knowledge in traditional cultures, modernization and globalization, and current issues. (3) (4,0,0) (F) Ethnic Relations A l l Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , U B C and U V i c . Academic - Anthropology (3) The study of the interaction o f people, culture and ANTH 204 University Transfer Credit ANTH 123 Introduction to Archaeology ANTH 202 Introduction to Cultural Ecology A study o f the relations between ethnic groups and an examination of how ethnic groups come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and h o w these processes interrelate with other social variables such as economics, education, violence and the family. The focus w i l l usually be Canada. Students w i l l be engaged in some primary research. ANTH 205 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Multiculturalism A study o f multiculturalism, particularly in Canada. Contemporary issues, government policies, immigration and cultural identity, and ethnic conflicts. ANTH 206 (3) Native Peoples of British Columbia (4,0,0) (F) A study o f the cultural history, diversity, and complexity of the Native Peoples o f British C o l u m b i a . T h e archaeological past, traditional lifeways, and current issues are examined. ANTH 208 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Native Peoples of North America A survey o f the cultural history and social organization o f native peoples o f the North A m e r i c a n continent including Canada, the United States and M e x i c o . A n examination of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues. ANTH 241 (6) (6,0,0) (Su) Archaeology Field School A course in archaeological methods, techniques and theories dealing with excavation, recovery, analysis and interpretation o f archaeological material. This is a practical field course, participants acquiring such skills as mapping, surveying, photography, computer applications, preparation o f reports and interpretation. This course usually w i l l be in cooperation with other colleges as a joint endeavour. ANTH 249 (3) (4,0,0) (Su) Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in Anthropology A n interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, contemporary issues, methods o f observation and study. Students and instructor study in the field. Women's Studies 122 (3) (4,0,0) Women in Anthropology The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures o f the world; their role in economic, political, religious, kinship and expressive systems. Exploration o f the work o f women anthropologists and the effect o f theory on understanding women. What is women's experience i n cultures of the world? Please see W o m e n ' s Studies for further information. Art: Graphic Design and Illustration Program This program is a department within the Media Technlogy Division. For other Art programs, see also Studio Art Program and Textile Arts Program. Admission and Registration Procedures This program requires a high level o f maturity and integrity. Students with life experience following h i g h Instructional Faculty school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in their choice o f direction and better prepared; however, D . C A R T E R , E m i l y Carr Institute o f A r t and Design highly motivated high school graduates can succeed here, J. E D G E , Alberta C o l l e g e o f A r t and we encourage those students to apply. F. F O R S T E R , Alberta College o f A r t K . H O L L A N D , D i p . (Johannesburg School o f A r t ) E . K A Z M I E R C Z A K , M . F . A . , University o f Illinois J. L O N G , B . P . A . A r t Center (Los Angeles) D. M A C L A G A N , A . O . C . A . , I.D.C., F . C . A . R . M A R T I N , B . A . ( U . o f Washington) D . N E A V E , B . A . H O N S . (Manchester), M . A . ( U V i c ) J. N E W T O N - M A S O N , D i p . (Worthing C o l . , England) D . T A I T , E m i l y Carr, D i p . V . S . A . ( E C C A D ) D. Y A S I N S K I Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the college by M a r c h 29, 1996. (No late applications accepted.) • Completed Capilano C o l l e g e A p p l i c a t i o n for A d m i s sion • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts • Certificate o f English Language Assessment Test ( E L A T ) or Test o f E n g l i s h as a Foreign Language ( T O E F L ) , i f applicable A . Z I M M E R M A N , B . P . A . , A r t Center (Los Angeles) F o r further information contact the Graphic Design & Illustration Program at 984-4911. N o t e : A l l applications for admission must be submitted to the Office o f the Registrar. Official transcripts and other documents should be attached. General Description Portfolio submission dates are A p r i l 29, 30 and M a y 1, 2, GRAPHIC DESIGN and ILLUSTRATION PROGRAM THREE YEAR DIPLOMA tation has not been received at the C o l l e g e by M a r c h 29, The Graphic D e s i g n and Illustration program is an the basis o f drawing, design, colour, creativity, media intensive, three year full-time commitment. Students are variety and presentation. Applicants whose portfolios expected to achieve and maintain the highest standards meet the standards o f the Program are called for inter- 1996. N o portfolio w i l l be reviewed i f proper documen- 1996. (No late portfolio submissions accepted.) Portfolios are reviewed by an A d m i s s i o n s Committee on working independently and as a team member, develop- views and testing on M a y 13,14 and 15. F i n a l decisions ing time management and organizational skills. on the make-up o f the new class are made by M a y 24. The curriculum encompasses historical, social, ethical and evolutionary developments in the visual communications industry. Students are engaged in acquiring skills and sensitivity i n various media and becoming effective in the creative and production process. Instruction encourages imaginative conceptual thinking, technical and business analysis, and expertise. Portfolio Requirements There is no formula for an acceptable portfolio. In general, you should submit your best and most recent work. There should be a m i n i m u m o f 10 and a m a x i m u m of 15 original samples produced, drawn, designed, or photographed by the applicant representing their current Courses are taught by practising, professional artists and abilities. Imaginative and experimental design and design consultants. Classes include projects, demonstra- drawings in any medium and representing your personal tions, lectures and critiques, as well as scheduled profes- interests and abilities are welcome additions to the sional and industrial presentations and tours. portfolio. Samples must be flat, not rolled; they should Graduates are prepared to practice independently or collaboratively and in a variety o f employment opportunities such as design studios, illustration, computer graphics, multimedia, animation, film, advertising and public relations agencies. Capilano College produces illustrators and designers prepared to shape the future o f visual communication, utilizing traditional and current electronic mediums. not be framed or glassed. Academic - Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 94 We will not accept portfolios larger than 20" x 26" (50 cm x 66 cm). Photographs or slides o f larger work or 3 D projects may be sent; however, they do not replace the required m i n i m u m of 10 samples o f original work. The applicant's name and address must be on the outside of the portfolio in large letters. M a r k the back o f each portfolio piece with your name. Please be sure to include FOURTH TERM the completed "Program Information Sheet". G R P H 241 Typography II G R P H 242 Graphic Design II If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3J) 18.0 G R P H 243 D r a w i n g for Illustration II cheque to cover the cost o f return postage. D o not send any portfolios by bus system as they are not delivered to Capilano C o l l e g e . Parcel Post insured or A i r Parcel Post insured is usually the best way to have portfolios sent and G R P H 244 A p p l i e d Design II G R P H 245 Painting for Illustration II G R P H 246 V i s u a l Communications III returned. Capilano C o l l e g e cannot accept responsibility for loss or FIFTH T E R M damage to an applicant's work. GRPH 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3XJ 15.0 352 3-D Graphic Design I G R P H 353 Illustration M e d i a I Program Content G R P H 354 A p p l i e d Design III Credits Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements 99.0 G R P H 355 Advertising Illustration I G R P H 356 Production Processes 12.0 111.0 SIXTH T E R M V i s u a l Literacy I 3.0 G R P H 361 Advanced Typographic Design G R P H 363 Illustration M e d i a II C M N S 120 Effective W r i t i n g & Speech 3.0 G R P H 364 A p p l i e d Design I V G R P H 152 L i f e D r a w i n g I 3.0 G R P H 365 Advertising Illustration II G R P H 154 General D r a w i n g I 3.0 G R P H 366 Business of Design G R P H 155 M e d i u m s and Techniques I 3.0 G R P H 156 Principles o f V i s u a l Communications I 3.0 G R P H 158 Design I FIRST T E R M A H I S 104 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 1Q 21.0 Course Descriptions For A r t History and Communications course descriptions SECOND TERM A H I S 105 V i s u a l Literacy II see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. 3.0 G R P H 157 V i s u a l Communications II 3.0 G R P H 159 M e d i u m s and Techniques II 3.0 G R P H 164 General D r a w i n g II 3.0 G R P H 170 Introduction to Computers 3.0 G R P H 178 Design II G R P H 184 L i f e D r a w i n g II 3.0 1Q 21.0 N o t e : Students who wish to substitute E n g l i s h courses for Communications 120 may do so with the C o m m u n i c a tions Program Coordinator's approval. THIRD T E R M 153 Communication & the Arts G R P H 231 Typography I G R P H 232 Graphic Design I CMNS G R P H 233 D r a w i n g for Illustration I 234 A p p l i e d Design I G R P H 235 Painting for Illustration I GRPH G R P H 236 Computer Applications 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 21.0 GRPH 152 Life Drawing I (3) (4,0,0) (F) D r a w i n g from observation o f the human figure; exercises in developing visual perception, memory and basic drawing skills. Study o f the proportions o f the human body. L i n e characteristics in pencil, pen, conte and charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped models. GRPH 154 General Drawing I (3) (4,0,0) (F) A n introduction to representational drawing, mediums and techniques. D r a w i n g as an expression o f observation and perception o f visual aspects o f environment and visual thinking. Study o f graphic means o f representing objects, structure, planes, volumes, space and surface characteristics. Learning to perceive, isolate and select visual elements for descriptive rendering in pencil and charcoal. Academic - Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 95 GRPH 155 Mediums and Techniques I (3) (4,3,0) (F) A n introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. Field location drawing and wash studies using watercolour, pencil, coloured pencil, ink and combinations o f the above. Developing location studies into more controlled, finished classroom works. GRPH 156 (3) Principles of Visual Communications I GRPH 159 Mediums and Techniques II Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) G R P H 155 with at least a " C " grade A continuation with further drawing analysis techniques. Consideration and use o f various mediums as they relate to specific subjects from location studies and classroom development o f same. (4,3,0) (F) Introduction o f various graphic design styles, their historic significance, the social environments in which these styles were conceived and technical innovations GRPH 164 General Drawing II Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) G R P H 154 with at least a " C " grade. Exploration of drawing with emphasis on expressive and which designers used to advance modern graphic design. interpretive approaches. Developing themes and draw- Application o f selected styles to practical, contemporary ings aimed at illustration, for both reproduction and assignments with techniques o f conceptualizing and individual expression. Stylization, distortion and layout composition demonstrated in a lecture form. caricaturization are explored in relation to the study of Introduction o f basic photography darkroom techniques line, mass, value and contrast. Various pen and ink (b/w print processing and the photogram). Students are drawing techniques are explored. Emphasis on initiative introduced to various communication problems and solve in researching, investigating and exploring drawing these problems with specified b/w mediums. theories, schools and techniques. GRPH 157 (3) Principles of Visual Communications II Prerequisite: (4,3,0) (S) G R P H 156 with at least a " C " grade. GRPH 170 Introduction to Computers (3) (4,3,0) (S) A n introduction to the basic concepts o f computer hardware and software. Students w i l l gain experience The further study o f graphic design styles and designers such as A r t Deco, Post M o d e r n , Swiss and N e w Y o r k design movements are examined. Introduction to basic 35mm camera operations, basic b/w film processing, print enlarging and photo applications. Students are given specific problems to solve utilizing photography and various mediums. GRPH 158 Design I (3) (4,3,0) (F) Introduction to design elements and application to design projects w h i c h solve communication problems. A l l the beginning design exercises use black and white only. Assignments are produced using conventional drawing/ inking tools. C o l o u r studies involving the production of colour charts w i l l be given with appropriate design projects, in colour. The ability to verbally explain concepts w i l l be stressed throughout the semester. A n emphasis towards actual work situations w i l l be stressed. Graphic design business procedures w i l l be explained throughout the semester. Academic - Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 96 with the operating system and programs for desktop publishing. This is an ideal first course for students with little or no computer experience and serves as the basis for future courses in electronic composition, computer illustration, typography and pre-press. GRPH 178 Design II Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (S) G R P H 158 with at least a " C " grade. A continuation with more sophisticated design, composition and colour applications. Assignments are produced using conventional drawing/inking/painting tools. Advanced design concepts are explained using various visual methods (videos - blackboard - paper - M a c i n t o s h computer using Adobe Illustrator/Photoshop software film, etc.). The class w i l l move toward actual design/ communication problems and business procedures and verbal skills in presentation w i l l be stressed. GRPH 184 (3) (4,0,0) (S) GRPH 235 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Life Drawing II Painting for Illustration I (formerly GRPH 195) Prerequisite: Prerequisite: G R P H 159 with at least a " C " grade. G R P H 152 with at least a " C " grade. Further study o f drawing from direct observation o f the This course offers expanded skills i n perception, visuali- human figure. Exercises in perceiving and interpreting zation and continued practice in control o f various plane, mass, rhythm and form as they relate to perceptual painting media. It gives the student the opportunity to elements o f drawing media. Investigation o f more develop similar styles to the o l d masters as w e l l as complex drawing techniques and materials; drawing from experiment with his/her o w n drawing and painting. memory and imaginative reflection o f visual experience. GRPH 236 GRPH 231 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Typography I (formerly GRPH 162) Prerequisite: G R P H 170 with at least a " C " grade. Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter forms. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication i n pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive lettering indication and reproduction art to improve craftsmanship and drawing skills. GRPH 232 (4,0,0) (F) (3) Computer Applications (3) (4,3,0) (F) Graphic Design I (formerly GRPH 177) A n introduction to the pragmatic, formal, and contextual Introduction of computer software programs for the application o f electronic composition and imaging. Students w i l l use an advanced page layout program and drawing program. GRPH 241 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Typography II (formerly GRPH 197) Prerequisite: G R P H 231 with at least a " C " grade. issues i n v o l v e d i n the creation o f visual messages. A n This course expands upon the major role typography has emphasis is placed on the development of a philosophical on advertising layouts and graphic design. Construction and practical foundation for critical, creative thinking as of various styles o f letter forms in pencil, felt marker and applied to visual problem solving. The grammar and the brush w i l l be studied. Basic application o f typography in elements o f visual language are explored in relation to advertising and graphic design using computers w i l l be perception, semiotics, and psycholinguistics. Students investigated. gain experience using both traditional and desktop GRPH 242 publishing methods. (3) (4,3,0) (S) Graphic Design II (formerly GRPH 179) GRPH 233 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Drawing for Illustration I (formerly GRPH 180) The purpose is to develop the students' awareness and capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills necessary to draw with quality and creativity. Introduces the students to skills that must be developed i f they are to visually communicate consciously and effectively. Basic drawing and wash media w i l l be used. GRPH 234 (3) Applied Design I (formerly GRPH 192) Prerequisite: Prerequisite: G R P H 232 with at least a " C " grade. Further development o f understanding and application o f visual problem solving methods as related to graphic design; students explore ideas and concepts w h i c h precede the making o f design. A n emphasis is placed on application o f typography and photography as major components o f visual messages. Further exploration o f the applications o f computer technology in contemporary graphic design. (4,3,0) (F) G R P H 178 with at least a " C " grade. GRPH 243 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Drawing for Illustration II (formerly GRPH 181) A n introduction to visual communication and the role of Prerequisite: G R P H 233 with at least a " C " grade. professional advertising, art directors and graphic The students play an advanced role i n the choices o f designers. Design principles and layout techniques, with reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The emphasis on concept and comprehensive finish using skilful and imaginative use o f illustrative methods is basic marker rendering skills. stressed using lighting, negative shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception. Academic - Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 97 Uses o f drawing and wash mediums w i l l be expanded. A s w e l l , the student w i l l be expected to become familiar with current uses o f illustration. GRPH 244 (3) Applied Design II (formerly GRPH 193) GRPH 353 (3) Illustration Media I (formerly GRPH 251) (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: G R P H 243 and G R P H 245 with at least a (4,3,0) (S) " C " grade. A continuation o f drawing skills needed to explore the Prerequisite: G R P H 234 with at least a " C " grade. A continuation relating to presentation of ideas at a mediums necessary for illustration. The course develops through stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. T h e use o f the illustrator's professional level representing real advertising agency tools and processes such as repellents, air brush, m i x e d and client situations. M a k i n g rough layouts and finished media, etc., are reviewed. comprehensives o f ideas that are evaluated against GRPH 354 (3) Applied Design III (formerly GRPH 252) established client criteria. GRPH 245 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Painting for Illustration II (formerly GRPH 196) Prerequisite: G R P H 235 with at least a " C " grade. (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: G R P H 242 and G R P H 244 with at least a " C " grade. The application o f design and rendering skills to the The student's personal style of drawing and painting is development o f solutions to print advertising. Explores pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in companies, products, services, corporate identification the use of various mediums and student/instructor and their relationship to print advertising layouts and criticisms of work-in-progress are emphasized. Experi- tight comps prepared for class critiques. Comprehensives mentation in both style and medium is encouraged. are developed with the computer as w e l l as traditional approaches. GRPH 246 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Visual Communications III (formerly GRPH 175) Prerequisite: G R P H 236 with at least a " C " grade. GRPH 355 (3) (4,2,0) (F) Advertising Illustration I (formerly GRPH 295) In this course students are introduced to colour photogra- Prerequisite: G R P H 243 and G R P H 245 with at least a phy applications and basic artificial lighting techniques. " C " grade. Students must solve communication problems using the A comprehensive study of contemporary advertising illustration styles, techniques and materials with projects developed from original concept to final presentation. Emphasis on working with an art director with attention to specifications, deadlines and professionalism. 35mm camera and colour transparencies. A r t direction and conceptualization for assignments is stressed. Students are introduced to digital photography and computer photo imaging. GRPH 352 (3) 3D Graphic Design (formerly GRPH 277) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: G R P H 242 and G R P H 244 with at least a " C " grade. GRPH 356 (3) Production Processes (formerly GRPH 278) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: G R P H 236 with at least a " C " grade. Familiarization with various print processes and pre-press A n introduction into the procedures involved in the operations including preparation o f art, photos, typogra- design o f small retail environments such as boutiques and phy, halftone screening, colour separations, image service shops in shopping centres and malls. Point of stripping, assembly and proofing; paper and its effect purchase design is introduced and model-building upon printing. Includes the use o f Macintosh computers techniques are studied as w e l l as the use of colour i n for digital pre-press production. merchandising and display. Academic - Art: Graphic Design & Illustration 98 GRPH 361 (3) (4,1,0) (S) Advanced Typographic Design (formerly GRPH 279) Prerequisite: G R P H 241 with at least a " C " grade. Assignments demonstrate visual concept and economy o f thought i n advanced graphic forms, with emphasis on typography as a medium and message o f design. A d vanced application o f the grid to facilitate the integration of both typography and visuals, underscored by sound use o f conceptual thinking. GRPH 363 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Illustration Media II (formerly GRPH 269) Prerequisite: G R P H 353 with at least a " C " grade. Further developing finished illustrations for advertising, books, magazines, etc. A n expansion o f the uses o f mediums to include m i x e d media while concept is stressed as an emphasis on self-expression and relevant professional solutions. GRPH 364 (3) Applied Design IV (formerly GRPH 253) Prerequisite: (4,2,0) (S) G R P H 354 with at least a " C " grade. The interrelationship o f illustration, photography and graphic design into advertising, packaging and point o f purchase with extensive consultation on student portfolios and the needs of advertising agencies and graphic design studios. GRPH 365 (3) (4,1,0) (S) Advertising Illustration II (formerly GRPH 298) Prerequisite: G R P H 355 with at least a " C " grade. Further exploration o f advertising illustration techniques with the emphasis on actual studio and advertising agency working methods. A bridge between the educational experience and working in the field. GRPH 366 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Business of Design (formerly GRPH 289) H o w to establish and operate a free-lance design/illustration business. Emphasis is upon client relations, suppliers contact, estimating, project management, taxation and accounting practices and industry ethics. The designers role in an advertising agency, design studio and production or printing facility w i l l be investigated. Art: Studio Art Studio Art is a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art programs see also Graphic Design and Illustration Program and Textile Arts Program. preparing them for further studies in art and design- Instructional Faculty Part-time Courses M . B O W C O T T , A . O . C . A . (Ontario) M A . ( R . C . A . There are a number o f positions open i n all the credit London) related fields. Because the program also exposes students to creative thinking and problem-solving, it may also serve as a foundation for further general education. courses offered in Studio A r t . These courses may be N . B O Y D , B . A . (Waterloo) credited toward either a D i p l o m a in Studio A r t , a D i - B . C O G S W E L L , N . D . D . (Hammersmith) ( R . C . A . ) ploma in A c a d e m i c Studies or a D i p l o m a in General W . E A S T C O T T , Sr. Cert. ( V . S . A . ) ( R . C . A . ) Studies, depending on the student's educational objec- J. J U N G I C , B . A . , M . A . ( U B C ) tives. F o r Diplomas other than Studio A r t , see D i p l o m a s S. K W A N ( E . C . C . A . D . ) & Certificates section in this calendar. D . M C L A R E N , Cert. (Sheridan College), B . H . S c . (Guelph) Students taking Studio A r t courses must be available for the labs attached to Ceramics, Sculpture and Printmaking D . N E A V E , B . A . Hons. (Manchester), M . A . ( U V i c ) which take place on the afternoon o f scheduled classes. G. R A M M E L L , (E.C.C.A.D.) Students must ensure that courses taken outside of Studio For further information contact the A r t Department at A r t w i l l not conflict with these labs. 984-4911. The Department encourages students to take both terms of any given discipline (i.e. both D r a w i n g I and II) in the TWO YEAR DIPLOMA IN STUDIO ART interests of effective University transfer status. The program w i l l pre-register returning part-time students into General Description Studio A r t offers a program o f studies leading to a two spring term courses. year diploma. The Art Institute Studio A r t has openings in all its courses for part-time The A r t Institute, specializing in Sculpture and study. It also offers individual credit courses i n A r t Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate Institute advanced studies. program unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-in-residence programs, the Institute offers advanced The Program studies to artists with several years experience in sculpture or printmaking, or to recent college, university or art The Studio A r t Program at Capilano College provides a school graduates. thorough, high quality foundation i n the fundamentals of art. It enables students to make informed decisions Career and Educational Opportunities regarding future career choices and enables them to prepare high quality portfolios to aid them in gaining The fields of further study listed below lead to specific acceptance to the advanced art and design programs of career or job opportunities. It is recommended that an their choice. Graduates o f the Studio A r t Program education in these specific careers should follow a high usually complete their education at university, art school quality broad A r t foundation such as that offered by or in a college design program. Studio A r t . Students may find they need to study out o f the province to pursue these educational goals. The Studio A r t Program provides studio experiences in 2 D Studies, 3 D Studies and D r a w i n g and courses i n F I N E A R T S : sculptor, printmaker, painter V i s u a l Literacy, A r t History, and English. G A L L E R I E S A N D M U S E U M S : curator, restorer, Through exposure to a broad range o f concepts, materials, techniques, and processes, students are assisted in developing personal interests, directions, and creative maturity. The emphasis o f the program is on preparing students to function effectively within the context o f current thought and practice within the fine arts, while illustrator Academic - Art: Studio Art 100 I N D U S T R Y : industrial, interior, furniture designer C R A F T S : ceramic, textile, jewellery artist I L L U S T R A T O R : fashion, medical, advertising, publishing A R C H I T E C T U R E : model maker, Tenderer, restorer E D U C A T I O N : instructor, art therapist, consultant Admission and Registration Procedures PART-TIME There are a number o f positions open in a l l studio classes Students w h o study full or part-time and acquire either a to part-time students. Part-time applicants are not re- D i p l o m a i n Studio A r t or a D i p l o m a in A c a d e m i c Studies quired to submit a portfolio but should be aware that they (including art courses) should find that educational w i l l usually be taking the same section as full-time opportunities exist i n these and other fields. students. The expectations w i l l be the same for both full Admission and Registration Procedures any labs attached to specific courses and be prepared to and part-time. Part-time students must be available for spend time i n the studios outside o f class time. FULL-TIME Due to the very high demand for Studio A r t courses, students are accepted into the full-time program by an interview and portfolio review procedure. Applicants for part-time should contact the college any time before August to apply to the college. They then choose their preferred courses in August at the time o f open registration. Since part-time openings are limited, Students entering the full-time D i p l o m a program and students who wish to take Ceramics courses should: 1. Complete an Application for A d m i s s i o n by A p r i l 26. 2. Contact the V i s u a l and Performing Arts office (984- early registration is very important. Part-time applicants must supply the following documentation to the college by June 30, 1996. • 4911) before M a y 2 to arrange for an interview between M a y 6 and M a y 16, 1996. Completed Capilano College Application sion for Admis- • Secondary and post-secondary transcripts • Certificate o f English Language Assessment Test ( E L A T ) or Test of E n g l i s h as a Foreign Language Admission Requirements ( T O E F L ) , i f applicable Prospective full-time students are admitted on the basis o f an interview and portfolio presentation. The nature and scope o f work presented is for the candidate to decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his or her past and current artistic activities as possible. Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies should be included wherever possible, i n addition to completed work. Slides, photographs or any other supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio. Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not have the prerequisites should be prepared to present a portfolio so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of competence. Applicants to the program must supply the following documentation to the college by April 30, 1996. • Completed Capilano College Application • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts Note: Applications for Admission must be submitted to the Office o f the Registrar (not to the Studio A r t Department) together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. Special Fees and Expenses Although the Studio A r t Department can supply some o f the materials required for the courses, the student can expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as indicated in the course outlines. University Transfer A l l Studio A r t courses are University transferable to many other institutions. Students should refer to the B . C . Transfer Guide. for Admission • Certificate o f English Language Assessment Test ( E L A T ) or Test o f E n g l i s h as a Foreign Language ( T O E F L ) , i f applicable • Studio A r t Questionnaire Academic - Art: Studio Art 101 English Requirement Program Content Major Program Requirements FIRST TERM AHIS 104 Intro, to Visual Literacy I SART 150 Drawing I and 3 of the following: SART 163 3-D Studies - Ceramic Art I (3) SART 167 3-D Studies - Sculpture I (3) SART 171 2-D Studies - Painting I (3) SART 182 2-D Studies - Printmaking 1(3) Credits 60 Credits Lab hours 3 3 SECOND TERM AHIS 105 Intro, to Visual Literacy II SART 151 Drawing II and 3 of the following (with prerequisites): * SART 165 3-D Studies - Ceramic Art II (3) SART 172 2-D Studies - Painting II (3) SART 174 3-D Studies - Sculpture II (3) SART 183 2-D Studies - Printmaking 11(3) 9 _ 15 * Where scheduling permits, second year students may elect to do the following; drop one of their three selected disciplines, then pick up both terms of the first year discipline not previously studied. For Art History and English course descriptions see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. 9 _ 15 Students who complete all of the major program requirements but fail to take English will be granted a Diploma in General Studies. Course Descriptions (3) FOURTH TERM AHIS 211 History of Modern Art 3 (20th Century) SART 263 Drawing IV 3 and 3 of the following (with prerequisites): * SART 255 2-D Studies - Painting IV (3) SART 265 3-D Studies - Sculpture IV (3) 9 SART 274 3-D Studies - Ceramic Art IV (3) SART 283 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV (3) _ 15 102 (1.5) 3 3 THIRD TERM AHIS 210 History of Modern Art 3 (19th Century) SART 262 Drawing III 3 and 3 of the following (with prerequisites): * SART 250 2-D Studies - Painting III (3) SART 257 3-D Studies - Sculpture III (3) 9 SART 273 3-D Studies - Ceramic Art III (3) SART 282 2-D Studies - Printmaking III (3) _ 15 Academic - Art: Studio Art (3) (3) Six credits of English are required as prerequisite to Studio Art, and therefore to receiving a Studio Art Diploma. A student accepted into the program without the English requirements must complete the two English courses prior to applying for a Studio Art Diploma. (3) (1.5) All studio courses include the following: slide/lectures, demonstrations, individual and group critiques,fieldtrips and guest artist speakers. SART 150 Drawing I (3) (3) (1.5) (3) (4,0,0) (F) An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety of methods, materials and stimuli. Design elements are a major component of this course. Experiences in current approaches and concerns, including representational, interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media. Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence, knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of design elements (line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study. SART 151 Drawing II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: SART 150 A continuation of SART 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and further design exploration, colour, collage and image development. An emphasis is placed on balance between control and expression. SART 163 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art I SART 172 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II A n introduction to the use o f clay as an expressive Prerequisite: medium. H a n d construction and wheel forming w i l l be presented as w e l l as glazing, firing and clay body technology. Design, history and conceptual theory w i l l be reviewed as it relates to the ceramic object and to general art applications. SART 165 S A R T 171 A continuation o f S A R T 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas o f interest and research in addition to designated painting problems w h i c h w i l l require students to express their ideas i n multiple or mixed-media techniques o f a more ambitious nature. (3) (4,3,0) (S) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art II Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) There w i l l be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities to other areas o f study within the program and to become more responsible for determining S A R T 163 their own priorities and goals. There w i l l be further A continuation o f S A R T 163 with greater emphasis on exposure to contemporary philosophies and activities i n personal development. Casting, mouldmaking, glaze the V i s u a l Arts. preparation and application and firing technology w i l l be fundamental aspects o f this course. Contemporary SART 174 applications o f ceramics w i l l be explored. Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II Prerequisite: SART 167 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I (3) (4,3,0) (S) S A R T 167 A continuation o f S A R T 167, but with the inclusion o f the following materials and techniques: w o o d construc- A n introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of tion and jointing, steel welding, and plaster modelling. expression, communication and discovery. Some basic sculptural techniques and materials w i l l be explored; these w i l l include: wood assemblage, clay modelling, m o u l d m a k i n g and casting. SART 182 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I (4,1.5,0) (F) A foundation course for those with little or no experience. Sculptural content and subject matter w i l l be considered A n introduction to the basic techniques o f hardground, in the context o f the student's o w n work. A n examination softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regard- of historical sculpture developments w i l l be a feature o f ing the image-making potential o f printmaking and the the class; however, the emphasis w i l l be upon developing creative processes in general w i l l be ongoing. Particular an understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns. emphasis w i l l be given to the relationship between SART 171 number o f pieces demonstrating technical competency printmaking and painting with the student producing a (3) (4,0,0) (F) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I and creative potential. M o s t work w i l l be executed in Through a combination o f assigned studio work, personal black and white. research projects and an introduction to recent and understanding o f how both abstract and concrete con- SART 183 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II cerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through Prerequisite: current trends in the V i s u a l A i l s , students w i l l gain an a variety o f methods and materials. Participants w i l l learn about the dimensions o f colour and how to effectively indenlify and replicate colour and form. A c r y l i c s w i l l be the preferred medium but students w i l l be encouraged to investigate the characteristics and possibilities o f other media according to then individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures w i l l be a feature o f the course and both individual and group critiques w i l l be (4,1.5,0) (S) S A R T 182 A continuation o f S A R T 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student w i l l also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods (including l i n o / w o o d blocks and etched plates) and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and contemporary approaches to image-making w i l l be ongoing. conducted at regular intervals. Academic - Art: Studio Art 103 SART 250 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (F) SART 263 Drawing IV Prerequisite: S A R T 172 (3) (4,0,0) (S) S A R T 262 Students w i l l be assigned painting problems relating to Further study o f drawing with an emphasis on the historically familiar genres; portrait, still life, landscape, development o f personal modes o f expression. T h e work figure and abstraction. W i t h i n these structured projects, of the three previous courses w i l l be reviewed, with the students w i l l be given as much freedom as possible addition of perceptual exploration and portfolio presenta- regarding content, methods, scale etc. Students w i l l be tion in the form of a small series o f thematically linked encouraged to re-define the painting process in terms o f work. their own needs and priorities. Emphasis w i l l be placed on relating work in this course to other areas of the Program and to current trends i n the V i s u a l Arts. SART 265 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture IV Prerequisite: SART 255 (3) Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) (4,3,0) (S) S A R T 257 A further study o f historical and current sculptural ideologies. Assignments require individual strategies to S A R T 250 respond to social/environmental and interactive issues. A continuation o f S A R T 250 but with an increased need Participation in group debates and critiques w i l l foster for students to define their o w n areas o f interest and to constructive dialogue and criticism. extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging slide lectures etc. w i l l be a feature o f the course. There SART 273 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art III w i l l be a continuing stress on relating work in this course Prerequisite: fashion. A s i n S A R T 250, guest speakers, field trips, to contemporary activities in the V i s u a l Arts and to other areas o f the Program. Experiments with images, methods and materials w i l l be encouraged, with a view to the development o f personal modes o f expression. Towards the end o f the course, students w i l l be required to define their own areas o f research and visual articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series o f work. SART 257 (3) Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture III Prerequisite: (4,3,0) (F) (4,3,0) (F) S A R T 165 Students w i l l undertake further exploration o f processes and materials, including the development o f original glazes and manipulation o f glaze characteristics. Students w i l l be encouraged to explore ways to bring to ceramic art their personal expressive interests within the context of contemporary ceramic usage. SART 274 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Three-Dimensional Studies: Ceramic Art IV Prerequisite: S A R T 273 S A R T 174 A resumption o f the investigation o f ideas, materiality and form, to broaden the participant's visual, tactile and conceptual abilities. Traditional and current sculptural ideologies and techniques w i l l be examined in the context The course w i l l include an increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design o f functional and non-functional forms. Architectural ceramic applications w i l l be explored i n greater depth. Glazes and other methods o f decoration w i l l continue to be examined. of 20th century developments. (3) SART 262 Drawing III Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: S A R T 183 S A R T 151 Continued study o f drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and technical aspects o f drawing w i l l be examined. Specifics to this course w i l l include advanced graphic elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective research. Academic - Art: Studio Art 104 SART 282 (3) (4,1.5,0) (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III (S) (3,3) A comprehensive study o f intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come under consideration w i l l include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application o f colour theory. Discussion o f current directions in printmaking and their relationship to painting and sculpture w i l l be ongoing. « SART 283 (3) (4,1.5,0) (S) Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV Prerequisite: S A R T 282 Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern w i l l be combined colour printing techniques based upon the individual's need. A folio o f work w i l l be produced to document this research. Technical aspects that surface w i l l include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints. Academic - Art: Studio Art 105 The Art Institute The A r t Institute, specializing in Sculpture and acceptable. Where appropriate, and with the coordina- Printmaking, is a one year post-graduate certificate tor's permission, the portfolio requirement may be program unique in the college system. Comparable to artist-in-residence programs, the Institute offers advanced studies to artists with several years experience in sculp- waived. 3. Proposal - an outline o f the anticipated directions o f work. This should be as specific as possible. ture or printmaking, or to recent college, university or art During the academic year (September to A p r i l ) submis- school graduates. sions should be addressed to: Members of the Institute have access to well-equipped studios and specialized equipment, plus auxiliary facilities such as a darkroom, computer lab and media centre. Supplies and materials are available at cost. Lectures, seminars and tutorials feature guest artists and faculty who are professionals in their fields. W i t h the The A r t Institute Capilano College 2055 Purcell W a y North Vancouver, B . C . V 7 J 3H5 T e l . 984-4911 permission of the instructor, and at no additional cost, members may also pursue individual research beyond the one-year certificate. A major component o f the Institute experience is the interchange among the participants, which may include critiques, encouragement o f work i n progress, or exposure to new materials. A l o n g with providing the artist with studio space, the Institute offers the expertise o f special speakers and workshop experiences. The atmosphere is stimulating and supportive o f the individual's aesthetic development. During the months of June to August, submissions should be made directly to: R. W . Eastcott or George R a m m e l l 2607 Rogate 2786 Y a l e Street Coquitlam, B . C . Vancouver, B . C . V 3 K 5S3 V 5 K 1C3 Fees The 1995/96 tuition fees for the A r t Institute were $678 Admission Requirements per term. There are two terms per year. The Institute is equivalent to a graduate level fine arts Although the normal shop supplies are provided, mem- program. Students with a B . F . A . or equivalent (art bers of the Institute can anticipate charges for materials school graduation, etc.) are given preference during directly involved with the production o f work. registration. Exceptional students with previous fine arts training and/or work experience and who w i l l serve as valuable mentors for less experienced students in the Studio A r t Program w i l l be given preference at the discretion o f the instructors. Note that it is not absolutely Art Institute: Advanced Options Courses ART. 300 (12) (4,0,0) (F) Art Institute I - Sculpture and Printmaking necessary to be specifically proficient in the chosen area Designed to meet the needs o f students with several years of study. Parallel experience w o u l d be considered, i.e. of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have painting to printmaking. left college, art school or university and may no longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the Enquiries and applications are accepted at any time throughout the year, although the normal registration periods are M a y and December for the first and second terms, respectively. Phone 984-4911 by M a y 2 for an interview between M a y 3 - 1 0 , 1996. Submissions 1. Biography - to include pertinent travel and other life experiences. Art Institute w i l l emphasize access to well-equipped studios as w e l l as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format w i l l be one day o f class time and four or more days o f studio time. The studios w i l l be available during the evenings and weekends. ART. 301 2. Portfolio - original works where possible; however, slides, photographs or other printed material w i l l be Academic - Art Institute 106 (12) Art Institute II - Sculpture and Printmaking A continuation of A R T . 300. (4,0,0) (S) Art: Textile Arts The Textile Arts Program is a department within the Visual and Performing Arts Division. For other Art Programs see also Graphic Design and Illustration Program and Studio Art Program. Instructional Faculty practice. A critical and analytical approach to their o w n work w i l l enable graduates to be proficient in a range o f practical, experimental, or theoretical professional activities. Optional two-week practicums with artists, crafts people, related businesses or organizations take place in M a y , N . B O Y D , B . A . (Waterloo) after the end o f the school term. They provide a useful K . H O L L A N D , D i p . (Johannesburg School o f A r t ) experience to students in the Textile Arts Program. A . M A L L I N S O N , (Westdean College, Sussex, England) L . R I C H M O N D , Teach. Cert. (London, G B ) M . A r t E d . ( W . W a s h . State) R. S C H E U I N G , B . F . A . ( N o v a Scotia College of A r t & Design) P. S I N G E R , B . A . (Sir George W i l l i a m s ) , M . F . A . (Concordia) For further information contact the A r t Department at 984-4911. Career Opportunities Graduates may choose to work independently as artists or crafts people, exhibiting their work, doing commissions for individuals or corporations, working in the fashion industry or in interior design. Other career options exist in textile conservation, and i n combination with academic studies such as Anthropology or A r t History. Textile A r t skills are needed in theatre, film and dance companies. General Description Graduates o f the Textile Arts Program may wish to continue their studies at degree granting institutions, focusing in areas o f their choosing. The Textile Arts Program offers a full-time two-year program leading to a D i p l o m a . Textile arts form an important aspect o f the cultural life The Textile A r t s Program also offers the following parttime professional courses: Professional and Business S k i l l s i n A r t s and Crafts and Instructional S k i l l s i n Arts in any community and many ways exist to apply the skills learned and build a professional career. Instructional S k i l l s in Arts and Crafts teaches students and Crafts. It also offers occasional evening part-time who are already experienced i n their chosen crafts or arts courses. discipline. The focus is on instructional skills, human relations, and adaptation techniques for people with The Program special needs. A two-week practicum offers practical experience. Students learn about contemporary and historical textiles through personal explorations o f a wide range o f processes and the study o f traditional and contemporary work through written sources, gallery and studio visits, and slides. Guest lectures by artists and other professionals working in textiles and related areas w i l l add distinctive voices to the program. In the first year the core content o f W e a v i n g and Textile Admission Requirements Prospective students are admitted on the basis o f an interview and a portfolio which contains a representative sample o f the student's previous work. T h e portfolio can include a mixture o f actual works in any textile or arts media and preparatory drawings as w e l l as photographs or slides of actual work. W i t h the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirements may be waived. Surface Design is complemented by courses in Drawing, Design, V i s u a l Literacy and Communications. During the second year, Textile History, Design and D r a w i n g Advanced Registration for Fall 1996 for all students: courses complement advanced courses in W e a v i n g and Surface Design. A new course in "Professional and Contact the A r t Department by A p r i l 28, 1996 to arrange Business Skills in Arts and Crafts" provides students with an interview in M a y . Applicants to the program must information and hands-on experience that w i l l facilitate supply the following documentation to the C o l l e g e b y entering a professional career. A n elective, to be chosen April 28, 1996. in consultation with the Coordinator from general A r t courses, w i l l allow students to develop understandings in • Completed Capilano College Application for Admission • Secondary and Post-secondary Transcripts various other specific areas which w i l l inform their Academic - Art: Textile Arts 107 • Official copies of E n g l i s h Language Assessment Test T X T L 154 Introductory D r a w i n g I 3.0 ( E L A ) or Test o f E n g l i s h as a Foreign Language T X T L 161 Textile Surface Design II 3.0 ( T O E F L ) , i f applicable T X T L 169 W e a v i n g II 10. 15.0 A H I S 231* History of Textile A r t 3.0 T X T L 178 Design II 3.0 T X T L 267 W e a v i n g III 3.0 T X T L 284 Textile Surface Design III 3.0 Elective 3.0 15.0 • Questionnaires N o t e : A p p l i c a t i o n s for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and the pertinent documents. Some additional interviews may be scheduled in the third THIRD T E R M week o f August, space permitting. Evening interviews are available. Transfer Credits FOURTH TERM Aspects o f Textile A r t A H I S 232* Courses marked with an asterisk (e.g. A H I S 105*) carry T X T L 153 Introductory D r a w i n g II transferability to U B C , S F U , U V i c and other academic T X T L 268 degree-granting institutions. Other courses can be T X T L 285 Weaving I V Textile Surface Design I V Elective transferred to programs w h i c h include Textile Arts in 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 15.0 their curriculum. Students should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits. See the B . C . Transfer G u i d e for transfers i n B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a , and contact the Art Department for more specific information. Course Descriptions For A r t History and Communications course descriptions, see the appropriate department sections in this Calendar. TXTL 153 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Introductory Drawing II Special Fees and Expenses Prerequisite: Some materials needed for the courses are supplied and are covered by a supply fee. In addition, students should expect an outlay for midterm, final projects, basic supplies and textbooks. T X T L 154 This course is a further exploration o f drawing media and techniques in which students explore a balance between technical/perceptual skills and personal expression. Study includes both representational and interpretive work in assorted media, including charcoal, conte, ink Program Content and collage. Students w i l l develop confidence, k n o w l - Textile Arts Diploma Program edge, graphic sensitivity and facility with media while Credits learning more about line, value, structure, depth and Major Program Requirements 36.0 space and composition as they work with various still life General Education Requirements 18.0 set-ups and the human figure. Electives 6.0 60.0 TXTL 154 Introductory Drawing I (3) (4,0,0) (S) FIRST T E R M A H I S 104* Intro, to V i s u a l Literacy I C M N S 120 Effective W r i t i n g & Speech 3.0 This course offers students drawing skills that w i l l be useful in their practice. Concentration w i l l be given to the study o f primary drawing media and basic techniques, or a 100-level English course 3.0 3.0 including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking T X T L 160 Design I Textile Surface Design I 3.0 pens, conte and pastel. It includes the study o f perspec- T X T L 168 Weaving I 10 15.0 tive drawing from direct observation and representational T X T L 158 SECOND TERM Intro, to V i s u a l Literacy II A H I S 105* Communications & the Arts C M N S 153 or a 100-level E n g l i s h Course Academic - Art: Textile Arts 108 rendering techniques o f objects, structures, surfaces and textures. Students w i l l learn how to visualize in graphic 3.0 terms, to symbolize and to stylize in terms of line and line characteristics, and to develop power o f observation and 3.0 graphic sensibility. TXTL158 Design I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Basic design elements and principles o f colour theory TXTL 169 Weaving II (3) (4,3,0) (S) This introduction to loom weaving includes warping the w i l l be studied. Sources o f inspiration and imagery w i l l loom and drafting pattern weaves on four harnesses. It be explored using a variety o f materials and processes. w i l l include samples and finished pieces, with an empha- T w o dimensional repeat design w i l l be studied for sis on colour relationships, textures, and use o f different application to surface decoration and compositional fibres. Controlled dye techniques w i l l be introduced and elements w i l l be investigated and adapted for textiles. historical and contemporary weaving from different M a i n project w i l l be presented i n textiles. cultures w i l l be studied. TXTL160 Textile Surface Design I (3) (4,3,0) (F) T h i s is an introduction to traditional methods o f printing on fabric using found objects, blocks and stamps with pigment and dyes. W a x resists and bleach discharge effects w i l l be explored. B o u n d and tied resists w i l l also be used with natural and fibre-reactive dyes. Design possibilities w i l l be studied for each medium and traditional dye techniques from many cultures w i l l be examined. TXTL 161 Textile Surface Design II Prerequisite: (4,3,0) (S) (3) Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F) T X T L 158 Elements and principles of 2 D and 3 D design and advanced colour studies w i l l be explored. Problem solving techniques and concepts focusing on themes w i l l be used to explore sources o f imagery and inspiration. Different design media with their adaptation to textiles w i l l be used. TXTL 230 (3) Prof, and Business Skills in Arts and Crafts (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisites: One year full-time study i n a visual arts program or equivalent experience. T X T L 160 T h i s is an introduction to printing fabric with stencils using pigments, fibre-reactive and natural dyes. Katazome techniques with rice paste resists w i l l be demonstrated. A p p l i q u e and stitching techniques w i l l be used for surface decoration and design possibilities for each m e d i u m w i l l be explored. Printed fabrics from different cultures and time periods w i l l be studied. TXTL 168 Weaving I TXTL 178 Design II (3) (4,3,0) (F) This course is divided into two parts. One segment deals with basic fibre properties and construction techniques such as felting, yarn construction, dying and various off- This course addresses basic self-management practices in the arts; topics include the current cultural climate, networking finding contracts, creating a business and action plan, developing a communications package, financial management and understanding legal issues. It gives an overview and practical hands-on experience o f various careers in arts and crafts and provides the resources for setting up a self-employed career i n the arts. TXTL 267 Weaving III Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F) T X T L 169 l o o m weaving techniques. T w i n i n g and coiling for Hand-manipulated structures, ikat and painted warps w i l l basketry w i l l be studied and historical as well as contem- w i l l be explored. The first part o f the course emphasizes porary objects from various cultures w i l l be discussed. weave structures for use in 3-Dimensional work or for Tapestry is the subject o f the second half of the course. imagery, i.e. double weave and weft brocade; the second A sampler is woven to learn the basic vocabulary o f part looks at graphic imagery and weaving. B o t h techni- traditional techniques. Analysis o f techniques used by cal skills and personal expression w i l l be developed, and medieval and contemporary artists helps students to traditional and contemporary textiles w i l l be discussed in explore the application o f the basic techniques. Studies class and through research. in tapestry include the discussion o f the great mural tapestries o f medieval Europe and the rebirth o f tapestry during the 20th century. One finished piece is woven. Academic - Art: Textile Arts 109 TXTL 268 Weaving IV Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (S) INSTRUCTIONAL SKILLS IN ARTS AND CRAFTS (previously "Craft Instructor Training") T X T L 267 This is a part-time evening program that enables students This is a further exploration o f techniques and ideas in to teach arts and crafts i n a variety o f learning situations weaving and/or combinations with other methods o f and to people with various levels o f physical and psycho- textile constructions. Students w i l l develop a personal focus and necessary techniques for individually designed projects, i n v o l v i n g sampling, research and final projects. Techniques can include rug-weaving, advanced multiharness weaving, supplementary warp/weft, as w e l l as advanced projects i n felt, basketry and off-loom techniques. Critical discussions w i l l be encouraged i n class. TXTL 284 Textile Surface Design III Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F) logical abilities. Students learn about different instructional approaches, human relations and adaptive aids. Issues o f aging and various disabilities are also discussed. Students are introduced to basic administrative functions of an arts and crafts coordinator as w e l l as approaches for developing projects and courses for schools, community projects and institutional settings. Students develop a suitable portfolio and complete a two-week practicum i n an institutional setting. (This program w i l l be offered i n alternate years only and w i l l be offered again in 1997/98. T X T L 161 Contact the V i s u a l Arts Office for further information at This study o f screen printing techniques using paper, 984-4911) wax, screen filler and direct emulsion stencils involves a Students need to present a portfolio o f their w o r k to enter variety o f methods for producing a repeat design with the course. Some students w h o have related experiences different registration possibilities. There w i l l be an but who do not have a portfolio may be admitted under option for using photographic stencils for projects. Light the condition that they prepare a portfolio and/or take sensitive dyes w i l l be used for direct effects on fabric and applied arts or crafts courses before graduating. F o r hand-painting with different dyes and pigments w i l l be admission please see general information for Textile Arts combined with screening techniques. Program. TXTL 285 Textile Surface Design IV Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (S) N o t e : Applications for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted to the Office o f the Registrar together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. T X T L 284 Direct hand-painting techniques w i l l be introduced and Instructional Faculty different dyestuffs and pigments for natural and synthetic T. A D L E R , B . A . (Toronto), M . S . W . ( U B C ) fabrics w i l l be used. R e l i e f and 3 D fibre construction H . A V E R Y , M . F A . ( U B C ) , B . F A . (Victoria), P h . D . methods w i l l be used with fabric embellishment techniques and direct dyeing techniques to create fibre structure. Basic paper-making techniques w i l l be studied, (UBC) L . H A N S E N , D i p l . , (Capilano) L . W O O L F , D . T . A . T . I . (Toronto), B . A r c h . (Toronto) exploring the possibilities o f paper collage, cast paper, use o f different pulps, colouring and making pulp from plants. Course Descriptions TXTL 187 (3) Instructional Skills in Arts and Crafts I (4,0,0) (F) Students w i l l learn adaptation techniques and instructional skills to teach people with various levels o f physical and psychological abilities. Students w i l l also be introduced to issues o f aging and human relations processes that relate to teaching situations. Academic - Art: Textile Arts 110 TXTL 287 (3) Instructional Skills in Arts and Crafts II Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) T X T L 187 M o r e adaptation and instructional skills w i l l be taught, as w e l l as human relations skills. Students w i l l also learn to design, administer and maintain a craft program, gain the ability to implement innovative curriculum and acquire the ability to teach i n a variety o f situations. Students w i l l be required to complete a two-week practicum i n a hospital, senior citizen centre, school, or community centre as w e l l as a portfolio o f their work. TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM EVENING COURSES The Textile A r t s Program may offer selected evening courses as funding becomes available. Please contact the A r t Department i n M a y for further information at 9844911 or contact Extension Programs for non-credit evening courses. TXTL 198 (3) Fabric Printing (formerly ART. 198) Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) None T h i s course is designed to develop a strong personal focus for people wishing to work i n Textile Surface Design. Students w i l l explore design exercises and develop ideas on issues and concepts that they can apply to dyeing, printing or embellishment techniques. TXTL 194 Loom Weaving (3) (4,0,0) (F) This is an introduction to loom weaving. Students w i l l learn about warping a loom, basic pattern drafting and weaving on four harness looms. The class w i l l include the weaving o f samples and finished pieces with an emphasis on colour relationships, texture and use o f different fibres. D y e methods w i l l also be introduced. Slides and examples o f historical and contemporary woven textiles w i l l be used as an inspiration for further study. Art History AHIS 104 Instructional Faculty (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Visual Literacy I J. J U N G I C B . A . , M . A . ( U B C ) This course is designed to encourage students to become D . N E A V E , B . A . (Manchester), M . A . ( U V i c . ) visually literate and confident in the analysis/interpreta- P. S I N G E R , B . A . (George W i l l i a m s ) , M . F . A . tion o f all aspects o f the visual arts. Confrontation with a (Concordia) wide range of ideas, images and media w i l l stimulate discussion and provide a deeper understanding o f the General Information creative process. The purposes o f art w i l l be discussed Art History concerns itself with visual culture both past and the relationships between art and society explored. and present. V i s u a l art is explored and analysed i n order The interdisciplinary nature o f art w i l l be examined as to understand how it is composed and constructed and well as the achievements o f Canadian artists. how it functions as a carrier and producer o f meaning within society. A n a l y t i c a l tools that promote the critical AHIS 105 (3) (4,0,0) (S) decoding of images, so relevant i n today's world, are Introduction to Visual Literacy II emphasized i n all art history courses. What is the impact o f advertising on the viewer? What are the achievements o f women artists? W h a t are the University Transfer Credit current issues concerning art and censorship? These and A l l A r t History courses offered at Capilano College are other topical subjects relating to the arts w i l l be addressed transferable to U B C , S F U , and U V i c . Please check the in this course. Attention w i l l also be given to such themes as magic and ritual i n art, the nude i n art, the artist as B . C . Transfer G u i d e for further information. observer, the landscape in art and aspects o f photography. The material w i l l include the art o f the past as w e l l as the Course Descriptions AHIS 100 current art scene. Consideration w i l l also be given to the (3) (4,0,0,) (F) achievements o f Canadian artists. T h i s course is designed The History of Art I to help students decode their visual w o r l d and become This course studies the history o f art beginning with the visually literate. pyramids o f E g y p t and concluding w i t h the Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings o f the H i g h AHIS 106 (3) (4,0,0)(F) M i d d l e Ages in Europe. A n understanding and apprecia- Introduction to Non-Western Art I tion o f art are the aims o f the course and through lectures This course introduces the student to aspects o f Pre- and class discussion students w i l l develop an "eye" for C o l u m b i a n art, Northwest Coast Indian art and African seeing and appropriate terms to describe the works art. The art, architecture and performing arts o f indig- shown. O u r involvement with the art o f the past clearly enous peoples w i l l be examined in the context o f cultural, reveals h o w changing styles i n architecture, painting, and religious and social issues. Students w i l l learn about sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the civilizations that flourished i n M e x i c o prior to the political, social, and religious thought o f each period. Spanish Conquest. A section on the art o f the Northwest Coast Indian w i l l illuminate the achievements o f local AHIS 101 The History of Art II (3) (4,0,0) (S) indigenous cultures and their inherent relationship with the environment. In the component on A f r i c a n art, Beginning with the art o f the Italian Renaissance, this students w i l l study the early history o f African art and course studies the history o f painting, sculpture, and later artistic developments i n a variety o f regions ranging architecture to the present day. Individual artists includ- from Senegal to Zaire. ing Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, G o y a , V a n G o g h and Picasso are studied i n addition to the larger AHIS 107 period styles. Because works o f art so perfectly reflect Introduction to Non-Western Art II their age, the economic, social, and religious ideas o f Explore exotic Indian temples, ancient Chinese burials and Japanese shrines in this introductory course to A s i a n art. Indian, Chinese and Japanese works o f art w i l l be examined in the light o f cultural, religious, social and political issues to emphasize the close connections each period w i l l be closely considered. Academic - Art History 112 (3) (4,0,0) (S) between art and society. In particular, the impact o f Hinduism, B u d d h i s m and Confucianism on the arts w i l l be examined. Students w i l l gain insights into the evolution o f important periods, styles and artistic traditions i n Asian art. Consideration w i l l be given to a wide range o f art forms, including the performing arts and the Japanese tea ceremony. attention on the creators o f the new style, the architects, sculptors and painters o f Florence, A r e z z o , Mantua and Venice. The intellectual, religious and political climate o f the fifteenth century, linked to the expression i n this new art, w i l l also be considered, as w i l l be the emerging importance o f private patronage. AHIS 221 AHIS 109 (4,0,0) (3) Women, Art and Art History (3) (4,0,0)(S) High Renaissance and Mannerist Art in Italy This course studies the art o f the H i g h Renaissance and This course w i l l present a broad historical survey of the emerging view o f the artist as sovereign genius. The women's involvement in Western art. It w i l l focus on the work o f Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael is exam- woman artist i n society and consider the social, cultural ined in depth. Focus is then given to the artists o f the and economic background o f each period i n order to Mannerist School, whose highly subjective and artificial understand the conditions under w h i c h women artists style dominates the latter part o f the sixteenth century. have worked from Antiquity to the 20th century. The The contributions o f the Venetians as well as the archi- course w i l l also investigate the "image o f woman" i n the tecture o f Palladio w i l l also be considered. tradition o f art history. Students taking this course cannot receive duplicate credit for W M S T 130. AHIS 231 History of Textile Art (3) (4,0,0) (F) This course first studies the textile traditions o f the Near AHIS 210 (3) History of Modern Art (19th Century) (4,0,0) (F) East by considering Ancient Egypt and its great linen This course studies the mainstreams o f modem art beginning with the paintings o f Jacques L o u i s D a v i d produced during the French Revolution and concluding with the art o f Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists, and works by G o y a , Delacroix, Monet, V a n G o g h , Gauguin and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and counter-revolutions are explored i n conjunction with the social and political upheavals o f the 19th century. Empire, as w e l l as tracing the influence o f Sassanian Rubens are fully considered. AHIS 211 (3) History of Modern Art (20th Century) AHIS 232 Aspects of Textile Art manufactories, and the silk guilds o f the Byzantine (4,0,0) (S) This history o f 20th century art begins with the work o f designs. Cotton and the central role it played in the struggle for Indian independence is highlighted as we move further east to consider the evolution o f the Dragon Robes o f C h i n a and the kimonos o f Japan. This study concludes with textile designs and tapestries produced in M e d i e v a l and Renaissance Europe where the important contributions of such leading artists as Raphael and (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course first explores the textile traditions o f A f r i c a Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact o f revolution- and the Americas. The textiles o f the K u b a o f Zaire, ary movements o f art such as Futurism, Constructivism, Ancient Andean cloth and Contemporary M a y a n textile Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution— designs are examined as important artistic expressions of Abstract Expressionism, Pop, M i n i m a l i s m , Conceptual these cultures. Navaho weaving and the great tradition o f and Earth A r t — i s studied, leading to a full discussion o f the Chilkat Dancing Blanket o f the Pacific Northwest are Post M o d e r n i s m and the art o f the 90's. The aim of this studied as examples o f cross cultural expressions. Our course is to demystify modern art by studying the attention then focuses on the effects o f the Industrial underlying concepts and theories, w h i c h w i l l reveal how Revolution on textile practices and the contributions o f closely art expresses the ethos o f contemporary life. W i l l i a m M o r r i s and the Arts and Crafts Movement. The course concludes with a discussion o f 20th Century AHIS 220 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Early Renaissance Art in Italy textiles and explores the work of some o f the leading contemporary textile artists. This course traces the origins o f the Early Renaissance in Italy, beginning with the art o f Giotto and focusing Academic - Art History 113 Biology Instructional Faculty and U V i c . Some o f these courses may be included i n the requirements for pre-professional programs, and for C . B E R E Z O W S K Y , B . S c . (Hons.), M . S c . (Sask.), P h . D . (Guelph) R . G . C A M F T E L D , B . S c . (Hons.) (Monash), P h . D . ( U B C ) M . D E J O N G - W E S T M A N , B.Sc, M.Sc. (UBC) M . F I T Z - E A R L E , B . S c . (Nottingham), M . S c , P h . D . (Toronto), Coordinator o f B i o l o g y S. G R O V E S , A . B . (Radcliffe), P h . D . ( U B C ) N A . R I C K E R , B . A . (Calif.), M . S c , P h . D . ( U B C ) V . M . T R O U P , B . S c . (Hons.) (McMaster), M . S c ( U B C ) L . K . W A D E , B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral.Nat. U ) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians M . D E J O N G - W E S T M A N , B . S c , M . S c . ( U B C ) , Laboratory Supervisor C . H A R R I S O N , B . S c . (Hons.) ( U V i c ) , Laboratory Technician specific life science programs. Students should consult the B i o l o g y Department for details o f course requirements for various programs. A l l biology courses except B I O L 200, B I O L 201 and B I O L 206 require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips. Students' contributions to the cost o f laboratories are included i n the course tuition fee. L a b manuals for those courses requiring them must be purchased. Some courses also have extended field trips. Students are expected to defray in part the costs associated with field trips. University Transfer Credit A l l biology courses transfer to S F U , U B C , and U V i c F o r more details consult the B . C . Transfer G u i d e or the Capilano College Transfer G u i d e available at the A d v i s ing Centre or College reception. M . H A Y E S , B . S c . ( S F U ) , Laboratory Supervisor A . R E K , D i p . Tech. (Warsaw), Laboratory Technician J. R I C H A R D S O N , B . S c ( U V i c ) , M . S c ( U B C ) , R . P . B i o . , Laboratory Supervisor C . S A N D E R S O N , B . S c (Hons) (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor N . S E G S W O R T H , B . S c . (Hons.) (Michigan), R . T . ( C . S . L . T . ) , Laboratory Supervisor Biological Sciences FIRST Y E A R B I O L 108 or 110/111 C H E M 110/111 or 108/109 P H Y S 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115 M A T H 110/111 E n g l i s h (six credits) J. T H O M P S O N , Laboratory Technician B . W I L L I A M S O N , D i p . Tech. ( B C I T ) , Laboratory Technician SECOND YEAR A complete selection o f second year courses w h i c h are transferable to all three B . C . universities is available. General Information Consult the B i o l o g y Department for the specific require- Capilano College B i o l o g y Department offers courses to ments to transfer into third year at the university o f your meet a variety o f educational needs. The B I O L 104/105 choice. and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science requirements for Arts students as w e l l as general interest biology courses. Students who intend to enter the following professions should enrol i n B I O L 108 or 110/111: Agriculture, Course Descriptions BIOL 104 Human Biology I Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (F) None Dentistry, Dental Hygiene, Forestry, H o m e E c o n o m i c s , M e d i c i n e , Pharmacy, Rehabilitation M e d i c i n e . Those planning a major i n biology or other life science, such as Botany, C e l l B i o l o g y , E c o l o g y , Genetics, M a r i n e B i o l ogy, M i c r o b i o l o g y , Physiology, Oceanography, Zoology, should also enrol in B I O L 108 or 110/111. Students lacking a " B " i n B I O L 12 (or B B I O 042) and/or Chemistry 11 should enrol i n B I O L 108 rather than B I O L 110. A complete selection o f second year courses is available w h i c h meet the credit transfer requirements o f S F U , U B C Academic - Biology 114 This is the first term of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students not planning to take further courses i n biology. T h e basic concepts o f human biology and the position o f man as an organism are examined. Major topics include: the evolution of man, the structure and function o f human cells and tissues, cell division, human genetics, human reproduction, development, digestion, and nutrition. B I O L 104 fulfills the entrance biology requirement for the Nursing program at B C I T . BIOL 105 Environmental Biology Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (S) anatomy and physiology o f the following organ systems: cardiovascular, respiratory, musculoskeletal, nervous, and urinary. Special emphasis w i l l be given to health and None This course, designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for non-science students, examines a wide range o f environmental issues from a biological perspective. Basic principles o f ecology are developed and the impact of modern society on the environment is assessed. The focus is global; however, issues o f particular importance to Canadians w i l l be stressed. M a j o r topics include: ecological concepts, conservation and endangered fitness as well as discussion o f disease and treatment. The laboratory sessions w i l l provide complementary practical study o f the systems, and introduce techniques used to make physiological evaluations (e.g. heart rate, E K G , blood pressure, urine analysis). Completion o f B I O L 104 and B I O L 113 permits students (upon entering Basic Health Sciences at B C I T ) to receive credit for B H S C 105. species, air pollution and global warming, water resources and water pollution. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit and, together with B I O L 104, as a prerequisite for B I O L 204 and 206. BIOL 108 Basic Introductory Biology (4.5) (6,3,0) (F) This course is designed for the student who has not Note: Not all second year courses are offered each year. BIOL 200 Genetics I (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: B I O L 108 or 110 and 109 or 111, and C H E M 108 or 110and 111. received a m i n i m u m o f " B " standing in B i o l o g y 12 (or A n introduction to the principles and mechanisms o f B B I O 042) or who has not taken Chemistry 11 (or heredity. Emphasis w i l l be placed on an analytical B C H M 041). U p o n successful completion o f B I O L 108, approach to transmission genetics, genetics o f humans, students are qualified to take B I O L 111 in the Spring introductory molecular genetics, quantitative genetics and semester. The course topics are the same as for B I O L population genetics. There is no laboratory for this 110. course. BIOL 110 Introductory Biology I Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (F) B i o l o g y 12 (or B B I O 042) with a mini- mum o f " B " standing and Chemistry 11 (or B C H M 041), or with the permission o f the instructor. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics w i l l include the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell division and introductory genetics. BIOL 111 Introductory Biology II Prerequisite: (3) (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: B I O L 200. B I O L 214 and concurrent registration in (if not already completed) B I O L 215 are recommended. A continuation of the principles and mechanisms o f heredity, with emphasis on the genetics o f microorganisms, molecular genetics, genetic engineering and developmental genetics. There is no laboratory for this course. (4,3,0) (S) BIOL 204 Ecology I B I O L 108 or 110. A continuation o f B I O L 110 w h i c h further develops the discussion o f basic biological concepts including biological systems, evolution and ecology. Prerequisite: and 105. (3) (4,3,0) (F) B I O L 108 or 110 and 111, or B I O L 104 A n introduction to the principles of ecology with empha- (4,3,0) (S) sis on ecosystem and community dynamics and structure; ecosystem concepts, components , interrelationships, B I O L 104 or permission of the instructor. energy flow and nutrient cycling, Introduction to vegetation analysis in the B . C . context, B o t h plants and animals BIOL 113 Human BIOL II Prerequisite: BIOL 201 Genetics II (3) A continuation o f the study o f human biology commenced in B I O L 104. The course focuses on the w i l l be considered but plants w i l l be emphasized, Weekly field trips examine local biogeoclimatic zone Academic - Biology 115 structure and composition, w h i l e a southern B . C . field designed around the major unifying concept o f evolution. trip introduces several inland biogeoclimatic zones. Problems of contemporary interest in the field o f invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. BIOL 205 (3) components and the course includes a three-day field trip (4,3,0) (S) Ecology II Prerequisite: to the B a m f i e l d M a r i n e Station. BIOL 213 Vertebrate Zoology B I O L 204. A continuation o f ecological principles, with the introduction and application o f quantitative concepts. T h e emphasis w i l l be on animal ecology including population dynamics, animal behaviour, competition, predator-prey relationships, and other aspects o f interactions o f plant Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (S) B I O L 108 or 110 and 111. A comparative survey o f the major classes o f vertebrates, emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology o f organ systems. A d a p t i v e features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory and animal populations. W e e k l y field trips and a three- complements the lecture component with representative day field trip to the Pacific R i m National Park area w i l l vertebrates being examined. T h e lab component includes be included in the course. several half day field trips. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. BIOL 214 BIOL 206 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Ecology of the Western Pacific Prerequisite: Prerequisite: B I O L 108 or 110 and 111, or B I O L 104 and 105, or G E O G 112 and 114, or by permission o f the B i o l o g y Coordinator. This course examines the complex ecology and biogeography o f the lands bordering the western Pacific Ocean. Basic principles o f biogeography and ecology w i l l be presented w i t h reference to the regions concerned. Selected environmental issues and biogeographic characteristics w i l l be discussed for the following regions: the A s i a n M a i n l a n d , with emphasis on Japan and C h i n a ; the M a l a y Peninsula and Indonesia; and Australasia, focusing on Australia, Papua N e w G u i n e a and N e w Zealand. There is no lab for this course. BIOL 210 Morphology of Vascular Plants (3) (4,3,0) (F) (4,3,0) (F) B I O L 108 or 110 and 111 and concurrent registration i n C H E M 200, i f not already completed. Corequisite: Transfer to U B C requires C H E M 200/201. A n integrated study o f the structure and function o f cells and their components. Ultrastructure o f cell organelles as determined by electron microscopy w i l l be related to the molecular functions o f cells. Emphasis w i l l also be placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on comparisons between specialized cell structure and function. The laboratory exercises w i l l use modern methods o f microscopy and separation techniques i n a detailed study o f cell structures and their functions. BIOL 215 Biochemistry Prerequisite: Prerequisite: B I O L 108 o r 110 and 111. (3) Cell Biology (3) (4,3,0) (S) B I O L 214 and concurrent registration in C H E M 201, i f not already completed. A comparative study o f the vascular plant groups, the pteridophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms with emphasis on the evolution, morphology, ecology and function o f each o f the groups. Discussions of problems in plant morphology. BIOL 212 Invertebrate Zoology Prerequisite: (3) (4,3,0) (F) A comparative survey o f the major phyla and classes o f invertebrates w i t h emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive biology and ecology o f each group. The course is 116 facts o f biochemistry starting with protein structure and enzyme functions. C e l l energetics, biosyntheses and mechanisms which control cell metabolism w i l l also be considered. The laboratory w i l l involve detailed experi- B I O L 108 or 110 and 111. Academic - Biology A n examination of the fundamental principles and basic mental analyses, using the current techniques o f biochemistry, of the molecular functions o f cells and tissues. BIOL 220 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Microbiology I Prerequisite: B I O L 108 or 110 and 111; C H E M 110 and 111. Corequisite: 201. Transfer to U B C requires C H E M 200/ A comprehensive treatment o f introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, growth and metabolism o f micro-organisms w i l l be discussed. The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. BIOL 221 (3) (4,3,0) (S) Microbiology II Prerequisite: B I O L 220 A continuation o f B I O L 220, emphasizing genetics, immunological aspects, and ecology o f micro-organisms. T h e role o f micro-organisms i n agriculture, various industries, health and sanitation is considered. Chemistry Instructional Faculty M A T H 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university S. A L B O N , B . S c , M . S c . ( U B C ) M . E . E V A N S , B . S c . (South Wales), P h . D . (London, U K ) Elective Science Elective from math or physics (consult a faculty member) A . B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) P . C . L E C O U T E U R , B . S c , M . S c . (Auckland), P h . D . (Calif.), Chair, Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n C . S T O N E , B . S c . (Strathclyde), P h . D . ( U B C ) K . G . T Y E R S , B . S c (Hons), M . S c (Western Ontario), Ph. D . ( S F U ) , Coordinator o f Chemistry, Geology and Physics J.R. W O L F , A . B . (Dartmouth), P h . D . (Massachusetts) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities. Course Descriptions CHEM 030 An Introduction to Chemistry Prerequisite: (3) (4,2,0) (S) None ( N o university transfer credit) This course is designed for those students who have had B . A D D I S O N - J O N E S , B . S c . (Hons) (Manitoba), Laboratory Supervisor no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on i n sciences. T w o hour labs are given. A t o m s , molecules, the K . B . H A C K , B . S c . ( U B C ) , Laboratory Supervisor mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. B . J . M O I R , D i p . T e c h . ( B C I T ) , Laboratory Technician Balancing equations, simple stoichiometry problems, I. S M I T H , H . N . C . (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws. D . T U R N B U L L , B . S c , P h . D . (Manchester), Laboratory Supervisor CHEM104 (3) (4,3,0) (F) Fundamentals of Chemistry I General Information Prerequisite: A l l chemistry courses include weekly three-hour labora- ics recommended ( M a t h 11 or M A T H 095). tory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost o f the labs A course specifically designed for the non-science is included i n the course tuition fee except for lab manu- students who need first-year chemistry requirements for als. Students are required to have (and wear) safety nursing, home economics and human kinetics, etc. A glasses i n all laboratory periods. study o f chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical C H E M 030 and C H E M 104 fulfill the entrance chemistry requirement for the N u r s i n g program at B C I T . bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory University Transfer Credit CHEM105 Fundamentals of Chemistry II None, but some chemistry and mathemat- thermochemistry; gases. (3) (4,3,0) (S) A l l chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to S F U , U B C and U V i c . F o r details consult the B . C . Prerequisite: Transfer G u i d e or the Capilano College Transfer Guide A study o f liquids, solids, and changes o f state; oxida- available at the A d v i s i n g Centre or College reception. C H E M 104. tion-reduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic Chemistry chemistry. FIRST Y E A R C H E M 110/111 or 108/109 N O T E : C H E M 108,109,110, and 111 students: P H Y S 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 M A T H 110/111 E n g l i s h (six credits) Elective (six credits) SECOND YEAR C H E M 200/201 and 204/205/206 Transfer to U B C or S F U (consult a faculty member) P H Y S 200/201 and 210/211 or 218/222 and 210/211 Academic - Chemistry 118 students who lack mathematics prerequisite or corequisites should see a chemistry instructor prior to registration to discuss possible prerequisite waivers. CHEM 108 Basic Chemistry I (4.5) (6,3,0) (F) CHEM 200 Organic Chemistry I (3) (4,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: C H E M 11 or C H E M 030. Prerequisite: Corequisite: M A T H 103 or 105 or 110. has attempted the course previously w i l l not be allowed Students with B C H M 041 or 042 should see D r . K e n Tyers, Chemistry Coordinator, for appropriate placement. Students with Chemistry 12 are not permitted to enrol i n C H E M 108 except with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material o f C H E M 110, and, i n addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. to register without the instructor's permission. A study o f nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy o f organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, a l k y l halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry. CHEM 201 Organic Chemistry li Prerequisite: CHEM 109 Basic Chemistry II Prerequisite: (4.5) (6,3,0) (S) C H E M 105, 109 or 111. A n y student who (3) (4,3,0) (S) C H E M 200 Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and C H E M 108. M a t h 110 must be taken concurrently, i f not already completed. Students with related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. C H E M 110 permitted to enrol i n C H E M 109 only with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material o f C H E M 111, and, in CHEM 204 (3) Introduction to Physical Chemistry addition, provides the background necessary for a student Prerequisite: who has not taken Chemistry 12. " B " standing, M A T H 111. CHEM 110 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry I Prerequisite: Chemistry 12. Corequisite: M A T H 103 or 105 or 110. (4,3,0) (F) This course is an introduction to chemical thermodynamics and its application to gas behaviour, chemical and electrochemistry. Chemistry Coordinator, for appropriate placement. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study o f stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding; thermochemistry. CHEM 110/1 J] may be completed by guided self-study format; however, this option is not available in 1996/97. Prerequisite: C H E M 109 or 111, or C H E M 105 with a phase equilibria, colligative properties and Students with B C H M 042 should see D r . K e n Tyers, CHEM 111 (3) Principles and Methods of Chemistry II (4,0,0) (F) (4,3,0) (S) C H E M 110. M A T H 110 must be taken concurrently, i f not already completed. Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; organic chemis- try. CHEM 110/111 may be completed by guided selfstudy format; however, this option is not available in 1996/1997. CHEM 205 (1.5) Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry (2,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: C H E M 109 or 111, or C H E M 105 with a " B " standing. A n introduction to the properties, bonding, structure and reactivity of coordination complexes o f the first r o w transition elements. C h e m i c a l kinetics and current spectroscopic methods w i l l also be covered. T h e laboratory component emphasizes the synthesis o f inorganic compounds and the use o f modern analytical instruments. CHEM 206 (1.5) Introduction to Analytical Chemistry (2,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: C H E M 109 or 111, or C H E M 105 with a " B " standing. A n introduction to the basic principles and techniques o f analytical chemistry, including neutralization, complexformation and gravimetric reactions. Spectroscopic methods w i l l include ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometry and atomic absorption spectroscopy. Academic - Chemistry 119 Chinese learn more grammatical structures and Chinese charac- Instructional Faculty ters. They w i l l also learn how to use a Chinese dictionary B . N G . , B . A . (Intl. Christian U . , Japan), M . A . (London), as a tool for further study. Teach. Cert. G r a d . Master (Hong K o n g ) Y . Q U , B . A . (Shandong Teachers' U . ) , M . A . (Beijing Foreign Studies U . ) , P h . D . ( U B C ) A l l courses i n M a n d a r i n Chinese consist o f four hours o f CHIN 150 (3) (4,2,0) (F) Spoken Mandarin I: For Speakers of Other Chinese Dialects This is a Mandarin conversational course for speakers o f lectures and two hours o f conversation/laboratory other Chinese dialects. Students should have a good practice. command o f Chinese characters and grammar. T h i s Students with a competence in the language beyond the course is designed for students to gain fluency i n spoken level o f the course i n w h i c h they are registered w i l l be Mandarin Chinese, particularly i n the areas o f aural required to withdraw. F o r example, native speakers and comprehension and oral fluency. those who have passed M a n d a r i n 12 at high school are instructor first. University rules governing such students CHIN 151 (3) (4,2,0,) (S) Spoken Mandarin II: For Speakers of Other Chinese Dialects differ within departments, but the Language Department Prerequisite: has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to of instructor. not allowed in the first year courses. I f students wish to take second year courses, they must consult with an credit transfer and point o f entry. In order to avoid misunderstanding, students are invited to discuss these problems with the Department prior to enrolment. C H I N 150 or the equivalent or permission This conversational course continues with the development of aural comprehension and oral fluency in M a n d a rin for speakers o f other Chinese dialects. Contrasts Students who are not sure o f their language level must between M a n d a r i n and other dialects w i l l be made. consult an instructor. Perfection o f Mandarin pronunciation " P i n y i n " w i l l be stressed. University Transfer Credit Chinese courses at Capilano College transfer to U B C , S F U and U V i c . F o r details consult the B . C . Transfer CHIN 200 Intermediate Chinese I Prerequisite: Guide. Course Descriptions CHIN 100 Beginning Chinese I (3) (4,2,0) (F) Introduction to M a n d a r i n Chinese using the P i n y i n (3) (4,2,0) (F) C H I N 101 or permission o f instructor. This course is for students who know the basics o f Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600 Chinese characters, or for those who have completed C H I N 100 and 101. It teaches more Chinese characters, focusing on reading and writing o f simple Chinese texts. Chinese literature is also introduced. system o f pronunciation in M a i n l a n d C h i n a . F o r c o m plete beginners (spoken and written) i n Chinese. This course starts with basic tones and pronunciation to CHIN 201 Intermediate Chinese II (3) (4,2,0) (S) prepare students to speak the language. It also teaches basic grammar and the writing of about 150 Chinese characters. (3) (4,2,0) (S) C H I N 100 or permission of instructor. C H I N 101 takes students who have learned basic M a n d a rin phonetics and about 150 Chinese characters. This course stresses conversational skills and listening comprehension using situational dialogues. Students w i l l Academic - Chinese 120 C H I N 200 or permission o f instructor. Continues the work of Chinese 200. CHIN 101 Beginning Chinese II Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Note: Other Chinese language courses are listed under the Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program section of this Calendar. Commerce Instructional Faculty In the Fall T e r m students admitted to Y e a r II w i l l take: M . N I A , B A . (Hons) (Tehran), M A . ( Y o r k ) C O M M 290, 292, 293, E C O N 211 and one university J.E. S A Y R E , B . S . , B . A . (Denver), M . A . (Boston) transfer elective. K . V . T O W S O N , B.Sc., M.Sc. (SFU) A F a l l T e r m Grade Point Average ( G P A ) o f 2.67 with no J. W A T E R S , B . A . (Hons.) M . A . ( S F U ) , Ph.D. ( S F U ) grade below C - m u s t be achieved to continue into the J. W I L S O N , B . C o m m . ( U B C ) , C A . Spring term, when the following courses w i l l be taken: C O M M 291, 294, 297, 392 and one university transfer The College offers a two-year transfer package to U B C elective. consisting o f Y e a r I and Y e a r II as follows: Admission Year I Applications for admission must be submitted to A d m i s - Students do not need to apply to the Commerce Depart- sions, Office of the Registrar, together with official ment to enter the first year. S i m p l y apply to the College transcripts and other pertinent documents. through the Registrar's Office and ensure that the follow- Transfer to UBC ing courses are taken: The current policy of U B C is to automatically admit into a) E C O N 111 and 112; b) E N G L 100 followed by O N E o f E N G L 103, 104, 105, 106; the prerequisite to M A T H 108 is the M a t h Placement Test ( M P T ) O R completion i n the past year of M a t h 12 with a B grade or better, or M A T H 103, M A T H • Year II program (in one year) with a G P A i n Y e a r II o f 3.0 or higher. c) M A T H 108 and 109 • Year III all students who complete Capilano College's Transfer to SFU or UVic Some courses in the U B C transfer package do not 105, M A T H 107 or B M T H 046 with at least a C - transfer to S F U or U V i c . Students wishing to transfer to grade. either o f these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged Students not ready for M A T H 108 w i l l take M A T H to see a Counsellor or A d v i s o r before applying for 107, followed by M A T H 108 and 109. Students not admission to Y e a r II. ready for M A T H 107 should see an advisor at the C o l l e g e ' s A d v i s i n g Centre to plan a preparatory year. • Note: M A T H 110 and 111 may be substituted for M A T H 108/109, but this combination is oriented more toward science than business; d) F o u r electives: any four university transfer courses; e) C o m m e r c e students should N O T take M a t h 101 or 102 and should also note that credit w i l l be granted for only one computer language - i.e. C O M P 080 or Course Descriptions COMM 290 (3) Quantitative Methods For Business A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic probability. The study o f computer software packages is included. C O M P 102 but not both. COMM 291 (4) Applications of Statistics in Business Year II U p o n completion of Y e a r I, students must then A P P L Y (4,0,0)(F) Prerequisite: (6,0,0) (S) C - or better i n C O M M 290 for admission to the C o m m e r c e Program itself by com- The methods and applications o f statistics in business; pleting a " C o m m e r c e Program A p p l i c a t i o n " which can be continuous random variables; sampling; estimation o f obtained from the Social Sciences D i v i s i o n . There are parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis. only 35 seats available i n Y e a r II and preference w i l l be (6,0,0) (S) to take the entire Y e a r II Program. Applications to the COMM 292 (4) Principles of Organizational Behaviour Commerce Program should be made immediately in late Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or indi- spring once the Y e a r I courses are complete and grades viduals, their relationships with others, their performance received. Students who wait until late summer may find in groups and their effectiveness at work. given to students with the best Y e a r I records who want that all spaces have been filled. Academic - Commerce 121 COMM 293 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Financial Accounting A n introduction to the construction and interpretation o f financial statements and reports including the balance sheet, income statement, statement o f retained earnings and the statement o f change in financial position. COMM 294 (4) (6,0,0) (S) Managerial Accounting Prerequisite: C - or better in C O M M 293 Introduction to the development and use o f accounting, information for management planning and control and the development o f cost information for financial reports. COMM 297 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Capital Markets and Institutions Introduction to the economic environment i n w h i c h businesses operate including the role o f the B a n k of Canada. A n a l y s i s o f domestic and international money markets and institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. COMM 392 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Labour Relations A n introduction to union-management relations w h i c h includes the study o f trade union history and structure, the collective bargaining process and labour legislation. Academic - Commerce 122 Computing Science Instructional Faculty A P S C : 3 credits A . B E N N E T T - B R O W N , B . A . (SFU) A P S C 100 C o m p u t i n g Career S k i l l s J . D . B O N S E R , B . A . S c , M . A . S c . ( U B C ) , P h . D . (Waterloo), C . N . I . (Novell) 3.0 C o m p u t i n g : 24 credits C O M P 101 Introduction to C o m p u t i n g Science 3.0 R. B R E W S T E R , B . S c , M . S c . (UVic), Ph.D. (SFU) C O M P 110 Fundamentals o f P r o g r a m m i n g 4.0 P. C A R T E R , B . S c . (Hons) (Sheffield), M . S c , P h . D . C O M P 111 Fundamentals o f C o m p u t i n g 3.0 (UBC) C O M P 133 Scheme and Computer Programming 1.0 Y . C O A D Y , B . S c . (Gonzaga), M . S c . ( S F U ) , C . N . I . C O M P 201 W o r k i n g with Operating Systems 4.0 (Novell), Coordinator of Computing Science C O M P 222 Data Structures and A l g o r i t h m s 3.0 E. K U T T N E R , B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) C O M P 223 Discrete Mathematics w i t h A p p l i c a t i o n s 3.0 C . W A T K I S S , B . S c . (Carleton), M . S c , P h . D . (Toronto), C . N . I . (Novell) One o f : C O M P 212 Introduction to D i g i t a l Hardware 3.0 C O M P 213 Software Engineering 3.0 General Information Note: C O M P 101 and/or M A T H 105 requirements m a y T h e C o m p u t i n g Science Department offers computing be waived for those with appropriate background. science courses at the first and second-year university level. Students enrolled i n these courses have excellent access to the College's computing facilities. Students Note: C O M P 213 and A P S C 100 w i l l be offered for the first time in Spring 1997. Those with equivalent elective or experience may have A P S C requirement waived. planning to major in computing science and science students fulfilling computing science elective requirements normally take C O M P 110/111 in their first year. University Transfer Credit Other students wishing an introduction to computers and M o s t C o m p u t i n g Science courses transfer to S F U , U B C programming normally take C O M P 101 or C O M P 102. and U V i c . F o r details consult the B . C . Transfer G u i d e or Capilano College Transfer G u i d e available at the A d v i s - C o m p u t i n g courses are continuously being updated. Please contact the Computing Science Department for ing Centre or College reception, or call the C o m p u t i n g Science Department. current course offerings and transfer status. DIPLOMA PROGRAM IN COMPUTING SCIENCE Capilano C o l l e g e has identified the need to offer formal recognition for the completion o f a certain set o f courses in C o m p u t i n g Science. The D i p l o m a Program in C o m puting Science provides both part-time and full-time students an opportunity to obtain an understanding of the fundamentals o f computers and programming, enabling students to secure many o f today's computing career opportunities. Computing Science FIRST Y E A R C O M P 110/111 C O M P 133 ( U B C ) M A T H 110/111 P H Y S 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 ( U B C ) C H E M 108/109 or 110/111 ( U B C ) E N G L (6 credits) ( U B C , U . V i c ) E N G L (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 ( S F U ) Electives (9 credits) ( S F U ) Requirements: Electives (12 credits) ( U . V i c ) Completion o f 60 credit hours of course work (30 credits and the final 5 0 % taken at Capilano College) with a m i n i m u m grade point average o f 2.00. Courses must C O M P 212 ( S F U , U . V i c ) include the following: E n g l i s h : 6 credits SECOND YEAR C O M P 222/223 M A T H 200 Credits M A T H 205 ( U B C , S F U ) E N G L 100 C o m p o s i t i o n 3.0 M A T H 230 ( U B C ) E N G L 103/104/105 3.0 M A T H 235 ( U V i c ) A r t Electives (6 credits) ( U B C ) M a t h : 7.5 credits M A T H 105 Precalculus Mathematics 3.0 M A T H 110 C a l c u l u s I 4.5 Electives (9 credits*) ( U B C ) Electives (12 credits**) ( S F U ) Electives (15 credits***) ( U V i c ) Academics - Computing Science 123 * C P S C 218 (Computer Organization) at U B C is a N O T E : This course is intended for students registered in required course not offered at Capilano College. Engineering program, and other students may enrol only ** C M P T 275 (Software Engineering) and P H I L 214 with the permission of the instructor. (Elementary F o r m a l L o g i c ) at S F U is a required A n introduction to computer programming emphasizing course not offered at Capilano College. principles o f functional decomposition and procedural *** C S C 230 (Computer Architecture) and C S C 275 abstraction; principles of problem solving and algorithm (File Structures) at U V i c are required courses not design, basic techniques for representing and manipulat- offered at Capilano College. ing problem data. The student w i l l learn h o w to design, develop and document well-structured programs. Prerequisites N o programming experience is necessary, but previous The C o m p u t i n g Science Department requires at least a exposure to microcomputers is helpful. " C - " grade in a prerequisite before allowing a student to that while a " C - " is the m i n i m u m required to proceed, a COMP 110 Fundamentals of Programming better grade is recommended to ensure the best chance of Prerequisite: success in the subsequent course and a satisfactory G P A least a " C - " grade i n M A T H 103 O R M A T H 105. A t proceed with a subsequent course. Students should note (4) (4,0,1.3) (F,S) M A T H 12 with at least a " B " grade, or at for transfer to a university. least a " B " grade i n C S 12 or at least a " B " grade i n Students w i l l not be allowed to retake a prerequisite once C O M P 101. they have completed a subsequent course with a " C - " A disciplined approach to modular program design. The grade or better. course emphasizes the design o f data structures and the development o f algorithms, with applications to areas o f Course Descriptions theoretical computing science. C o m p i l a t i o n and execu- COMP 101 (3) Computers and their Applications (formerly COMP 080) (3,0,1) (F,S) tion processes and associated data structures are studied. Topics include data abstraction and abstract data types, dynamic data structures, strings, stacks and lists, recursion, searching and sorting methods. Prerequisite: M a t h 11 with at least " B " grade, or at least " C - " grade in M A T H 099, or permission o f the instructor. A n introduction to the basic concepts o f computer hardware and software, operating systems, applications software and programming, and a study of some of the social and ethical implications of the increasing use of This course is designed for science students with a solid foundation in modular algorithm design using a highlevel language such as Pascal, who wish to continue with computing science as a core or elective in the first year. Together with C O M P 111, it forms the prerequisite for the second year computing science program. computers. operating system, various software packages including COMP 111 Fundamentals of Computing word processor, spreadsheet and database, and an Prerequisite: interpreted programming language environment. The M A T H 110 is a corequisite. Students w i l l gain experience with a microcomputer (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) A least a " C - " grade in C O M P 110. course also includes an introduction to problem solving, A theoretical and practical introduction to concepts o f algorithm design and computer programming. computing and machine organization. O n the theoretical This course serves as an introduction to Computing side, the course deals with the issues of computability and Science for students who do not have previous computing solvability of problems, and introduces the T u r i n g experience. It also serves as a good science option for machine as a model of an abstract computer. Practical students in Arts or C o m m e r c e . experience with programming i n a low-level language exposes the student to the fundamentals o f number COMP102 Introduction to Programming Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (F) M a t h 12 with at least a " C - " grade in M A T H 103 or M A T H 105, or permission o f the instructor. Academics - Computing Science 124 representation, organization o f memory, implementation of high level language instructions, operations o f assemblers, linkers and loaders, execution of programs, and processing o f interrupts and system calls. COMP 130 Introduction to APL Prerequisite: (1) (1.3,0,0) (S)* A " C - " grade or better in C O M P 110 or COMP 201 (3) (4,0,1.3) (S) Working with Computer Systems and Networks A n introduction to the concepts o f operating systems i n permission o f the instructor. the context of practical applications. T h i s course is A n introduction to A P L ( A Programming Language) both intended to give students a well rounded background i n as mathematical notation and as a computer programming working with a variety o f computer systems including language. A P L primitives and their use, arrays o f data multi-user environments and networks. Applications and their manipulation, modular design o f vector solu- include: using initialization and batch files to customize a tions to problems, practical experience in writing and microcomputer system, and managing network files and using A P L programs. security in a client/server system. *(Not offered in 1996/97) COMP 212 (3) Introduction to Digital Hardware COMP 131 (1) C++ and Object Oriented Programming Prerequisite: (1.3,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A t least a " C - " grade in C O M P 102, or (4,2,0) (S) A " C - " grade or better i n C O M P 111. A n introduction to the design and analysis o f digital computer circuitry. Hardware storage o f numeric and permission o f the instructor. logic values. Introduction to arithmetic/logic digital This course serves as an introduction to data abstraction for students who have experience with procedural abstraction. Topics include object oriented programming data structures, lists, recursion, searching and sorting methods, and dynamic storage allocation. COMP 132 Introduction to Prolog Prerequisite: (1) combinational and sequential logic circuits including adders, comparators, decoders, multiplexors and counters. Finite state machines and state equations. M S I and L S I components: registers, counters, R A M . (1.3,0,0) (F)* A " C - " grade or better in C O M P 110 or permission o f the instructor. COMP 222 Data Structures Prerequisite: (4) Prolog and to the basic concepts o f logic programming. Topics include: using propositional and predicate logic to represent facts; relating the Prolog language to predicate logic; developing Prolog databases using predicates, lists, and recursion. (5.3,0,0) (F) A " C - " grade or better in C O M P 111. Recommended Prerequisite: A n introduction to the logic programming language C O M P 131. A study of frequently used data structures and algorithms for manipulating them. This course emphasizes abstract data types and object-oriented programming. T o p i c s studied include lists, stacks, queues, trees, sets, tables and graphs, static and dynamic implementations o f these data types, recursion, analysis of the algorithms, searching and *(Not offered in 1996/97) COMP 133 (1) Scheme and Computer Programming circuitry and integrated circuits. Design and analysis of sorting. (1,1,0) (S) COMP 223 (3) Discrete Mathematics with Applications (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: A " C - " grade or better in C O M P 110 or permission o f the instructor. Prerequisite: A " C - " grade or better in both C O M P 111 and M A T H 111. A n introduction to the programming language Scheme. A n introduction to the foundation o f discrete mathematics Scheme is an ideal language for illustrating and clarifying and illustrations of its practical applications. Theoretical fundamental computer programming concepts. It is a topics include logic and proof techniques, set theory, small language and easy to learn quickly, yet supports relations and functions, combinatorics and counting powerful facilities or abstraction and generalization. This principles, graphs and trees. These topics are important course uses Scheme to investigate concepts such as data in computing science and many other disciplines: appli- abstraction, procedural abstraction, recursion, functional cations include graph colouring, correctness and effi- programming and object-oriented programming. ciency o f computer algorithms (including recursive algorithms), digital circuits and formal languages. Academics - Computing Science 125 Criminology Instructional Faculty C. HATHAWAY, B A . (S.U.N.Y.) M.A. (Wash U.), Mo.) General Information Criminology is the study of all aspects of crime from an interdisciplinary and integrative approach. The goal of Criminology is to reveal the complexities of criminal behaviour and society's reaction to crime. Criminology also offers both theoretical and practical knowledge of the Canadian criminal justice system. CRIM 101 transfers to SFU, UBC, and UVic. CRIM101 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introduction to Criminology This course is intended to introduce students to the analysis of the relationship between crime and society. The core concept is that "crime" is embedded in social structure and process and therefore must be understood in relation to rather than apart from "normal" social activity. A variety of classical and contemporary perspectives on the definition, causes and consequences of crime will be explored and student analysis of contemporary issues involving crime in Canadian society will be encouraged. Academics - Criminology 126 Economics Instructional Faculty and M i l t o n Friedman. It deals with contemporary issues N . A M O N , B . A . , (Hons.) (Kent), M . A . ( S F U ) M . L E O N A R D , B.A., M . A . (SFU) and such basic concepts as supply and demand. ECON 111 K . W . M O A K , B . A . (UVic), M . P . A . (UVic) (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Principles of Microeconomic Theory A . J . M O R R I S , B . A . , (Hons.) (Manchester), M . A . ( S F U ) A study o f the theoretical constructs o f consumer behav- A.C.I.S. ( U K ) iour and the operation o f business firms in the market M . N I A , B . A . (Hons) (Tehran), M . A . ( Y o r k ) J . E . S A Y R E , B . S . , B . A . (Denver), M . A . (Boston) M . Y A S E R I , B . A . (Hons) (Thames), M . A . (Saskatch- economy under conditions o f perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis o f the firm's equilibrium condi- ewan) tion and the determinants o f income distribution. (Students cannot receive credit for both E C O N 111 and 201.) General Information E c o n o m i c s is the social science concerned with the ECON 112 allocation o f scarce resources and the production, distri- Principles of Macroeconomic Theory bution and consumption o f goods and services. E C O N 100 is an introductory course which raises and explores the kinds o f issues that economists deal with. It therefore serves both as a survey course for those students planning to major i n other areas of the social sciences and an introduction to the discipline for those who are undecided about their future plans. E C O N 250 and 252 are designed both for students majoring i n Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) E C O N 111 The formal Keynesian theory o f income determination and contemporary critiques are considered. Included is the study o f the possible causes and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance o f the international economy. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined i n detail. (Students cannot receive credit for both E C O N 112 and 200.) E c o n o m i c s and for other second year social science students who need economic history courses to comple- ECON 207 ment their studies, e.g. Political Studies. Managerial Economics Students w h o plan to major in E c o n o m i c s must complete Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112 (3) (4,0,0) E C O N 111 and 112 before proceeding to second year courses at the C o l l e g e or the universities. Students who plan to major in economics at S F U are also advised to complete their second year economics requirements from E C O N 250, 252, 290 or 291. Students who plan to enter This course is an application o f microeconomics theory to a variety o f management and planning decisions such as output maximization and cost minimization given the constraints faced by firms. the Commerce Program must take E C O N 111 and 112 in their first year. ECON 210 Money and Banking University Transfer Credit Prerequisite: E C O N 111 and 112 Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, This course is designed to facilitate an understanding o f financial markets and financial institutions both i n Canada and in other major industrial countries. The course w i l l examine different theories o f banking and analyze the factors behind the determination o f exchange and interest rates. all E c o n o m i c s courses transfer to the universities. Course Descriptions ECON 100 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) (3) (4,0,0) Introduction to Economics A course w h i c h traces the development of conflicting ECON 211 views o f the nature o f the capitalist economic system. It Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis focuses on the historical development of capitalist society Prerequisite: and the divergent interpretations of the operation o f capitalism as found in the writings o f such economists as A d a m Smith, D a v i d Ricardo, K a r l M a r x , J . M . Keynes (3) (4,0,0) (F) E C O N 111 and 112, M A T H 108 or 110. Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, and economic welfare. N o t transferable to S F U . Academic - Economics 127 ECON 212 (3) Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: ECON 111 and 112, Math 108 or 110 Income and employment theory, monetary theory, the open economy, economic fluctuations and growth. Not transferable to SFU. ECON 250 (3) Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: ECON 111 and 112, or permission of the instructor A broad sweep of economic history from the Old Stone Age to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of the prehistoric era, the River Civilizations, Classical Antiquity and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from feudalism in Europe to early forms of capitalism. (Students cannot receive credit for both ECON 250 and 120.) ECON 252 (3) Economic History of the Industrial Era (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: ECON 111 and 112, or permission of the instructor A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth in the context of several countries, including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial economies and those nations now attempting to industrialize. (Students cannot receive credit for both ECON 252 and 121.) ECON 290 Public Policy I (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: ECON 111 and 112 An examination of current government microeconomic policies, including resource management, utility regulation and pricing, international trade, income distribution, taxation, education and health care. ECON 291 Public Policy II (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: ECON 111 and 112 An examination of current government macroeconomic policies, including fiscal and monetary policies, debt management policies, international finance and exchange rate management, federal provincial relations, etc. Academic - Economics 128 Engineering Instructional Faculty Students who complete first year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 2.5 may be J.D. BONSER, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo), eligible for admission to second year at UVic. Convenor of Engineering R. H A U S C H I L D T , B . S c (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc.(UBC) General Information Admission General In addition to satisfying the general admission require- Capilano College offers a full first year university ments for the College (see "Admission" section in this transfer program in engineering. Bachelor degree Calendar), students must apply for admission to the completion generally requires three additional years of engineering program itself by submitting an "Engineering study at U B C , S F U or UVic. Program Application", available from the Office of the Registrar. This form together with official transcripts and Transfer to UBC other pertinent documents should be received by the The Capilano College first year engineering program is Office of the Registrar before the end of March. Enrol- modelled after that of U B C . Students who complete first ment will be limited to 35 students, and students will be year engineering are eligible to be considered for admis- selected on the basis of their academic record. Students sion to second year engineering at U B C provided they who apply to the engineering program after March risk have obtained an overall grade point average of at least 2.5. The Faculty of Applied Science at U B C offers programs having their applications denied due to lack of available spaces. Admission from Secondary School leading to the Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc) degree in the following areas of engineering: Bio- Students entering the engineering program directly from Resource, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Geological, secondary school must satisfy the general admission Mechanical, Metals and Materials, Mining and Mineral requirements of the College (see "Admission" section in Process, and Engineering Physics. Students will nor- this Calendar) and have B.C. Grade 12 graduation (or mally complete the B . A . S c degree with three additional equivalent) with at least a " B " in Math 12 and at least a years of study at U B C , except for Engineering Physics, " B " average in Chemistry 12, Physics 12 and Math 12. which requires four additional years. Note that students may be required to achieve a certain level in a diagnostic test before enrolling in some courses Transfer to SFU The School of Engineering Science at S F U offers fouryear programs leading to a Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.) degree in Electronics Engineering, Computer Engineering, Engineering Physics, Biomedical and Automation Engineering. Students who complete first year engineering at Capilano College with a grade point average of at least 3.0 may be eligible for admission to second year engineering. Eligible students must contact SFU's School of Engineering Science to arrange for a summer course in Basic Electronics Engineering to allow for direct entry into semester three of the Engineering Science common core. Transfer to UVic The Faculty of Engineering at UVic offers programs in the Engineering program (e.g. E N G L 100, M A T H 110). Please see specific requirements listed in the individual departments section of this calendar. Due to competition for available spaces, students should be aware that meeting the minimum criteria is no guarantee of acceptance into the program. Admission from First Year Science Students may apply for admission into engineering after successful completion of first year science. Exemptions will be given from some first year engineering courses if the student achieved a grade of at least " B " in the equivalent science course. In that case, the student would then typically take a mix of first year engineering and second year science courses. Grade Requirements leading to the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree in Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Engineering. The Normally, students require a G P A of at least 1.8 in the first B.Eng. degree consists of eight academic and six work term of the engineering program to remain in the program terms. for the second term. Upon completion of the first year, Academic - Engineering 129 students require a G P A of at least 2.5 to be eligible for admission into second year engineering at U B C and UVic, and a G P A of at least 3.0 for SFU. Since admission to engineering programs is very competitive, students should realize that the above minimum G P A values do not guarantee admission, and that specific engineering options may require values well in excess of the minimum. Curriculum First Year Core (for direct entry from secondary school) FIRST T E R M Credits A P S C 120 Introduction to Engineering 1.0 A P S C 150 Engineering Graphics 3.0 C H E M 110 Principles & Methods of Chemistry I 3.0 C O M P 110 Fundamentals of Programming 4.0 OR C O M P 102 Introduction to Structured Programming 3.0 E N G L 100 Composition 3.0 M A T H 110 Calculus I 4.5 P H Y S 114 Fundamental Physics I 3jQ 21.5 or 20.5 SECOND T E R M Credits A P S C 121 Society and the Engineer 1.0 C H E M 111 Principles & Methods of Chemistry II 3.0 M A T H 111 Calculus II 4.5 M A T H 152 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 3.0 PHYS 115 Fundamental Physics II 3.0 PHYS 116 Fundamental Physics III 3.0 Complementary Studies Elective 3J0 20.5 Transfer to UBC Students should complete the above standard curriculum. Transfer to SFU Students should take C O M P 110 in the Fall term. PHYS 116 should be replaced by C O M P 111. E N G L 100 may be replaced by an elective. A P S C 150 should be replaced by a complementary studies elective. Students should consult the S F U calendar for recommended electives. Transfer to UVic Students should take C O M P 110 in the Fall term. PHYS 116 should be replaced by C O M P 111. Academic - Engineering 130 First Year for Students Transferring from First Year Science Students who have completed first year science successfully may be exempted from certain engineering courses if they have achieved a grade of " B " or better in the equivalent science courses. A typical course load may be: First Year Science Transfer Curriculum FIRST T E R M A P S C 120 Intro, to Engineering A P S C 150 Engineering Graphics M A T H 200 Linear Algebra M A T H 230 Calculus HI Electives Credits 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6TJ 16.0 SECOND T E R M Credits A P S C 121 Society and the Engineer 1.0 M A T H 205 Intro, to Probability & Statistics 3.0 M A T H 231 Calculus IV 3.0 M A T H 235 Intro, to Differential Equations 3.0 PHYS 116 Fundamental Physics III 3.0 Elective 10. 16.0 Notes: 1. The above science transfer curriculum assumes that the student has obtained maximum exemption for equivalent science courses. Other course mixes are possible. 2. Maximum exemption consists of the following courses: C H E M 110/111; M A T H 110/111; P H Y S 114/ 115; C O M P 102/110/111. 3. The electives will usually be "complementary studies" (i.e. non-science) electives. Course Descriptions APSC 1 2 0 Introduction to Engineering (1) (1,0,0) (F) This course uses guest speakers, video taped material and field trips to provide students with an orientation to a career as a professional engineer. Attendance at scheduled activities is the only course requirement. Final "grades" are reported as CR (Credit Granted) or N C (No Credit Granted). APSC 121 Society and the Engineer (1) (1,0,0) (S) This course deals with the social context within which engineering is practiced. Topics will include the history of engineering, engineering ethics, professionalism, gender issues, employment equity, environmental issues, multiculturalism. APSC 150 Engineering Graphics (3) (1,4,0) (F) A n introduction to engineering graphics emphasizing the development of spatial visualization and graphical communication skills; technical sketching and engineering drawing using projection and sectioning techniques; principles, practices and conventions of engineering graphics; descriptive geometry and graphical solution methods to engineering problems; use of microcomputer based graphics tools. Note: Other courses in this program are described in the appropriate section in this Calendar, (e.g., Mathematics, Computing Science, etc.). Academic - Engineering 131 English Instructional Faculty T. ACTON, B.A. (Victoria), M.A., Ph.D. (Calgary) J. CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (York) P.L. CONNELL, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC) P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC) M.L. FAHLMAN REID, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto) G.N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S.R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC) W. GOEDE, B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D. (California) G. HINDMARCH, B.A., M.A. (UBC) C. HURDLE, B.A., M.A. (UVic) D. H. JANTZEN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (York) D. MUNTEANU, M.A. (Bucharest), M.A.(UBC) R. NICKOLICHUK, B.A. (Carleton), M.A. (UBC) J. PENBERTHY, B.A. (Univ. of Natal, South Africa), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) M. QUARTERMAIN, B.A., L.L.B., M.A. (UBC) W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, B.A. (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC) G. STANLEY, B.A., M.A., (San Francisco State U.) S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) A. WESTCOTT, B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Queens), Ph.D. (Toronto) General Information University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the B.C. Transfer Guide. Forfirst-yearEnglish transfer credit to the universities, students must take two courses of: a) ENGL 100, 103, 104, 105, or 106. For second-year English transfer credit to the universities, English majors should take English 200-201; all other second year students can take any two second-year level English courses. English Diagnostic Test Those students who wish to enrol in English courses in the Academic Division must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test or the College's English Diagnostic Test (EDT). Students with any one of the following are exempt from this requirement: Academic - English 132 1. afinalgrade of "A" or higher in English 12 or English Literature 12, or 2. afinalgrade of 4 or higher in an Advanced Placement course in English Composition or English Literature, or 3. afinalgrade of 6 or higher in the International Baccalaureate course in English A or English B, or 4. afinalgrade of "A" in BENG 042, or 5. afinalgrade of "B-" or higher in an English transfer course from another college or university, or 6. a degree from an English-speaking university. EDTs are scheduled monthly throughout the year. During registration periods, EDTs are scheduled almost daily. The times for these sittings are published in the Fall and Spring timetables. Students wishing to write the EDT must pay the exam fee in advance at the Office of the Registrar and bring receipts to the appropriate test sitting. If you need further information, please contact the Humanities Division (984-4957). English as a Second Language See listing in the Preparatory Programs section. Writing Centre All students registered at the College may come to the Writing Centre for advice on work in progress or help with writing problems. The Centre is not a proofreading service, but aims to help students develop their writing ability. The Centre also offers resources for writing: quiet space, a collection of reference books, handout sheets and exercises, and computers with word processing, outlining, and editing programs. The Writing Centre is located in FR402. It is staffed by faculty members from the English, ESL, Communications and ABE Departments. Open hours are posted. Course Descriptions ENGL 010 Language Skills (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to meet the demands of an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. This course is not transferable to the universities. A student will receive credit or no credit (not a letter grade) for the course. ENGL 100 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) ENGL 106 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Composition Drama A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Progressively increasing emphasis is given to effective organization and development of material. Research techniques and documentation are taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in group discussion and by revision of essays. A study of selected and representative plays primarily of the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. While ENGL 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. ENGL 190 ENGL 103 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Studies in Contemporary Literature A study of selected and representative 20th century literature, including poetry,fiction,and drama. Works studied will be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in the contemporary world. (When material is selected for theme, the issue under consideration will be announced during the registration period.) The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. While ENGL 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Creative Writing An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students must have good compositional skills and are required to write extensively in their chosen genre (approximately 10 hours per week). They will also develop an awareness, through written practice, of at least one of the other genres. Students are required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would become acceptable for publication. ENGL 191 (3) (4,0,0) (S) (3) (4,0,0) (F) Creative Writing A continuation of ENGL 190. ENGL 104 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Fiction A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. While ENGL 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. ENGL 105 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Poetry A study of selected major and significant minor 20th century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression in well-developed oral and written criticism. ENGL 200 English Literature to 1660 Any combination of twofirst-yearEnglish courses or instructor's written permission. Prerequisite: A study of texts in all major genres by representative authors, from the medieval period to the middle 17th century. This course will provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference, and the opportunity to study selected major works in detail. ENGL 201 English Literature Since 1660 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Any combination of twofirst-yearEnglish courses or instructor's written permission. Prerequisite: A course similar to ENGL 200, but covering the later period since 1660. While ENGL 100 is not a prerequisite, competence in essay writing and research is expected. Academic - English 133 ENGL 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Canadian Literature - Beginnings to Modernism Chaucer's time and the present. Prosody, poetic forms, Prerequisite: historical and cultural contexts o f the poems and o f poetic A n y combination o f two first-year English and critical approaches w i l l be studied, as w e l l as the movements. The aims o f the course are to increase the courses or instructor's written permission. A study o f texts i n all major genres from the origins o f Canadian literature into the modernist era. This course w i l l investigate various motifs and forms o f writing w h i c h have evolved through early Canadian literature and which continue in contemporary work. student's knowledge o f the craft o f poetry and to study selected texts closely. ENGL 210 Studies in Drama Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A n y combination o f two first-year E n g l i s h courses or instructor's written permission. ENGL 203 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Canadian Literature - Modernism and Beyond A study o f dramatic literature from various perspectives: Prerequisite: the examination o f dramatic types from various periods A n y combination o f two first-year English with reference to the history and development o f dramatic courses or instructor's written permission. The continuation o f ENGL 202, becoming more intensive in the investigation o f individual, major, contemporary authors o f poetry, novels and plays in Canada . This course w i l l study the emergence o f significant contemporary motifs and approaches to writing. ENGL 205 Modern American Literature Prerequisite: (3) forms, o f sub-genres o f drama, o f techniques i n dramatic literature and performance, and o f the relationship o f literary text to performance. M a j o r plays from various periods and national theatres w i l l be considered. T h e a i m of the course is to increase the student's knowledge o f drama as an art form which has evolved out o f literary (4,0,0) (F,S) A n y combination of two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. and cultural history and out o f performance. ENGL 211 Studies in Short Fiction Prerequisite: A course w h i c h explores the works o f major representative authors from the late 19th century to the present day. (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A n y combination o f two first-year E n g l i s h courses or instructor's written permission. Prerequisite: A n y combination o f two first-year English courses or instructor's written permission. A study o f the development o f the short story and novella form, through an exploration o f the cultural and literary history in which the genre developed and through a detailed analysis o f representative texts. Texts and critical approaches may vary from section to section, although examples from both the 19th and 20th centuries w i l l be studied. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding o f the development o f the genre in context and o f writers of major significance to the A study o f the novel from various perspectives which genre. Students w i l l closely examine selected texts as literary achievements and set them within the history o f A m e r i can literature and the framework o f A m e r i c a n culture. ENGL 208 Studies in Fiction (The Novel) (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) consider the evolution and diversity o f the novel as a from section to section. The aims of the course are to ENGL 212 Traditions in Western Literature give the student an awareness o f the cultural context in Prerequisite: w h i c h the novel came into being and became popular, courses or instructor's written permission. literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary and to study selected texts closely. ENGL 209 Studies in Poetry Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A n y combination o f two first-year E n g l i s h A study o f the literary traditions i n w h i c h Western (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A n y combination of two first-year English literature has developed. T h e course studies influential works o f literature (often in translation) from various periods and countries with reference to mythology, religion, and history. Emphasis w i l l be placed on the way courses or instructor's written permission. in w h i c h these works have helped to form Western A study o f individual poets or schools o f poetry selected by the instructor and drawn from any era between literary convention and a Western construction o f history. Academic - English 134 The a i m o f the course is to familiarize the student with these traditions so the student may understand how Western literature has evolved, and to present to the See Women's Studies section for the following course descriptions. student an objective history of literary convention against WMST104 (3) Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers w h i c h to read literature. ENGL 213 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Readings in World Literature Prerequisite: A n y combination o f two first-year E n g l i s h WMST 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers courses or instructor's written permission. A course i n w o r l d literature beyond the Western tradition. ENGL 290 (3) WMST 107 (3) Contemporary European Women Writers (In Translation) (4,0,0) (F,S) Creative Writing - Poetry Prerequisites: E N G L 190 and 191 or instructor's written permission. A n intensive workshop in the writing o f poetry, concentrating on furthering the student's knowledge o f current poetic forms while at the same time increasing awareness of her or his o w n voice, her or his individual ground for writing, and the development o f her or his o w n poetic. Students w i l l be expected to read a variety o f contemporary work, both poems and statements that poets have made about their o w n poetics. Students w i l l have the opportunity to try a variety o f forms, for instance, the short l y r i c , the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. ENGL 291 Creative Writing - Fiction Prerequisites: (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) E N G L 190 and 191 or instructor's written permission. A n intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. The course w i l l concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge o f the state o f current fiction and give students the opportunity to develop an awareness o f voice, rhythm, dialogue, diction, character, and point-ofview. Students w i l l be expected to read a variety o f works of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. They w i l l have the opportunity o f trying out these techniques i n both short and extended forms o f fiction. Academic - English 135 Environmental Science ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE POST BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA Inquiries for admission and further information should be directed to the Environmental Science Program, Pure and Applied Sciences Division, telephone 986-1911, extension 2453. Instructional Faculty J.D. BONSER, B . A . S c , M.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo) K.A.J. D A V I D S O N , B . A . (Winnipeg), M . A . (Manitoba) W. G A H E R T Y , B.Sc. (M.I.T.), M.Sc. (Stanford) S. G R O V E S , A . B . (Radcliffe), Ph.D. (UBC), Coordinator of Environmental Science R . M . M A C Q U E E N , B.Sc. (Waterloo), M.Sc. (UBC) L . H . N I K L , B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU) J. H . NORIE, B.A.Sc. (UBC), M.Env.Des. (Calgary) R. K . P A I S L E Y , B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Washington), J.D. (California), L L . M . (London School of Economics) N . POTTINGER, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) C. T. R E A R D O N , B . A . , L . L . D . (Dalhousie), M . A . (Queen's), M . A . (M.I.T.) A . ROJAS, M . A . , Ph.D. (York) D. F. S H E R A T O N , B . A . S c , Ph.D. (UBC) V. M . TROUP, B.Sc. (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC), Coordinator of Environmental Science A . W H I T E H E A D , B.Sc. ( U V i c ) , M.Sc. (UBC) S. WILKINS, B . A . , M.Sc. (McMaster) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians J. R I C H A R D S O N , B . Sc. (UVic), M.Sc. (UBC), R.P.Bio., Laboratory Supervisor J. T H O M P S O N , Laboratory Technician S. Y E E , B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor General Information The Diploma Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic studies and field assignments. Areas of emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental Academic - Environmental Science 136 assessment, law, and ethics. Completion of an in-depth assignment involving work placement or directed studies is also required. Admission Requirements The normal requirement for admission is a degree in a science or engineering discipline. Successful applicants will have strong written and interpersonal communication skills and will be selected on the basis of academic record, relevant experience and a personal interview. The maximum enrolment is 25 students per year. To apply for the Program, students must submit two application forms: (1) a general College admission form (see "Admission" section in this calendar), and (2) Environmental Science Program application form. Forms are available through the Pure and Applied Sciences Division or the Office of the Registrar. These applications, together with the official transcripts and other pertinent documents, should be received by the Office of the Registrar by March 31. Program Content FALL TERM Credits E N S C 500 Applied Ecology 3 E N S C 502 Environmental Ethics 3 E N S C 504 Environmental Planning & Project Management 3 ENSC 507 Computer Applications In E N S C 3 E N S C 508 Seminar: Selected Topics in E N S C 3 15 SPRING T E R M Credits E N S C 501 Environmental Toxicology & Waste Management 3 ENSC 503 Environmental Law 3 ENSC 505 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 ENSC 506 Land Use Impact & Sustainability 3 ENSC 509 Seminar: Selected Topics in E N S C II 3 15 SUMMER TERM ENSC 510 Field School (May) ENSC 511 Practicum / Co-op Credits 3 3 6 ENSC 506 Course Descriptions ENSC 500 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Land Use Impact and Sustainability (3) (4,4,0) (F) Applied Ecology This course w i l l investigate environmental issues arising from common land use practices and critically evaluate A n examination o f the impact of human activities on approaches to sustainable land use and land use conflict. ecosystem structure and dynamics. H u m a n interactions Topics include linear developments such as highways and w i t h ecosystems are emphasized as w e l l as the principles transmission lines, site contamination, land fills, erosion, o f sustainable development and pollution ecology. and acid rock drainage. Remediation, evaluation of land use competition, and native land claims w i l l be discussed. ENSC 501 (3) (4,4,0) (S) Case studies w i l l be used for illustration. Environmental Toxicology and Waste Management A n investigation o f the toxicology o f exposure to envi- ENSC 507 (3) (4,0,0) (F) ronmental contaminants, in humans and other organisms, Computer Applications in Environmental Science in a range o f environments. Measurement, monitoring A n introduction to the use o f computers for simulation, and remediation techniques are examined. modelling and geographically-based information storage in environmental science. ENSC 502 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Ethics ENSC 508 (3) (4,0,0) (F) A n application o f ethical concepts to environmental issues. Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science I Topics w i l l include environmental decision making, the This seminar series is designed to provide a forum for relationship between market economics and the ethics o f discussion between faculty, students, and invited guests. environmental preservation, and the implications of Topics w i l l be chosen on the basis o f student interest, environmental ethics for various sectors of society. current environmental issues, and the availability of guest speakers. ENSC 503 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Environmental Law ENSC 509 The current status o f environmental law in Canada, Seminar: Selected Topics in Environmental Science II particularly within the province o f British C o l u m b i a , w i l l A continuation o f E N S C 508. (3) (4,0,0) (S) be examined. The course w i l l include a critical analysis of important case studies and current environmental ENSC 510 assessment guidelines. Field School ENSC 504 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Planning and Project Management A n introduction to basic management skills w h i c h have practical value in environmental planning and decision making. C r i t i c a l thinking, risk management, project planning, budget management, and community involvement in environmental planning w i l l be discussed. (3) (2,4,0) (Su) Practical experience in data collection, field techniques, and project development. M o s t o f this course w i l l be conducted off the main campus at strategic environmental locations. Students w i l l be given assignments w h i c h emphasize instrumentation, environmental monitoring, data collection, and teamwork. ENSC 511 (3) (4,0,0) (Su) Environmental Science Practicum ENSC 505 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Environmental Impact Assessment A n opportunity to apply classroom theory through work experience. This is an in-depth assignment i n v o l v i n g A n examination o f the environmental impact assessment work placement or directed studies i n resource-based, process ( E I A ) as a tool in environmental decision mak- industrial, or public sectors. Students sponsored by a ing. This course w i l l review current federal and provin- specific sector or employer may be able to fulfill this cial procedural requirements and the relationship between requirement under supervision in their normal work E I A and other regulatory processes. Integration of E I A place. and social issues and the role o f public hearings w i l l also be discussed. Case studies w i l l be used as focal points for discussion. Academic - Environmental Science 137 French Instructional Faculty FREN 101 L . C A N T T N O R R - E W I N G , B . A . (Montreal), M A . ( S F U ) (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) Beginning French II L . G A R E A U , B . A . (Laval), M . A . ( S F U ) Prerequisite: F R E N 100 O . K E M P O , B . A . (Alta.), M . A . , P h . D . ( U B C ) This course, together with F R E N 100, covers high school French Grades 8, 9, 10 and 11 and prepares the student for F R E N 120. Instructional Associates H . L A C O U R S E , D i p . C o u r t Interpreting ( V C C ) , D i p . Conflict Resolution (Mediation), Justice Institute (B.C.) FREN 120 (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) University Preparatory French I P. O U E L L E T , B . A . ( Y o r k U . , Toronto) Prerequisite: F R E N 100/101 or French 11 or permission of the instructor. Summary of Programs This course, together with F R E N 121, constitutes Grade LEVEL B e g i n n i n g French 12 French. T h i s is a conversational approach to the COURSES French language, including continuing instruction i n F R E N 100/101 basic grammar and laboratory practise. ( 0 - G r a d e 11) U n i v . Preparatory FREN French (Grade 12) 120/121 FREN 121 University Preparatory French II (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) 1st year FREN Prerequisite: F R E N 120 ( m i n i m u m Grade C - ) or U n i v . French 170/171 permission o f the instructor. 2nd year FREN U n i v . French 270/271 This course, together with F R E N 120, constitutes Grade 12 French. A continuation o f F R E N 120, this course is designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading as well as writing skills. UNIVERSITY TRANSFER CREDIT A l l French courses are transferable to S F U , U B C and U V i c . F o r details consult the B . C . Transfer G u i d e . (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, F R E N 120/121 or FRENCH PROGRAMS permission o f the instructor. The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week basis: four hours o f instruction, plus one hour o f conversation with a native F r e n c h speaker, and 3/4 hour o f language laboratory work. Students with a competence i n the language beyond the level o f the course in w h i c h they are registered w i l l be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. FREN 100 Beginning French I FREN 170 First Year University French I (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at another institution. C o n t i n ues the linguistic development o f the student by means o f grammar revision, weekly written and oral exercises, weekly assignments, compositions and appreciation o f francophone literature. FREN 171 First Year University French II (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: F R E N 170 ( m i n i m u m Grade C - ) or permission o f the instructor. A continuation of the work done in F R E N 170. 11 French or the equivalent. A n intensive introduction to the French language through grammar, conversation, and laboratory practice. FREN 270 Second Year University French I (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: F R E N 170/171 with a grade o f " C " or better, or permission o f the instructor. A n advanced course with emphasis on written work, including composition, translation and stylistic exercises. Academic - French 138 Literary works chosen from francophone literature w i l l be studied and w i l l require some background reading. This course includes cultural enrichment through the medium o f videos and music. FREN 271 Second Year University French II Prerequisite: (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) F R E N 270 with a grade o f " C " or better, or permission o f the instructor. A continuation o f the work o f F R E N 270. Academic • French 139 Geography Instructional Faculty K . E W I N G , B . A . , M . S c . (Michigan) C. G R A T H A M , B . S c , M.Sc. ( U B C ) C . G R E E N B E R G , B . A . , M . A . , ( U . o f Manitoba), P h . D . (UBC) B. M C G I L L I V R A Y , B.A., M.A. (UBC) S. M A C L E O D , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . ( U B C ) J. M E L I G R A N A , B . A . (Toronto), M . A . (Queens) J. M I K I T A , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) S. R O S S , B . S c , M . S c . ( U B C ) and our overall use o f energy. T h i s is an excellent course for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures, seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and analyze some o f the most serious concerns i n the w o r l d today. The environment is i n jeopardy from our actions — what can we do about it? GEOG 102 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Environmental Geography: Global Concerns G . W I L S O N , B . S C . ( N Y State), M . A . ( U B C ) The focus of this environmental course is the recognition General Information gions; rather, they have become global crises. A c i d rain, that environmental issues are not restricted to isolated rethe greenhouse effect, depletion o f the world's resources Geography courses are offered for students who are are but a few o f the examples illustrating the global scale interested in pursuing a career in geography as well as for of our environmental problems. Identifying and under- those students desiring both Arts and Science electives, standing the processes responsible for the problems are or for those who wish to have a better understanding o f most important; however, finding solutions is also critical the cultural and physical landscapes. T h e study o f to this course. geography opens the doors for men and women in a wide variety o f fields including: Teaching, Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management, T o u r i s m , Recreation, E c o n o m i c Consulting, M i n i n g , Fisheries, Geographic Information Systems, Meteorology, and M a p making. The focus o f geography is on the environment in which we live. These courses in geography w i l l give you a whole new perspective on the world. University Transfer Credit A l l Geography courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , U B C and U V i c . Course Descriptions GEOG 100 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Human Geography: People, Places and Cultures Different cultures in different landscapes are compared GEOG 106 (3) British Columbia: A Regional Analysis (4,0,0) (F) A body of information that is frequently missing from our education is that o f the province we l i v e i n . T h i s course informs you about B . C . — its physical environment, the risks o f l i v i n g in this province, the variety o f peoples, and the economics involved in its resources. F r o m an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one learns that contemporary problems are frequently a function of the past. For those interested i n business, teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge o f B . C . , this is an excellent course. Note: T h i s course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to S F U . GEOG 108 Canada: A Nation of Regions (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) and contrasted to our o w n . This course examines the many issues o f human population, perception o f the environment, diffusion o f ideas, and cultural aspects o f resource use and urban growth, to give students a view into the many concerns on the human side of geography. The understanding o f Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social wellbeing. This course examines Canadian problems and issues in terms of the different regions i n Canada. Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban GEOG 101 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Environmental Geography: Perception and Change growth, and resource management, as we focus on the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and the Northern frontier. There are numerous environmental issues that reach a crisis from time to time. This course examines how we perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our use o f water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides, Academic - Geography 140 Note: T h i s course carries Canadian Studies credit to S F U and is a component of the professional development program. GEOG 112 (3) Introduction to Earth Environments (4,2,0) (F,S) slides, films, and field research. Urban studies leads to careers in urban planning, real estate, land management, A n introductory, physical geography course about the earth's various land forms. Plate tectonics, volcanism, weathering and erosion w i l l be explained in order to understand how a landscape develops. Studies o f glacial, coastal and fluvial features w i l l be placed i n a Canadian architecture, and urban politics as w e l l as giving general community awareness. GEOG 205 Asia Pacific Geography (3) (4,0,0) (S) context. Environmental changes due to human activities This course examines the A s i a Pacific in terms o f its w i l l also be emphasized. social, economic, physical, historical and political geography. The emphasis is placed on the historical Note: B o t h G E O G 112 and 114 are lab science courses and fulfill university science requirements. G E O G 112 can be taken either prior to, or after, G E O G 114. It is not recommended that they be taken concurrently. GEOG 114 Weather and Climate (3) development and present day relationships in both East and Southeast A s i a . This course introduces the concept of the Pacific Century and recognizes British C o l u m b i a ' s position on the Pacific. This is an excellent course for (4,2,0) (F,S) those interested in the past, present and future o f the A s i a Pacific region and especially for those considering a business career in this region. A n introductory, physical geography course about our atmosphere. Principles o f meteorology and climatology w i l l be explained in order to understand the weather we experience daily and seasonally. Further studies w i l l examine how the atmosphere is connected with the GEOG 214 Our Atmospheric Environment Prerequisite: (3) (4,2,0) (S) G E O G 114 or permission o f the instructor world's oceans and plan communities, and how humans This course w i l l provide an intermediate understanding of are modifying these natural environments. Emphasis w i l l the processes at work in our atmospheric environment. be placed on Canadian examples. Broad topics to be covered are atmospheric energy, moisture, and winds. These concepts w i l l be applied to Note: B o t h G E O G 114 and 112 are lab science courses and fulfill university science requirements. G E O G 114 can be taken prior to, or after, G E O G 112. It is not recommended that they be taken concurrently. GEOG 200 (3) Technology and Economic Environments (4,0,0) (S) geography i n terms o f production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms o f contemporary issues. The purpose o f this course is to illustrate the importance of economic processes and tools to understand our environment. (3) small scale, weather and forecasting at the intermediate scale, and climate change, ozone depletion, and E l N i n o / Southern Oscillation on a global scale. This course w i l l A n examination o f the concepts and themes of economic GEOG 201 Urban Studies phenomena such as urban climates and air pollution at the (4,0,0) (S) M o r e and more of us are living in an urban world. This involve lectures, labs, and field work. GEOG 221 (3) Map and Airphoto Interpretation Prerequisite: (4,2,0) (S) A t least one other Geography course This is a second year course that is essential for those intending to make Geography their academic major. It is also appropriate for those considering careers i n E n v i r o n mental Studies, Forestry, Geology, Archaeology, History and other disciplines that rely extensively on maps and air photos. This course uses lectures, labs and field work to cover the basic principles o f map reading and interpretation, surveying and satellite imaging. B o t h human and physical landscapes w i l l be analysed. course is designed to examine problems and issues that arise with urban l i v i n g ; including psychological prob- Students w i l l undertake a research project on the histori- lems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, cal evolution of a L o w e r M a i n l a n d neighbourhood. The suburban l i v i n g , and the future direction o f cities. W h i l e project w i l l involve archival research, census data this course uses local examples, it also draws on exam- analysis and field studies. It w i l l examine how this ples from other cities in the world. This course ap- information can be displayed through the use o f various proaches these topics through field trips into the city, mapping techniques. Academic - Geography 141 Geology Instructional Faculty of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. N e x t , it D . J . A . A T H A I D E , B . S c . (Hons) ( M c G i l l ) , M . S c . ( U B C ) , Prof. Teacher's Cert. ( B . C . ) A . G . T H O M L I N S O N , B . A . , M . S c , Prof. Teacher's Cert. (UBC) investigates how lithospheric plates interact with each other and with external recycling (atmospheric and hydrospheric cycles). F i n a l l y it considers ways people may best adapt to these ever-changing earth environments and act as stewards o f earth's environments and resources. General Information Geology courses are designed for students planning a GEOL 111 university degree program i n the geological sciences or in Historical Geology the arts, humanities or social sciences. G E O G 110 and Prerequisite: 111 are especially appropriate for students in need o f a with instructor recommendation. (3) (4,2,0) (S) G e o l o g y 110 or equivalent; or G E O G 112 laboratory science. They provide an understanding of the origin, structure, composition and history o f the earth. T h i s course examines the methods geologists use to deduce the origin, age and evolution o f earth and its life. Courses include weekly laboratory investigations and These methods are then used to investigate h o w earth's several field trips, both local and distant (overnight). L a b lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere e v o l v e d before tuition fees are included i n the course fee, however giving rise to life, and how ever since, life has interacted students must purchase a lab manual and testing kit, and with land, water and air. Next, the origin and growth o f share some field trip costs. our "home" continent and adjacent ocean basins are studied. Finally, the processes and events that shaped University Transfer Credit (and are still shaping) our immediate environment are A l l G e o l o g y courses at C a p i l a n o transfer to S F U , U B C and U V i c . F o r details consult the B . C . Transfer Guide or Capilano C o l l e g e Transfer G u i d e available at the A d v i s ing Centre or C o l l e g e reception. FIRST Y E A R O N L Y G E O L 110/111 P H Y S 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 C H E M 108/109 or 110/111 M A T H 110/111 E N G L (six credits) Course Descriptions (3) (4,2,0) (F) Physical Geology Prerequisite: None. H o w e v e r , experience i n secondary level chemistry and physics w i l l contribute greatly to mastering physical geology. This course views the earth as a heat engine which continuously recycles air, water and solid earth materials. It examines h o w nature's recycling o f these materials results i n both the origin and the eventual transformation Academic - Geology 142 resources and environments since the arrival o f human beings also form part of the course. This course serves as a Canadian Studies credit. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES (INCLUDING GEOPHYSICS, GEOCHEMISTRY, GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING, ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND OTHER EARTH SCIENCES GEOL 110 looked at in more detail. Uses and abuses o f earth German Instructional Faculty B. HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.), Teach. Dip. (UBC) B. PIRES-STADLER, Teach. Dip. (Zurich), M.A. (SFU) Instructional Associate R. FREIBERG, B.Ed. (Gottingen University, Germany) General Information NOTE: All courses in German include 5-3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lectures; 3/4 hour of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of German who wish to take afirstor second-year German course must consult with a German instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the department prior to enrolment. Students with a German Abitur are not permitted to enrol in the course. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. University Transfer Credit All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the B.C. Transfer Guide. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Transfer and course challenge credit in German will be given at SFU for Capilano College German courses to a total of 11 semester hours. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. U B C : In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards provide transfer credit on the following basis: Capilano College UBC GERM 100 and 101 GERM 200 and 201 100(3) 200 (3) The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with GERM 310, which may be taken in the second year if the student hasfirstclass standing in GERM 200 or third year by permission of the department. Course Descriptions GERM 100 Beginning German I (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) A comprehensive introduction to the German language: comprehension and speaking are reinforced through reading and writing. Films, tapes, activities, etc. help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries. GERM 101 Beginning German II (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: GERM 100 (minimum Grade C), German 10 or the equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of GERM 100 and must be taken in order to realize First Year level college/university German. GERM 101 should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following GERM 100. GERM 200 Intermediate German I (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) Prerequisite: GERM 101 (minimum Grade C+), Grade 11 or 12 German or the equivalent with written permission of the instructor. Placement tests are available. GERM 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage, and introduces students to modern German literature. It aims through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to communicate in the fullest sense of the term. GERM 201 Intermediate German II (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: GERM 200 (minimum Grade C), German 12 (or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor.) Placement tests are available. Continues the review and development of German language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with GERM 200 it completes the requirements for the Second Year of college/university German. (3 credits each) (3 credits each) Academic - German 143 History Instructional Faculty R. C A M P B E L L , B . A . (California), M . A . ( U B C ) R. F U H R , B . A . ( U B C ) M . A . (McGill) H. JONES, B.A., M.A. (UBC) M . L E G A T E S , B . A . (Wash.), M . A . , M . P h i l . , P h . D . Russian Revolution, the two w o r l d wars, and the interwar period. HIST 108 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Issues and Themes in U.S. History: 1607-1877 A m e r i c a n history from 1607 to 1877 including analysis (Yale) D . S U T H E R L A N D , B . A . ( U B C ) , M . A . (Memorial) of social and political developments from early settlement through the C i v i l W a r era. Emphasis is placed on Ph.D. (SFU) the development o f an " A m e r i c a n " culture, w i t h appro- General Information priate comparisons to the development o f Canada. History teaches an understanding o f the past that helps people cope with the present and suggests possibilities for the future. C r i t i c a l thinking and analysis form the core o f HIST 109 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Issues and Themes in U.S. History : 1865-present this discipline and are essential skills in a rapidly chang- U . S . history from 1865 to the present. A study o f the ing society. development o f A m e r i c a as a w o r l d power after the C i v i l Students planning to major in History should have at least four history courses at the College. These can be A N Y four courses. A n intended major should also have a broad sampling o f courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at S F U should take six history courses i n the first two years. W a r . Special emphasis is given to " A m e r i c a n " culture, and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada. HIST 110 Canada Before Confederation (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) A study o f N e w France and B r i t i s h N o r t h A m e r i c a . For U B C the requirement is four history courses. Stu- Special emphasis is placed on issues and ideas w h i c h dents planning to take honours should acquire a reading have been significant in the creation of Canada and, i n knowledge o f an appropriate non-English language. particular, the making o f Canadian society i n preConfederation years. University Transfer Credit A l l History courses at Capilano (including W M S T 220) HIST 111 Canada Since Confederation (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) transfer to S F U , U B C and U V i c and count as Humanities credit for the Associate Degree. Course Descriptions HIST 100 History of the Ancient World (3) (4,0,0) (F) The origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and development of Judaism and the early Christian Church. The development of Canada since 1867. In particular we discuss the issues that affect most Canadians: relations with the United States, prosperity and poverty, and the making of a Canadian "culture". B y the end o f the course students should have not only a better understanding o f this country's past, but also what makes Canada unique. HIST 205 British Columbia (3) (4,0,0) (F) F r o m the first contact between natives and whites in the HIST 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution A survey o f European history beginning with the 16th c. Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the o l d regime and the French Revolution. HIST 103 (3) Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries (4,0,0) (S) Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the Academic -History 144 18th century to the present, this course analyses the main issues that have affected British Columbians. It also examines some aspects o f the development o f the N o r t h Shore. HIST 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance This course covers a colourful and creative period in European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics include the late Roman E m p i r e and rise o f Christianity, monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics, the rise o f towns, the crusades, the B l a c k Death, and the art, culture and society o f Renaissance Italy. HIST 208 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Canadian-American Relations T h i s course examines the major events and themes that have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. F r o m the A m e r i c a n Revolution, the war that ultimately created both countries, to recent years, we analyze the influence that the U n i t e d States has had on Canada. HIST 209 (3) (4,0,0) (S) History of the Native Peoples of Canada U s i n g ethnohistorical approaches, this course examines the history o f Canadian Indian, Inuit and Metis peoples. It gives particular emphasis to the attitudes, practices, policies and experiences that have shaped native-white relations and affected native peoples from 1450 to the present. WMST 220 (3) (4,0,0) Women and the Past: A Historical Survey See Women's Studies section for course description. Human Kinetics Instructional Faculty according to functional anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, and motor learning principles. G . C H A L M E R S , B . S c . ( S F U ) , M . S c , P h . D . (California) H . T. H U B B A L L , M . A . ( H . K J N ) ( U B C ) KIN. 143 Exercise Management S.R. S T E W A R T , M . A . (P.E.) (Western Ont.) (3) (2,2,0) (F) A n introduction to exercise management and exercise General Information physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques The Department o f K i n e s i o l o g y and H u m a n Kinetics and fitness appraisal. (formerly Physical Education) offers a complete first year university program in K i n e s i o l o g y or H u m a n Kinetics, which enables students to meet the first year requirements HKIN110 (3) (2,2,0) (S) Analysis of Individual Sport and Dance Performance at universities as noted below. Pre- or corequisite: For more information regarding the H u m a n Kinetics tor. Program, please contact the Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n , 984-4955. K I N . 142, or permission o f instruc- A n examination o f the specific sport science principles which are used to analyze sports and dance skills, detect errors, and provide methods for correction. T h e basis for Transfers to SFU Kinesiology Program understanding relationships between aesthetics and The Kinesiology Program at S F U offers four different movement i n performance, and for understanding the role areas of concentration: (1) A c t i v e Health, (2) Health and of form in evaluating individual performances i n sport Physiological Sciences, ( 3 ) H u m a n Factors/Ergonomics, and dance are also emphasized. and (4) H u m a n M o v e m e n t Sciences. T o determine w h i c h Capilano College courses are transferable to S F U , students should consult the S F U calendar, the B . C . Transfer G u i d e , or the Capilano HKIN 161 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Introduction to Social Aspects of Leisure and Sports A n introduction to and examination of the relationships College Transfer G u i d e and academic advisors at S F U between leisure, sports activities, and society. T h e and/or Capilano College. political, economic and social basis o f the development of sports and leisure in the West are emphasized. Transfers to the University of Victoria (This course does not transfer to S F U ) The University o f V i c t o r i a Faculty o f Education, School of Physical Education, also accepts transfer o f some courses from C a p i l a n o College. T o determine which courses are transferable, advisors at University of V i c t o ria and/or C a p i l a n o College should be consulted. Transfers to UBC Human Kinetics Program The U B C Department o f H u m a n Kinetics offers four areas o f concentration: (1) Exercise Science, (2) Health and Fitness, ( 3 ) Physical Education, and (4) Leisure and Sport Management. In planning their program, students should consult the U B C calendar, the B . C . Transfer Guide and advisors at U B C and/or Capilano College. Course Descriptions KIN. 142 Introduction to Kinesiology (3) (4,2,0) (S) A n introduction to the range of subject areas encompassed in the discipline o f kinesiology,with basic assessment procedures for individual status and performance Academic - Human Kinetics 146 HKIN 164 (3) Dynamics of Motor Skill Acquisition (4,0,0) (F) A n introductory examination o f motor s k i l l acquisition, and the variables which influence the learning and performance o f motor skills. Investigation o f the relationship between skill acquisition, growth and development. Japanese JAPN 200 Instructional Faculty (3) (4,2,0) (F) Intermediate Japanese I K. MITO, B.A. (UBC) Prerequisite: J A P N 101 or the instructor's permission. This course provides students with further socio-cultural Instructional Associate knowledge at an intermediate level o f Japanese. Emphasis w i l l be placed on developing a comprehensive K. B E N T L E Y , B . A . (UVic) knowledge o f modern Japanese through authentic University Transfer Credit materials and w i l l include reading and writing practice. A l l Japanese courses at Capilano College transfer to JAPN 201 U B C , S F U , and U V i c . F o r details, consult the B . C . Intermediate Japanese II (3) (4,2,0) (S) Transfer G u i d e . Prerequisite: J A P N 200 or the instructor's permission. Students with competence in the language beyond the level o f the course i n w h i c h they are registered w i l l be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure o f their This course continues to develop skills at the intermediate level. Students w i l l increase their proficiency i n both speaking and writing. language level should contact an instructor. General Information A l l courses i n Japanese include six hours o f instruction per week, made up o f four hours o f lecture and two hours Note: Other Japanese courses are listed under the Asia Pacific Management Co-operative Program section in this Calendar. of conversation practice. In order to provide for the most appropriate placement, students who have either high school credit in Japanese or an equivalent language level, (knowledge o f H I R A G A N A and some background in spoken Japanese), must have the instructor's permission to register in J A P N 100. Course Descriptions JAPN 100 Beginning Japanese I This course offers a comprehensive introduction to modern Japanese through the study o f vocabulary, grammar and culture. The beginning o f the course w i l l be devoted to learning the Japanese writing systems ( H I R A G A N A and K A T A K A N A ) . Fifty to 100 Chinese characters w i l l also be taught. Students w i l l develop basic language skills i n a socio-cultural functional way. JAPN 101 (3) (4,2,0) (S) Beginning Japanese II Prerequisite: J A P N 100 or the instuctor's permission. This course is a continuation o f J A P N 100 and must be taken in order to complete the First Y e a r level of Japanese. Students w i l l learn more about the structure of modern Japanese and further develop their language skills in a socio-cultural functional way. Academic • Japanese 147 Jazz Studies Contact Person: M i k e Reveley, Coordinator, Office influences from many different musical genres, graduates C E 1 2 4 , Phone 984-4951. w i l l have been exposed to music from diverse cultural Instructional Faculty sources, historical periods and media. Jazz is an applied art form; therefore, the achievement o f specific high F. A R D I E L , B . A . (SFU) standards in vocal and/or instrumental performance, D . D U K E , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , M . A . ( U . o f N o r t h Carolina), improvisation, composition, and arranging are fundamental goals o f the program curriculum. Demonstration o f Ph.D. (UVic) L . F A L L S , A . R . C . T . (Toronto), B . M u s . , M . M u s . ( U B C ) ability i n these areas is a qualifying requirement for a l l J. G E E , B . M u s . , M A . ( U B C ) graduates. S.GUNN C. H A N N E Y , B.Mus. ( U B C ) A. H A W I R K O Career Opportunities The two year Diploma program is intended to provide S. K A R P L . K A A R I O , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , M . M u s . (W.Wash.) L. K E L L E T T N . K O L E S N I K O V , B . A . (Gnessin's M u s i c a l College) its students with the skills necessary to develop careers as self-employed professionals i n the contemporary music industry. The four year Degree program provides a curriculum I. K U K U R U D Z A R . M A R O I S , B . M u s . (Laval) which balances and integrates the instruction o f j a z z , R. M C K E N Z I E , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , M . M u s . ( U B C ) traditional music, and general academic electives to G. M C N A B , B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. ( U B C ) provide an enriched education at the degree level. It is an C. N E L S O N attractive option for those who wish to pursue music as T. N I C K E L S , B . A . ( U C L A ) self-employed professionals, for those w h o w i s h to K. M O O R E continue their musical development as part o f a liberal P. O L F R E Y , B . M u s . ( U . Manitoba), M . M u s . (Ithaca) arts education before pursuing other careers, and for T. O X B O L , D i p . (Copenhagen) those interested in teaching music i n the public school J. P I N C H I N system. Majors in V o c a l Performance, Instrumental M . R E V E L E Y , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , Coordinator, D i p l o m a Performance, Arranging/Composition, and General (Berklee School o f M u s i c ) Studies with an Education Stream are available. Those P. S C H R E I B E R , B . M u s . ( U B C ) interested in teaching would enrol i n the Education J. S C O T T Stream o f the General Studies Program. C. S I G E R S O N B . T U R N E R , B . M u s ( W . Wash.), M . M u s . ( N . Texas) Facilities A . W O L D , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , A . R . C . T . (Toronto) A s recording experience has become an essential part o f today's musical training, the Jazz Studies Program has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. V o c a l , instrumental, and arranging/composition students all make use o f our multi-track facilities. C o m p o s i t i o n and arranging students w i l l work with electronic instruments in our M i d i Studio. General Information Capilano College offers four music programs: a two year D i p l o m a i n Jazz Studies, a two year Bachelor of M u s i c Transfer Program, and four year Degrees i n Jazz Studies and M u s i c Therapy. The degree programs are offered in co-operation with the Open Learning A g e n c y ( O L A ) with Computer labs are available to students for supplemental degrees granted by the Open University o f B . C . F o r help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music more information see sections on M u s i c Therapy Pro- skills, as well as the printing and recording o f theory and gram and Bachelor o f M u s i c Transfer Program. arranging assignments. Jazz Studies Program Mission and Goals Faculty The Bachelor o f M u s i c i n Jazz Studies is an applied The Jazz Studies program prides itself in the number and academic degree. The program's mission is to produce quality o f specialized faculty it has on staff. M o s t instruc- graduates with a broad-based academic background and tors are also top professional musicians who bring comprehensive abilities in music with j a z z as the main extensive practical experience to their classes. focus. A s j a z z is an eclectic art form that draws upon Academic 148 - Jazz Studies Admission Requirements for First Year (Diploma) courses before the completion o f their D i p l o m a on a parttime or probationary basis with the permission o f the instructors involved, but official acceptance into the A l l applicants must: 1. M e e t the general admission requirements o f Capilano Degree program is necessary before any opportunity to graduate should be anticipated. College. 2. Demonstrate an adequate knowledge of theory rudiments through a department test. Transfer students should not anticipate immediate acceptance into the degree program, as there are nor- 3. Display a sufficiently high level o f performance and mally some lower level music courses and/or general sightreading ability on their concentration instrument electives that must be completed before this can take (see Auditions). place. Official acceptance into a major o f the degree 4. Pass a simple aural aptitude test i n v o l v i n g pitch and rhythm matching. 5. Submit two letters o f recommendation from musical program can be applied for once the requirements for the two year Jazz Studies D i p l o m a have been met. (See Graduation Requirements, T w o Y e a r Diploma.) professionals or instructors. Admission Procedures: Admission Requirements for Transfer/ Returning Students (Diploma) A l l applicants must: 1. M e e t the general admission requirements o f Capilano College. 1. Submit the Application for A d m i s s i o n to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, together with official transcripts o f all secondary and post-secondary education. 2. Information meetings, auditions and placement tests are held in February and M a y . Please call (604) 9844951 for meeting times and audition appointments. 2. Display a sufficiently high level o f performance and sightreading ability on their concentration instrument Auditions (see Auditions). 3. Take an aural test to determine their basic acceptabil- Auditions are required for all entrants. L i v e audition and ity and placement within the ear training sequence testing is preferred, but i f you cannot attend in person, it (see Transfer o f Credit). is possible to audition by audio or video cassette and 4. Take a keyboard proficiency test to determine their placement within the class keyboard sequence (see Transfer o f Credit). 5. Submit two letters o f recommendation from musical professionals or instructors. The auditioning instructor w i l l make recommendations regarding: acceptance, eligibility and placement in some performance classes, placement in Private M u s i c Instruction ( P M I ) , and required remedial work. Admission Prerequisites for Fourth Year Degree Program write your theory test under local supervision. Contact the Jazz Studies Program for more details and specific audition requirements. Entrance into the Jazz Studies Program is competitive as seats are restricted. Applicants are ranked in comparison with others who audition on the same concentration instrument with the entrance year applied for taken into consideration. Providing that all other entrance requirements have been passed, students w i l l be admitted in the order of their ranking until the seats available for that instrument have been filled. Separate auditions are held for the College Singers, Jazz Choirs, Stage Bands, and Studio V o c a l Performance U p o n completion of the two year D i p l o m a in Jazz Class. Acceptance into the program does not guarantee Studies, students may register as a third year student in acceptance into these ensembles. It is the student's one o f the degree options. Permission to enrol in any responsibility to sign up for and attend these auditions. major w i l l be based on completion of prerequisite requirements, and the recommendation of the faculty Registration concerned. Continuation in the V o c a l Performance, Instrumental Performance and Arranging/Composition Continuing students may pre-register during the month of majors is subject to review at the end o f the third year of A p r i l . Returning or new full-time students who have been studies. Students may be accepted into some upper level accepted may register during M a y and August. Part-time students may enrol during in-person registration. Academic - Jazz Studies 149 Applicants should note the following dates: In addition, Jazz Studies Degree students i n the following Feb. 22 - 23/96 — Auditions for applicants. majors must achieve a m i n i m u m grade o f B - i n a l l M a y 1 - 3/96 — F i n a l round o f auditions for applicants. courses specific to their major. These are: M a y 10 — Letters o f acceptance/rejection to applicants. June 3 — Fee deposit and registration deadline for incoming students. Transfer of Credit Arranging/Composition Concentration P M I (Composition) A l l required Theory courses Arranging I, U, III, I V Rhythm Section W r i t i n g The Jazz Studies Program accepts credits from other post-secondary institutions i f they are applicable and Instrumental Performance have suitable equivalency. Because o f the wide varia- Concentration P P M I tions that exist i n approach and emphasis i n various Improvisation I, II, III, I V music programs, the Jazz Studies Program reserves the A l l S m a l l Ensembles right to examine for competency according to our course A l l Large Instrumental Ensembles requirements before transfer credit is approved. Transfer o f concentration performance instrument course, keyboard and ear training credit w i l l only be possible up to the placement level determined by the auditioner and keyboard and ear training test results. Vocal Performance Concentration P P M I Improvisation I, II V o c a l Master Class I, II Studio V o c a l Performance I, II, III, I V Since the Capilano program emphasizes j a z z studies and V o c a l Jazz Master Class I, II, III, I V most other Canadian music degree programs provide a A l l V o c a l Ensembles study o f traditional music, block transfer o f courses to other institutions is not available. Several individual " C " grades ( C - , C , C+) i n these courses can only be courses have, however, been accepted by institutions with applied for credit toward the Bachelor o f M u s i c i n Jazz similar offerings. Studies with the permission o f the Jazz Studies Grade Appeals Committee. W h e n unusual circumstances have Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) w i l l be announced at least one month prior to the beginning o f the Fall term. In 1995-96 the fees for P . M . I , were $430 ($215 per credit hour) for the Jazz Studies Program and are subject to change without notice. P . M . I , lab fees are $30. resulted in lower than expected grades i n a student's first semester o f a continuing course, instructors may recommend to the Committee that the student be given probationary acceptance into the next semester o f the course. If the student fails to achieve a m i n i m u m o f B - in the next level o f the course, no credit for either course can be applied toward the degree. T h e grade o f D i n a course, although a m i n i m a l pass, is Satisfactory Standing Students considered to be in "Satisfactory Standing" are entitled to pre-register i n the next term of the program. not sufficient to fulfill prerequisite requirements. Students should refer to the section on academic performance in the College Calendar for further information on " A c a d e m i c Probation". A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing in a program i n any term may be denied permission to Graduation Requirements register in that program in a subsequent term, or be TWO YEAR DIPLOMA required to re-audition. T o maintain satisfactory standing, all Jazz Studies Students w i l l be awarded a two year d i p l o m a i n Jazz students must be enrolled i n a full-time course o f study Studies upon completion o f the first two years o f require- (at least nine credit hours) that includes a reasonable ments for either the vocal or instrumental concentrations number o f courses specific to their major (normally three) as outlined below. The E n g l i s h and General E l e c t i v e and must achieve a grade point average above 1.8. credits are only required o f those planning on continuing toward a four year degree. F o r the purposes o f the diploma, M U S . 222 and 223 may be replaced by six Academic - Jazz Studies 150 credits o f Jazz, M u s i c or i f approved by the coordinator, Spring Term General Electives. *Gen. Elective U p o n demonstration o f sufficient piano skills a student J A Z Z 204 Jazz Theory and Composition III 1.5 may be given a course exemption from, or advanced J A Z Z 215 Class Piano I V 1.0 placement i n , Class Piano. F o r those continuing for the J A Z Z 237 Studio V o c a l Performance II 1.5 degree, these required credits may be replaced with J A Z Z 239 V o c a l Jazz Master Class II 1.5 credits from any Jazz , M u s i c or General Elective; for the J A Z Z 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training I V purpose o f the D i p l o m a itself, no replacement is neces- Large Ensemble sary. * * M U S . 223 M u s i c History: Late 18th, 19th Program Content P M I 429 3.0 1.5 1.0 and 20th Century 3.0 Jazz V o i c e 10 16.0 VOCAL CONCENTRATION FIRST Y E A R INSTRUMENTAL CONCENTRATION Credits Fall Term FIRST Y E A R Credits Fall Term * E N G L 100 or 102 3.0 * E N G L 100 or 102 3.0 J A Z Z 103 The Language o f M u s i c 3.0 J A Z Z 103 The Language o f M u s i c 3.0 J A Z Z 114 Class Piano I 1.0 J A Z Z 114 Class Piano I 1.0 J A Z Z 136 V o c a l Master Class I 1.5 J A Z Z 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I 1.5 J A Z Z 184 Sightsinging/Ear T r a i n i n g I 1.5 J A Z Z 194 S m a l l Ensemble I 1.5 Large Ensemble 1.0 Large Ensemble 1.0 M U S . 120 History I 3.0 M U S . 120 3.0 P M I . 129 Jazz V o i c e 10 PMI. lxx History I 10 16.0 16.0 Spring Term Spring Term * E N G L 103, 104, 105 or 106 3.0 • E N G L 103, 104, 105 or 106 3.0 1.5 J A Z Z 105 Rhythm Section W r i t i n g 1.5 1.5 J A Z Z 105 R h y t h m Section W r i t i n g J A Z Z 106 Trad. Harmony and C o m p . 1.5 J A Z Z 106 Traditional Harmony and C o m p . J A Z Z 107 Jazz Theory and Composition I 1.5 J A Z Z 107 Jazz Theory and Composition I 1.5 J A Z Z 115 Class Piano II 1.0 J A Z Z 115 Class Piano II 1.0 J A Z Z 137 V o c a l Master Class II 1.5 J A Z Z 170 History of Jazz 1.5 J A Z Z 170 History o f Jazz 1.5 J A Z Z 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II 1.5 J A Z Z 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II 1.5 J A Z Z 195 S m a l l Ensemble II 1.0 Large Ensemble 10 P M I . 2xx Large Ensemble P M I . 229 Jazz V o i c e 1.5 1.0 10 16.0 16.0 SECOND YEAR SECOND YEAR Fall Term Fall Term 3.0 *Gen. Elective 3.0 1.5 J A Z Z 203 Jazz Theory and Composition II 1.5 Class Piano III 1.0 J A Z Z 214 Class Piano III 1.0 J A Z Z 236 Studio V o c a l Performance I 1.5 J A Z Z 282 Improvisation I 1.5 J A Z Z 238 V o c a l Jazz Master Class I 1.5 J A Z Z 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III 1.5 J A Z Z 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III 1.5 J A Z Z 294 S m a l l Ensemble III 1.5 1.0 Large Ensemble *Gen. Elective J A Z Z 203 J A Z Z 214 Jazz Theory and Composition II Large Ensemble P M I . 329 1.0 * * M U S . 222 M u s i c History: Renaissance * * M U S . 222 M u s i c History: Renaissance to E a r l y Classical 3.0 Jazz V o i c e 10 to Early Classical 3.0 P M I . 3xx 10 16.0 16.0 Academic - Jazz Studies 151 Spring Term FOURTH YEAR 3.0 *Gen. Elective J A Z Z 204 Jazz Theory and Composition III 1.5 Fall Term *Gen. Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 215 Class Piano TV 1.0 J A Z Z 172 Arranging I 1.5 J A Z Z 283 J A Z Z 285 Improvisation II Sightsinging/Ear Training TV 1.5 J A Z Z 310 Jazz Pedagogy 1.5 1.5 J A Z Z 410 Conducting I 1.5 J A Z Z 295 S m a l l Ensemble TV 1.5 J A Z Z 460 C o m m e r c i a l Relations 1.5 Large Ensemble M U S . 223 M u s i c History: Late 18th, 19th 1.0 J A Z Z 494 S m a l l Ensemble V I I and 20th Century 3.0 Large Ensemble 2.Q P M I . 4xx P P M I 729 or 745 Performance 16.0 1.5 2.0 1Q 15.5 Spring Term *See A c a d e m i c Course Requirements. *Gen. Elective 3.0 • • D e g r e e students must complete M U S . 120, 222, 223 to J A Z Z 272 Arranging II 1.5 fulfil their traditional M u s i c History requirement. J A Z Z 300 20th Century Theory 3.0 1.5 J A Z Z 411 Conducting II Graduation Requirements J A Z Z 495 S m a l l Ensemble V I I I FOUR YEAR DEGREE Large Ensemble 1.5 2.0 P P M I 829 Students must complete all courses outlined in one o f the or 845 Performance following major areas o f study to be eligible for the 1Q 15.5 Bachelor o f M u s i c in Jazz Studies degree from the Open Total Credits 124.5 University of B . C . These major areas o f study may include Jazz or M u s i c * See A c a d e m i c Course Requirements electives w h i c h should be chosen in consultation with the MAJOR IN INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE Coordinator of the program. THIRD YEAR MAJOR IN VOCAL PERFORMANCE Fall Term THIRD Y E A R *Gen. Elective J A Z Z 172 Arranging I 3.0 1.5 Fall Term *Gen. Elective J A Z Z 240 F o r m and A n a l y s i s 3.0 J A Z Z 240 F o r m and A n a l y s i s 1.5 1.5 J A Z Z 282 J A Z Z 336 J A Z Z 338 Improvisation I Studio V o c a l Performance III V o c a l Jazz Master Class III 1.5 1.5 1.5 J A Z Z 370 Jazz Styles J A Z Z 382 Improvisation U I J A Z Z 394 S m a l l Ensemble V Large Ensemble 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 J A Z Z 370 Jazz Styles 1.5 P P M I 5xx 10 15.5 Large Ensemble 2.0 P P M I 529 or 545 1Q *Gen. Elective 15.5 J A Z Z 241 Counterpoint 1.5 J A Z Z 272 Arranging II 1.5 * G e n . Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 383 Improvisation TV 1.5 J A Z Z 241 Counterpoint 1.5 J A Z Z 395 S m a l l Ensemble V I J A Z Z 283 Improvisation II 1.5 Large Ensemble 2.0 J A Z Z 337 J A Z Z 339 Studio V o c a l Performance I V V o c a l Jazz Master Class I V 1.5 1.5 2.0 P P M I 6xx 1Q 14.0 Spring Term Performance Spring Term Large Ensemble P P M I 629 or 645 Performance 10 14.0 Academic - Jazz Studies 152 3.0 1.5 FOURTH YEAR J A Z Z 410 Conducting I Fall Term J A Z Z 460 C o m m e r c i a l Relations in M u s i c 1.5 1.5 *Gen. E l e c t i v e 3.0 J A Z Z 472 Arranging I V J A Z Z 310 Jazz Pedagogy 1.5 JAZZ/MUS. Electives J A Z Z 410 Conducting I 1.5 Large Ensemble LO J A Z Z 460 C o m m e r c i a l Relations 1.5 P M I . 744 2.0 J A Z Z 494 S m a l l Ensemble V I I 1.5 * * * P M I . 7xx Secondary Requirement J A Z Z / M U S . Electives 1.5 Large Ensemble 2.0 P P M I 7xx 3JJ 15.5 Spring Term * G e n . Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 300 20th Century Theory 3.0 J A Z Z 411 Conducting II 1.5 J A Z Z 495 S m a l l Ensemble VIII 1.5 JAZZ/MUS. Electives 1.5 Large Ensemble 2.0 P P M I 8xx 3JJ Total Credits 1.5 1.5 Composition 10 14.5 Spring Term *Gen. Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 411 Conducting II 1.5 JAZZ/MUS. Electives 4.5 Large Ensemble P P M I 844 1.0 Performance 3.0 * * * P M I . 8xx Secondary Requirement LQ 14.0 Total Credits 123.0 * See A c a d e m i c Course Requirements. 15.5 * * A r r / C o m p students are expected to complete the 124.5 equivalent o f sixth term P M I . on their principal instru- * See A c a d e m i c Course Requirements ment through completion o f four terms o f secondary MAJOR IN ARRANGING/COMPOSITION completion of concentration P M I . at the 500 and 600 THIRD Y E A R level O R complete four semesters o f P M I . secondary P M I . and a jury at a 600-level concentration or through Fall Term piano. *Gen. Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 370 Jazz Styles 1.5 JAZZ Electives 3.0 Large Ensemble 1.0 * * * M U S . 222 M u s i c History: Renaissance to Early Classical 3.0 P M I . 544 Composition I 2.0 * * P M I . 5xx Secondary Requirement L0 14.5 Spring Term *Gen. Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 300 20th Century Theory 3.0 J A Z Z 372 A r r a n g i n g III 1.5 JAZZ/MUS. Electives Large Ensemble 1.5 1.0 ***Students wishing to pursue the Arranging/Composition option w i l l replace M U S . 222/223 i n the second year of the D i p l o m a program with J A Z Z 240, 172 and J A Z Z 241,272. MAJOR IN GENERAL STUDIES THIRD Y E A R Fall Term *Gen. Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 172 1.5 Arranging I J A Z Z 240 F o r m and A n a l y s i s J A Z Z 370 Jazz Styles * * J A Z Z / M U S . Electives Large Ensemble P M I . 5xx 1.5 1.5 4.5 1.0 2TJ * * * M U S . 223 M u s i c History: Late 18th, 19th and 20th Century 3.0 P M I . 644 C o m p o s i t i o n II 2.0 * * P M I . 6xx Secondary Requirement L0 16.0 FOURTH YEAR Fall Term * G e n . Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 310 1.5 Jazz Pedagogy 15.0 Spring Term *Gen. Elective 3.0 J A Z Z 241 Counterpoint 1.5 J A Z Z 272 A r r a n g i n g II 1.5 * * J A Z Z / M U S . Electives 6.0 Large Ensemble 1.0 P M I . 6xx 15.0 Academic - Jazz Studies 153 * * * * M U E D 302/303 FOURTH YEAR Instrumental/Choral Fall Term *Gen. Elective Techniques 3.0 J A Z Z 310 Jazz Pedagogy 1.5 J A Z Z 410 Conducting I 1.5 **JAZZ/MUS. Electives 3.0 P M I . 7xx 4.0 10 16.5 Spring Term * * * J A Z Z / M U S . or N o n - M u s i c Electives 3.0 *Gen. Elective Large Ensemble 1.0 J A Z Z 219 Class Percussion 1.5 P M I . 7xx ZM J A Z Z 300 20th Century Theory 3.0 15.0 J A Z Z 411 Conducting II 1.5 * * J A Z Z / M U S . Electives 1.5 3.0 Large Ensemble 1.0 P M I . 8xx Spring Term *Gen. Elective 6.0 J A Z Z 300 20th Century Theory 3.0 J A Z Z 411 Conducting II 1.5 **JAZZ/MUS. Electives 1.5 2J) 16.5 Total Credits 130.0 * * * J A Z Z / M U S . or N o n - M u s i c Electives 3.0 Large Ensemble 1.0 P M I . 8xx 2X) It is advisable to complete a minor i n a secondary 15.0 teaching field as this greatly increases employment Total Credits 124.0 Teachable Minor opportunities. The number o f credits and prerequisite courses required for different minors varies considerably; MAJOR IN GENERAL STUDIES - EDUCATION STREAM students should be sure to consult with the Coordinator THIRD Y E A R and Student A d v i s i n g before registering i n the first term. Fall Term T o assist i n achieving a teachable minor before gradua- *Gen. Elective 3.0 tion, students may substitute w o r k toward this end for the normal m i x o f General Electives described under A c a - J A Z Z 172 Arranging I 1.5 J A Z Z 240 F o r m and A n a l y s i s 1.5 J A Z Z 370 Jazz Styles 1.5 * * * J A Z Z / M U S . or N o n - M u s i c Electives 3.0 * * J A Z Z / M U S . Electives 1.5 M U S . 210 Class W o o d w i n d s Large Ensemble P M I . 5xx demic Course Requirements. T o graduate without this normal m i x o f academic courses, students must achieve a m i n i m u m o f 18 upper level credits i n their m i n o r and six credits o f English. 1.5 If necessary to establish prerequisites for a minor, six 1.0 credits o f general electives may be substituted for M U S . 2J) 120, J A Z Z 170 and J A Z Z 105 during the first year; these 16.5 required courses may then be taken i n the second year in Spring Term place o f M U S . 222 and 223 w h i c h w i l l in turn be taken in *Gen. Elective 6.0 J A Z Z 241 Counterpoint 1.5 J A Z Z 272 A r r a n g i n g II 1.5 * * * J A Z Z / M U S . or N o n - M u s i c Electives the third year. *See A c a d e m i c Course Requirements 3.0 * * J A Z Z / M U S . Electives: In the General Studies Major, 1.5 at least six credits must be numbered 300 level or above Large Ensemble 1.0 to fulfill graduation requirements; i n the Education P M I . 6xx 1M Stream at least two credits must be numbered 300 level or 16.5 above. Note that it may be possible to substitute an upper M U S .211 Class W o o d w i n d s level M U E D course for M U E D 106. FOURTH YEAR * * * M u s i c or N o n - M u s i c Electives: General Studies Fall Term *Gen. Elective J A Z Z 310 J A Z Z 410 Jazz Pedagogy Conducting I Large Ensemble M U S . 218 Class Brass * * * * M U E D 106 M u s i c C u r r i c u l a Academic - Jazz Studies 154 3.0 1.5 1.5 10 1.5 2.0 program students may fulfill these requirements through any general, Jazz, M u s i c O R M u s i c Education elective acceptable to the program. ****These courses are currently not available at Capilano College, and w o u l d have to be taken at U B C . Substitution may occur on advisement by U B C M u s i c Education. Secondary Music Teaching Instrumentalists i n the Education Stream who wish to enter secondary music teaching should include at least one year o f a V o c a l Ensemble and one year o f secondary traditional and j a z z ensembles to complete their requirements. Instrumental Performance Ensemble Requirements Private M u s i c Instruction ( P M I . ) i n voice i n their pro- Four semesters o f traditional ensembles: These can be grams. Suitable V o c a l Ensembles w o u l d include the met by enrollment in the Capilano College C o m m u n i t y Capilano C o l l e g e C o m m u n i t y C h o i r , Capilano Singers, C h o i r or Capilano Singers, or by participation i n another Jazz C h o i r , and Jazz V o c a l Ensemble. Students whose approved community ensemble. major is a w o o d w i n d instrument may substitute second- Eight semesters of j a z z ensemble: Including: Jazz ary vocal P M I instruction for Class W o o d w i n d s ; brass Ensemble I ( E N S J 135), Jazz C h o i r ( E N S J 105), Instru- majors may similarly substitute secondary vocal P M I for mental Ensemble ( E N S J 136) and Guitar/Bass Ensemble Class Brass, and percussion majors for Class Percussion. ( E N S J 220) at the 200 level and above. (Note the Guitar/ Pianists may substitute secondary voice P M I for the four Bass Ensemble I/II, while a prerequisite, is not acceptable credits o f Class Piano normally required for the degree. for large ensemble credit i n the degree program). Elementary Teaching Piano, guitar and bass performance majors can sometimes substitute other courses to complete their ensemble Students interested in elementary teaching should be sure requirements. This is done through special arrangement to include three credits o f laboratory science, three credits with the Coordinator o f the program. of mathematics and three credits of history or geography. O f all general electives completed, six credits should be in Canadian studies. Percussion students are expected to complete four semesters o f traditional ensemble, four semesters of j a z z ensemble, and eight semesters o f percussion ensemble. Three o f these percussion ensembles can replace the Specific Requirements Academic Course Requirements normal improvisation requirement ( J A Z Z 282/283). * General Education Requirements Arranging/Composition Ensemble Requirements E N G L 100 or 102 and Four semesters o f traditional ensembles and four semes- 103, 104, 105 or 106 6.0 ters of j a z z ensembles. See Major in General Studies Humanities 6.0 Ensemble Requirements. Social Sciences 6.0 Science/Math 3.0 Elective Vocal Performance Ensemble Requirements 3XJ Four semesters o f concert choir: Capilano C o l l e g e 24.0 C o m m u n i t y C h o i r or the Capilano Singers. ( E N S M 100) It is expected that all English requirements w i l l be completed before entrance into the third year o f the program. Note that the education stream requires 30 credits o f general electives. ENSEMBLE REQUIREMENTS A l l large ensembles, regardless o f the actual number of Four semesters of jazz choir: N i t e C a p or Capital Jazz. ( E N S J 105) Four semesters o f Jazz V o c a l Ensemble: ( E N S J 306) First year vocal performance students in the degree program are expected to enrol i n E N S M 100 and E N S M 150, and should consult with their private music instructor before enrolling in any other vocal ensembles. weekly hours o f attendance required, have an assigned unit value of one credit hour. A semester profile requiring two credit hours of ensemble Major in General Studies Ensemble Requirements Four semesters o f traditional ensembles: These can be is met by enrolment in two separate ensembles. met by enrolment i n the Capilano C o l l e g e C o m m u n i t y Students terminating in the two year diploma program C h o i r or Capilano Singers, or by participation in another may meet their ensemble requirements through the approved ensemble. completion o f any four ensemble courses. Four semesters of jazz ensemble, including Jazz E n s e m - Students enrolled in the four year Jazz Studies Degree ble I ( E N S J 135), Jazz C h o i r ( E N S J 105) and Guitar/Bass Program are required to complete a combination o f Ensemble ( E N S J 220) at the 200 level or above. Academic - Jazz Studies 155 Percussionists must participate in four semesters o f •Performances are a mandatory part o f the course. percussion ensemble; these courses can replace J A Z Z ENSJ 220, 270,320,370 (1) Guitar/Bass Ensemble III, IV, V, VI 282, 283, Improvisation. Course Descriptions Prerequisite: For Music and Music Ensemble course descriptions, (ie. MUS. 120,121, 222,223 and ENSM 100,150,200 and 250 ) see the Music Transfer section of this (3,0,0) (F,S) E N S J 170 or audition A performance ensemble comprised primarily o f bassists and guitarists. Students w i l l develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. Calendar. ENSJ 306, 356, 406, 456 ENSJ 105, 155, 205, 255, (D (3,0,*) (F,S) 305, 355, 405, 455 (1) (2,0,0) (F,S) Jazz Vocal Ensemble (by audition only) This course includes performance o f various styles o f a Jazz Choir (by audition only) cappella and accompanied vocal ensemble repertoire with Rehearsal and performance i n one o f Capilano College's an emphasis on j a z z literature and small group perform- Jazz Choirs. T h e intent o f the class is to build group ance, i.e. one singer per part. singing abilities i n such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. *Performances are a mandatory part o f the JAZZ 103 course. The Language of Music ENSJ 120, 170 (1) (3,0,0) (F,S) (4,0,0) (F) Corequisites: JAZZ 184 (or M U S . 112) and J A Z Z 114 A n examination o f the basics o f tonal music including the Guitar/Bass Ensemble I, II Performance i n guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis w i l l be on single-note reading in all areas o f the neck. Credit from this course is not applicable to the Degree progam. ENSJ 135, 185, 235,285, (3) (1) (3,0,*) (F,S) 335, 385, 435, 485 study o f the overtone series, intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, figured bass, roman numeral analysis, melodic inharmonics, phrase structure, diatonic triads and voice leading. JAZZ 105 Rhythm Section Writing (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Jazz Ensemble I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (by audition Prerequisite: only) Students w i l l undertake the study o f score preparation, J A Z Z 103 Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz Ensem- notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and ble for development o f phrasing and sight reading skills. writing for the rhythm section instruments. •Performances are a mandatory part o f the course. ENSJ 136, 186,236,286, 336, 386, 436, 486 (1) (2,0,*) (F.S) JAZZ 106 (1.5) Traditional Harmony and Composition Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (S) J A Z Z 103 or equivalent Instrumental Ensemble I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (by Corequisite: J A Z Z 107 audition only) A study o f traditional principles o f voice leading with harmonic vocabulary extending to the secondary d o m i nant, and b l l aug. 6th and including tonicization, simple modulation and pivot chords. Binary and ternary forms w i l l be introduced. Students rehearse i n small " l i k e instrument" ensembles under an instructor's supervision in preparation for a number o f performances. •Performances are a mandatory part o f the course. ENSJ 140, 190, 240, 290, (1) (4,0,*) (F,S) 340, 390, 440, 490 Percussion Ensemble I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII A n ensemble comprised exclusively o f percussion instruments o f both definite and indefinite pitch. Students w i l l develop their sight reading and interpretive skills. Academic - Jazz Studies 156 JAZZ 107 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Jazz Theory and Composition I JAZZ 170 History of Jazz (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: JAZZ 103 or equivalent A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots Corequisite: JAZZ 106 in A f r i c a to the present. A n introduction to j a z z theory including: chord scales, extended chords, functional analysis o f chord progression, primary and secondary root motion, and analysis JAZZ 172 Arranging I (1.5) and composition o f music in the style of j a z z standards Prerequisite: and the blues. 107 and J A Z Z 105. JAZZ 114 (1) (2,2,0) (F) (2,0,0) (S) JAZZ 103, to be taken with or after J A Z Z A study o f four-part block harmonization arranging techniques. Class Piano I Corequisite: JAZZ 103 T h i s course is designed for students who wish to learn JAZZ 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training I (1.5) (2,2,0) (F) basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposi- Corequisite: tion and harmonization are the skills developed during A u r a l and sight training concentrating on melodic, this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths o f the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered i n class. Students practice on the department's pianos. JAZZ 103 rhythmic dictation and sightsinging. JAZZ 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training II Corequisite: (1.5) (2,2,0) (S) (1.5) (0,3,0) (F) JAZZ 106 and 107 A continuation o f J A Z Z 184. JAZZ 115 (D (2,2,0) (S) JAZZ 194 Class Piano II Prerequisite: J A Z Z 114 Corequisites: JAZZ 106 and 107 Small Ensemble I For all instruments, requirements include several hours A continuation o f J A Z Z 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. JAZZ 136 of rehearsal a week plus a number o f performances. The styles studied are varied. Students are expected to develop individual and ensemble performance abilities and a professional attitude to both performance and (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Vocal Master Class I (by audition only) rehearsal. JAZZ 195 A n introductory course intended to develop the student's solo vocal performance capabilities through exploration of various popular and j a z z musical styles. Material is prepared for performance with a keyboard accompanist. This class is open to students not majoring in V o i c e . Vocalists w h o are judged to be at a sufficiently advanced level at their audition may substitute music electives for this course. Successful completion does not guarantee acceptance into higher level vocal courses. (1.5) (0,3,0) (S) (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Small Ensemble II A continuation o f J A Z Z 194. JAZZ 203 Jazz Theory & Composition II Prerequisites: instructor. J A Z Z 106 and 107 or permission o f the Continued exploration o f chord progression and melody including: analysis o f popular chord progression, m i x e d JAZZ 137 (1.5) Vocal Master Class II Prerequisite: (2,0,0) (S) mode chord progression, augmented 6th chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions. JAZZ 136 A continuation o f J A Z Z 136. Academic - Jazz Studies 157 JAZZ 204 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) JAZZ 239 Jazz Theory & Composition III Vocal Jazz Master Class II Prerequisite: Prerequisite: JAZZ 203 Continued exploration o f chord progression and melody JAZZ (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) 238 A continuation o f J A Z Z 238. including: analysis o f modern j a z z chord progression, parallel harmony, 70s j a z z theory o f modal areas, modern JAZZ 240 voicing techniques, reharmonization. Form and Analysis Prerequisite: JAZZ (D 214 JAZZ 106 or M U S . 101 (2,2,0) (F) A study o f complete works exhibiting the most signifi- Class Piano III cant formal designs of the 18th and 19th centuries, using Prerequisite: J A Z Z 115 a variety of visual means to clarify the roles o f harmonic, For students who have taken J A Z Z 115 or have had melodic, and rhythmic structure i n the articulation o f previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to musical form. common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor JAZZ 241 scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are Counterpoint emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight Prerequisite: (1.5) JAZZ (2,0,0) (S) 240 and J A Z Z 203 transfer and their musical application i n simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Emphasis w i l l be on developing the skills necessary to use the piano as a tool i n writing and arranging. (D JAZZ 215 (2,2,0) (S) A study o f tonal counterpoint emphasizing its use from late Baroque through the c o m m o n practice period. JAZZ 272 Arranging II Prerequisites: (1.5) JAZZ (2,0,0) (F) 172 and J A Z Z 105 Class Piano IV Corequisite: Prerequisite: Arranging projects for various combinations o f instru- J A Z Z 214 A continuation o f J A Z Z 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. JAZZ 236 J A Z Z 203 ments, plus a study o f two and three-part writing. JAZZ 282 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) (1.5) (1,2,0) (F) Improvisation I Studio Vocal Performance I (by audition only) Prerequisites: A course designed to develop the student's studio performance ability through preparation and performance of selected solo and ensemble material in the College's recording studio. A course to teach the basics o f improvisation on chord changes. The first term w i l l be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. (1.5) JAZZ 237 (2,0,0) (S) JAZZ 283 107, 115 and 185 (1.5) (1,2,0) (S) Improvisation II Studio Vocal Performance II Prerequisite: JAZZ JAZZ A continuation o f J A Z Z 282. This term w i l l be devoted 236 to analysis o f chord progressions and more advanced A continuation o f J A Z Z 236. JAZZ 238 chord-scale analysis. A t the end o f this term, students (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Vocal Jazz Master Class I (by audition only) Prerequisite: JAZZ 137 This course is intended to develop the live performance abilities o f the student through the study o f j a z z repertoire. Students w i l l study style and interpretation and perform with some o f Vancouver's top j a z z musicians. Academic - Jazz Studies 158 should have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" j a z z tune. JAZZ 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training III Prerequisite: J A Z Z 185 Corequisite: J A Z Z 203 (1.5) (2,2,0) (F) (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Studio Vocal Performance IV Prerequisite: JAZZ 336 A continuation o f J A Z Z 336. A continuation o f J A Z Z 185. JAZZ 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training IV JAZZ 337 (1.5) (2,2,0) (S) JAZZ 338 Vocal Jazz Master Class III Prerequisite: JAZZ 239 Prerequisite: J A Z Z 284 A continuation o f V o c a l Jazz Master Class II instruction Corequisite: JAZZ 204 with more emphasis on individual contribution and A continuation o f J A Z Z 284. responsibility. JAZZ (1.5) 294 (0,3,0) (F) Small Ensemble III Prerequisite: JAZZ 339 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Vocal Jazz Master Class IV JAZZ 195 Prerequisite: A variety o f j a z z styles/eras w i l l be studied, advancing chronologically from "bebop" and "mainstream" stand- A continuation o f J A Z Z 338. ards, through contemporary jazz o f the 60s and 70s and JAZZ 370 jazz-rock fusion, to current j a z z styles. Course operation Jazz Styles is on two levels o f study; instructional and lab performance. JAZZ 338 Prerequisite: JAZZ 170 A follow-up to J A Z Z 170. Detailed study o f the major (1.5) JAZZ 295 (0,3,0) (S) figures in jazz from 1940 to the present, such as Charlie Small Ensemble IV Parker, John Coltrane, B i l l Evans. Prerequisite: JAZZ 372 JAZZ 294 JAZZ 300 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Arranging III A continuation o f J A Z Z 294. (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisites: JAZZ 204, J A Z Z 272 20th Century Theory A study o f vocal writing styles and techniques. T h i s Prerequisites: course is not always offered. JAZZ 240, J A Z Z 204 A survey o f compositional techniques and theoretical principles utilized from 1890 to present coupled with an examination of various major composers and masterpieces o f their music. JAZZ 310 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) JAZZ Pedagogy Prerequisite: J A Z Z 204 JAZZ 382 (1.5) Improvisation III Prerequisite: JAZZ 283 This course contains both a lecture and lab component. Content w i l l include: substitution o f chord scales, tonicization, diminished chord scales, riff blues melodies, analysis and composition o f solos in various styles. Concepts, methods, and resources; examination and JAZZ 383 comparison o f textbooks, recordings, tapes, and materials Improvisation IV related to the study of jazz. JAZZ 336 Studio Vocal Performance II Prerequisite: J A Z Z 237 A continuation o f J A Z Z 237. Prerequisite: (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) (1,2,0) (F) (1.5) (1,2,0) (S) JAZZ 382 A continuation o f J A Z Z 382. Content w i l l include; altered and symmetrical scales, exploration o f the harmonic resources o f scales, pentatonic and altered pentatonic scales, 4th chord stacks, polychordal triad relationships, outside playing, the philosophy o f free jazz. Academic - Jazz Studies 159 JAZZ 394 (1.5) (0,3,1) (F) JAZZ 495 Small Ensemble V Small Ensemble VIII Prerequisite: A continuation of J A Z Z 494. J A Z Z 295 A t this level the student w i l l receive instruction i n ensemble performance for the recording studio. Students w i l l perform and produce under supervision. JAZZ 395 (1.5) (3) (0,3,0) (S) (1.5,0,0) (F,S) Concentration Private Music Instruction for Performance Majors (0,3,1) (S) A course designed to permit students i n the Performance Majors to pursue in-depth study o f his/her o w n music Small Ensemble VI Prerequisite: PPMI (various numbers) (1.5) specialty. The course consists o f a series o f one and one J A Z Z 394 half hour lessons or equivalent. A continuation o f J A Z Z 394. PMI. (Various Numbers) (1.5) JAZZ 410 (2,0,0) (F) (2) (1,0,0) (F,S) Concentration Private Music Instruction Conducting I Prerequisites: A course designed to permit students to pursue study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists o f a series o f one-hour lessons. JAZZ 204, 215, 240, 285 A study o f basic conducting techniques. JAZZ 411 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Conducting II Prerequisite: (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists o f a series of half-hour lessons on J A Z Z 410 A continuation o f Conducting I with emphasis on vocal and instrumental approaches. JAZZ 460 PMI. (Various Numbers) (1) Secondary Private Music Instruction (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) the student's secondary instrument. N o t e : T o enrol in any P M I . courses students must receive written permission from the program Coordinator. Commercial Relations in Music A course i n v o l v i n g aspects o f the music industry includ- PMI. Lab ing copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations This lab involves attendance at a number o f concerts and and the recording industry. is intended to broaden the musical experience o f students by exposing them to performances in a variety of j a z z and JAZZ 472 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Arranging IV in the Jazz Studies Program. Prerequisites: JAZZ 272 Corequisite: JAZZ 204 Course content includes writing techniques for large jazz ensemble. This course is not always offered . JAZZ 494 (1.5) (0,3,0) (F) Small Ensemble VII (by audition only) A j a z z performance ensemble for more advanced players. Students w i l l be required to perform in public several times during the semester. Academic - Jazz Studies 160 popular styles. Attendance is mandatory for graduation Kinesiology Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions G . C H A L M E R S , B . S c , ( S F U ) , M . S c , P h . D . (California) KIN. 142 Introduction to Kinesiology H . T. H U B B A L L , M . A . ( H . K I N . ) ( U B C ) S.R. S T E W A R T , M . A . (P.E.) (Western Ont.) General Information (3) (4,2,0) (S) A n introduction to the range o f subject areas encompassed in the discipline o f kinesiology, with basic assessment procedures for individual status and perform- The Capilano C o l l e g e Department o f Kinesiology and ance according to functional anatomy, biomechanics and H u m a n Kinetics offers a complete first year university exercise physiology. program in kinesiology, designed for students planning year for completion o f a major or a degree in the subject. KIN. 143 Exercise Management F o r more information regarding the Kinesiology Program A n introduction to exercise management and exercise please contact the Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n , physiology; conditioning methods, exercise techniques 984-4955. and fitness appraisal. on transferring to S i m o n Fraser University for second (3) (2,2,0) (F) Transfers to UBC Human Kinetics Program The U B C Department o f H u m a n Kinetics offers four areas o f concentration: (1) Exercise Science, (2) Health and Fitness, (3) Physical Education, and (4) Leisure and Sport Management. F o r information on the H u m a n Kinetics (formerly Physical Education) Program, see Human Kinetics section. Transfers to the University of Victoria The University o f V i c t o r i a Faculty o f Education, School of Physical Education, also accepts transfer of some courses from Capilano College. T o determine which courses are transferable, advisors at U V i c and/or Capilano C o l l e g e should be consulted. Transfers to SFU Kinesiology Program The K i n e s i o l o g y Program at S F U offers four different areas o f concentration: (1) A c t i v e Health, (2) Health and Physiological Sciences, (3) H u m a n Factors/Ergonomics, and (4) H u m a n Movement Sciences. T o determine which Capilano College courses are transferable to S F U , students should consult the S F U calendar, the B . C . Transfer Guide or the Capilano College Transfer Guide and academic advisors at S F U and/or Capilano College. Academic - Kinesiology 161 Labour Studies Contact: 984-4954 hard-working group o f representatives actively engage i n promoting and developing the program. Instructional Faculty Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit C . A S K E W , B . A . ( W . Ontario), L L . B . ( U B C ) , M e m b e r and credit-free basis. The F a l l program is offered i n of the B . C . B a r October and November and the Spring program i n M a r c h N . A M O N , B . A . (Kent), M . A . ( S F U ) through M a y . Each F a l l and Spring special brochures E . B E A D L E Cert. (Ins. C c l o f B . C . , Ins. C c l of Wash) describing the courses to be offered are issued. The V . C O C H R A N , L L . B . ( U B C ) , M e m b e r o f the B . C Bar brochures are available by contacting the L a b o u r Studies E . D E C K E R , B . A . (McMaster) Programme at 984-4954. S. D I A M O N D Courses are scheduled in the evening and on selected G . F I O R I L L O , L L . B . ( U V i c ) , M e m b e r o f the B . C . B a r Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays. G . J A M E S O N , B . A . ( U . Winnipeg), L L . B . ( U . M a n i toba), L L . M . ( U B C ) , M e m b e r o f the B . C . B a r F. K E N N E D Y L . K U E H N , B . A . , M . A . (Reed College) E . L A V A L L E , B . C o m m . , L L . B . ( U B C ) , M A . (Duke) L . M C G R A D Y , B . A . (Toronto), L L . B . (Man.), M e m b e r of the B . C B a r S. O ' D O N N E L L , B . A . , M A . ( U B C ) J. P A T E R S O N , B . A . ( U B C ) J. P A T T E R S O N , B . A . , M A . , ( Y o r k ) L L . B . ( U B C ) , M e m b e r o f the B . C . B a r J. P R I C E , B . A . , M . A . ( U B C ) D. R O G E R S , Diploma (BCIT) S. R U S H , Q . C , B . A . ( W . Ontario), L L . B . ( U B C ) , M e m b e r of the B . C . B a r J. S A Y R E , B . A . ( U . o f Chicago), L L . B . (Toronto), M e m b e r o f the B . C . B a r L . S P E R L I N G , B . A . (Wisconsin) J. S T E E V E S , B . A . , L L . B . ( U B C ) , M e m b e r o f the B . C Bar, M e m b e r o f the Y u k o n B a r B . S T R I N G E R , B . A . ( S F U ) , R . N . (Regina), M . S c . (McMaster) G . W A U G H , B . A . (Reading), M . A . ( U B C ) , Standard Teaching Credentials ( U K ) , B . C Registered Psychologist Bursary The George North Chair was established by friends i n memory of this outstanding member o f the trade union movement. The award is available to assist with registration costs for union members who wish to attend courses in the Labour Studies Programme. U n i o n members are first expected to seek sponsorship from their union i f they are eligible, before applying for a Bursary. Course Descriptions LSP. 100 (1.5) Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists (F) A n economics course emphasizing both the simplicity o f most economic ideas, and the relevance o f economics to an understanding o f the way Canadian society operates. It focuses on the reasons why economists disagree about free trade, the role o f government i n the economy and the role of unions, and isolates the political nature o f most economic arguments. Topics discussed include the workings o f the market system, the idea of competition and the reality o f monopoly power, the potential benefits and costs of "free trade", and the causes and consequences of inflation and employment. (Faculty on leave) S. D A V I S , B . A . , L L . B . (Queen's), M e m b e r o f the B . C . Bar LSP. 101 (1.5) Labour Economics: Alternatives & Options (S) A . N . M A C L E A N , B . A . (Alta), L L . B . ( U B C ) This course builds on the material from L S P . 100 to B . M E R R A L L , (Diploma) Labour College o f Canada provide information on alternative economic models S. S A U N D E R S , B . A . (Windsor) including Marxist economic theory. Discussion focuses on the development and nature o f capitalist economics General Information and the causes o f short and long term economic crises. The Labour Studies Programme is committed to meeting the special education needs o f B . C . workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general. LSP. 105 (1.5) Corporate Financial Statement Analysis Close relations with the labour movement are maintained through the Users' A d v i s o r y Committee which is open to representatives o f unions who use the program. This Academic - Labour Studies 162 (F,S) A general introduction to reading and understanding financial statements focusing on corporate income statements and balance sheets. There is discussion o f return and how to determine the cost of employee LSP. 116 (1.0) Workers' Compensation Act and the WCB benefits. The course provides a general understanding of the concepts such as the definition o f profit and investment LSP. 109 Legal Research Skills (1.0) (F,S) (F,S) Workers' Compensation A c t by the W . C . B . The statutory and administrative framework o f the Workers' C o m p e n sation Board and all phases o f claims handling are This course provides students with a general understand- examined. ing o f the fundamental principles o f legal research. required to represent workers with compensation appeals Students learn the basics o f legal research by doing a with special emphasis on reviewing W . C . B . c l a i m files, series of specific research problems. The Labour Rela- securing evidence, presenting the evidence by written tions B o a r d library is used by the participants to under- submissions and at oral hearings. Students are provided with information take hands-on research assignments. LSP. 110 B.C. Labour Law (1.5) (F,S) LSP. 117 Introduction to UIC Procedures (1.0) (F,S) The Unemployment Insurance A c t is a basic part o f A basic but comprehensive course designed to acquaint Canada's "social safety net". H i g h unemployment makes union members as w e l l as officers and staff with the unemployment insurance more important than ever to essentials o f the provincial labour law. working people. The course covers organizing, unfair labour practices, This course is intended to help union officers and ordi- arbitration, strikes, lockouts and picketing, amongst other nary workers understand how unemployment insurance topics. works. M a n y topics are covered, from the determination The sessions include detailed examination of the Labour of insurable employments to types o f benefits, avoiding Relations C o d e , important Labour Relations Board trouble with a claim, and termination. The complex decisions, as w e l l as court decisions dealing with labour appeal system is thoroughly discussed, and students are law issues. offered a chance to take part in a simulated Board o f Referees hearing at the final session. Students become LSP. 111 The Canada Labour Code (1.5) (F,S) familiar with the Unemployment Insurance A c t and Regulations, policy manual, umpire's decisions, and other research tools. A broad examination o f the Code and decisions which affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction o f labour law research methods and their application. Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and the creation and effect o f the collective agreement. LSP. 113 (1.5) Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA) (F,S) A wide examination o f the federal labour laws dealing specifically with the public sector worker and their impact. Emphasis on labour law research methods and their application, collective agreements, grievances and back-to-work legislation for "essential" service workers. LSP. 115 (1.0) Issues in Occupational Health and Safety (F,S) A general background to and overview o f the main social, medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B . C . workers i n the field o f health and safety. Special attention is given to the Workers' Compensation Board. LSP. 118 Human Rights Law (1.0) (F,S) A n examination o f the essential practices and procedures in human rights law focusing on sexual harassment. This course offers up-to-date legal information from the provincial and federal jurisdictions. It provides an assessment o f legal protection under the H u m a n Rights A c t o f British C o l u m b i a , the Canadian H u m a n Rights Act, and the Canadian Charter o f Rights and Freedoms, as well as collective agreements and institutional policies. The course provides the participant with a thorough understanding o f liability, the process o f filing a c o m plaint, and appropriate remedies in human rights law. LSP. 119 Civil Rights and the Work Place (1.0) (F,S) Specific c i v i l rights problems arising i n the work place, including issues o f political, economic and legal rights of the worker; examination o f legal remedies available Academic - Labour Studies 163 of c i v i l rights i n the work place; protection o f c i v i l rights LSP. 140 (1.5) History of the Labour Movement in Canada under the provincial and federal legislation through A survey o f the history o f the labour movement i n contracting and in collective agreements. A problem- Canada from the formation o f the w o r k i n g class i n the to trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement (S) solving format with discussions o f current c i v i l rights 19th century through to mass industrial unionism. B y issues, "right-to-work" legislation, race and sex discrimi- looking at specific conflicts a good overview is obtained nation. of the struggles o f the labour movement to gain the right LSP. 120 (1.5) (F,S) Politics: Understanding Government Bureaucracy A course w h i c h outlines h o w government operates i n various spheres, the impact it makes on the citizen, how to utilize procedures for redressing grievances that result from bureaucracy, and what channels are open for citizen participation. In addition, the course looks at the c i v i l servant and his/her relationship to other workers. LSP. 122 (1.5) Politics: Labour Policy in Canada to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively and provide decent wages and w o r k i n g conditions. LSP. 141 (1.0) (F,S) Telling Your Union's Story: A Course in Practical History This is a companion course for the larger course i n Labour History, but it can be taken separately. It is designed to give some basic research skills, skills that can (F,S) be applied toward learning the history of your union - its development, policies, past struggles and victories. It is meant to be a practical course: the participants learn how Provides a basic understanding o f the structures and to use resources, how to apply them, and how to present processes o f policy m a k i n g i n Canada with a direct focus the results to others. on the formation o f L a b o u r P o l i c y . The participant gains Canada, learns the impact federalism has on policy LSP. 142 (1.5) History of the Labour Movement in B.C. formation, and becomes familiarized with channels o f The birth and growth of trade unionism in B . C . Through a specific knowledge o f the structures o f government in policital input. LSP. 130 Sociology of Work a wide collection o f printed and visual materials partici- (1.5) (F,S) pants analyze the raw and vital struggles between B . C . ' s working people and the industrialists who opposed them. The major economic and political issues o f the movement This course assists i n the understanding o f the social context i n w h i c h work occurs. A n attempt to develop tools to understand the various social settings in which work has been placed is undertaken. The different ways in w h i c h w o r k i n g people have been manipulated by the new social engineers is also studied. LSP. 131 Race and Ethnic Relations (F) (1.5) (F,S) are traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems o f racism and immigration, the struggle to organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's rights, political expression. LSP. 150 Women in the Work Force (1.0) (F,S) This course focuses on what women want to do in their The issue o f racism has been used in the past to weaken union. It encompasses the political realities o f the labour and divide unions. This course w i l l help unionists movement as it is today, as well as personal and emo- become sensitive to complexities o f race and ethnic tional politics within the trade union movement as they relations; give practical advice on integrating minority exist in our sexist society. workers into the union and develop techniques to deal community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive LSP. 151 (1.0) Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy effects o f racism w i l l be discussed. Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they with biases and prejudice at the work place and in the (F,S) need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but also takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping inhibits us from developing these skills. T h i s course Academic - Labour Studies 164 covers the following areas: W o m e n and Power, Assertiveness, A d v o c a c y , Organizing and Group Dynamics. LSP. 155 (1.0) (F,S) Indian Land Claims and the Trade Union Movement LSP. 163 Media Workshops (1.5) (F,S) The aim o f this workshop is to gain the skills for singletray slide-tape production. O n completion o f the course, the learner w i l l be able to script a slide-tape programme; This course acquaints the participant with the position o f prepare and shoot graphics; record, edit and m i x an native people on the issue of land claims. A n understand- elementary audio tape; shoot the slides for a slide-tape ing o f the implications o f native land claims for the trade programme; and pulse and playback a slide-tape. union movement and the history o f native people in studied i n relation to the whole question o f land. LSP. 170 (1.5) (F,S) Communications: Public Speaking and Parliamentary Procedures LSP. 160 (3.0) (F,S) Media for Trade Union Education and Organization A l l the skills and techniques necessary for effective The objective of this course is to become familiar with to meet the needs o f active unionists and officers, this simple media production skills for use in the labour course combines principles and practice in a "learn while movement. The participant learns how to record and dub doing" format. Training in the following skills areas: audio material, use an instamatic or 35 m m still camera 1. effective public speaking: including methods o f oral Canada and British C o l u m b i a is gained. This history is communications in active union involvement. Designed for slides, produce a simple slide-audio show, use communication, effective listening and response, portable video equipment for basic recording, write news confidence building, and style development. R o l e releases, pamphlets, and internal newsletters and edit plays aid the participant i n overcoming fears and audio and video tape. speech anxiety while m a x i m i z i n g organization, objectives and analysis o f impact. LSP. 161 Working with Mass Media (1.5) (F,S) 2. effective meetings: effective chairing, preparation o f agendas, and building a good "process" with the This course is designed to acquaint trade unionists with assistance of rules o f order. the native o f print and electronic mass media with a view to improving techniques for relating to the media. Specific topics w h i c h emerge from the classes w i l l be dealt with, typical o f w h i c h might be media ownership and the process o f "newsmaking". LSP. 162 (1.5) Working Culture and History of Labour Arts (F,S) Since its beginning, Canadian labour has worked to build a cultural life supportive of the concerns o f working people. A t the same time, visual artists, film makers, dramatists, musicians, writers and other cultural workers have identified with the movement for social change embodied in organized labour. LSP. 180 Stewards' Training (1.5) (F,S) This course is intended to assist stewards and union members in developing confidence in their ability to adequately represent their fellow workers at the office or job site as well as provide the m i n i m u m technical skills i n advocacy and contract interpretation. In addition, the course provides a brief overview o f the history o f the North A m e r i c a n Labour M o v e m e n t and its institutions as they have developed. LSP. 181 Collective Bargaining (1.5) (F,S) This course explores the history o f Canadian labour Technical and practical information for the union nego- culture, the influence of various ethnic and international tiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining process currents in creating a rich cultural identity and the limits including preparation and development o f proposals; and possibilities opened by the advent of mass media. contract language and costing. Bargaining table advo- Examples of film, video, television, song, literature and cacy skills are explored. Material is available for the visual art are used as focal points for discussion. specific needs o f public and private sector bargaining. A bargaining simulation is held as an integral part o f the course. Academic - Labour Studies 165 LSP. 182 Union Local Administration (1.5) (F.S) LSP. 210 Arbitration (F,S) (1.5) This course is designed to provide union activists and This course, w h i c h is open to students who have previ- local officers with basic skills i n parliamentary proce- ously completed L S P . 110, 111, 113 or any other L a b o u r dures as w e l l as the administrative duties o f officers and L a w course, is an advanced course dealing with matters committee members in local unions. The course requires such as rules o f evidence, procedures, selection o f considerable student participation to develop debating arbitrators, arbitration powers and a brief history o f and advocacy skills. arbitration. It deals with grievance arbitration arising out of the collective agreement. LSP. 190 Contract Costing (1.0) (F.S) This course evaluates the "numbers game" played at the LSP. 216 (1.0) (F,S) Workers' Compensation Appeals - Intermediate Level bargaining table and in the media around bargaining This course is open to students w h o have previously issues. It deals with union and employer approaches to completed L S P . 116 or have experience i n representing costing the different elements o f bargaining proposals workers with compensation appeals. The course provides and settlements. an understanding o f the Workers' Compensation appeals Topics discussed include: • wages and benefits and the concept of total compensation; • the effects o f inflation and design o f C O L A clauses; • sources of information for monetary negotiations and the uses and limitations o f external comparisons. process with special emphasis on policies, procedures and practice by preparing and presenting appeals at the Workers' Compensation R e v i e w B o a r d . Students are provided with practical skills for reviewing medical evidence and requesting medical legal opinions. A key part of the course is a case study that involves preparation of an appeal and the presentation o f the appeal to a panel Participants also consider issues such as strategy, the of the Workers' Compensation R e v i e w B o a r d . public relations aspects o f costing, and the relationship o f costing to pay equity. LSP. 191 Introduction to Pension Plans (1.0) (F.S) This course, useful for Pension Trustees, potential Trustees, union officers and pension plan administrative staff, is a thorough examination of pension plans and pension issues. Topics developed and discussed include defined benefit and money purchase plans; regulation o f pensions; the law o f trusts; investment principles and practices; the design, financing, administration and communication o f pension plans; strategic planning for pensions. LSP. 192 (1.0) Introduction to Health 8i Welfare Benefits (F,S) This course has been developed to provide a working understanding of the various aspects of Health & W e l fare/Benefit Plans. The following topics are incorporated: what is contained in a Health & Welfare Plan; government involvement; designing a benefit plan, costing components; methods of financing a benefit plan; benefit plan administration. Academic - Labour Studies 166 LSP. 226 (1.0) Advanced Workers' Compensation - Appeal Preparation 8t Presentation (F.S) The course is open to students who have previously completed L S P . 116, L S P . 216 or have experience in representing workers with compensation at the appeal level. This course provides detailed review o f A d v a n c e d Workers' Compensation Appeals to the Appeals Tribunal (Commissioners) and to the M e d i c a l R e v i e w Panel. Students review appeals procedures and policies for advanced appeals and complete practical skills exercises. Mathematics and Statistics Instructional Faculty Although each of M A T H 105 and 107 is recognized by post secondary institutions as a M a t h 12 equivalent, A . E . T . B E N T L E Y , B . S c . (Hons.) ( U B C ) , M . A . , P h . D . (Missouri), Coordinator o f Mathematics R . C . B R E W S T E R , B . S c . (Hons.), M . S c . ( U V i c ) , P h . D . (SFU) P. C A R T E R , B . S c . (Hons) (Sheffield) M . S c , P h . D . (UBC) L.F. H A R R I S , B.A., M . A . , (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U ) R. H A U S C H I L D T , B . S c . (Hons.) (Queen's), M . S c . (UBC) J. J O H N S T O N , B . M a t h (Waterloo), B . E d . (Toronto), M . M a t h (Waterloo) C . M O R G A N , B . S c . (Hons.), M . S c , P h . D (Memorial) it is common for students even with M a t h 12 completion to take one o f these precalculus courses in preparation for calculus. B o t h 105 and 107 receive individual transfer credit at S F U and U V i c . A t U B C transfer credit is granted for a combined precalculus ( M A T H 105 or 107) and calculus ( M A T H 108 or 110) package (except those faculties at U B C w h i c h require M a t h 12 for admission). C h e c k the Mathematics Placement Test ( M P T ) section and individual course listings for the prerequisite requirements for each o f M A T H 105 and 107. Some sections o f precalculus w i l l have a delayed start to enable students to complete M A T H 095 in the first part o f the term. R . R . R E N N I E , B . S c , M . S c . (Brigham Y o u n g ) , P h . D . (UBC) 3. Calculus I K . V . T O W S O N , B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU) M A T H 110 is a general purpose first year calculus R . H . V E R N E R , B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B . C . course whereas M A T H 108 is a calculus course Teaching Cert. ( U B C ) A . W A T E R M A N , B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert. ( U B C ) C . W A T K I S S , B . S c . (Carleton), M . S c , P h . D . (Toronto) specifically designed for students planning to pursue a business or commerce program. C h e c k the M a t h ematics Placement Test ( M P T ) section and individual course listings for the prerequisite requirements for each o f M A T H 108 and 110. Laboratory Supervisor L Y N N , W . , B . S c . (Carleton), M . A . S c . (Waterloo) 4. Introductory Statistics M A T H 101 is an introductory statistics course designed primarily for non-science students wanting to General Information The Mathematics and Statistics Department offers first fulfill a science elective requirement. Specific Program Requirements and second year university level courses in mathematics and statistics as w e l l as preparatory courses. Students should use the following three sections as guidelines for selecting math courses at the first year Entry Courses level. Due to the specialized needs o f some programs at the universities, the Mathematics and Statistics Depart- 1. Preparatory ment advises students to consult the university calendar M A T H 009 is an individualized study course for and to seek guidance from a College advisor or math students needing a basic arithmetic refresher. instructor for appropriate course selection. M A T H 090 and 095 are 1.5 credit courses designed 1. Science, Forestry, Engineering for students needing introductory through intermediate level algebra. It is possible to complete both courses Students planning to pursue science or science related in a single term. The combined M A T H 090/095 is programs are required to take M A T H 110/111. Engineer- recognized by post secondary institutions as a M a t h ing students should consult the Engineering 11 equivalent. section in the calendar. Students planning to pursue 2. Precalculus mathematics or statistics at U B C should take in their first year: M A T H 107 is a precalculus course specifically designed for students planning to pursue a business or M A T H 110/111 commerce program, whereas M A T H 105 focusses P H Y S 114/115 more on scientific applications. C H E M 110/111 (or 108/109) C O M P 110/111 E N G L (6 credits) Academic - Mathematics and Statistics 167 2. Arts, Social Science T o fulfill a one year science elective requirement non- To write the Calculus placement test, students should have at least a " C " grade in M a t h 12. science students typically take M A T H 101/102, although W i t h i n a given year students are not a l l o w e d to rewrite any o f the precalculus/calculus combinations also meet the Calculus or Precalculus M P T . this requirement. Students planning to pursue a psychology program at S F U are required to take M A T H 107 i f they have not completed M a t h 12. 3. Commerce, Business, Economics Students planning to pursue a commerce, business or economics program are required to take M A T H 108 (and M A T H 107 i f the prerequisite requirements for 108 are not met; transfer credit w i l l be given for M A T H 107). In addition M A T H 109 is required for students planning to transfer to the commerce program or economics at U B C . For a detailed description o f commerce courses and program requirements see the Calendar section titled Commerce. University Transfer Credit Except where explicitly noted, all math courses numbered 101 or higher transfer to S F U , U B C and U V i c F o r details, consult the B . C . Transfer G u i d e or the Capilano M P T are offered on a regularly-scheduled basis throughout the year. Please contact the Registrar's Office or the Pure and A p p l i e d Sciences D i v i s i o n for more information. Graphing Calculator The Mathematics and Statistics Department believes that the graphing calculator greatly enhances mathematics instruction and learning. Students enrolling i n M A T H 095 or any first year course, M A T H 105 or higher, are required to have a graphing calculator. Specific recommendations on make and model w i l l be available during the registration period. Course Descriptions Note: Students are strongly cautioned that normally they need at least a " B - " grade in a prerequisite course (preferably within the past year) to have a reasonable chance of success at the next course level. College Transfer G u i d e available at the A d v i s i n g Centre or C o l l e g e Reception. Math Placement Test (MPT) MATH 009 Arithmetic (1) (0,3*,0) (Su,F,S) A review of the basic arithmetic operations. A p p l i c a t i o n s Students wanting to enrol i n a Precalculus course ( M A T H 105 or 107) or a C a l c u l u s I course ( M A T H 108 or 110) must write a mathematics placement test i f either (or both) of the following two conditions apply: to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This (a) Their mathematics prerequisite course was completed uled hours per week for this course. is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning students who require a basic math refresher. * Students are generally required to attend three sched- prior to 1995 for admission into F a l l 1996 courses; prior to 1996 for admission into Spring 1997 and Summer 1997 courses. MATH 090 (1.5) Introductory Algebra with Functions Prerequisite: (b) Their mathematics prerequisite course was completed at a B . C . secondary school (or equivalent) with a final letter grade standing below: (4*,0,0) (Su,F,S) M a t h 11 with at least a " C - " grade or permission of a mathematics instructor. Develops the concepts o f introductory algebra with emphasis on the real number system, the algebra o f " C " i n M a t h 12 for admission to M A T H 105 or M A T H 107; exponents, and polynomial arithmetic at the elementary level. This course is intended for students who require a basic introduction to algebra. " B " i n M a t h 12 for admission to M A T H 108; " A " i n M a t h 12, or at least a " B " in both M a t h 12 and Calculus 12, for admission to M A T H 110. T o write the Precalculus placement test, students should have at least a " C " grade in M a t h 11 or at least a " P " grade in M a t h 12. Academic - Mathematics and Statistics 168 * This course meets four hours per week for seven weeks (half a term). MATH 095 (1.5) Intermediate Algebra with Functions Prerequisite: (4*,0,0)(Su,F,S) M A T H 010 or M A T H 090 or B M T H 045 MATH 107 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Precalculus for Business and Social Sciences N O T E : This course is not transferable to U B C unless with at least a " C - " grade, or M a t h 11 with at least a " C " combined with M A T H 108. grade or permission o f a Mathematics instructor. Prerequisite: Develops the concepts o f intermediate algebra including tion within the past year of: M a t h 12 with at least a " C " polynomials, rational expressions, radical expressions, grade; or M A T H 010 or B M T H 045 with at least a " B " quadratic equations and an introduction to logarithms. grade; or M A T H 099 or 095 with at least a " C + " grade. This course is intended for students who have already completed a basic introduction to algebra. M a t h Placement Test ( M P T ) O R comple- The mathematical models/applications i n this course w i l l be mainly business/finance oriented. * This course meets four hours per week for seven weeks Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, absolute (half a term). value, systems o f linear equations, functions and graphs, MATH 101 (3) Introduction to Statistics Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (F,S) inverse functions, mathematical modelling, exponential and logarithm functions, circular and trigonometic functions, right-triangle trigonometry, arithmetic and M a t h 11 or M A T H 010 or M A T H 090 or M A T H 099 or B M T H 045 with at least a " C - " grade or permission o f the instructor. geometric progressions, compound interest and annuities, summation notation, binomial theorem. N o duplicate credit for M A T H 105/107. A n introduction to the language o f statistics and some distribution; random sampling, normal distribution, MATH 108 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Calculus I for Business and Social Sciences estimation o f parameters and testing hypotheses. Prerequisite: statistical methods, including random variables and their MATH 102 Statistical Methods Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) M a t h Placement Test ( M P T ) O R comple- tion within the past year of: M a t h 12 with at least a " B " grade; or M A T H 105 or M A T H 107 or B M T H 046 with at least a " C - " grade. M A T H 101 with at least a " C - " grade. A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geom- A study o f important statistical methods commonly used etry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching, in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their optimization, growth and decay. The integral with non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis o f applications. variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. MATH 105 (3) Precalculus Mathematics (4,0,0) (Su,F,S) N O T E : T h i s course is not transferable to U B C except i f combined with M A T H 110 or 108. Prerequisite: M a t h Placement Test ( M P T ) O R completion within the past year of: M a t h 12 with at least a " C " grade; or M A T H 010 or B M T H 045 with at least a " B " grade; or M A T H 099 or 095 with at least a " C + " grade. N o duplicate credit w i l l be given for M A T H 108/110. MATH 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Calculus II for Business and Social Sciences Prerequisite: M A T H 108 or M A T H 110 with at least a " C - " grade. Trigonometric functions, applications o f the definite integral, integration techniques. Functions o f several independent variables, partial derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, multiple integrals, some techniques A review o f algebra and a discussion o f functions, for solving differential equations, systems o f linear graphs, mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms equations and matrix algebra. and exponential functions. Primarily for students who N o duplicate credit w i l l be given for M A T H 109/111. anticipate taking calculus courses or who require a M a t h 12 equivalent course. N o duplicate credit for M A T H 105/107. Academic - Mathematics and Statistics 169 (4.5) MATH 110 (6,0,0) (Su,F,S) Prerequisite: determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces. Theorems and proofs are an important Calculus I M a t h Placement Test ( M P T ) O R comple- tion within the past year of: M a t h 12 with an " A " grade; or M a t h 12 and C a l c u l u s 12 with at least a " B " grade in each; or M A T H 105 or B M T H 046 with at least a " C - " component o f the course. MATH 204 Prerequisite: grade. L i m i t s , continuity, the derivative, rules o f differentiation, (3) (4,0,0) (F,S)* Probability and Statistics for Applications M A T H 108 or M A T H 110 with at least a " C - " grade or permission o f the instructor. implicit differentiation, related rates, curve sketching, A calculus based introduction to classical and non- optimization, differentials; definite integrals and anti- parametric techniques for inferences about means, differentiation; logarithmic and exponential functions. variances and analysis o f variance. The emphasis w i l l be N o duplicate credit w i l l be given for M A T H 108/110. on problem formulation, models, assumptions and interpretation. Regularly scheduled "labs" w i l l introduce This course may be completed by guided self-study course participants to appropriate supporting statistical format using video instruction. software. MATH 111 (4.5) (6,0,0) (Su,F,S) Calculus II Prerequisite: * M A T H 204 to be offered i n either F a l l or Spring term. MATH 205 M A T H 110 with at least a " C - " grade. (3) A study o f the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques o f Prerequisite: integration, applications o f the integral; polar coordinates, M A T H 110 and permission o f instructor. parametric curves; sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Theorem. (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to Probability and Statistics M A T H 111 with at least a " C - " grade or A calculus based study o f probability, discrete and continuous random variables, mathematical expectation, N o duplicate credit w i l l be given for M A T H 109/111. moment generating functions, Central L i m i t Theorem, MATH 152 hypothesis testing. sampling from normal populations, confidence intervals, (3) (4,0,1) (S) Linear Algebra and Differential Equations N O T E : This course is intended for students in the MATH 215 Engineering Program. Introduction to Analysis Corequisite: Prerequisite: M A T H 110 and 111 with at least a M A T H 111 A n introduction to systems o f linear equations and (3) (4,0,0) (F,S)* " B - " average. matrices, vector spaces and linear transformations, A course for students who plan to proceed i n mathemat- determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner ics. L o g i c , sets, functions, limits o f sequences and series; product spaces. The theory w i l l be applied to first order introduction to continuity, the derivative, R i e m a n n linear differential equations, first order linear systems and Integral. engineering topics. * M A T H 215 to be offered i n the F a l l or S p r i n g when sufficient student demand is evident. The Math Department offers a full second year university transfer program in math. Students planning to take 200 level math should seek advice from math instructors. MATH 230 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Calculus III Prerequisite: M A T H 111 with at least a " C - " grade. Corequisite: M A T H 200 (if not already completed) or MATH 200 (3) (4,0,0) (F) permission of instructor. Linear Algebra Analytical geometry o f three dimensions; partial differen- Prerequisite: tiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transfor- M A T H 111 with at least a " C - " grade A n introduction to systems o f linear equations and matrices, vector spaces and linear transformations, Academic - Mathematics and Statistics 170 mations to various coordinate systems. MATH 231 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Calculus IV Prerequisite: M A T H 230 w i t h at least a " C - " grade. V e c t o r calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stokes's Theorem; applications. MATH 235 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Introduction to Differential Equations Prerequisite: M A T H 200 and M A T H 230 with at least a " C - " grade. A n introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; higher order linear differential equations; linear systems; power series techniques; Laplace transform method; the phase plane, applications. 2% r, Academic - Mathematics and Statistics 171 Music Transfer i BACHELOR OF MUSIC TRANSFER PROGRAM TWO YEAR DIPLOMA AND TRANSFERABILITY TO THIRD YEAR UNIVERSITY C o n t a c t : Lars K a a r i o , Coordinator, Office F R 1 1 9 , Phone 984-4951. Career Opportunities • Private M u s i c Teacher - with the completion o f the two Instructional Faculty M . A R M A N I N I , A . R . C . T . (Toronto), B . M u s . , M . M u s . (UBC) year d i p l o m a program • first two years toward a M u s i c degree leading to a career i n M u s i c Education or Performance G . A L C O C K , A . R . C . T . (Toronto) D. A S T O R , B . A . ( U B C ) J. B E R A R D U C C I , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , M . A . ( W . Wash.) J. B E R K M A N , B . M u s . (Oberlin), M . M u s . (Juilliard) N. B O H N A , B.MUS., M.Mus. (UBC) S. B O S W E L L , A . R . C . M . ( R o y a l C o l l e g e o f M u s i c , London) K . C E R N A U S K A S , D i p . (Salzburg), B . M u s . (Toronto) S. D E N R O C H E , B . M u s . ( U B C ) University Transfer Capilano C o l l e g e offers the first two years o f a Bachelor of M u s i c Degree. A l l courses in the Bachelor o f M u s i c Transfer Program are transferable to S c h o o l o f M u s i c at the University o f British C o l u m b i a and to the Faculty o f M u s i c at the University o f V i c t o r i a . Students w i s h i n g to transfer to the Faculty o f A r t s at U B C , S F U , or U V i c with a major i n M u s i c should take M U S . 100/101/102, N . D I N O V O , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UT) 112/113, 120/121 in their first year, and M U S . 200/201, L . F A L L S , A . R . C . T . (Toronto), B . M u s . , M . M u s . ( U B C ) 212/213, 220/221 i n their second year. O u r students have J. G E E , B . M u s . , M . A . ( U B C ) also received transfer credit to the f o l l o w i n g universities: P. H O Y , B . M u s . (U.Texas), M . M u s . , D . M u s . ( U S C ) Alberta, Calgary, Dalhousie, Regina, Brandon, Y o r k , L . K A A R I O , B . M u s . ( U B C ) , M . M u s . (W.Wash.), Guelph, Western Ontario, M c G i l l and Western W a s h i n g - Coordinator ton. L . K A S P R Z A K , M . F . A (Wroclaw) D. M C C O Y , M.Mus. ( U B C ) G. M C N A B , B.Mus., M.Mus. ( U B C ) Admission Requirements K. M O O R E , B.Mus. ( U B C ) Entering students should have a basic knowledge o f N. NICHOLSON music rudiments (approximately at the level o f Toronto T. N I C K E L S , B . A . ( U . C . L . A . ) Conservatory Rudiments II). A. N O D W E L L , B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (UVic) Students entering on piano must be at a grade 10 level D. O K E , B.Mus. ( U B C ) (Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a D. O V E R G A A R D , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC), D . M . A . qualifying term may enrol i n other courses. (USC) G. R A M S B O T T O M P. S C H R E I B E R , B . M u s . ( U B C ) Students entering in composition must have a w o r k i n g knowledge o f diatonic harmony. P. S H A W , B . M u s . (Ohio) Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano D . S P A R K E S , B . M u s . E d . (Toronto) must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty. D. V A N D E R E Y K , B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) E . W E A N , M . M u s . ( N e w England) S. W O O D Y A R D , B . M u s . (Victoria) General Information Admissions Procedure A l l applicants must: 1. C o m p l y with the general admission requirements o f Capilano College and the specific admission require- Capilano C o l l e g e offers four music programs: a two-year ments for A c a d e m i c Studies. D i p l o m a o f M u s i c from the Bachelor o f M u s i c Transfer Program, a two-year D i p l o m a in Jazz Studies, a fouryear Degree in Jazz Studies and a four-year Degree in M u s i c Therapy. F o r information on Jazz Studies see section on Jazz Studies. F o r information on the M u s i c Therapy Program see section on M u s i c Therapy. 2. Participate i n a private interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3. Write a theory placement test and take an ear test. 4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this w i l l consist o f two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight reading. Academic - Music Transfer 172 I 5. W r i t e the Capilano College E D T (English Diagnostic Test) or the Provincial L P I . If y o u received an " A " must be paid by the end o f the registration period in order to take P M I . N o late registration is allowed. grade in E n g l i s h 12 or Literature 12, then you are not Credits required to write either. (Creative W r i t i n g 12 does not Program Content count as E n g l i s h 12.) Please try to have your E D T or FIRST T E R M L P I mark before your audition and interview. E N G L 100 Composition 3.0 E N S M 100 C h o i r - Ensemble I 1.0 6. Submit an Application for A d m i s s i o n to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar, together with official copies o f transcripts o f all secondary and post-secondary education. Early application is advised. or E N S M 110 Orchestra I M U S . 100 Theory I 3.0 M U S . 112 Ear Training and 1.5 Sight S i n g i n g I 7. A l l interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in M a y and August. * M U S . 114 ClassPiano 1.0 M U S . 120 History I 3.0 - * * M U S . 360 or E N S J 135 or E N S J 140, Auditions w i l l involve the presentation of two contrasting M U S . 110 or M U S . 218 or M U S . 210 prepared pieces and a demonstration o f the student's or M U S . 122 or Arts Elective instrumental technique and sightreading ability. P M I . 1 xx L e v e l 1.0-3.0 2£ 14.5-17.5 Registration 1. Returning students may pre-register during the month of A p r i l . SECOND TERM E N G L 103 or 104 or 105 or 106 3.0 E N S M 150 1.0 C h o i r - Ensemble TJ or E N S M 160 Orchestra n 2. N e w students demonstrating sufficient instrumental M U S . 101 Theory II - Harmony 2.0 and/or theoretical accomplishment in their placement M U S . 102 Repertoire A n a l y s i s 1.0 test may preregister during M a y and early August to M U S . 113 E a r Training and * M U S . 115 ClassPiano 1.0 M U S . 121 History II 3.0 ensure their enrolment. 3. Students may register during in-person registration. Graduation Requirements Sight S i n g i n g II 1.5 * * M U S . 361 or E N S J 185 or E N S J 190, M U S . 110 or M U S . 219 or M U S . 211 The complete program requirements must be successfully or M U S . 123 or Arts elective completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science PMI.2xx Level 1.0-3.0 10 14.5-17.5 Diploma. Scholarships and Bursaries The program offers several substantial scholarships and bursaries w h i c h vary i n amount from year to year. A m o n g those offered are the Canadian Daughters' League Bursaries and the N a n M c L e a n G o o d w i n Scholarships as well as several First and Second Y e a r Scholarships. F o r further information ask the Co-ordinator o f the program. Special Fees and Expenses THIRD T E R M E N G L 200 or 212 3.0 E N S M 200 1.0 C h o i r - Ensemble III or E N S M 210 Orchestra III M U S . 200 Theory III M U S . 212 Ear Training and * M U S . 214 M U S . 220 3.0 Sight Singing III 1.5 Class Piano History III 3.0 1.0 * * M U S . 110 or 210 or E N S J 235 or E N S J 240 or M U S . 218 or M U S . 122 The fees for Private M u s i c Instruction ( P M I . ) w i l l be or Arts elective announced at least one month prior to the beginning o f P M I . 3xx L e v e l 1.0-3.0 m i the F a l l term. 14.5-17.5 M a x i m u m tuition for full-time study for the 1995/96 FOURTH TERM academic year was $1,225 per semester. Included in this E N G L 201 or 213 3.0 m a x i m u m tuition are the costs o f all required Private E N S M 250 C h o i r - Ensemble I V 1.0 M u s i c Instruction. A deposit o f $32 o f the P M I . fees or 260 Orchestra I V | Academic - Music Transfer 173 M U S . 201 Theory I V M U S . 213 Ear Training and 3.0 P M I . 2xx L e v e l * P S Y C 100 Sight S i n g i n g I V 1.5 * M U S . 215 Class Piano 1.0 M U S . 221 History I V 3.0 * * M U S . 11 1 or 211 or E N S 285 or E N S 290 2.0 Intro to Psychology 3.0 or P S Y C 101 Theories o f B e h a v i o r 17.5 THIRD T E R M B I O L 104 Human Biology I 3.0 or M U S . 219 or M U S . 123 or Arts elective 1.0-3.0 E N S M 200 or 210 1.0 P M I . 4xx Level 2ti M U S . 200 3.0 14.5-17.5 M U S . 212 Theory III Ear Training and Sight Singing III 1.5 *If a student is a piano major, then he/she may take a * M U S . 214 Class Piano 1.0 secondary P M I . M U S . 220 History III 3.0 **Students may graduate with 62 to 64 credits depending P M I . 3xx L e v e l on which options they choose. Guitar students must take P S Y C 204 2.0 Developmental Psychology Guitar Ensemble through Extension Services. Such 3J) 17.5 students may graduate w i t h 60 credits by excluding the FOURTH TERM optional courses from their program. E N S M 250 or 260 1.0 M U S . 201 Theory I V 3.0 M U S . 213 Ear Training and Sight Singing I V 1.5 Students planning on going into the Bachelor o f M u s i c * M U S . 215 Class Piano 1.0 Therapy program in the third year w i l l take the following M U S . 221 History I V 3.0 program o f courses for the first two years. M U S . 361 Orff Methodology The student that completes this series o f courses w i l l P M I . 4xx L e v e l receive a D i p l o m a in M u s i c . A t this time they may P S Y C 205 BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY COURSE STREAM 1.5 2.0 Psychology of A g i n g choose to transfer to a university to finish a Bachelor o f M u s i c or they may apply to the M u s i c Therapy Progam to stay at Capilano C o l l e g e and complete a Bachelor o f M u s i c Therapy. 10 16.0 * If student is a Piano Major, then he/she may take a secondary P M I . ** It is recommended that students take P S Y C 101 during the summer between second and third term. FIRST T E R M 3.0 For a description o f the M u s i c Therapy Program, see the E N S M 100 or 110 1.0 M u s i c Therapy Program section o f the Calendar. M U S . 100 Theory I Ear Training and 3.0 Sight Singing I 1.5 1.0 E N G L 100 M U S . 112 * M U S . 114 Composition M U S . 120 Class Piano History I M U S . 360 K o d a l y Methodology Course Descriptions 3.0 1.5 2,0 PMI. l x x Level For Jazz and Jazz Ensemble ( E N S J ) course descriptions, see the Jazz Studies section o f this Calendar. ENSM 100 Choir I (1.0) (4,0,0) (F) 16.0 A n exploration o f choral music from the Renaissance to SECOND TERM E N G L 103, 104, 105, or 106 E N S M 150 or 160 3.0 1.0 M U S . 101 Theory II - Harmony 2.0 M U S . 102 M U S . 113 Repetoire A n a l y s i s Ear Training and 1.0 * M U S . 115 Sight Singing II Class Piano MUS.121 History II 1.5 1.0 3.0 Academic - Music Transfer 174 the present. Emphasis w i l l be placed on ensemble, tuning, tone quality, musical phrasing, balance, diction and professional presentation. A varied concert program w i l l be learned and several performances w i l l be given each semester. A n audition is required. (1.0) ENSM 110 (4,0,0) (F) introduced, but analysis o f repertoire w i l l not be emphasized. This course must be taken i n conjunction with Orchestra I Rehearsal and performance o f concert repertoire. Prospective students must contact the M u s i c Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition M U S . 102 to fulfill the objectives of second year theory. Prerequisite: w i l l be allowed to register. (D MUS. 102 (2,0,0) (S) Theory II: Repertoire Analysis M U S . 100 Corequisites: M U S . 101 and 113 (1.0) ENSM150 (4,0,0) (S) This course is the traditional supplement to M U S . 101. Choir II It explores the links between harmonic writing i n works A continuation o f E N S M 100. drawn from the 17th and 18th centuries. Students w i l l gain a sense o f the importance o f harmonic and linear (1.0) ENSM160 (4,0,0) (S) details to compositions as a whole. Orchestra II (2,0,0) (F) Class Strings (1.0) ENSM 200 (1.5) MUS. 110 A continuation o f E N S M 110. (4,0,0) (F) A practical study o f the v i o l i n family. Choir III MUS. 111 A continuation o f E N S M 150. (1.0) ENSM 210 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) (1.5) (3,0,0) (F) Class Strings (4,0,0) (F) A continuation o f M U S . 110. Orchestra III MUS. 112 A continuation o f E N S M 160. Ear Training and Sight Singing I (1.0) ENSM 250 (4,0,0) (S) Corequisite: M U S . 100 Choir IV Study of the aural recognition o f intervals, chords, and A continuation o f E N S M 200. harmonic movement. The student w i l l learn to: transcribe melodies and rhythms; sight sing using Solfege (1.0) ENSM 260 (4,0,0) (S) and scale degrees; read rhythms. Orchestra IV MUS. 113 A continuation o f E N S M 210. (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) (D (2,2,0) (F) Ear Training and Sight Singing II (3) MUS. 100 Theory I Corequisite: (4.0,0) (F) M U S . 112 Prerequisite: M U S . 112 Corequisites: M U S . 101 and 102 A continuation of M U S . 112. A study o f music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis student w i l l learn control o f chord progression and voice MUS. 114 Class Piano leading. This course is designed for students who wish to learn on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. The basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposiMUS. 101 Theory II: (2) (3,0,0) (S) Harmony tion and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical Prerequisite: M U S . 100 concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic Corequisites: M U S . 102 and 113 triads and sevenths o f the major key, all major, minor and A continuation o f the core component o f M U S . 100. Harmonic vocabulary w i l l include simple modulation and secondary dominants and sevenths displayed in a variety modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. of styles and textures. Binary and ternary forms w i l l be Academic - Music Transfer 175 (D MUS. 115 (2,2,0) (S) Class Piano Prerequisite: MUS. 201 Theory IV Prerequisite: M U S . 114 A continuation o f M U S . 114. In addition, keyboard (3) (4,0,0) (S) M U S . 200 Corequisite: M U S . 213 sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced A study o f chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented along with easy original repertoire. sixth chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voiceleading techniques, chromaticism i n larger contexts. A MUS. 120 (3) (3,0,*) (F) History I detailed study o f sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms. A survey of music history from the time o f ancient MUS. 210 Greece to the present. (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) Class Woodwinds * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. A practical study o f the w o o d w i n d family. MUS. 121 (3) (3,0,*) (S) MUS. 211 History II (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) (1.5) (3,0.0) (F) (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) (D (2,2,0) (F) Class Woodwinds Prerequisite: M U S . 120 A study o f music history of the M e d i e v a l and Renaissance periods. A continuation o f M U S . 210. MUS. 212 * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. MUS. 122 (1.5) Ear Training & Sight Singing III Prerequisite: M U S . 113 (2,0,0) Corequisite: M U S . 200 Lyric Diction: English and German A continuation o f M U S . 113. A n exploration o f the application o f the principles of diction for singers i n E n g l i s h and German through the MUS. 213 medium o f the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Ear Training and Sight Singing IV MUS. 123 (1.5) (2,0,0) A n exploration o f the application o f the principles o f diction for singers i n French and Italian through the medium o f the International Phonetic Alphabet ( I P A ) . (3) (4,0,0) (F) Corequisite: A continuation o f M U S . 212. MUS. 214 Class Piano For students who have taken M U S . 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to Theory III Prerequisites: M U S . 212 Corequisite: M U S . 201 Lyric Diction: French and Italian MUS. 200 Prerequisite: M U S . 101 and M U S . 102 M U S . 212 common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as w e l l as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are A study o f advanced tonal procedures: review o f non- emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight chord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and V I I , transfer and their musical application i n simple repertoire. diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added disso- The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at nance. A detailed study o f compound ternary and rondo the keyboard. forms. Investigation o f the fugue. MUS. 215 (D (2,2,0) (S) Class Piano A continuation o f M U S . 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Academic - Music Transfer 176 MUS. 218 (1.5) (2,2,0) (F) MUS. 361 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) Method Studies in Music Education: Class Brass Orff Methodology A practical study o f the brass family. This w i l l provide a knowledge o f Orff methodology and MUS. 219 (1.5) (2,2,0) (S) A practical study o f the percussion family. MUS. 220 History III the skills necessary to use this teaching method i n a classroom. Class Percussion (3) PMI. (Various Numbers) (3,0/) (F) (2) (1,0,0) (F,S) Concentration Private Music Instruction A course designed to permit the student to pursue i n depth study o f his/her o w n music specialty. T h e course Prerequisite: M U S . 120 and M U S . 121 consists of a series o f one-hour lessons. A survey o f music history o f the Baroque period and Classical period. PMI. (Various Numbers) * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. Secondary Private Music Instruction (1) (.5,0,0) (F,S) This course consists o f a series of half-hour lessons on MUS. 221 History IV (3) (3,0,*) (S) the student's secondary instrument. N o t e : T o enrol in any P M I . courses students must get Prerequisite: M U S . 220 permission from the Coordinator of their M u s i c Program. A survey o f music history o f the Romantic period and the 20th century. * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. MUS. 222 (3) (3,0,*) (F) Music History: Renaissance - Early Classical Prerequisite: M U S . 120, A study o f the music Renaissance period through the early classical period. This course services the Jazz Studies Program. * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. MUS. 223 (3) (3,0,*) (S) Music History: 18th Century, 19th and 20th Century Prerequisite: M U S . 222 A study o f the music o f the late Classical Period to the present day. This course services the Jazz Studies Program. * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. MUS. 360 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Methodology This w i l l provide a knowledge o f K o d a l y methodology and the skills necessary to use this teaching method i n a classroom. Academic - Music Transfer 177 Philosophy everyday life, and can develop our o w n arguments with Instructional Faculty clarity and confidence. M . B A T T E R S B Y , B A . (NYU), Ph.D. ( U B C ) J. D I X O N , B . A . , P h . D . ( U B C ) S. G A R D N E R , B . A . ( M c G I L L ) , B . P h i l . (Oxford), P h . D . (Concordia) PHIL 120 (3) Understanding Scientific Reasoning (4,0,0) This course w i l l provide students with an introduction to S. P E R S K Y , B . A . , M . A . ( U B C ) modern formal logic, and then utilize that s k i l l to explore Y . W E S T W E L L - R O P E R , M . A . , Ed.D. (UBC), D.Phil such topics as the nature and testing o f scientific theories (Oxford) in both the natural and social sciences, the difference between causal relations and correlations, and rational University Transfer Credit decision making. Attention w i l l be given to both the A l l Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British C o l u m b i a . Critical thinking is taught i n all philosophy courses. problem-solving and philosophical aspects o f scientific reasoning. There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural continuation o f P H I L 110, and w i l l appeal especially to Course Descriptions PHIL 101 students who have an interest i n either the natural or (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introductory Philosophy: Ethics social sciences. PHIL 140 A n introduction to ethical theory and applied ethics. The course addresses questions such as: What are the origins of conscience? W h y should I be moral? A r e there objective moral values? What is good for human beings? What makes right actions right and wrong actions wrong? Issues o f applied ethics that may be addressed include capital punishment, abortion, assisted-suicide, c i v i l disobedience and environmental responsibility. The emphasis o f the course varies among instructors. PHIL 102 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and Reality (3) (4,0,0) (F) Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian Law A general introduction to the fundamental principles o f jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions o f Canada. In addition to addressing such philosophical questions as, "What is a l a w ? " , "Is it the case that law is what legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is?", and " H o w do you tell whether a law is good or bad?", the course also examines the history and theory o f Canadian law (including the development o f the Canadian C o n s t i tution), the system o f Canadian courts, and the roles o f members o f the legal profession. A s w e l l , consideration is given to the nature o f legal reasoning, the doctrine o f A n introduction to the part o f philosophy concerned with precedent, and principles o f statutory interpretation, and questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live an introduction is provided to the fields o f contract, torts, in and our knowledge o f it (traditionally called Metaphys- administrative and family law, as w e l l as to the process o f ics and Epistemology). The issues discussed include: law reform. the existence and nature of G o d , the place of human beings in the universe, the nature of reality, human PHIL 141 nature, human knowledge and skepticism, freedom and Philosophy and Law: Introduction to the Criminal Justice System determinism, the relationship between mind and body, and others. The emphasis o f the course varies from instructor to instructor. PHIL 110 (3) (4,0,0) (S) A n introduction to an analysis o f theories o f punishment and rehabilitation through an examination o f the opera- (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Critical Thinking tional practices of the Canadian criminal justice system. In the course o f studying the structure and operations o f the criminal justice system in its various stages from the A n introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational moment o f initial police involvement to the correctional thought. The student w i l l be taught through extensive examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions. The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric o f disposition o f convicted offenders, the course focuses on Academic - Philosophy 178 both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical concerns include: individual c i v i l liberties i n relation to police procedures, notions o f evidence, sentencing theory, and current correctional strategies. The above two courses are modelled on S F U ' s C r i m i n o l - environmental problems fundamentally personal or are ogy 131/135 and are intended for both philosophy they fundamentally political and social? students and those interested in pursuing further studies Open to anyone in first or second year; no prerequisites. in the field o f criminology. PHIL 200 Political Philosophy (3) (4,0,0) (F) PHIL 209 Biomedical Ethics (3) (4,0,0) This course w i l l focus on ethical issues that arise in the This course provides an analysis o f the rationale for health sciences, especially in medicine, but also in political institutions and action. Some o f the questions biology, psychology and other professions. A m o n g the considered: A r e we really obliged to obey the law? C a n topics to be considered are abortion and reproductive the l a w be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is technology; euthanasia; paternalism and autonomy; the real foundation o f law in the policeman's holster? resource allocation; involuntary hospitalization and Does the state have good reason for involving itself in behaviour control. A l l moral problems w i l l be examined compulsory programs o f education? T h i s is not a study from both an applied and theoretical point o f view. in the history o f political thought and every effort is made to view problems from a contemporary perspective. PHIL 201 Political Philosophy (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F) A t least one Philosophy course or permis- sion o f the instructor. T h i s course examines the values and assumptions behind the ideologies o f liberalism, c o m m u n i s m , meritocracy, conservatism, democratic socialism and anarchism. A n introduction to some o f the traditional problems o f metaphysics and epistemology. Some o f the questions considered are: Does G o d exist? What is the relationship Topics include liberty and equality, power and authority, private rights and the public good, sovereignty, democracy and justice. PHIL 207 PHIL 210 Metaphysics and Epistemology I between faith and reason? Does free w i l l exist? Is sense perception a reliable source o f knowledge? What is the nature o f causality? Is materialism true? W h a t is the (3) (4,0,0) Business Ethics nature o f mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? W h i l e this is not a course in the history o f philosophy, it w i l l cover This course is an introduction to contemporary philo- many o f the classical attempts to answer these questions. sophical thinking on ethical issues in business. It covers such topics as the power of multinational corporations, bribery and extortion i n international business, the ethics of hiring practices, advertising and behaviour control, the conflict between employee loyalty and moral independence, and the responsibilities o f corporations and business PHIL 211 Metaphysics and Epistemology II Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) P H I L 210 or permission o f instructor A continuation o f P H I L 210. professionals. The course w i l l also introduce students to a number o f classical ethical theories and theories o f economic justice. PHIL 220 Philosophy in Literature (3) (4,0,0) A n examination o f the lively relationship between PHIL 208 Environmental Ethics (3) (4,0,0) philosophy and literature. Philosophical theories w i l l be approached and discussed v i a literary work w h i c h either T h i s course deals with ethical and political issues arising embodies the theories or grounds them in human experi- from the relationship between humans and their natural ence. Textual sources w i l l range from the classical Greek surroundings. T y p i c a l questions that w i l l be addressed plays to last month's best seller. are: D o animals have rights? Is using animals for food and clothing morally wrong? D o we have an obligation to the natural environment such as an obligation to preserve species? What are our obligations to future generations? What is sustainable development? A r e Academic - Philosophy 179 PHIL 221 Existentialism in Literature (3) (4,0,0) This course is, in spirit, a continuation o f P H I L 220, but it is centred on the Philosophy o f Existentialism in literature. There w i l l be an introductory set o f lectures on Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources w i l l range from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to Sartre's "Nausea." PHIL 222 (3) Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) (4,0,0) A n introduction to philosophical analysis o f cultural works. The course w i l l provide an exploration of aesthetic theory, examining both traditional works o f art as well as contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media. One of the objectives o f the course is to make sense of what a society is "saying" through its popular culture. PHIL 240 (3) Philosophy and Gender Relations (4,0,0) Founded on a wide range o f philosophical readings, this course w i l l focus on questions such as: What is the good life and its relation to intimacy and family? What is the good person? A r e there different models for different genders? What constitutes a good relationship? H o w important are mutuality, respect, affection, sex, and interdependence to such a relationship? What counts as equality/equity? H o w should the answers to such questions influence our views on such social issues as affirmative action, prostitution and pornography? The impact o f " W o m e n ' s Liberation" and the " M e n ' s Movement" w i l l be discussed, as w i l l varying suggestions for overcoming the "gender gap". This course should be o f interest to men and w o m e n equally; indeed, it is assumed that the quality o f class discussion w i l l be a function o f the degree to w h i c h the perspectives of both genders are w e l l represented. Academic - Philosophy 180 Physics Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions M . F R E E M A N , B . S c . (Hons.) ( U B C ) , M . S c . ( C a l . PHYS 104 Principles of Physics Tech.), P h . D . ( U B C ) S. G R E E N S P O O N , B . S c . (Hons.) ( M c G i l l ) , M . S c , P h . D . Prerequisite: (3) (4,2,0) (S) N o physics prerequisite. M a t h 12 or (Waterloo), Convenor of Physics B M T H 046 or M A T H 103 or M A T H 105 is required. J. K O L A C , M . S c . (Charles U . , Prague) P H Y S 104 is accepted at B C I T as equivalent to Physics F . P A R V A Z , B . S c . (Tehran), M . S . D i p . (San Diego 12. State) Laboratory Supervisors and Technician D . C I A R N I E L L O , B . S c . ( U B C ) , Laboratory Supervisor, Technician V . M O E N , B . S c . ( S F U ) , Laboratory Supervisor B . S I M S O N , B . S c . ( S F U ) , Laboratory Supervisor This course serves as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. It is intended for students not taking further studies i n science. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and heat. This course is not offered every year. PHYS 108 Basic Physics (4.5) (6,2,0) (F) General Information Prerequisite: A l l first year physics courses except P H Y S 116 include a M A T H 105. M A T H 110 is a pre- or corequisite. M a t h 12 or B M T H 046 or M A T H 103 or weekly two hour laboratory period. The cost o f the labs The course covers the material of P H Y S 110, together is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manu- with those topics from high school physics needed by a als. student with no previous background in physics. A student passing this course should be able to enter P H Y S University Transfer Credit A l l physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit. F o r details please refer to the B . C . Transfer Guide or Capilano College Transfer Guide available at the A d v i s ing Centre or C o l l e g e reception. Students with Physics 12 planning to transfer to UBC should take PHYS 114 or PHYS 114 and 115, depending on their plans. Consult the UBC calendar for specific program requirements. Physics FIRST Y E A R P H Y S 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 C H E M 110/111 or 108/109 M A T H 110/111 E N G L (six credits) Non-science Elective or G e o l o g y , B i o l o g y or Computing Science (six credits) SECOND Y E A R 111 i n the Spring. (3) PHYS 110 General Physics I Prerequisite: (4,2,0) (F) Physics 11 or B P H Y 042 or P H Y S 104; M A T H 110 is a pre- or corequisite. A survey o f mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. (3) PHYS 111 General Physics II (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: A t least a " C - " in either P H Y S 110 or 108 or 114; and M A T H 110. M A T H 111 is a pre- or corequisite. A n y student who has attempted the course within the last year w i l l not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Electricity and magnetism, waves, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. P H Y S 200/201, 210/211, 218/222 Elective (six credits) PHYS 114 Fundamental Physics I Students interested in honours physics should consult Prerequisite: physics instructors. M A T H 110 is a pre- or corequisite. M A T H 200, 230, 2 3 1 , 2 3 5 (3) (4,2,0) (F,S) Physics 12 or B P H Y 042 or P H Y S 104; A survey o f mechanics covering vectors, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, Academic - Physics 181 vibration, waves and special relativity. The study o f electric and magnetic fields; dc and ac This course, together with P H Y S 115, is particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. circuits; L R , R C , L R C circuits; resonance; M a x w e l l ' s PHYS 115 Fundamental Physics II (3) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: A t least a " C - " i n P H Y S 114 or with the permission o f the instructor. M A T H 111 is a pre- or corequisite. Electricity and magnetism, A C circuits, physical optics, sound, and atomic and nuclear physics. PHYS 116 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Fundamental Physics III Note: T h i s course is intended for Engineering Program students transferring to U B C . Prerequisite: A t least a " C - " i n P H Y S 114, or with Equations, Fourier A n a l y s i s and electromagnetic waves. PHYS 210 Physics Laboratory I (1) (0,3,0) (F) Prerequisite: A s for P H Y S 218 w h i c h must be taken concurrently. A weekly three hour lab i n mathematical methods, thermodynamics, electrical measurements and mechanics. PHYS 211 Physics Laboratory II (1) (0,3,0) (S) Prerequisite: A s for P H Y S 201, w h i c h must be taken concurrently. A weekly three hour lab in electricity and magnetism, electronics and mechanics. permission o f instructor, P H Y S 108 or 110; M A T H 111 PHYS 218 and P H Y S 115 are corequisites. Statics o f particles, equilibrium o f rigid bodies, rigid body statics and internal forces. Extension o f principles from P H Y S 114 and application to practical problems. Thermometry, thermal properties o f matter, heat. Geometrical optics. (3) (4,0,0) (F) Methods of Measurement and Analysis Prerequisite: A t least a C - in either P H Y S 111 or 115; and M A T H 111. M A T H 200 and 230 must be taken concurrently, i f not already completed. P H Y S 210 must be taken concurrently. The Physics Department offers a full second-year university transfer program in physics. Students planning to continue in a physics program at university may wish to consult with a physics instructor. Use o f computer software to solve numerical problems in Physics, including simulations. Applications include drag forces and the driven, damped oscillator. PHYS 200 Thermal Physics and Waves Mechanics (3) (4,0,0) (F) PHYS 222 Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) A t least a C - i n P H Y S 218; and M A T H 200, 230. M A T H 235 is a recommended corequisite. Prerequisite: A t least a " C - " in either P H Y S 111 or 115; and M A T H 111. M A T H 230 must be taken concurrently, Newtonian mechanics o f particles and rigid bodies. if not already completed. Topics include rocket propulsion, collisions, central Temperature, heat, the zeroth, first, second and third laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves. This course, together with P H Y S 201, 210 and 211, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in chemistry. PHYS 201 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Electricity and Magnetism Prerequisite: A t least a " C - " i n P H Y S 200; M A T H 230. M A T H 231 is a pre- or corequisite. M A T H 235 is a recommended corequisite. P H Y S 211 must be taken concurrently. Academic - Physics 182 forces, rotating frames o f reference, and rotation o f rigid bodies. Political Studies POL. 102 Comparative Government Instructional Faculty E . M . L A V A L L E , B . C o m m . , L L . B . ( U B C ) , M . A . (Duke) P. M I E R , B . A . ( S F U ) , M . A . (Toronto) C . S Y L V E S T E R , B . A . (Gonzaga), M . A . (Notre Dame) D . W I N C H E S T E R , B . A . (Concordia), M . A . ( U B C ) (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Throughout history, humans have organized themselves into many different types o f political systems, from tribes to empires, city-states to nation-states. T h i s course w i l l introduce students to the wide range o f political systems that exist throughout the world today, be it A s i a , A f r i c a , University Transfer Credit Europe, or the Americas. B y studying these systems in A l l Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable detail, students w i l l gain an appreciation for how political to S F U , U B C and U V i c . behaviour varies throughout the world, as w e l l as develop a better critical understanding of their o w n . General Introduction W o m e n and men preparing for careers i n journalism, law, business management, international banking, market POL. 104 Canadian Government (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) research, arbitration, urban and regional planning, the This course introduces students to the formal institutional foreign service, consulting, labour negotiations, interna- structures and processes o f Canadian government and tional development, and education enrol in Political politics. T o p i c s to be explored w i l l include political Studies courses. So too those hoping to bring about culture, the constitution, federalism, Quebec sovereignty change i n their own communities i n such areas as health, and A b o r i g i n a l self-government and an examination o f education and the environment, choosing politics as their the institutions of government, political parties and their vocation. That's because Political Studies is concerned impact on the quality o f Canada's parliamentary demo- with power - what it is and who gets it, how it is used and cracy. Regardless of career goals or preferred disciplines, how it is abused. A l o n g with understanding power and all students w i l l benefit from an exposure to the politics the role it plays locally, nationally, and internationally, of their immediate society. Political Studies students graduate with excellent research skills and effective oral and written communication skills - all very much in demand in the new global economy. Course Descriptions POL. 100 (3) Introduction to Politics and Government (Formerly POL. 103) (4,0,0) (F,S) POL. 110 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) An Introduction to Western Political Thought - Plato to Machiavelli (Formerly POL. 100) A n introductory examination o f the tradition o f Western political thought from the Ancient Greeks to the emergence o f the Nation State. The significance and contributions o f Plato, Aristotle, the medieval thinkers, and T h i s survey course is recommended for both Political Studies majors and those students interested in discovering how politics affects their lives and how they in turn can affect politics. Students are introduced to the basic concepts o f Political Theory, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public Policy, and Canadian Government, offering Political Studies majors a firm foundation in the methods, approaches and issues inherent in the discipline. Non-majors w i l l find the course w i l l help them understand the local, national, and international political events which shape their world. M a c h i a v e l l i concerning fundamental questions about the (This course is required for all students planning to This course explores the historical development o f the transfer into the Political Science Department at S F U . ) commonly recognized ideologies o f the modern era: relationship between the individual and the state w i l l be explored from an historical and philosophical perspective. This course is o f particular relevance to those i n the Humanities - literature, drama, fine arts, philosophy - as the shared themes provide for an interesting comprehensive analysis of Western C i v i l i z a t i o n . POL. 111 Contemporary Ideologies (Formerly POL. 101) (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Liberalism, Conservatism, A n a r c h i s m , M a r x i s m , Fascism and Social Democracy. These underlying political ideas w i l l provide the backdrop for a critical discussion o f the more recent ideological formations such as F e m i n i s m , Academic - Political Studies 183 E c o l o g i s m , N a t i o n a l i s m and the different movements associated with religious fundamentalism. Students w i l l be encouraged to think politically about the role and impact political ideas play i n the world in which they live. POL. 204 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Canadian Public Policy • Prerequisites: P O L . 100 or 104 recommended. The centre o f the political process o f any society is the creation o f public policy. H o w governments arrive at and POL. 201 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) select policies from the various competing demands International Relations placed upon them - in the areas o f health, education, G l o b a l warming, the debt crisis, c h i l d poverty, militarism, human rights violations, c i v i l , regional and global war - what are the causes o f these international problems and what are the possible solutions? Students who take this course w i l l examine these and many other international issues in detail. In short, International Relations is for those students wishing to explore events - and the explanations for those events - i n a global system so much i n flux since the collapse o f the C o l d W a r and the rise o f the global division o f labour. environment, economic development, immigration etc. - POL. 202 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Government and Politics of British Columbia This course w i l l provide an understanding of the political institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes o f the provincial, regional, and municipal governments i n B . C . Specifically, it is intended to familiarize students with the activities o f political parties and government institutions in B . C . It is designed to develop students' skills i n critically analyzing the B . C . political process from several methodological perspectives within the discipline o f political studies. Not offered i n 1996/97. POL. 203 International Organizations (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) M o r e and more these days, International Organizations appear to be no longer content with playing bit parts on the w o r l d stage. B e it the U N in Cambodia, N A T O in the former Y u g o s l a v i a , Greenpeace on the high seas, or the increased power o f regional organizations like the European U n i o n , A S E A N , and the O A S , International Organizations seem to be challenging the sovereignty o f nation-states at every turn. B u t are International Organizations really taking on a life o f their own? A r e new forms o f organization at the international level (such as International L a w or economic regimes) really taking root? O r is the state-centric system destined to continue as it has since 1648? These are some o f the issues explored i n this, the complementary course to International Relations. is the focus o f this course. Students are introduced to the basic concepts and theories associated with the m a k i n g o f public policy as well as an analysis o f the processes by which policy is defined, addressed and implemented. POL. 206 (3) Scope and Methods of Political Analysis (4,0,0) (F) This course introduces the student to the variety o f approaches and tools available to those studying politics. Students w i l l become familiar with the nature o f and debates inherent to contemporary political studies, as w e l l as the strengths and weaknesses o f the various methods employed by students o f politics. B y developing their own research project, students w i l l struggle first-hand with the issues central to all types o f social science research: selecting from alternative models o f explanation, attempting to isolate variables, and dealing with questions o f cause and effect to name but a few. Students may have the opportunity to develop and work on a proto-type political studies journal as w e l l . Not offered i n 1996/97. POL. 207 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory Prerequisite: P O L . 111. This course transfers as a 300 level course at S F U . Current themes and controversies in contemporary social and political thought is the subject o f this course. Topics w i l l shift from term to term to reflect either important issues or individual theorist's contributions to contemporary society. Areas of interest might include, for example, the role of the state in late capitalist societies, the significance o f the Frankfurt School, the contradictions of the welfare state, the current debates i n democratic theory, the role and place o f "new" social movements i n contemporary society, an examination of the meaning of liberty in complex societies, the renewal o f nationalism, the place o f religion (Islamic fundamentalism), the persistence o f violence i n c i v i l society. Alternatively, or in conjunction with these themes, students w i l l develop a Academic - Political Studies thorough analysis o f a particular theorist: for example, Arendt, G r a m s c i , Marcuse, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, W i l l i a m s , G o r z and M e l u c c i to name a few. \ i I Academic - Political Studies 185 Psychology Instructional Faculty PSYC 201 Group Dynamics P. A V E R Y , B . A . ( Y o r k ) , M . E d . (Toronto) (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) E . B O Y L E , B . A . ( U . Chicago) M . A . , P h . D . ( U B C ) Prerequisite: E . E C C L E S , B . A . (Hons.), M . A . ( U B C ) A study o f the behaviour o f people i n family and friend- P S Y C 100 and 101 R. H A W R Y L K O , B . A . (Hunter), M . A . ( S F U ) ship groups. This course provides an intellectual and P. K A R N , B . A . (Carleton), M . A . , P h . D . ( Y o r k ) experiential approach to small group theory and allows M . M A C N E I L L , B . A . (Alta.), M . A . (Manitoba), P h . D . (Calgary) the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills i n a supportive, small group setting. S. M O E , B A . , M A . ( M e x i c o ) L . M O R E Y , B . A . , M . A . ( U B C ) P h . D . ( U . o f Sussex) R. S N O W , B . A . (Hons.) M . A . , P h . D . ( S F U ) J. W A T E R S , B . A . M . A . ( S F U ) , P h . D . ( S F U ) C. Z A S K O W , B . A . (UBC), M . A . (SFU), Ph.D. (SFU) University Transfer Credit A l l Psychology courses at C a p i l a n o transfer to S F U , U B C , and U V i c . Course Descriptions PSYC 100 PSYC 203 History of Psychology Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (F.S) (4,0,0) (S) P S Y C 100; P S Y C 101 recommended. This course w i l l examine the development o f psychological thought to gain a critical understanding o f contemporary psychology. Issues w i l l range from the mind-body problem, and the nature o f science, to an analysis o f historical and contemporary schools i n psychology. PSYC 204 (3) (3) (3) (4,0,0) (F) Developmental Psychology Introduction to Psychology Prerequisite: A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some o f the major concepts and approaches necessary to an understanding o f human behaviour from a psychological perspective. Learning, development, and other selected issues are included. A study o f the c h i l d ' s development from infancy to adolescence, including the development o f social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students w i l l be encouraged to do research projects and observations. PSYC 101 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) P S Y C 100; P S Y C 101 recommended. PSYC 205 (3) Theories of Behaviour The Psychology of Aging Prerequisite: Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 A course for those students w h o desire a complete survey of the basic areas o f psychology (when combined with P S Y C 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study o f particular areas. Course content w i l l cover research methodology and the remainder o f introductory topics not addressed i n P S Y C 100. PSYC 200 (3) P S Y C 100; P S Y C 101 is recommended. A study o f the dynamics and effects of social influences on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs, roles, conformity, group processes, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and psychological effects o f the physical environment. Academic - Psychology 186 P S Y C 100 and 101 A course dealing with the psychological development o f the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context o f aging. A s well as being exposed to basic research i n the area, students w i l l be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding o f the aging process through such means as community projects. (4,0,0) (F,S) Social Psychology Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (S) PSYC 206 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Adolescent Psychology Prerequisite: P S Y C 100 and 101 This course examines the biological, cognitive and social transitions of adolescence and how they affect such developmental areas as identity, autonomy, intimacy, sexuality and achievement. A s well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students w i l l be encouraged to explore their o w n identity development through group research. PSYC 212 (3) Research Methods in Psychology Prerequisite: (4,0,0) (F) examined, as w e l l as experiments i n social cognition and cognition across the lifespan. P S Y C 100 and 101 A course for students who intend to major in one o f the social sciences; psychology majors should take this course and its sequel, P S Y C 213. T h i s course w i l l introduce the student to current research methods in major areas o f psychology. Students should understand the principles o f research methodology, and be able to evaluate, design and conduct research in psychology. PSYC 213 (3) Statistical Methods in Psychology Prerequisite: solving, creativity and artificial intelligence w i l l be (4,0,0) (S) WMST 110 Women and Psychology (3) (4,0,0) A psychological examination o f the construction o f gender-roles, their development i n childhood and maintenance in adulthood. The course w i l l examine current research in biology, socialization, personality and mental health and w i l l include issues o f current interest such as sexuality, aging, violence against women, gender relations and the workplace. M a t h 12 or equivalent, P S Y C 100, 101 and 212. A continuation o f P S Y C 212 for psychology majors. This course deals with descriptive and inferential statistics as applied in psychology. These w i l l be considered as they are used i n psychological research. PSYC 220 Theory of Personality Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) P S Y C 100; P S Y C 101 recommended. This course w i l l examine theories of personality from Freud and Feminist revisions to Humanistic approaches, including an Eastern tradition. Included w i l l be a consideration o f the historical/cultural development of the theory, what the theory says about the development, structure and dynamics o f personality and examples of empirical research. PSYC 222 Abnormal Psychology Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) P S Y C 100 and 101. A study o f the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included w i l l be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school, psychoanalytic school, cognitive school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. T h i s course w i l l also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. PSYC 230 Cognitive Psychology Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (S) P S Y C 100; P S Y C 101 recommended. This course w i l l address many of the issues relating to the thinking processes. Research into memory, problem Academic - Psychology 187 Sociology Instructional Faculty G. BAILEY, B. Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Oregon) N. GAYLE, B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC) C. HATHAWAY, B.A. (S.U.N.Y.), M.A. (Wash U., Mo.) R. ISOLA, B.A., M.A. (SFU) A. ROJAS, M.A., Ph.D. (York) M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley) major approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and employ these approaches to analyze events of current interest. Both SOC. 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. SOC. 200 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Canadian Society General Information All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in Sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial sociology, communications, media, government research and related areas. Prerequisite: SOC. 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the study of Canadian society and culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural, complex society. SOC. 201 (3) (4,0,0) (S) British Columbia Society University Transfer Credit All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit towards a major. Course Descriptions soc. 100 Social Structures (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Both SOC. 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Concepts of Theories of Society With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three Academic - Sociology 188 A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a frontier into a modern industrial society. SOC. 210 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Current Social Issues The course systematically covers major topics and issues of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand and come to terms with the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, class system, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and in turn how we react to that influence. SOC. 101 Prerequisite: SOC. 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: SOC. 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A study of social concerns and cultural problems common to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts will be used to examine current social issues in a global framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis, such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race, the sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc. Current issues are placed in the context of the student's daily world, as it is happening now — this should develop the student's sociological imagination. This course can be taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the Third World. SOC. 211 Sociology of the Third World (3) (4,0,0) (F) Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A study of the major theories of development and under development, social and cultural responses to under development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic and political causes and effects of under development. Both sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the meaning and effects of "under development" will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to SOC. 210, Current Social Issues. SOC. 222 Sociology of the Arts Prerequisite: (3) (4,0,0) (F) S O C . 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. A sociological study of art and artists in western and nonwestern societies. The course will relate the various art forms (painting, music, literature) to the social context in which they exist and to their social production; hence it will develop an understanding of the inter-relationships between ideas (aesthetic codes), social institutions, cultural politics and political economy. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to SOC. 101 or 223. SOC. 223 Media and Society (3) (4,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: S O C . 100 or 101, or permission of the instructor. An intensive study of the relationship between a society's communication systems as media and its technological, economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to SOC. 222 or 100. Spanish Instructional Faculty C. FURSTENWALD, B.A. (U.N.A.M. Mexico), M.B.A. (City Univ., Seattle) Instructional Associates J. GACINA, B.A. (SFU), P.D.P. (SFU) K. MATTSON, B.A. (SFU), Licenciatura (Barcelona) E. UNDERHILL, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (U. of Western Ontario) General Information SPAN 100/101 courses include 5-3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lecture, including one hour of Hispanic culture studies; 3/4 hour of laboratory practice and one hour of conversational practice, SPAN 200/201 courses include six hours of instruction per week, made up of four hours of lecture and two hours of conversational practice. Native speakers of Spanish are not allowed infirstyear courses. If they wish to take second year courses in Spanish, they must consult with the Spanish instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Department prior to enrolment. Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. University Transfer Credit All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in Spanish arc reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. Academic - Spanish 190 UBC: At UBC, present equivalent standards equate SPAN 100 and 101 with SPAN 100; SPAN 200 and 201 with SPAN 200. The student who plans to major in Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish program when the student completes the Capilano courses. Course Descriptions SPAN 100 (3) (4,1.75,0) (F) Beginning Spanish I This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed on grammar and the development of the students' speaking, understanding and writing skills. SPAN 101 Beginning Spanish II (3) (4,1.75,0) (S) Prerequisite: SPAN 100, Grade 10 Spanish completed, or permission from instructor. A continuation of the work of SPAN 100, this course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following SPAN 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking SPAN 200 at a later date and need review work. SPAN 200 Intermediate Spanish I (3) (4,2,0) (F) Prerequisite: SPAN 100/101, Grade 12 Spanish completed with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission of instructor. A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on problematic areas normally encountered by students of the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the student will be improved through translations, compositions and extensive conversation practice. Also, the student will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be conducted in the Spanish language only. SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish II (3) (4,2,0) (S) Prerequisite: SPAN 200 with a minimum of a "C" grade, or permission from the instructor. A continuation of the work of SPAN 200. This course should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following SPAN 200. Instructional Faculty J. PLACZEK, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. Linguistics (UBC), Ph.D. South East Asian Studies (UBC) P. PLACZEK, Language Associate, B.A. (Thammasat University) Bangkok Students with a competence in the language beyond the level of the course in which they are registered will be required to withdraw. Students who are not sure of their language level should contact an instructor. Course Descriptions THAI 100 Beginning Thai I (3) (4,2,0) (F) This course provides instruction and practice both in beginning language and in the cultural background which is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful contexts. The international phonetic alphabet is used to avoid confusion of sounds. The basic vocabulary and sentence structures are covered, and social routines and common idioms are stressed as well. Students have time to practice all structures introduced, and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. At the end of the course students have better than survivallevel fluency, and use only Thai for basic classroom routines. They are ready to learn to write. THAI 101 (3) (4,2,0) (S) Beginnning Thai II Prerequisite: THAI 100 or equivalent This course reviews the basic material of THAI 100, and introduces the script. Students learn how to write the words they already know. More complex structures are introduced, along with more idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except for occasional detailed historical or technical explanations. At the end of the course students know how to respond to typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday information from Thais. They can read simple Thai passages and the basic road signs and are at a level of reading and writing equivalent to Thai grade four students. Theatre Instructional Faculty S. A T K I N S , B A . (SFU) T. FORREST, B . F A . (B.C. Open University) D. M O O R E , B.F.A. (UVic), M.A. (WWU) B. M U R D O C H , B.F.A. (UVic), M.F.A. (UBC) D. PRICE, B.A. (SFU) M.F.A. (UBC) General Information The Theatre Department runs courses in the Fall and Spring terms through the College's Arts Division. These are available to both full-time and part-time students who wish the opportunity to develop their studies in Theatre at a post-secondary level. The aim of the program is to provide a professional approach to Theatre through inclass instruction and performance experience, both on campus and on tour.* Auditions are not required for entry to T H T R 100 or 101. T H T R 201 requires an audition or instructor's permission for entry or to waive a prerequisite for T H T R 200. Check with the Department for audition dates. The Department prepares students who are professionally inclined for specialized training at other colleges, universities and theatre schools, while providing academic transfer credit to students who wish to pursue Theatre for the sheer joy of it. These courses provide an excellent introduction to the discipline and develop skills which are easily utilized in non-theatre situations. University Transfer Credit Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or elective credit at SFU, U B C and UVic. Please consult the B.C. Transfer Guide for the most recent transfer information. * Information about the planned two-year Comprehensive Theatre Program Diploma is available from the Visual & Performing Arts Office. Course Descriptions THTR 100 Acting I (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This is a workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student rehearses and performs a monologue and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques taught in class to the final presentation of these scenes for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of student work may be used to augment individual comment and coaching provided by the instructor. THTR 101 Acting II (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) THTR 101 explores performance improvisation and nonscripted theatre. It is a workshop course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in developing the actor's imaginative resources, and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on one's feet." Improvisation is taught as a performance skill in its own right through the use of theatre games, but it is also explored as a means to develop and amplify scripted works. THTR 105 Bodywork I (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Bodywork is a studio course designed for students both experienced and inexperienced with movement techniques. These workshop classes focus on body awareness and alignment, strength, flexibility, and coordination. Class work develops personal confidence, coordination, imagination, and discipline. Ensemble work emphasizes collaboration, support and communication skills essential for group dynamics. Studio presentations form a component of the term's work. THTR 107 Vocal Communication I (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) This is a workshop course for students interested in developing the voice and in oral presentation. The course deals with talking: developing a clear, pleasant, animated and well-projected voice. Improved vocal technique is linked to good vocal communication, with an emphasis on speaking before groups. Skill and confidence is built through presentation of vocal exercises using poetry and drama. Academic - Theatre 192 Two or three professionals will give guest workshops and introduce the student to specific applications of using the voice in the working world. Potential guest lecturers: actors, radio and television announcers, public speakers, singers, and others. THTR 120 The Elements of Theatre I (3) (4,0,0) (F) The Elements of Theatre I looks at the evolution of theatrical performance from its ritualistic beginnings to the spectacular melodramas of the 19th Century. Lectures and play readings are augmented with slide and video presentations of classic works from the great ages of Theatre and Drama. the opportunity to try out one or more of these roles in production situations. Using a lecture and workshop format, the student is familiarized with the theory and practice of technical theatre, shop organization, the use of hand and power tools, basic construction, electricity and lighting, publicity, and backstage organization. Students build, tech, and crew final presentations of first and second year acting courses, and Department productions. THTR 151 (3) Introduction to Production and Design II (4,0,0) (S) The Elements of Theatre I also provides background insights into the historical contributions of the actor, playwright and theatre critic. The work of these collaborators is studied in the context of performances which the class attends and discusses. Students write papers and prepare presentations on the work of the playwright and the director, with the student's critical insights being shared in class. The shows attended are chosen from the seasons of companies performing in Vancouver. This is a continuation of THTR 150. Students participate in the design and construction of the spring presentations and become the production team responsible for the planning and execution of the design concept through all its phases—from pre-production meetings through shop drawings and construction to opening night and beyond. The focus of the course is on the specific production and design skills required to mount and publicize the shows. Assignments vary depending on the student's aptitude, but department standards aim at professionally produced and run productions for a paying public audience. THTR 121 The Elements of Theatre II THTR 200 Script and Stage (3) (4,0,0) (S) (3) (4,0,0) (F) THTR 121 is an academic look at the modern theatre— the plays, methods of presentation and major artists that have shaped the way we view ourselves through the medium of live performance. Slides and video tape presentations as well as play attendance supplement lectures and discussion as we examine the development of Western Theatre Art. Special emphasis is placed on the work of the director and scenic artist from the turn of the century—the various reactions to Realism, including the epic theatre of Bertolt Brecht, the eclectic experiments of Peter Brook and the actor-centred work of Jerzy Grotowski—to our present post-modernist mix. There are no prerequisites for this course, though it is a continuation of the material covered in THTR 120. Prerequisite: THTR 100 or 101, or by permission of the instructor. THTR 150 (3) Introduction to Production and Design I Prerequisite: THTR 200, or permission of the instructor. (4,0,0) (F) This is an intermediate introduction to the basic elements of theatrical production and design. It gives a practical look at modern theatrical design of sets, lighting, costume, properties, and promotional materials. It examines the roles of the people involved in producing a show— designers, publicist, lighting and sound technicians, stage manager, and construction crews—with students having This acting course focuses on scripted material and the means that the actor uses to bring about a full rendering of a work. Students are introduced to the discipline of acting within the context of production, so such topics as working with a director, working within a rehearsal schedule, using props, set and costumes are approached in a practical studio workshop format. This course is project-oriented, and students have the opportunity to perform work before an audience. THTR 201 Rehearsal and Performance (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course applies the lessons learned in THTR 200. This term's topic is: What is the job of the actor in the context of a fully produced play? A professionally mounted performance marketed to the community is the format for this course. Students learn the process of rehearsal from the actor's perspective, from casting through to production post mortem. Auditioning and the preparation of finished audition pieces form a portion of both terms' work. Academic - Theatre 193 Women's Studies Instructional Faculty WMST 104 (3) Women Writers and Feminist Criticism M . D E N I K E , B . A . (Hons.) (SFU), M . A . (UBC) Women's Studies offerings are taught by fully qualified instructors who have experience in the field relevant to their courses. Those faculty not appointed in the Women's Studies Department itself are seconded from disciplines relevant to Women's Studies. University Transfer Credit Students who wish to pursue further courses in Women's Studies are advised that U B C , SFU and UVic have programs in Women's Studies. Course Descriptions WMST 100 (3) Introduction to Women's Studies (4,0,0) This course will examine the status and role of women in Canadian Society. Topics will include the impact of Women's Studies on traditional academic disciplines; the nature and origins of patriarchy; women and work; reproductive rights, pornography and sexuality. It will investigate issues of power centering around race, class and sexuality. It will trace the development of sex role divisions in the family and other social institutions; examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of women's social and legal status. WMST 102 Political Economy of Women (3) (4,0,0) The history and nature of women's work in Canada from pre-industrial time until today. Topics will include domestic labour and capitalism, women's work in the home and exclusion of household production in the calculation of gross national product, public policy and national accounts, inequality in the labour market. Issues of current interest will be discussed, including the comparable worth movement, the impact of free trade on women's employment and economic analysis of the childcare industry. WMST 103 Women and Philosophy (3) (4,0,0) This course will conduct a historical survey of the roles that women or 'femininity' play within various traditional philosphical writings. It will explore the ideas of contemporary feminist theory and philosophy, examining the topics, criticisms and questions which men and women have addressed about traditional western thought. Academic - Women's Studies 194 (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden the students' awareness of, and appreciation for, literature produced by women writers with emphasis on contemporary writers. It will also introduce students to current feminist literary theory. WMST 106 (3) Contemporary American Women Writers (4,0,0) A discussion-oriented literature course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of contemporary and recent important American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus will be on works published since WWII, including works of the 1980s. Although the focus will be on plays, stories, novels, and poetry, there will be some exploration of those biographical matters and issues of critical status that mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to full status acceptance by the best critics today. WMST 110 Women and Psychology (3) (4,0,0) A psychological examination of the construction of gender-roles, their development in childhood and maintenance in adulthood. The course will examine current research in biology, socialization, personality and mental health, and will include issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, violence against women, gender relations and the workplace. WMST 113 Women in Politics (3) (4,0,0) This introductory course in Women's Studies will examine women's political participation in the political process from a multidisciplinary feminist format. The course will focus on Canadian examples and encourage students to examine the difficulties that affect women in particular. Students will be encouraged to research possible solutions to increasing women's political participation. WMST 122 Women in Anthropology (3) (4,0,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world: their role in economic, political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems; exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect o f theory on understanding women; women's experience i n cultures o f the world. WMST 130 (3) (4,0,0) Women and Art This course surveys the history o f women's involvement in Western art. The position o f women in the visual arts and art history w i l l be discussed and the methodological issues i n v o l v e d i n reclaiming the history o f women artists explored. W o m e n ' s role as producers o f art w i l l be considered from A n t i q u i t y to the 20th century and the social, cultural and economic background o f each period w i l l be examined i n order to understand the conditions under w h i c h these artists worked. The image o f women in art w i l l be looked at to reveal the underlying ideologies of each period. Students taking W M S T 130 w i l l not receive duplicate credit for A H I S 109. WMST 140 (3) (4,0,0) Women, Science and Technology This course w i l l provide an insight into the role that science and technology play i n our society and their impact on the lives o f women. Topics w i l l include an historical review o f the role women have played in the development o f science, investigation o f the reasons for the traditionally l o w participation o f women i n scientific and technical fields, the relationship between science and gender and discussion sessions on a variety o f topics such as ecofeminism, ecology and the environment, reproductive technologies, sociobiology, information technology. WMST 220 (3) (4,0,0) Women and the Past: An Historical Survey A survey o f the lives o f women from the Ancient W o r l d to 20th century N o r t h A m e r i c a . A n uncovering o f women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as w e l l as public and political acdvities w i l l be studied. The course w i l l examine reasons behind the extent to w h i c h women have been "hidden from history." 196 1HH1 E '1 . • ..1 B 1 B j • H• 1 , ° "' 111 H| ' H o I "• s CL 1 . °1 1^ , • I '"j 1 •• 1 1 o < • 1 .1 H u 1 ^|1 " , ° 1 1c l ""' • O : 11" I1 1; - 11 1 1' ;-*1-' •H 1' 1 1 L r HHHHHHEB ! ro o CL. • Career/Vocational Programs Capilano College offers a variety o f employment-related programs. The programs offered are under constant review to make certain that students are taught the latest techniques and skills. A d v i s o r y committees, composed o f employers, review and recommend content o f all programs. A d m i s s i o n is limited and applicants are considered on the criteria established for each program area. In general, Grade 12 standing is required for students applying to two year D i p l o m a Programs, although others may be admitted on the basis of their experience and Admission Dates Enrolment in some programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission. Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for the next year must re-apply. Practicums abilities. D u e to the timely nature o f these programs, For some practicums students may be required to have a requirements and profiles may change. C r i m i n a l Records check. Contact the individual departments for current information. Co-operative Education Co-operative education integrates a period o f classroom Student Course and Work Load Full-time programs are designed so that successful completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking full-time studies. learning with periods o f work experience to enable students to apply their knowledge and skills. Students alternate periods o f full-time study with periods o f paid employment in business, industry, government and nonprofit organizations. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates, better able to assume productive jobs. Graduate Employment Course Description Code Employment opportunities for graduates have been O n the right hand side of each course description there is good, however the College does not guarantee jobs for a series o f code letters and numbers, for example: its graduates. Transfer to and from Other Institutions There is agreement among all public B . C . Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, i f applicable to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credits. INF0143 (3.0) Research Methods in the Electronic Age (3,0,1) (S) Each course is designated by the department name and course number ( I N F O 143). The number i n brackets following the course designation (3.0) indicates the number of credits for the course. transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which The second set o f parentheses includes the lecture, lab and other hours for the course. F o r I N F O 143 there w i l l be three lecture hours, no lab hours, and one other hour per week. Transfer credits are granted to students O N A D M I S S I O N for acceptable work done at other institutions: the are required at Capilano College for the certificate or The third set o f parentheses indicates the term in which diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present the class is usually offered. E x a m p l e : F - F a l l , S-Spring, suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for SU-Summer. I N F O 143 is offered in the Spring term. adjudication by the appropriate faculty. A l l approved Please check the timetable to confirm the term offered as transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent this may change after the calendar is printed. The course Student Record. F u l l information on transfer of specific title (Research Methods i n the Electronic A g e ) is indi- courses is available from the A d m i s s i o n s A d v i s o r , cated on the line below the department name and course Counsellors and in the D i v i s i o n . number. The nominal length o f a term is 16 weeks. Please see the A c a d e m i c schedule in this Calendar for the first and last days of classes and for the dates o f the examination period. Career/Vocational - General Information 199 Applied Business Technology Contact: 984-4959 INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY D. B L A N E Y , I.D. (UBC), C.P.S. D. C L A R K , Lab Supervisor J. C L A R K , R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip. (Univ. of Sask.) V . C O C H R A N , L L . B . (UBC) C . C R A M , B.A., M . A . , Prof. Teaching Certificate, (U. ofT.) L . C R O W E , B.Sc. (U of Conn.) M . B . A . (N. Eastern Univ.) S. F R E U N D , I.D. (UBC), Legal Assistant Certificate M . G I O V A N N E T T I - S E W A R D , B.S.A. (St. F.X.), B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent), T E S L C. GRIEVES, B.Ed., Sec. (UBC) S. H O R N , I.D. (UBC) • Accounting Assistant Program • Accounting Support Program • Administrative Assistant Program • Business Fundamentals Program • Legal Secretarial Program • Medical Office Assistant Program • Office Assistant E S L Program Career Opportunities The goal of the Applied Business Technology Division is to provide our students with marketable skills. We achieve this goal by maintaining an ongoing relationship with the business community through the placement of all our students in practicums ranging from two to four weeks. Students have the opportunity to practice their skills in a business environment before leaving the program to seek employment. Each year, an average of 85% of our students are employed in their area of expertise. L . JEST, I.D. (UBC), M.Ed. (SFU) S. L I V I N G S T O N E , R.N., M . A . M . S . (London, Eng.) B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) Why the Department of Applied Business Technology at Capilano College? B. SPICER, B. Comm, Standard Teaching Cert. (UBC) • D. PHILLIPS W. T I L L E Y , B.Ed. (UBC), M . A . (SFU) K. V I C K A R S , B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC), C . G . A . • G. W A U G H , B.A. (Reading), M . A . (UBC), Standard A. WHITE, Instructor/Lab Supervisor Career Training: secretary, clerk typist, accounting clerk, medical office assistant, legal secretary and Teaching Credentials (UK), B . C . Registered Psychologist Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors word information processing • • Flexibility: day, part-time or full-time Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Support Staff Faye Ulker, Receptionist Wendy Weberg, Divisional Assistant General Information Students in the Applied Business Technology Division receive practical, job-related training for a wide range of Mainland • New Technology: electronic typewriters, microcomputer training in fully equipped microcomputer labs. The Department of Applied Business Technology coordinates and delivers seven different programs to students with varying levels of skills. These programs/ courses provide you with a comprehensive education in preparation for employment in business. administrative and clerical positions. The programs are designed to prepare students with marketable skills that meet industry standards. Our 10-month programs provide students with a high level of competency in OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM Contact: 984-4959 computer applications, communication skills, basic accounting procedures, and office administration. Courses are delivered in lecture annd skills demonstration formats stressing the importance of production and accuracy for today's job market. A l l of our faculty have considerable experience in business and are continually upgrading their skills to meet the demands of the new technology. The Office Technology Programs prepare graduates for responsible positions in the office administrative field. All Office Technology Programs offer extensive training in written communications, administrative procedures, accounting, and computer applications—word processing, spreadsheets and database. Each program includes a two-week supervised work practicum. Specialized Students enrolled in the Applied Business Technology training is provided for administrative, accounting and Division may choose from the following programs: office assistant positions. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 2 0 0 Applications for Admission The Program All applications for admission must be submitted to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. Admission will be based on an information meeting, personal interview, and a skill-based assessment. Students entering these programs should be able to perform and complete course work, assignments, and tests which meet changing industry standards. The Administrative Assistant Program is a full-time, tenmonth program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in English grammar and composition skills, interpersonal skills, computer applications and much more. A valuable component of the training that students in this program receive is a two-week practicum in a business organization. Graduation Requirements Admission Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation, and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. 1. Completion of Grade 12 or equivalent 2. Keyboarding at 30 wpm. 3. Appropriate English skills as demonstrated by the Program Entry English Test results. 4. Personal Interview Special Fees and Expenses Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information. Awards and Scholarships Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Technology Programs Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the President, and also worked in the Dean's offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and always even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in an Office Technology Program in the Spring term. 1. ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Career Opportunities The Administrative Assistant in today's modern office provides a high level of technological and administrative support to management. Graduates of this program are finding employment in a wide range of technological support positions including administrative and executive assistants, office managers, and computer applications trainers. Program Content FIRST TERM Credit OTEC 111 Business English I 3.0 OTEC 115 Business Systems and Procedures 3.0 OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I 3.0 OTEC 146 Microcomputer Applications I 6J) 15.0 NB: Students who do not achieve a minimum of aC in OTEC 111 and OTEC 146 must receive written permission from the program convenor to be able to continue in the program. SECOND TERM OTEC 147 Microcomputer Applications II OTEC 148 Administrative Applications OTEC 211 Business Writing OTEC 235 Document Transcription OTEC 252 Organizational Behaviour OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience 4.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 L5 16.5 THIRD TERM OTEC 233 Document Design OTEC 234 Introduction to Networks 3.0 _L5 Certificate Requirements: 36.0 4.5 2. ACCOUNTING ASSISTANT PROGRAM Career Opportunities The Accounting Assistant Program provides students with an understanding of both manual and computer accounting systems and the ability to apply this knowl- CareerlVocational - Applied Business Technology 201 edge to business situations. Students w i l l also be introduced to other computer applications and general office procedures. THIRD T E R M O T E C 219 Microcomputer A c c o u n t i n g 4.5 O T E C 300 Directed W o r k Experience 15 Graduates are finding employment as accounting assist- 6.0 ants, junior bookkeepers, and full-charge bookkeepers for 36.0 Certificate Requirements: small and medium-sized firms. In addition, graduates o f this program have the skills to start their o w n businesses, to ladder into the Business Administration Program to take more advanced financial courses towards a diploma 3. OFFICE ASSISTANT ESL PROGRAM * This program is presently under review and the or degree, and to pursue a more advanced career i n detailed listing of courses and course content may be accounting through a professional certification program. changed by the time the program is offered in September 1996. The Program Career Opportunities The Accounting Assistant Program is a full-time, ten- Graduates are finding employment i n entry-level posi- month program offered from September to June. This tions w h i c h include general office assistants, reception- program provides students with training in accounting, ists, accounts payable and receivable clerks. general office procedures, and computer applications. A two-week work practicum is included in this training The Program program. The Office Assistant E S L Program is a full-time, ninemonth program offered from September to M a y . This Admission Requirements program provides students with training in general office The program convenor conducts a personal interview skills, computer applications and E n g l i s h grammar and with each applicant who meets the following admission composition skills. Students are required to complete a criteria: work practicum as part of their training program. 1. Completion o f Grade 12 or equivalent 2. Appropriate E n g l i s h skills as demonstrated by the Admission Requirements Program Entry E n g l i s h Test results. E S L students who wish to take this program must have a Program, Content FIRST T E R M O T E C 111 Business E n g l i s h I O T E C 115 Business Systems and Procedures O T E C 117 A c c o u n t i n g Procedures I O T E C 146 M i c r o c o m p u t e r Applications I personal interview with the program convenor and must meet these admission criteria: 3.0 1. M i n i m u m o f mid-to-high intermediate E n g l i s h 3.0 language skills as demonstrated by S L E P Test results. 2. Competent conversational English. 3.0 &Q 15.0 NB: Students must achieve a minimum of a B grade in FIRST T E R M E S L . 052 E S L : L o w e r A d v a n c e d Conversation E S L . 057 E S L : Advanced Reading and Vocabulary for Business the final exam of OTEC 117 to continue in this program. SECOND TERM O T E C 140 Administrative Procedures O T E C 149 Microcomputer M a t h and Business Applications O T E C 212 Business E n g l i s h II o r O T E C 211 O T E C 217 O T E C 218 Business W r i t i n g A c c o u n t i n g Procedures II Accounting-Comprehensive Project O T E C 252 Organizational Behaviour for Business 1.5 O T E C 113 3.0 O T E C 117* 3.0 Business E n g l i s h and Communications 4.5 Accounting Procedures I 3.0* (optional) 3.0 O T E C 146 Microcomputer Applications I 3.0 1.5 10 16.5 Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 6£ 16.5 SECOND TERM E S L . 062 O T E C 147 202 3.0 E S L : Upper A d v a n c e d Conversation for Business 3.0 (or 19. Microcomputer Applications II 4.5 O T E C 150 Administrative and Business The Program Procedures 3.0 O T E C 211 Business W r i t i n g or O T E C 212 Business E n g l i s h II O T E C 251 Interpersonal Skills 1.5 O T E C 300 Directed W o r k Experience L5 3.0 16.5 THIRD T E R M Practicum- continuation o f O T E C 300 - Directed W o r k The Account Support Program is a full-time, six-month program offered from January to June. T h i s program provides training in English grammar and composition skills, administrative procedures, manual and computer accounting, and computer applications. The A c c o u n t i n g Support Program also includes a two-week supervised practicum. Graduates o f this program w i l l have the necessary skills Experience Certificate Requirements 33.0 for an entry-level position in the accounting field. After completion o f the A c c o u n t i n g Support Program, gradu- 4. BUSINESS FUNDAMENTALS PROGRAM ates have the options of finding employment, starting The Program position as they continue their studies and work towards a their own businesses, or w o r k i n g in an accounting The Business Fundamentals Program is a four-month program that may be taken on a full-time or part-time diploma or degree through the Business Administration Program. basis during the fall or spring semester. The Business Fundamentals Program has been designed for students Admission Requirements who require basic business skills training or who need to The program convenor conducts a personal interview upgrade their skills. M a n y students take this program as with each applicant who meets the following require- a stepping stone to a more advanced program o f studies. ments: Admission Requirements 2. Appropriate E n g l i s h skills as demonstrated b y the 1. Completion o f Grade 12 or equivalent. E l i g i b l e students w i l l demonstrate minimal entry requirements and attend an information meeting and personal interview. A d m i s s i o n w i l l be subject to the student's Program Entry English Test results. Program Content potential to complete the program successfully and to FIRST T E R M departmental approval. O T E C 113 Business E n g l i s h and Communications Program Profile Business Records and O T E C 117 Accounting Procedures I 3.0 O T E C 123 W o r d Processing Procedures 4.5 O T E C 217 A c c o u n t i n g Procedures II 3.0 O T E C 245 Introductory Microcomputer Procedures O T E C 111 Business English I or O T E C 113 Business English & Communications 3.0 Business Systems & Procedures 3.0 A c c o u n t i n g Procedures I 3.0 Microcomputer Applications I or W o r d Processing Procedures and Introductory Microcomputer Applications 6M O T E C 115 O T E C 117 O T E C 146 O T E C 123 O T E C 245 Certificate Requirements 15.0 4.5 O T E C 116 Applications 3.0 L5 19.5 SECOND TERM O T E C 215 Computerized A c c o u n t i n g O T E C 217 A c c o u n t i n g Procedures II 5. ACCOUNTING SUPPORT PROGRAM 3.0 (continued from first term) Career Opportunities O T E C 218 A c c o u n t i n g Comprehensive Project 1.5 The graduates of the A c c o u n t i n g Support Program are O T E C 300 Directed W o r k Experience I 15 6.0 finding employment as accounting clerks, bookkeepers, general office assistants, and accounting assistants. Total Program Credits: 25.5 Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 203 business office. Topics include records management, Course Descriptions time management, and office management procedures. OTEC 111 (3) (4,0,0)(F) Business English I OTEC 146 The course w i l l review the fundamental principles o f Microcomputer Applications I grammar, spelling, and punctuation. M e m o writing w i l l This course w i l l train students i n the theory and practical be covered. (6) (8,2,0)(F) applications of a word processing software program and a database program. This course w i l l also build keyboard- OTEC 112 Language Skill Development (1.5) (2,0,0)(F) ing speed and accuracy skills. (4.5) This course w i l l train students to apply the correct OTEC 147 techniques o f written communications to their proofread- Microcomputer Applications II ing, verifying, and editing. Prerequisites: O T E C 146 or equivalent OTEC 113 (4.5) (6,0,0)(S) (6,2,0)(S) Students w i l l become proficient in the use o f a word processing windows program. Students w i l l also be Business English and Communications introduced to spreadsheet programs for both D O S and This course w i l l train students i n grammar, spelling, window environments. This course w i l l introduce punctuation, correct word usage, proofreading skills and students to technological developments and advances i n business writing. office automation. OTEC 115 (3) (4,0,0)(F,S) Business Systems and Procedures OTEC 148 (3) (4,0,0)(S) Administrative Applications This course w i l l review basic math skills and train Students w i l l apply their knowledge o f records control, students to correctly compute and accurately maintain time management, and other administrative procedures to business records. office simulations. This course w i l l provide reinforcement o f procedures used in word processing by producing OTEC 116 (3) (4,0,0)(S) Business Records and Procedures complex documents which require formatting, computer software operations, and language skill decisions. This course w i l l review basic math skills annd introduce students to business and administrative records and OTEC 149 procedures. Microcomputer Math and Business Applications OTEC 117 Accounting Procedures I (3) (4,0,0)(F,S) This course introduces students to the theory o f accounting and to tasks performed i n the basic accounting cycle. Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy, and thoroughness as w e l l as on independent decision making. (3) (4,0,0)(S) The students w i l l review the math functions related to spreadsheets. In addition, the students w i l l become proficient users of spreadsheets in both D O S and w i n d o w environments. Students w i l l also receive an overview o f technological advances in office automation. OTEC 150 (3) (4,0,0)(S) Administrative and Business Procedures OTEC 123 Word Processing Procedures (4.5) (6,2,0)(S) This course w i l l introduce students to the basic office administrative procedures associated with the modern This course w i l l instruct students in the theory and business office. T h e students w i l l develop the skills to practical applications o f a word processing program correctly compute and accurately maintain business This course w i l l also build keyboarding speed and records. accuracy skills. OTEC 211 OTEC 140 (1.5) (2,0,0)(S,Su) (3) (4,0,0)(S) Business Writing Administrative Procedures Prerequisite: O T E C 111 or equivalent This course w i l l introduce the student to basic office This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's administrative procedures associated with the modern Career/Vocational • Applied Business Technology 204 quality o f grammar, spelling, and word usage, and to publishing to enhance the appearance o f letterheads, develop and/or improve composition skills. reports, tables, brochures, news releases, etc. OTEC 212 (3) (4,0,0)(S) OTEC 234 (3) (4,2,0)(Su) Business English II Introduction to Networks Prerequisite: Prerequisites: O T E C 146 and 147 or O T E C 146 and O T E C 111 or equivalent This course utilizes the computer to assist students in 149, or equivalents developing/improving their letter and memo writing Students w i l l learn how a network operates, how to skills. Emphasis w i l l be placed on sentence and para- research information from bulletin boards, and some graph structure and composition skills. basic troubleshooting techniques. OTEC 215 (3) (4,0,0)(Su) OTEC 235 (1.5) (2,0,0)(S) Computerized Accounting Document Transcription Prerequisite: Prerequisites: O T E C 111 and O T E C 146 or equivalents O T E C 117 or equivalent This course is designed to instruct the student i n the use The development o f transcription skills to produce of the accounting application program, A C C P A C , for mailable correspondence using microcomputers. Spell- entering, storing and retrieving records, and producing ing, punctuation, and grammar w i l l be reviewed. standard financial reports. OTEC 245 OTEC 217 (3) (4,4,0)(S,Su) Accounting Procedures II (1.5) (2,0,0)(S) Introductory Microcomputer Applications Students w i l l learn to use spreadsheets for specialized Prerequisite: O T E C 117 with a m i n i m u m o f a "J3" grade office procedures including the creation o f forms, reports, or permission o f the instructor. and This course is a continuation o f O T E C 117 with emphasis on accounting systems and procedures. Business simulations are used extensively throughout the course. spreadsheets. OTEC 251 (1.5) (2,0,0)(S) Interpersonal Skills This course w i l l provide students with an understanding OTEC 218 (1.5) (2,2,0) (S,Su) Accounting - Comprehensive Project Students w i l l continue the study o f the accounting fundamentals begun in O T E C 117 and 217. Emphasis w i l l be placed on the application o f these fundamentals to a comprehensive simulated business situation representative o f those encountered in business. OTEC 219 Microcomputer Accounting Prerequisite: (4.5) of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence j o b performance. Students w i l l (6,0,0)(Su) practice in-person and telephone responding, customer service and issue resolution skills in a supportive environment. OTEC 252 Organizational Behaviour (3) (4,0,0)(S) This course w i l l provide students with an understanding of interpersonal communication techniques that can positively influence performance on the j o b . This course O T E C 117 or equivalent w i l l also identify the positive administrative and superviA hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of A C C P A C for completing accounting procedures, includ- sory skills that program graduates w i l l need as they wish to assume additional career responsibility in the future. ing accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, general ledger, and inventory control. OTEC 233 (3) OTEC 300 Directed Work Experience I (2,0,70)(S,Su) (4,2,0)(Su) Document Design Prerequisites: (1.5) O T E C 146 and O T E C 147 or equivalents Students w i l l use the graphics capabilities of desktop This course involves both lectures on j o b search techniques and resume preparation. In addition, at least a thirty-hour work practicum must be completed in an industry placement related to the student's program o f study. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 205 LEGAL SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Interested applicants are invited to attend an information meeting. A n evaluation o f keyboarding speed and Contact: 984-4959 English language proficiency w i l l be conducted at this time. During the meeting, an appointment for a personal Career Opportunities interview may be arranged. The exacting field o f l a w offers excellent career opportu- During your interview, y o u w i l l have an opportunity to nities for students graduating as legal secretaries. ask further questions, and discuss your qualifications and This very specialized program provides intense training in traditional secretarial skills as w e l l as legal procedural courses including: C i v i l litigation, wills and probate, corporate law, conveyancing and mortgaging, family and legal office procedures. U p o n completion o f the program, students find employment in specialized, as well as general, l a w offices. M a n y graduates o f the L e g a l Secretarial Program proceed to the Part T i m e L e g a l Assistant Certificate Program. The L e g a l Assistant Program requires Option students to have two-years' work experience as a legal secretary prior to enrolling i n the first course. Legal Secretarial Program graduates are required to have one year o f work experience as a legal secretary. This allows them to further their education i n the evening while earning a salary and gaining valuable experience in the legal support field. career goals. Y o u r test results w i l l be reviewed with you at this time. The objective o f the personal interview is to assist in selecting applicants who w i l l be most suited to the career o f L e g a l Secretary. Admission Requirements 1. Completion of Grade 12 or equivalent. 2. English language proficiency as demonstrated by the Business English Competency test results. 3. Keyboarding at 45 w p m . Please submit the following material prior to or during the pre-admission interview: (a) A resume describing your education, skills, and work experience. (b) Transcripts from all educational institutions y o u have attended (c) A letter o f recommendation from a former employer The Program or teacher. This nine-month vocational program covers five main areas o f law p r o v i d i n g a fundamental understanding o f the legal system i n B . C . Students are trained in legal terminology and procedural rules. They w i l l review relevant legislation, and acquire necessary skills in the formatting and handling o f legal documents. Shorthand, typing, legal office procedures, hands-on computer technology and a two-week legal office work practicum are included i n the curriculum. A Capilano C o l l e g e certificate is granted upon successful completion o f the program. Admission Procedures Students are admitted to the program twice a year, in September and January. Applications for A d m i s s i o n may be submitted at any time to A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and any other pertinent documents. To ensure your name is on the list for the Information Meetings held twice a year, call the Department o f A p p l i e d Business Technology at 984-4959. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 206 Special Fees and Expenses In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can expect to spend approximately $900.00 on textbooks and supplies. Graduation Requirements A program completion certificate is awarded to students who have successfully completed 35.25 credits. Awards The following law firms have established scholarships i n this program: Davis and C o m p a n y , Campney and M u r p h y , Russell and D u M o u l i n . Candidates for scholarships must rank i n the top grade point averages during first term and must demonstrate potential as professional, career-minded legal secretaries. Program Content LGST 112 (4,0,0) (S,Su) (3) Basic Conveyance and Mortgage Procedures FIRST T E R M L G S T 108 Credits 1.5 F a m i l y L a w Procedures L G S T 109 Basic Litigation 3.0 L G S T 116 L G S T 123 Introduction to the L e g a l System 1.5 on the M i c r o c o m p u t e r 4.5 L G S T 124 Organizational Behaviour 3.0 C M N S 159 Communications for L e g a l 1Q 16.5 SECOND TERM Corporate Procedures Basic Conveyance & Mortgage title and registering charges. Emphasis w i l l be on preparing documents acceptable to the L a n d Title Office, such as transfers, mortgages, and related forms for a residential Secretaries L G S T 112 B . C . , search procedures, preparation o f primary and secondary documents and forms involved i n conveying L e g a l Document Processing L G S T 110 This course covers the contract o f purchase and sale, L a n d Title A c t requirements for registration o f title in 3.0 conveyance. LGST 114 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F,S) Wills and Probate Procedures A n examination o f the W i l l s A c t , and Estate Administra- Procedures 3.0 tion A c t . Students w i l l prepare the necessary documents L G S T 114 W i l l s & Probate Procedures 1.5 to obtain Letters Probate in the Supreme Court o f B . C . L G S T 117 L G S T 119 L e g a l Office Procedures 1.5 and be familiar with documentation required for issuance Practicum 1.5 of Letters of Administration. L G S T 122 Computer Applications 3.0 LGST 116 (1.5) Introduction to the Legal System 5.25 This course acquaints students with a working knowledge 18.75 o f the Canadian and B . C . C o u r t System, ethics o f the in the L e g a l Office L G S T 130 L e g a l M a c h i n e Transcription and S k i l l Development (2,0,0) (F,S) legal profession and the rules o f the L a w Society relating THIRD T E R M L G S T 119 to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary. Practicum (continued) 35.25 Total Program Credits: Course Descriptions LGST 108 (1.5) (2,0,0) (F,S) (2,0,0) (S,Su) in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems, use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and Introduction to the procedures, rules and legislation applicable to divorce and family law litigation. (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Basic Litigation other procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis w i l l be placed on the structure of a law office, the differences between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice o f law. LGST 119 Introduction to court procedures in the Supreme Court o f B . C . The course w i l l cover procedures in pre-trial preparation, the preparation o f documents, the use of precedents in the Supreme Court. LGST 110 (1.5) A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions Family Law Procedures LGST 109 LGST 117 Legal Office Procedures (1.5) (2,0,60) (S.Su) Practicum W o r k experience involving 24 lecture hours and at least 60 hours o f related office experience in the legal field. A l s o covered is the resume, j o b application, cover letter (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Corporate Procedures A n examination o f the B . C . Companies A c t and the various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar with i n order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration, etc., w i l l also be covered. and interview. LGST 122 (3) (4,2,0) (S,Su) Computer Applications in the Legal Office The student w i l l learn to identify the components o f office automation. The student w i l l also require a practical knowledge and an understanding o f basic spreadsheet and data base concepts. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 207 LGST 123 (4.5) (6,2,0) (F,S) Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer U s i n g WordPerfect software on an I B M compatible microcomputer, the student w i l l be introduced to basic MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Contact: 984-4959 through advanced w o r d processing concepts. Proficiency Career Opportunities working with the program w i l l be acquired through the The health care industry is one o f the largest industries in production o f various legal documents. Canada, and the M e d i c a l Office Assistant is a recognized LGST 124 Organizational Behaviour (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) member o f the modern medical team. Graduates o f this program have the specialized training required to work i n a number o f medical settings: receptionist or medical This course looks at the effects o f individual and group assistant in an office or clinic, or i n a hospital as an behaviour i n organizations. T o p i c s include leader admitting clerk or department stenographer. behaviour and power, motivation, attitude development, perception, work stress and conflict. Students w i l l also learn h o w to apply communication, problem solving and conflict resolution skills toward an organization's overall effectiveness. LGST 130 (5.25) (7,2,0) (S,Su) Legal Machine Transcription and Skill Development After a review o f basic transcription skills, students w i l l develop skills i n transcribing legal materials. S k i l l building w i l l continue through the use o f remedial drills, power drills and short and sustained timed writings. The Program This M e d i c a l Office Assistant program offers pre-service, specialized education for prospective students w h i c h includes: • M e d i c a l terminology and anatomy and physiology • Pharmacology • M e d i c a l ethics • M e d i c a l transcription • M e d i c a l records management • Aseptic techniques • Preparation, assisting and follow up o f patient for medical examinations • Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures • Financial record keeping and computerized medical billing • A two-week work practicum i n the medical field Admission Requirements Applicants must meet the following admission requirements: 1. 35 w p m keyboarding speed 2. Interview with a program faculty member 3. Aptitude for working i n a medical setting 4. Appropriate E n g l i s h conversation and writing skills 5. St. John's Standard First A i d Certificate A l l Applications for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. Graduation Requirements Students completing 36 credits, as outlined i n the above profile, w i l l be awarded a Capilano College Program Completion Certificate. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 208 Special Fees and Expenses In addition to tuition and registration fees, students can expect to spend approximately $800.00 on textbooks and supplies. MOA. 102 (1.5) Keyboarding Skill and Speed Development (2,0,0) (S) Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy i n medical keyboarding. Awards and Scholarships MOA. 103 The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established i n memory of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the M e d i c a l Office (3) (4,2,0) (S) Medical Machine Transcription Assistant Program. A bursary o f $250 to $300 w i l l be Prerequisite: awarded to a second-term M O A student based on a Practice i n transcribing medical consultation letters and M O A . 1 0 0 & 111 financial need and a satisfactory standing o f 70% or hospital reports from dictation equipment. This course better. entails a mandatory two-hour lab. Program Content MOA. 105 (3) Medical Administrative Procedures I FIRST T E R M (4,0,0) (F) Credits C M N S 110 Standard E n g l i s h Usage 3.0 Students w i l l learn office procedures specific to the medical M O A . 107 3.0 M e d i c a l Administrative Procedures 1 3.0 C l i n i c a l Procedures I 1.5 office including medical ethics, patient records, appoint- M O A . 109 A n a t o m y & Related Physiology MOA. 106 Medical Administrative Procedures II M O A . 100 M O A . 105 M e d i c a l Document Processing I ments, filing, reception, reception skills and medical billing. (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) and Pathology I 3.0 M O A . 111 M e d i c a l Terminology I 3.0 Prerequisite: M O A . 121 M e d i c a l Document Processing II 15 18.0 Continuation o f M O A . 105. Students w i l l be able to SECOND TERM M O A . 105 perform financial recordkeeping specific to the medical office. M O A . 102 Keyboarding S k i l l & Speed Development 1.5 MOA. 107 M O A . 103 M e d i c a l M a c h i n e Transcription 3.0 Clinical Procedures M O A . 106 M e d i c a l Administrative Procedures II 1.5 M O A . 108 C l i n i c a l Procedures II and M O A . 110 A n a t o m y & Related Physiology and Pathology II 3.0 M O A . 112 M e d i c a l Terminology II 3.0 M O A . 115 Directed W o r k Experience 1.5 M O A . 122 Computers in Health Care 1A Pharmacology 3.0 18.0 36.0 Total Program Credits: Course Descriptions MOA. 100 (3) (4,2,0) (F) Keyboarding speed o f 35 w p m Keyboarding skill development and introduction to WordPerfect 5.1; basic to advanced applications. (2,4,0) (F) St. John's Standard First A i d Certificate Students w i l l learn about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office and the hospital setting. T h e course includes general information about physical and mental health; medications and health products. Students w i l l learn h o w to use and maintain medical office equipment. There is a mandatory lab component. MOA. 108 (3) Clinical Procedures II and Pharmacology Prerequisite: Medical Document Processing I Prerequisite: Prerequisite: (1.5) (4,.4,0)(S) M O A . 107 Continuation of M O A . 107. There is a mandatory lab component. MOA. 109 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology I A study o f structure, function and interrelationships o f the organic systems of the body. C o m m o n medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology w i l l be studied in conjunction with the systems. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 209 MOA. 110 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology II Prerequisite: M O A . 109 A continuation o f M O A . 109. MOA. 111 (3) (4,0,0) (F) Medical Terminology I Introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots, and c o m b i n i n g forms c o m m o n to medical terminology. MOA. 112 (3) (4,0,0) (3) Medical Terminology II Prerequisite: MOA. Ill Continuation, reinforcement o f terminology i n M O A 111. MOA. 115 (1.5) (2,0,54) (S) Directed Work Experience F o l l o w i n g successful completion o f term two, a medical office/clinic or hospital w o r k practicum is arranged for the student. Before the work placement, the student w i l l be required to attend career preparation lectures w h i c h w i l l include practice sessions for the employment interview. MOA. 121 (1.5) (2,2,0) (F) Medical Document Processing II Prerequisite: M O A . 100 A d v a n c e d w o r d processing applications are used i n a medical environment. MOA. 122 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Computers in Health Care Students w i l l acquire skills using a microcomputer to accumulate patient demographic data, set up appointments, process claims for submission to M S P , process remittance reports and accounts receivable. Career/Vocational - Applied Business Technology 210 Applied Information Technology E - m a i l : infotec@hubcap.mlnet.com Through an intensive hands-on immersion into the world of electronic communications, students w i l l become Contact: 984-1727 capable handlers o f the technology, with advanced research and critical thinking skills, and increased Instructional Faculty sophistication i n interactive computer presentation. R. B A I L E Y Admission Requirements M . B A T T E R S B Y , B.A. (NYU), PH.D. (UBC) G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (BROOKS INSTITUTE) • College entrance level E n g l i s h V. BUSCH • Computer literacy and a modest keyboarding rate B . C A L V E R T , B . A . (Sask) C . K I L I A N , B . A . (Columbia), M . A . ( S F U ) • Students w i l l be required to attend an interview prior to acceptance M . L ' H E U R E U X , B . A . (Concordia) Note: Applications for A d m i s s i o n , together with official A . L O R E K , B.A., M.L.S. (McGill) transcripts and other pertinent documents must be C . M A N U E L , B . E d . (Guelph) submitted to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar. D. R A N K I N , B.A. (SFU) L . S A V A G E , B . A . , D i p . E d . ( M c G i l l ) , M . E d . (Alberta) Special Fees and Expenses D. S T E T A R D.TATT • Personal computer system capable o f performing tasks L. W U required in this program. (See program brochure for Coordinator: M a r k Battersby Convenors: Lawrence W u (Day Program), D . Stetar (Evening Program) Lab Supervisors: Lawrence W u / D a v i d Rankin Staff: Cathy C o l e , 984-1727 further information) • Texts, software, disks • Modem • Bulletin BoardTE mail/conferencing fees/data bank/ research time Important Note General Information This is a general view o f the A p p l i e d Information D u r i n g the last decade, society and the economy have Technology program. W h i l e we have made every effort rapidly changed, increasingly becoming information- and to describe courses and requirements accurately as o f Fall communication-based. W i t h i n business and industry, and 1996, we work in a fast-changing field. N e w releases in between governments, the capability to deal with infor- hardware and software may require changes in course mation and its processing has become an important factor content, course credit and scheduling, and student- in maintaining a competitive edge. purchased equipment. The program w i l l ensure that U n t i l the beginning o f the 1980s, there was a confidence students and applicants learn o f such changes at the that the private and public sectors could either rely on earliest possible moment. information created internally, or access commercially available information. A s we move through the 1990s DIPLOMA PROGRAM and approach the 21st century, it becomes increasingly obvious i n these sectors that individuals w i l l need to control their own access to information. They w i l l use the microcomputer, both alone and connected to other microcomputers and mainframe systems. The interaction The D i p l o m a Program is a 10-month, full-time program with a class limit o f 20 students. Please contact the InfoTec Department for application details and program information. with this information w i l l become an integral part o f the new wave o f western development. The A p p l i e d Information Technology program w i l l identify issues facing the new communicators and w i l l train students in the skills to acquire, select, organize and communicate that information using the latest in interactive computer technology and telecommunications. Career/Vocational - Applied Infotec 211 Third Term - Professional Development Diploma Program Profile First Term - Foundation Credits September 3 - December 20,1996 May 5-June 27,1997 I N F O 145 Internet T o o l s and Techniques 1.5 I N F O 160 Marketing 1.5 1.5 C M N S 125 C o m m u n i c a t i o n Theory 1.5 I N F O 173 Technical Support: Augmentation C M N S 145 Computer W r i t i n g 3.0 I N F O 177 Professional Development (continued) G R P H 141 Infotec Graphics II 1.5 I N F O 182 Cross Platform Development 1.5 I N F O 143 Research Methods i n the Electronic M D I A 141 Computer Presentation 1.5 Age 3.0 I N F O 151 Interactive Communications I 1.5 (Nine credits awarded for pre/postgraduate w o r k or I N F O 166 A p p l i e d Telecommunications 1.5 experience) I N F O 167 Systems, T o o l s , Utilities 1.5 P H I L 170 Critical Thinking I 1.5 Course Descriptions November, December CMNS 125 C M N S 145 Computer W r i t i n g (continued) Communication Theory G R P H 142 Infotec Graphics H I I N F O 143 Research Methods i n the Electronic 1.5 (1.5) (F) A brief survey o f principles underlying communication: interpersonal, print, radio, f i l m and television, w i t h A g e (continued) application o f those principles to the digital media. Internet Tools and Techniques 1.5 I N F O 150 Contemporary Issues I 1.5 I N F O 156 T e c h n i c a l Support: Foundation 1.5 I N F O 161 Project Management 1.5 I N F O 180 Computer Mediated Communications 3.0 The microcomputer's efficient text-editing and revision M D I A 142 Computer Managed Learning abilities make it a powerful tool for writers. In this I N F O 145 1.5 and Training CMNS 145 (3.0) (3,0,0) (F) Computer Writing course, students learn to develop a clear, effective writing style and to progress from editing exercises to producing an extensive document intended for the computer screen Second Term - Exploration (especially for online publication), print, or other January 16 April 25,1997 G R P H 140 I N F O 155 I N F O 171 I N F O 172 I N F O 177 I N F O 180 Infotec Graphics I Interactive Communications II A p p l i e d Production Management Technical Support: Concentration Professional Development Computer Mediated Communications (continued) 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.0 4.5 T i m e - B a s e d Data Integration D i g i t i z e d Sound I 1.5 learn to make an effective visual analysis, and develop 1.5 facility in solving graphic problems within the computer I N F O 183 M U S . 090 workplace applications. GRPH 140 Infotec Graphics I (1.5) (S) Enhancement o f visual literacy through the development of generic graphics skills and abilities. Students develop a critical awareness o f different presentation formats, environment. The focus is on the graphical aspects i n the March, April G R P H 143 Infotec A d v a n c e d Graphics I V I N F O 148 T i m e - B a s e d Data Integration 0.75 design o f the user interface and the production o f effective b/w graphics for the design o f an interactive multimedia project. (continued) I N F O 158 Interactive Communications III I N F O 171 A p p l i e d Production Management I N F O 172 T e c h n i c a l Support: Concentration 1.5 GRPH 141 (1-5) (F) Infotec Graphics II (continued) Further investigation o f basic graphic skills introduced i n Graphics I. In addition, students learn to produce (continued) I N F O 177 I N F O 191 Professional Development (continued) C D - R O M Mastering Career/Vocational - Applied Infotec 212 0.75 graphics for interactive multimedia using colour, objects and paths. Introduction to layout for print publication. GRPH 142 (1.5) (F) Infotec Graphics III in the field to date. User interface design forms the basis for a model designed by each student. In addition to layout for print publication, students extend graphic exploration to focus on "time" as a design element i n interactive multimedia. Sequential presenta- INF0155 (1.5) (S) Interactive Communications II tions are coupled with the basic rules learned from This project-based course expands on concepts covered Graphics I and II. Students learn to produce graphics for in I N F O 151 and expands to include critical evaluation use with M a c r o m i n d Director. techniques for interactive communications products. Infotec Advanced Graphics IV INF0156 Technical Support: Foundation Graphics production requires a combination o f techno- This is an introduction to programming concepts. Stu- logical and aesthetic skills. Augmenting the graphics dents learn about components in programming and the design skills developed so far, the student is introduced to approaches to structured programming using these advanced graphics production techniques and tools in this components. GRPH 143 (.75) (S) (1.5) (F) workshop-based course. INF0158 INF0143 (3.0) (3,0,0) (F) (1.5) (S) Interactive Communications III Research Methods in the Electronic Age A continuation o f I N F O 155, the concept o f Beta testing A s information technology increases in efficiency, the is introduced and applied. Students design, produce, test quantity o f information generated multiplies. A s a result, and revise projects using the authoring tool M a c r o m i n d the ability to find, assess, and retrieve useful information Director in this course. becomes increasingly essential to productivity. This course explores methods o f research necessary for the INFO 160 effective use o f electronic information sources such as Marketing C D - R O M s , online library catalogues, commercial and This course focuses on the basic principles of marketing government databases, i n addition to conventional print yourself and your ideas to the business community. It sources i n libraries. (1.5) (SU) includes an overview o f marketing theory, application o f the theory into job market evaluation, preparation o f a INFO 145 (1.5) (3,0,0) (F,SU) personal marketing plan, and a selling skills workshop. Internet Tools and Techniques This course w i l l provide students with the necessary knowledge and experience with browsing and publishing on the Internet. INFO 150 (1.5) (F) Contemporary Issues I A study o f cultural, ethical, political, economic and INFO 161 (1.5) (F) Project Management This course teaches skills necessary to manage and produce interactive communications projects. Students consider management issues such as administration, preproduction and production planning, copyright clearance, collaboration and team building. aesthetic issues arising with the increasing use of comput ers, as w e l l as the impact o f new information systems on INFO 166 human understanding and society. Students survey print Applied Telecommunications and electronic media to research current comment on This course provides an introduction to the basics of these issues; synthesize and analyze their findings; and modems, communications software, telecommunications present their work in both written and spoken forms. protocols, the use o f electronic mail and bulletin board (1-5) (F) systems. INFO 151 (1.5) (F) Interactive Communications I INFO 167 This course first examines the concept o f interactive Systems, Tools, Utilities communications - the active involvement o f a human This course familiarizes students with the design, struc- m i n d with a computer - and the history o f developments ture and operation o f the M a c i n t o s h computer system (1.5) (F) Career/Vocational - Applied Infotec 213 software, the basic concepts and use o f local area net- conferencing, online education, and collaborative w o r k works, and related peripheral equipment. Students w i l l using the computer, the Internet, and dial-up access. examine system-related utility programs and begin an INFO 182 introduction to data integration. (SU) (1-5) Cross-Platform Development INF0171 (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) Applied Production Management This course focuses on the transfer o f m u l t i m e d i a projects from one computer platform to another. T o p i c s include This course w i l l allow the students to apply the project design and production consideration for cross-platform management skills they learned i n I N F O 161 to inte- media integration, with comparisons between the M a c i n - grated projects they undertake i n the Spring term. The tosh and I B M - P C compatibles. Students w i l l evaluate the students w i l l receive the benefit of an instructor's expert Microsoft W i n d o w s user interface, Windows-based experience, guidance and supervision throughout the multimedia and file translation methods. Projects from planning and production o f these projects. the Macintosh environment w i l l be transferred to the equivalent W i n d o w s environment. INF0172 (3.0) (S) INF0183 Technical Support: Concentration The focus o f this course is i n developing expertise in the primary interactive multimedia authoring tool chosen for (1.5) (3,0,0) (S) Time-Based Data Integration II Data capture, compression, assembly and editing tech- the Program; currently, M a c r o m i n d Director is our niques and the issue o f synchronization are part o f this choice. In addition to concentrating on the specifics o f course. this development tool, concepts in structured programm i n g from I N F O 156 w i l l be applied in support o f INF0191 projects from I N F O 155/158. CD-ROM Mastering (0.75) (3,0,0) (S) This course is designed to provide the student w i t h the INF0173 (1.5) (SU) Technical Support: Augmentation technical skills and knowledge to produce compact disc masters. After developing expertise i n a primary multimedia development tool, students w i l l be given the opportunity to expand their repertoire o f development tools. The focus is on the efficient application o f authoring knowledge from one environment to a different environment. Authorware is currently our choice o f development tool for courseware and computer-based training. B u i l d i n g on structure programming concepts gained in I N F O 156 and the expertise in Director developed in I N F O 172), MDIA 141-01 Computer Presentation (1.5) (F) This course explores the related planning, design, and implementation skills needed for effective desktop presentation. Students learn to design and build an outline, determine what hardware and software applications w i l l best realize the design, interrelate graphics with support text, structure and deliver the final presentation. students turn their focus on Authorware. INFO 177 Professional Development (4.50) (3,0,0) (S,SU) MDIA 142 (1.5) Computer Managed Learning and Training This course examines the concepts underlying the TBA learning process and how the computer can be used to enhance this process. The instructional design process INF0180 (3.0) (S) w i l l be examined and w i l l provide a platform for the Computer Mediated Communications investigation and application of a process to plan, The use o f computer mediated communications systems produce, implement, and evaluate computer-delivered for doing collaborative work at a distance and holding learning and training strategies. asynchronous conferences has proliferated because o f the availability o f simple client-server tools employing graphic user interfaces. This course addresses the issues of administration and implementation o f communications systems for telecommuting, computer-based Career/Vocational - Applied Infotec 214 (F) MUS. 090 Digitized Sound (1.5) (S) A u d i o is an important component in computer-based INF0146 (1.5) Advanced Internet: Tools and Techniques for Professionals multimedia. In addition to the fundamental concepts of This course is a response to the need for ongoing training digital audio, students learn the techniques for digitizing and practice with the emerging services and tools for and editing sound samples for use i n interactive multi- making use o f the Internet for professional purposes. media presentations. Case studies w i l l be used to illustrate the possibilities for Internet use including telecommuting, telework, distance PHIL 170 Critical Thinking I (1.5) (F) education, online shopping, research, and information brokering. Basic concepts o f critical thinking and argumentation - This course w i l l provide students with practical k n o w l - students examine the concepts o f argument, premise, edge o f the latest client-server tools for electronic mail, conclusion, and argument structure and develop facility computer conferencing, file storage and transfer, re- in using these concepts. search, and multimedia publishing. Students w i l l actively use each o f the tool types for course assignments and w i l l EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAM assemble a customized "tool k i t " for use i n their professional work. In addition, students w i l l either assemble a The Certificate Program offers credit courses for part- portfolio o f professional examples for use i n an aware- time studies in the evening. Students may enroll in any ness/training session with their colleagues or employees, number o f courses. Courses may be applied toward a or they w i l l assemble a portfolio and business plan for certificate i n A p p l i e d Telecommunications (from Infotec) making Internet access a component o f their professional or in Business Communications (from Communications work. Dept.) Please contact the Infotec Department for course dates and details. This course w i l l be delivered as an online seminar in distance education format. Certificate Courses CMNS 145 Computer Writing (3.0) INF0147 (1.5) Hypermedia on the Internet: Using Netscape This course w i l l provide students with a background in The microcomputer's efficient text-editing and revision the use o f hypertext systems and specifically i n the use of abilities make it a powerful tool for writers. In this H T M L servers with the N C S A M o s a i c client tool for course, students learn to develop a clear, effective writing W i n d o w s and Macintosh workstations. Students w i l l style, and to progress from editing exercises to producing research and explore the variety o f H T M L servers an extensive document intended for the computer screen emerging on the Internet. They w i l l critique the servers (especially for online publication), print, or other they explore against the theoretical and practical stan- workplace applications. This course is also offered in a ards of hypertext use. Students w i l l also build and self-paced, online format. demonstrate a sample H T M L server o f their o w n which illustrates a thematic approach to information creation, INFO 143 (3.0) Research Methods in the Electronic Age A s information technology increases in efficiency, the storage, and dissemination. Issues such as intellectual property and copyright w i l l be factored directly into the course. quantity o f information generated multiplies. A s a result, This course w i l l be delivered as an online seminar in the ability to find, assess, and retrieve useful information distance education format. becomes increasingly essential to productivity. This effective use o f electronic information sources such as INF0166 Applied Telecommunications C D - R O M s , online library catalogues, commercial and Electronic mail and online information services are now government databases, i n addition to conventional print common in the workplace, and telecommuting is a real sources i n libraries. option to some. This course teaches the basics of mo- course explores methods o f research necessary for the (1.5) dems and communications software. Students learn to Career/Vocational - Applied Infotec 215 use e-mail and a local bulletin board system. Some classes w i l l take place online using a modem. This course is useful preparation for those wishing to explore the Internet further. INF0179 Internet and Online Skills (1.5) This course provides students with a background on the development o f the Internet, as w e l l as practice in the use of software tools to navigate and probe the Internet for useful resources, both human and information. Career/Vocational - Applied Infotec 216 Business Administration C o n t a c t : 984-4960, F a x : 984-1734 J. W I L S O N , B . C o m m . , C A . ( U B C ) R. W I L S O N , B . C o m m . ( U B C ) Instructional Faculty H . B. Y A C K N E S S , B.Comm., M . B . A . , C A . (SFU) R. B E L L , B . A . ( W L U ) , D i p . E d . (Ont. C . E . ) , C G A Support Staff D. B R O W N E , B.A., M A . (UBC) J.S. B R O W N L E E - B A K E R , B B A ( S F U ) , M B A Dorothy Webb, D i v . Assistant Sharon M i l e t i c , Receptionist ( A s i a Pacific International Institute) B . C A M P B E L L , (Seneca), C N I A . W . C A R T E R , B . S c , M . B . A . ( U of A , City U ) , C N A G . F A N E , D i p . Tech., B . S c , M . B . A . , C . M . A . ( B C I T , C i t y U., U B C ) General Information For 25 years, the Department o f Business Administration at Capilano College has stressed a balanced combination F . G R U E N , B . M g t . E n g . , M . A . S c . ( R P I Waterloo) of classroom learning and hands-on business education. E . H A L L , B . A . (Hons.) A T . C , G o l d s m i t h ( U . o f London) A l l of our faculty have firsthand business experience and C . H I L L , B . A . (Santa Clara) remain active in their specialties. P. H O L D E N , B . A . , L L . B . , M . B . A . ( U B C , U . of Ottawa, W e continually review and update our programs accord- UBC) G . H U G H E S , B . A . S c . ( U of T), C G A , M . B . A . (Asia Pacific International Institute) ing to market needs so that our graduates have the skills employers demand. A recent review o f our programs by our A d v i s o r y Board, graduates, students and faculty led S. I B A R A K I , I.S.P., C N I ( 3 & 4 ) , C N E (3&4), us to accentuate our training in problem-solving, written W . I N G L I S , B . A . , D i p . M k t g . - ( U B C , U . Montreal) and verbal business presentations, and team work. This W . I N K S T E R , C . G . A . , (Canada), A C S M (Capilano), C N I gives our graduates an edge i n today's highly competitive C. K I L I A N , B.A., M . A . (SFU) job market, and gives them the expertise to succeed i n the J.D. L O B L A W , B . A . ( U of T) workplace of the future. O u r graduates proceed to R . L O N G W O R T H , B . S c , M . E d . (Concordia, St. occupations such as: M i c h a e l s ) I.S.P. R. M C B L A N E , B.Ed., M . E d . (Uof A ) •Operations Manager C. M C K I E , B.Comm., M . B . A . , P.T.C. ( U B C , City Univ.) •Computer Programmer L . M I C H A E L S , B . S c , B . E d . , M . E d . ( U of A ) •Network Administrator L.E. MILNER, M.B.A., C G A •Accountant B . M O S E L E Y , B . A . , M . B . A . (Univ. o f C a l ) •Production Manager R.C. N I C H O L S , B.Comm., C . M . A . ( U of A ) •Store Manager/Owner R . O ' C O N N O R , B . A d m i n . (Ryerson), I.S.P. •Promotion Manager D . O ' L E A R Y , B . A . E d . (Memorial), D i p . A d u l t E d . (Alberta), M . E d . ( U B C ) •Systems Analyst •Sales Representative/Sales Manager J. P E N D Y G R A S S E , B . S c , Teacher's Cert. (N.Dakota) •Lending Officer P. P O D O L A K , Cert. Display (Aus.) •Research Coordinator J. S A R R E A L , B . S c , M . S c , P h . D . , A C S M , ( U . o f •Financial A n a l y s t Philippines, U . of Florida, N . C a r o l i n a U . , Capilano) D. S A U E R , B.A., M . B . A . (SFU, U B C ) •Financial Planner •Event Producer G. SIMON, B . S c , M . S c (UBC) In the past, many of our graduates have developed careers M . T A Y L O R , B.Sc. ( U of A ) with large corporations such as General Foods, Chevron, L . T E E T Z E L , B . C o m m . ( U B C ) , M P A (Queens) I. C . B . C , M c K i m , B a k e r - L o v i c k , B B D O Advertising, M . V A N H O R N , B . E d . ( U of A ) , A C S M (Capilano) The Future Shop, Labatt Breweries, Brights W i n e s , B . C . A H . V I C K , B.Comm. (UBC) T e l , and B . C . H y d r o . The entrepreneurial skills gained i n K . V I C K A R S , B.Ed., L i e Acct. ( U B C ) , C . G . A . the program have also led many graduates to administra- A . W A T S O N , B . A . ( U o f C ) , A I B C , M . B . A . ( A s i a Pacific tive jobs in smaller firms. These include M i n e r v a Tech- International Institute) nologies, Umberto's Kitchens, Western System Controls, G . W A U G H , B . A . , M . A . - Reading, ( U B C ) Crystal Services, Sierra Consulting and many other small R. W E I Z E L , B P E . , B . C o m m . ( U o f M ) , M B A and medium sized businesses. (McMaster), C M A Career/Vocational - Business Administration 217 Admission Requirements A l l first-time students must complete an A p p l i c a t i o n for A d m i s s i o n form, available from the Office of the Registrar or from our Department. Persons interested in any of our programs should apply for admission as early as possible. Entry is based on business experience, previous high school or post-secondary grades, and where necessary, a personal interview. Applications for A d m i s s i o n those credits transferred towards the Business A d m i n i s tration programs at Capilano College. T o ensure a smooth transition, please provide the Office o f the Registrar w i t h transcripts and course outlines when y o u apply. A student must complete at least 50 percent o f the program requirements at Capilano College. Professionalism at Capilano must be submitted to A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar, Our graduates have achieved an excellent reputation together w i t h official transcripts and other pertinent based on professional performance and positive attitude. documents. Our classes stress the importance o f maintaining that reputation. A s future leaders and business administrators, Program Flexibility students must be prepared to model appropriate professional behaviour while engaged in College and C o l l e g e - Whether y o u choose part-time or full-time studies in Business Administration, y o u w i l l always accumulate credits toward a certificate, diploma or degree. W e have designed our programs to suit your needs as well as the needs o f employers. The flexibility o f our programs related activities. This is the type o f behaviour expected from a paid, professional manager or leader. Contact System allows you to start w i t h Capilano, build your own For additional information please call the Department o f educational package today and continue to learn with us Business Administration: (604) 984-4960. in the future. T h i s "laddering" concept proves your education can be adapted to fit your changing environment and those o f industry. Address your correspondence to: The Department of Business Administration Capilano College 2055 Purcell W a y Admission Requirements North Vancouver, B . C . V 7 J 3 H 5 Students seeking admission to the Department o f B u s i - Fax: ness Administration are required to: E - m a i l : busadmin@capcollege.bc.ca (604)984-1734 1. Have completed : • English: ( E n g l i s h 12 with a C + grade or better) • M a t h : (Academic M a t h 11 w i t h a C grade or better) • Business Administration Entrance Exams: Mature applicants who do not meet the E n g l i s h and M a t h requirements can take entrance exams. C a l l us for the Entrance Exams Fact Sheet. 2. Provide official copies of high school and postsecondary transcripts Interim grades w i l l be considered for students currently enrolled in Grade 12. 3. Complete an application form Program Information W e offer the following choices o f business programs, which are described in detail in this order: D i p l o m a (2 yr.) Advanced D i p l o m a (3 yr.) Bachelor's Degree (4 yr.) Accelerated D i p l o m a (12 mo.) Business Computing C o - o p D i p l o m a (3 yr.) Professional A c c o u n t i n g Transfer Package Retail Marketing C o - o p Certificate Evening Certificate • Capilano C o l l e g e A p p l i c a t i o n for A d m i s s i o n F o r m L o c a l Govt. A d m i n . Prof. Certificate • $20 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Business Administration Cooperative Education 4. Submit all documentation to Admissions, Office of the Registrar Transferability Students who have already completed degrees or taken other university or college courses may apply to have Program Other Programs English Requirement A l l Business Administration diploma students must complete E n g l i s h 100 to graduate. T o be eligible for English 100 you must have an ' A ' in E n g l i s h 12 or attain Career/Vocational - Business Administration 218 a suitable mark in the E n g l i s h Diagnostic Test ( E D T ) . FIRST YEAR - F A L L The E n g l i s h 100 course may be taken at any time, but it B A D M 101 Management Credits 3 is preferred that y o u take it in the F I R S T T E R M as it B A D M 106 Organizational Behaviour 3 could be a pre-requisite for other courses. C h e c k the B C P T 121 Business C o m p u t i n g I 3 course descriptions i n the following pages and refer to B F I N 141 Accounting* 3 English requirements in the Admission/Readmission E N G L 100 Composition 3 15 section o f this Calendar. FIRST Y E A R - SPRING Accounting/Finance Designations B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods M a n y o f the courses offered in the D i p l o m a and Degree programs are transferable to the Chartered Accountant ( C A ) , Certified General Accountant ( C G A ) , and Certified Management Accountant ( C M A ) accreditation programs. 3 B A D M 107 Business L a w I* 3 B C P T 122 Business C o m p u t i n g II 3 B M K T 161 Marketing 3 C M N S 220 A d v a n c e d Business W r i t i n g & Editing3 15 See information included with specific course descrip- *Note: Students planning to concentrate i n accounting tions and the Transfer Guide. may take B F I N 142 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I i n place o f B A D M 107 Business L a w I in the spring term. L a w must Currently Enrolled Students then be taken in the second year ( B A D M 107). Students Students w h o are currently enrolled i n a Certificate, D i p l o m a or Degree program must adhere to the require- not planning to take B F I N 142 may take M a r k e t i n g in the first term and A c c o u n t i n g i n the second term. ments o f the program at the time of their entrance. The Department w i l l make every effort to see that the courses SECOND YEAR - F A L L required for completion are made available. B A D M 201 DIPLOMA PROGRAMS - TWO YEAR TIME STUDIES (60 CREDITS) FULL- Credits Business Systems 3 B A D M 210 Business Statistics 3 Business Elective 3 Business Elective 3 General Elective 3 Students graduating with a Capilano College D i p l o m a 15 w i l l have the skills and knowledge required to be effective managers. A l l students must complete the courses SECOND YEAR - SPRING listed below, w h i c h w i l l teach them to apply progressive B F I N 241 E C O N 111 business practices to their jobs. Courses are taught by instructors with practical, up-to-date business knowledge. M a n y o f the faculty hold full or part-time positions in their area o f specialty. Class sizes are approximately 35 Credits Finance F o r Managers Micro Economics Business Elective Business Elective General Elective students, and the faculty are in direct contact with all their students. A full-time course load provides a m i n i - Total Diploma Credits 3 3 3 3 3 15 60 mum of 20 instructional hours weekly. W e suggest at least 40 hours weekly o f outside studies and preparation time. Concentrate Your Studies With Business Electives The first year o f the diploma program w i l l provide students with general business knowledge in Accounting, Communications, M a r k e t i n g , Computing and Organizational Behaviour. In the second year, students may concentrate on a particular area of specialization that w i l l allow them to continue their studies beyond the two-year diploma. T h i s includes the option to obtain a bachelors degree (Bachelor o f Administrative Studies, [B.A.S.]) at Capilano College through the Open University. The Capilano College Business D i p l o m a allows you to choose courses that interest you. S i x o f the 10 secondyear courses are electives. Y o u can use the electives to concentrate your studies, focus on career goals or broaden your education. N o other two-year business diploma program gives y o u so much flexibility in designing your education. Y o u can use the Business electives to commence specialization in any o f these management areas: Career/Vocational - Business Administration 219 • Accounting • Computing In the Business Administration Department, C o - o p has • General Management • Finance been expanded to include Accounting, General M a n a g e - • Marketing ment, and Marketing. C o - o p programs i n Business Computing and Retail M a r k e t i n g continue to be offered. The following is a partial list o f Business elective courses. Students planning to continue their studies beyond the two-year D i p l o m a should consult a coordina- What are the benefits of Co-op Education? tor to ensure they choose the appropriate electives. C o - o p education is a three-way partnership among students, employers and the College, with benefits for Credits each partner. B A D M 301 Operations Management 3 B A D M 302 H u m a n Resource Management 3 The Student B A D M 303 Industrial Relations 3 • Gains up to eight months o f valuable work experience. B A D M 304 Business P o l i c y 3 • Earns a salary to help with educational costs. B C P T 221 Business C o m p u t i n g III 3 • Is exposed to different jobs integrating classroom study B F I N 142 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I 3 B F I N 341 Cost A c c o u n t i n g I 3 B F I N 351 Taxation 3 with on-the-job experience. • Develops a network o f contacts to enhance future employment possibilities. B M K T 261 Advertising 3 The Employer B M K T 263 Professional Selling S k i l l s 3 • Gains a highly motivated employee with good general B M K T 360 M a r k e t i n g Research 3 I B U S 321 International Business 3 and specialized skills. • Is able to evaluate a co-op student as a potential employee. W e strongly recommend that the two general electives be • Provides input to the College, helping it to keep current University Transfer courses. Students should consider and responsive in today's constantly changing market courses i n Geography, Economics, Sociology, any language, place. etc. However, any non-business courses are acceptable. The College Calculus is a requirement i n the B . A . S . university degree, • Gains valuable input from business, industry and therefore you may wish to take M A T H 107 - "PreCalculus for Business and Social Sciences" as a general government that is used to maintain program excellence. elective in your second year, i f you have not obtained at least a " C " grade i n M A T H 12. Registration times for second year courses are based on first-year grades. Students with the highest grades have the first choice o f electives. Students must maintain a m i n i m u m 2.0 G P A to continue their studies from term to term. Those who fail to meet the m i n i m u m level may be required to withdraw for at least one term before reapplying to the department. How are students selected for the Co-op Diploma Program? Selection o f students for the C o - o p D i p l o m a Program i n Accounting, Management or M a r k e t i n g is based on: 1. Completion of a m i n i m u m o f first year general business (30 credits). W o r k completed at other institutions may be acceptable. 2. A m i n i m u m cumulative grade point average o f 2.67 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION DIPLOMA PROGRAM What is Co-operative Education? Co-operative (Co-op) Education is a program that integrates classroom study with related on-the-job work experience. On-campus study alternates with periods o f paid work experience. The first work term takes place during the M a y - t o - A u g u s t term; the second term from January to A p r i l . Career/Vocational - Business Administration 220 calculated on Business Administration program courses. 3. References from two Business Administration instructors. 4. A n interview with the C o - o p Education Placement Officer. Selection is competitive and space i n the C o - o p Program is limited. What is the Co-op time pattern? How to Apply The C o - o p D i p l o m a Program takes 24 months to c o m terms and four academic terms. The table shows the Students apply to the co-op program after completion of the first 30 credits of the Business Administration Program. sequence of study and work periods. Interested students should pick up an application kit at plete. It commences in September and includes two work Academic T e r m 1 Academic Term 2 W o r k Term 1 the Business Adminstration C o - o p Education Office Sept-Dec (4 mos.) Jan-Apr (4 mos.) May-Aug located in Cedar B u i l d i n g rooms 311 and 342. (4 mos.) A c a d e m i c Term 3 Work Term 2 Sep-Dec (4 mos.) Jan-Apr (4 mos.) A c a d e m i c Term 4 May-June (2 mos.) For more information or to request an application kit contact: Business Administration Department C o - o p Education Office What happens after a student is admitted to the Co-op Diploma Program? Cedar B u i l d i n g , Office 311 or 342 Capilano College 2055 Purcell W a y Students admitted to the C o - o p D i p l o m a Program in North Vancouver, B . C . V 7 J 3 H 5 September w i l l be eligible to participate in a work placement the following summer ( M a y to August). Prior Dave O'Leary, C o - o p Coordinator to registering in a work term, students must: T e l : (604) 984-1735 Fax (604) 984-1734 1. Attend the pre-employment seminar series offered by E - m a i l : doleary@capcollege.bc.ca the C o - o p Education office. 2. M a i n t a i n a m i n i m u m of 2.67 G P A . Jillian Feist, C o - o p Assistant 3. Have completed 60 credits in the Business Administra- T e l : (604) 986-1911, ext.2380 tion Program including the following prerequisites: Fax: (604) 984-1734 E - m a i l : jfeist@capcollege.bcca Accounting Option Marketing Option Management Option B F I N 341 B M K T 161 B F I N 244 B F I N 342 B M K T 261 SPECIALIZATION PROGRAM (30 CREDITS) B F I N 249 B M K T 263 FOLLOWING A TWO-YEAR DIPLOMA Obtaining a co-op work placement is a joint effort by the students and the C o - o p Education office. A d m i s s i o n to the C o - o p d i p l o m a program does not guarantee work placement. Every effort is made to secure placements for eligible C o - o p students. What else must be done to become eligible for the diploma? To assure timely completion of the requirements for the C o - o p diploma, students w i l l follow the course sequence outlined in the C o - o p D i p l o m a Planning Guide, available from the C o - o p Education Office. U p o n completion of the Business Administration C o - o p option, students are eligible to receive a diploma in business administration i n their option area (Accounting, Management or Marketing) w i t h Co-op designation. ADVANCED DIPLOMA - THIRD YEAR Students wanting more concentrated business knowledge may complete the A d v a n c e d Business D i p l o m a . Y o u w i l l establish your area of specialization and gain specific training pertinent to management practices in General Management, A c c o u n t i n g , M a r k e t i n g or International Business. A n A d v a n c e d D i p l o m a requires 30 credits i n addition to a Business Administration D i p l o m a . T o obtain an A d vanced D i p l o m a you must complete the courses identified below and an appropriate number of electives for a total of 30 credits. Electives offered in this program can be any business course or any course required to complete the Bachelor's Degree ( B . A . S . ) If you plan to earn a Business A d m i n i s tration Degree at Capilano, y o u should carefully choose your electives to fit the Degree requirements. See your convenor for more information. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 221 Third Year (Advanced Diploma) I B U S 334 Cross Cultural Relations 3.0 Courses required for all Advanced Diplomas I B U S 340 International Trade L a w 3.0 I B U S 357 International Trade and M a r k e t i n g 3.0 I B U S 366 International B a n k i n g and Finance 3.0 I B U S 399 International Trade Opportunities Credits B A D M 304 Business P o l i c y 3.0 B A D M 308 Management Practicum 1.5 B A D M 309 Issues in Cross-cultural Business* 1.5 * I B U S 334 may be substituted for B A D M 309. General Management Advanced Diploma 10 16.5 Additional Option For Advanced Diplomas Credits B F I N 244 Managerial A c c o u n t i n g 3.0 Y o u may complete an additional option for any A d - B A D M 302 H u m a n Resource Management 3.0 vanced Business Administration D i p l o m a in the follow- B A D M 301 Operations Management 3.0 ing ways: o0 1. Complete the Core courses required for all advanced Plus two approved electives 15.0 diplomas, plus all the courses required as requisites for both options requested*. Indicate on your Request for Advanced Accounting Diploma Credits Evaluation F o r m , that you wish to be evaluated for Required: two options, and state what the options are. If y o u B F I N 142 have successfully completed all courses, your d i p l o m a Financial A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 w i l l then read: "Business Administration A d v a n c e d Plus any six of the following courses, at least four of D i p l o m a " . B o t h options y o u have completed w i l l be w h i c h must be taken in Y e a r 3: listed immediately below. In addition, your permanent B F I N 341 Cost A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 B F I N 342 Cost A c c o u n t i n g II 3.0 B F I N 346 Financial A c c o u n t i n g II 3.0 B F I N 347 Financial A c c o u n t i n g III 3.0 B F I N 249 A c c o u n t i n g Microcomputer Applications 3.0 B F I N 350 A d v a n c e d Financial Management 3.0 B F I N 351 Taxation 3.0 Advanced Marketing Diploma Credits student record and transcript w i l l bear this information. 2. Complete an A d v a n c e d D i p l o m a . A t a subsequent time, you decide to complete the additional courses (minimum 15 credits) in another option. Y o u c o m plete these courses, then submit your Request for Evaluation together with your original d i p l o m a . Y o u r diploma w i l l then be reissued to read: "Business Administration A d v a n c e d D i p l o m a " . The options completed w i l l be listed immediately below, for example: " A c c o u n t i n g and Marketing Options." Required: B M K T 261 B M K T 263 Advertising Professional Selling Skills B M K T 360 M a r k e t i n g Research 3.0 3.0 3.0 * Y o u must complete at least 15 additional credits for the second option. Plus any three o f the following courses: THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE (B.A.S.) B M K T 362 Events Marketing & Management 3.0 B M K T 364 Consumer Behaviour 3.0 B M K T 365 M a r k e t i n g Strategies & Decision M a k i n g 3.0 B M K T 367 Promotion Strategy & A n a l y s i s 3.0 I B U S 357 International Trade and Marketing 3.0 Bachelor of Administrative Studies (Business Management) Capilano College business d i p l o m a graduates have the option of pursuing the Open University's ( O U ) Bachelor of Administrative Studies degree. Capilano C o l l e g e Note: A t least four o f the six marketing courses must be students who complete the two-year Business D i p l o m a taken in the third year. may be eligible for a block transfer o f up to 60 credits toward the O U degree. In addition, most 300 level courses transfer to Open University for upper level credit. Advanced International Business Diploma Required I B U S 321 Credits International Business 3.0 Career/Vocational - Business Administration 222 The block transfer is available to recent graduates. Students w h o graduated prior to 1989 w i l l have their programs individually reviewed and may need to take additional courses to make up for any deficiencies in the block transfer. Students may also have to make up some courses i f they received exemptions in the Capilano College program. Admission Requirements Admitted students should have a m i n i m u m o f seven years business experience in industry, government, education or private business, or an undergraduate degree plus three years o f work experience. In addition, acceptance to the program is based on the nature o f the applicant's work experience, maturity, aptitude and ability to manage a To be eligible for the full block transfer o f 60 credits program o f concentrated studies. Interviews are con- toward the Bachelor o f Administrative Studies degree ducted Feb. 1 - A p r i l 15. Since enrolment is limited, program, graduates must meet the following require- interested students should call the Department. ments: Transcripts from secondary school as w e l l as from all • an appropriate Capilano College business diploma post-secondary institutions y o u have attended are re- • a m i n i m u m G P A o f 2.67 (70%) quired with your application, as well as a resume. N e w • a m i n i m u m grade of 60% for courses i n introductory students to Capilano College must complete a College economics and statistics • completion of specific course requirements within the d i p l o m a program • completion o f the diploma program within the last seven years. D i p l o m a holders with an overall G P A o f less than 2.67 or who have graduated seven or more years ago may also apply to the O p e n University for entry into the degree application form. These are available from the Office o f the Registrar or the Business Administration Department. Current programs are under review, but at present are available in four areas o f study: General Management, Accounting, Marketing and Computer Systems. Interested students are encouraged to inquire about offerings. Each diploma program (except Computer Systems) consists o f three terms o f study. completion program. These students may receive a reduced block transfer. The F I R S T T E R M begins in M a y , the S E C O N D T E R M begins in September, and the T H I R D T E R M begins in Degree completion requirements may be met by taking January; each consisting o f 15 weeks o f instruction and approved business courses at Capilano College, univer- encompassing 20 to 24 class hours a week. sity transfer courses at Capilano College, and/or courses offered by the Open University. A l l transfer credit is To allow for the particular educational needs o f students subject to O U ' s transfer credit guidelines as outlined in who may have diverse working backgrounds, certain the O U calendar. courses offered by the Department may be substituted for others in the Second and T h i r d T e r m . The Coordinator's For more information on this program, contact the Open Learning Agency's Education Access Services at (604) 431-3300 or 1-800-663-9711. approval must be obtained. The Accelerated Computer Systems Management Program begins in January each year and runs for five ACCELERATED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA PROGRAMS two-month terms. These 12-month programs are designed to offer business S U M M E R (Classes start M a y 6) training for mature students. Students have the opportu- B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods (July/Aug) 3.0 nity to gain a clear understanding o f business principles B C P T 121 Business C o m p u t i n g I (May/June) 3.0 and to refine and add to the on-the-job experience they B C P T 122 Business C o m p u t i n g II (July/Aug) 3.0 have previously acquired. B F I N 141 Accounting (May/June) 3.0 A unique feature o f the Accelerated D i p l o m a Program is B M K T 161 Marketing (May/June) 3.0 Business L a w I Business Statistics Human Resource Management 3.0 3.0 3.0 1. ACCELERATED GENERAL MANAGEMENT Credits the credit given for work experience. F o r a Diploma, students must obtain 60 credits, o f which nine advance credits are assigned for a m i n i m u m work experience o f seven years. The remaining 51 credits are earned from satisfactory completion o f regular Business Administration courses. FALL B A D M 107 B A D M 210 B A D M 302 Career/Vocational - Business Administration 223 B F I N 241 Finance for Managers 3.0 B M K T 263 Professional Selling Skills 3.0 1 Business Elective 3.0 Marketing Research 3.0 2 Business Electives* 6.0 Operations Management 3.0 B A D M 304 Business P o l i c y 3.0 B A D M 308 Management Practicum 1.5 Business P o l i c y 3.0 B A D M 309 Issues in Cross Cultural Business B A D M 304 B A D M 308 1.5 Management Practicum 1.5 B F I N 241 Finance for Managers 3.0 B A D M 309 B F I N 244 Issues i n Cross-Cultural Business 1.5 B M K T 364 Consumer Behaviour 3.0 Management A c c o u n t i n g 3.0 B M K T 367 Promotion Strategy & A n a l y s i s 3.0 2 Business Electives 6.0 1 Business E l e c t i v e * 3.0 SPRING B A D M 301 B M K T 360 SPRING * A n y appropriate Business Administration course o f 3 2. ACCELERATED ACCOUNTING MANAGEMENT credits. B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods 3.0 4. ACCELERATED COMPUTER SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT B A D M 201 3.0 Capilano College offers a 10-month program leading to a B C P T 121 Business Systems Business Computing I 3.0 D i p l o m a in Computer Systems Management. Thirty-five B F I N 141 Accounting 3.0 seats w i l l be available for qualified students w h o are B F I N 142 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 prepared to devote 10 months to this intense daytime C M N S 250 Technical W r i t i n g 3.0 program. The program is offered i n two-month segments SUMMER (Classes start May 6) Credits to enable you to concentrate intensely over a shorter FALL period of time. B A D M 107 Business L a w 3.0 B F I N 241 Finance for Managers 3.0 C a l l the Business Administration Department for a B F I N 341 Cost A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 brochure and details. Appointments for interviews are B F I N 346 Financial A c c o u n t i n g II 3.0 conducted A p r i l 1 - D e c . 1. B M K T 161 Marketing 3.0 Business Elective 3.0 Program Content B A D M 210 Business Statistics 3.0 T E R M 1 - Jan./Feb. B S M G 160 Marketing B F I N 342 Cost A c c o u n t i n g II 3.0 C M P T 152 Structured Programming B F I N 347 Financial A c c o u n t i n g III 3.0 C M P T 155 B F I N 350 A d v a n c e d Financial Management 3.0 6.0 C M P T 180 Quantitative Methods for Managers Microcomputer A p p l i c a t i o n s I SPRING 2 Business Electives* 3. ACCELERATED MARKETING MANAGEMENT SUMMER (Classes start May 6) Credits (May/June) Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 12.0 T E R M II - Mar^April C M P T 153 Object Oriented Programming I 1.5 3.0 C M P T 182 Introduction to Systems C M P T 191 Accounting for Managers I 3.0 C M P T 222 Microcomputer Applications II 10 B C P T 121 Business C o m p u t i n g I 3.0 B F I N 141 Accounting 3.0 T E R M I I I - May/June B M K T 161 Marketing 3.0 B C O P 215 Network I 3.0 B C O P 231 Data Management 3.0 (July/August) 10.5 B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods 3.0 C M P T 154 Object Oriented Programming II 3.0 B C P T 122 Business Computing II 3.0 C M P T 223 Microcomputer Applications III 10 T E R M TV - July/Aug. 12.0 FALL B A D M 107 Business L a w I 3.0 B M K T 261 Advertising 3.0 B C O P 305 Network II 3.0 3.0 C M P T 184 V i s u a l Basic 3.0 B M K T 263 Professional Selling Skills Career/Vocational - Business Administration 224 C M P T 224 C M P T 230 M i c r o Applications I V Operating Systems 3.0 10 12.0 B C O P 231 C M P T 184 C M P T 189 T E R M V - Sept./Oct B C O P 325 C M P T 276 Network III Projects in Industry-Practicum C M P T 289 Systems Implementation 10 15.0 3.0 1.5 10 3.0 3.0 Data Management V i s u a l Basic Introduction to a Third Generation Language TERM 3 - S U M M E R B A D M 299 C o - o p Placement I 10 3.0 7.5 Total Credit Hours 54.0 BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OPERATIVE DIPLOMA PROGRAM (BCOP) This unique, three-year program combines cooperative workplace practicums with an innovative curriculum that follows the first year o f the regular Business D i p l o m a program. Job placements for qualifying students are fulltime for a four-month term and are made through arrangements between the College and employers. Students, in their second and third years, work closely with an advisor to gain the best possible placement. Upon completion of their four academic terms and two work terms, graduates receive a Business D i p l o m a with C o - o p designation. A d v a n c e d standing may be granted to qualifying students. W i t h the comprehensive training provided, graduates will secure positions as system analysts, programmers, computer network administrator and computer user support. Program Content Prerequisite: First Y e a r Business Administration D i p l o m a Program or equivalent B C O P 131 B C O P 171 B C O P 204 B C O P 205 B C O P 206 Introduction to Programming & Programming L o g i c The Developmental Tools o f Information Systems Business Computing III A p p l i e d Statistics for Business Accounting for Managers Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 *Plus a series of non-credit seminars on employment orientation. Business Computing I V Network I Information Systems and Client Server B C O P 304 B C O P 305 Architecture Business Computing V Network II 3.0 3.0 3.0 B C O P 306 C M P T 230 C + + Level I Operating Systems 3.0 10 15.0 T E R M 5 - SPRING B A D M 399 C o - o p Placement II 10 3.0 T E R M 6 - SUMMER B A D M 304 Business Policy 3.0 B C O P 325 B C O P 326 3.0 Network III C + + L e v e l II 10 9.0 Total Program Credits 90.0 Business Computing Co-op Program in a balanced manner. W e strive to blend the mainstream o f information processing with the leading edge of the emerging technologies. Therefore, the components o f the program and the details o f the courses are subject to adjustment without notice. PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING TRANSFER PACKAGE This package o f courses is designed to m a x i m i z e transfer credit to professional accounting associations: Certified General Accountants ( C G A ) , Certified Management Accountants Society of B . C . ( C M A ) , and Chartered Accountants ( C A ) . Student's wanting to maximize their transfer credit in the shortest possible time would select courses from those recommended below. Students w i l l not receive a diploma or certificate without further courses. T E R M 2 - SPRING B C O P 214 B C O P 215 B C O P 303 In the dynamic world of computing, nothing is static! A s a result, we are constantly improving and updating the Career Opportunities TERM 1 - FALL TERM 4 - FALL 3.0 3.0 Career/Vocational - Business Administration 225 Career Opportunities SUMMER (Classes start May 6) B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods 3.0 B F I N 141 Accounting 3.0 M a n a g i n g your o w n business C M N S 250 Technical W r i t i n g 3.0 Store Manager - independent or chain B F I N 142 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 Department Manager B A D M 201 Business Systems 3.0 Wholesale Sales Representative B C P T 121 Business C o m p u t i n g I 3.0 Manufacturer's Sales Representative Manufacturer's Agent FALL Fashion Promotion Consultant B A D M 107 Business L a w I 3.0 B F I N 341 Cost A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 Sales Manager B F I N 346 Financial A c c o u n t i n g II 3.0 Advertising Manager B F I N 241 Finance for Managers 3.0 Marketing Research-Field Operator Buyer and Central Buyer V i s u a l Presentation Specialist SPRING B F I N 342 Cost A c c o u n t i n g II 3.0 Sales Promotion Manager B F I N 347 F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g III 3.0 Sales Representative Consumer Products B F I N 350 A d v a n c e d Financial Management 3.0 Marketing Assistant B A D M 210 Business Statistics 3.0 Retail or Design Consultant These offerings are subject to change. Admission Requirements • H i g h School diploma RETAIL MARKETING CO-OP PROGRAM •Academic M a t h 11 with a C or better •English 12 with a C + or better Contact Persons: Charlene H i l l , 986-1911, local 2313 D o u g L o b l a w , 986-1911, local 2342 General Information 1. After one year o f successfully completing the course requirements o f this program a student can obtain a Retail M a r k e t i n g C o - o p Certificate. 2. U p o n successful completion o f the one-year C o - o p Certificate program six courses w i l l be transferable to •Canadian citizenship or landed immigrant status • A n interview may be required Note: A l l applications for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted directly to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. The program has been limited to 35 seats. Program Content the Business Administration D i p l o m a Program. A FIRST YEAR - F A L L student could then go on to complete the D i p l o m a B A D M 101 B C P T 121 requirements. 3. A student w h o completes a Business Administration D i p l o m a w i t h a m i n i m u m G P A of 2.67 (70%) may be eligible for a " b l o c k " transfer o f up to 60 credits toward the Open University's Bachelor of Administrative Studies Degree ( B A S ) . Students wishing to complete their degree requirements may do so through C M N S 152 Management Business C o m p u t i n g I Report W r i t i n g R M C P 164 Creative Retail Strategies R M C P 172 Retail Technology/Independent Credits Store Management I Instructional Credits 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 10 15.0 Note: The students w i l l be given 12 hours o f pre- Capilano C o l l e g e and the O U . For more information employment seminars prior to their co-op work experi- on the O U degree program please refer to the complete ence period. description in the course calendar. CO-OP P L A C E M E N T - December-January This exciting C o - o p program offers something for R M C P 190 Fall C o - o p W o r k Placement 3.0 everyone, including the opportunity to earn your tuition and more while y o u study the practical world o f Retail FIRST YEAR - SPRING Marketing. B M K T 161 B M K T 263 Career/Vocational - Business Administration 226 Marketing Professional Selling S k i l l s 3.0 3.0 2. ADVANCED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION R M C P 154 Creative Advertising Production 1.5 R M C P 157 Event Management 1.5 R M C P 173 Retail Finance/Store Management II 3.0 R M C P 181 Strategic Retail B u y i n g 3X) CERTIFICATE A second or advanced certificate w i l l be awarded following successful completion o f an additional four three- Instructional Credits 15.0 Total Instructional Credits Total Co-op Work Credits 30.0 3.0 credit courses. These must be chosen from the Business Administration evening or daytime offerings. Note: A student must attain a 2.0 G P A or better to qualify for either certificate. EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 3. BUSINESS COMPUTING CERTIFICATE The courses i n these programs, beginning i n September A Certificate i n Business C o m p u t i n g w i l l be awarded and January each year, w i l l teach the student basic after successful completion of the three required courses managerial skills that are o f practical value in a wide and a choice o f any three additional three-credit courses variety o f jobs. Classes are conducted by Department chosen from the Business Administration evening or faculty and industry specialists and offered M o n d a y to daytime offerings. Thursday evenings. Those enrolled i n the programs may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number o f credit Required courses from both the full-time D i p l o m a Programs and B A D M 201 Business Systems 3.0 the part-time Certificate Programs are offered evenings B C P T 121 Business Computing I 3.0 during the Spring and F a l l terms. B C P T 122 Business Computing II 3.0 1. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE OPTIONAL 3.0 Credits B A D M 103 Supervisory S k i l l s A Certificate in Business Administration w i l l be awarded B A D M 106 Organizational Behaviour 3.0 after successful completion of the two required courses B A D M 107 Business L a w I 3.0 and a choice o f any four additional three-credit courses B A D M 108 Introduction to Business 3.0 chosen from the Business Administration evening or B M K T 161 Marketing 3.0 daytime offerings. B F I N 141 Accounting 3.0 Substitution may be allowed at the discretion o f the B F I N 142 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 evening program coordinator. Other courses are offered by the Business Administration Required Credits Department. B A D M 108 Introduction to Business 3.0 B M K T 161 Marketing 3.0 B A D M 102 Quantitative Methods I 3.0 B A D M 103 Supervisory S k i l l s 3.0 B A D M 106 Organizational Behaviour 3.0 B A D M 107 Business L a w I 3.0 B A D M 201 Business Systems 3.0 The purpose o f the program is to provide opportunities B A D M 210 Business Statistics 3.0 for participants to gain increased knowledge o f the B A D M 307 Business L a w II 3.0 political and organizational realities o f local governments B A D M 268 Entrepreneurship/Small Bus. OPTIONAL LOCAL GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE This program is designed with and for professionals currently employed by Municipalities, Regional Districts, Improvement Districts, or supporting agencies in British Columbia. in B . C . as w i l l as identifying opportunities for change Management 3.0 within these systems. It is expected that participants w i l l B C P T 121 Business C o m p u t i n g I 3.0 be more effective managers, leaders and change agents as B C P T 122 Business Computing II 3.0 a result of their involvement in the program. B F I N 141 Accounting 3.0 The Education Committee o f the M u n i c i p a l Officers' B F I N 142 Financial A c c o u n t i n g I 3.0 Association o f British C o l u m b i a and the Provincial Board Other courses are offered by the Business Administration of Examiners has sanctioned several courses o f study Department. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 227 offered through the College and University systems i n British C o l u m b i a w h i c h , when supplemented by work experience in B . C . local government w i l l lead to Provincial Certification. B A D M 268 Entrepreneurship/Small Business Management 3.0 B F I N 241 Finance for Managers 3.0 Required Credits The four courses described below are recognized by the I B U S 321 International Business 3.0 M . O . A . and Board o f Examiners as being transferable for I B U S 334 credit toward the Intermediate Certificate in Municipal I B U S 340 Cross Cultural Relations International Trade L a w 3.0 Administration. (For more details about the Board o f I B U S 357 International Trade and M a r k e t i n g 3.0 E x a m i n e r s ' / M . O . A . Certificate Programs, contact L i l l i a n I B U S 366 Whittier, Executive Director, M u n i c i p a l Officers' Asso- IBUS X X X International B a n k i n g and Finance Directed Studies 1.5 ciation, V i c t o r i a at 604-383-7032.) I B U S 399 International Trade Opportunities T w o Business Electives 6,0 On completion o f the following four P A D M courses (Local Government Administration, L o c a l Government Services, L o c a l Government L a w , and M u n i c i p a l Finance in British C o l u m b i a ) , plus two other courses, successful candidates w i l l be eligible to receive a Capilano College Professional Certificate in Local Government Administration. 3.0 1.5 3.0 30.0 OTHER PROGRAMS UNDER CONSIDERATION 1. EVENT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE In response to the ever changing needs o f Canadian business, the College's Department o f Business A d m i n i s - Contact L i n n Teetzel, 984-4960, local 2340. tration is developing a program offering courses leading to certification in Event Management. Students w i l l study Courses under professionals in a unique environment and at a time P A D M 200 L o c a l Government Administration 3.0 P A D M 201 L o c a l Government Service 3.0 P A D M 202 M u n i c i p a l Finance in British Columbia3.0 P A D M 203 M u n i c i p a l L a w in British C o l u m b i a 3.0 T w o B A D M , A c a d e m i c or other courses approved by the Department. 6X) 18.0 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PROGRAM Recognizing that world trade has assumed a position o f major importance in the global community, the Business Department has developed an International Business program that w i l l provide students with a professional level o f competence in the international arena. This program w i l l provide students with the knowledge, cultural awareness and business skills required to do business in the ever growing Pacific R i m countries. that suits their commitments. Courses w i l l be planned in both seminar format and the traditional lecture model. Subjects include Event Marketing, L a w , M e d i a Relations, Proposal W r i t i n g , Advertising, Merchandising, Financial Management, and Sales and Event Management. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS REQUIRED DURING THE PERIOD COVERED BY THIS CALENDAR Note: These course descriptions are here as a reference for students enrolled in programs requiring completion o f these courses. Some descriptions refer to courses offered by the Open University and other departments o f Capilano College. Y o u may w i s h to consult other areas o f this calendar when seeking further data on specific courses. T w o levels o f this program are available. F o r Capilano College Business Administration D i p l o m a graduates, there is a new A d v a n c e d D i p l o m a in International Previous course numbers are shown i n brackets for reference only. Business as detailed previously under the Advanced D i p l o m a heading. Note: CA, CGA, and CMA Transfer Courses For graduates o f other colleges or universities, we offer an A d v a n c e d Certificate in International Business upon completion o f the following two-term program. The Department offers a number o f courses that provide transfer credit to other college and university programs. Refer to the B . C . Transfer Guide for details. In addition, the following professional bodies currently recognize courses taken at Capilano College: Career/Vocational - Business Administration Certified General Accountants Association ( C . G . A . ) BADM 107 Business Law I Certified Management Accountants Society o f B . C . Students w i l l be introduced to the components o f the Institute o f Chartered Accountants ( C A . ) (C.M.A.) (3) (3,0,1) (F.S) Canadian legal system, and w i l l examine the effect of both common and statute law on business relationships. Business Administration Course Descriptions A study of the basic principles o f commercial law w i l l provide the foundation for a detailed examination o f BADM 101 (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Management Contract L a w , including the sale o f goods, consumer protection legislation, and employment and labour law, as Students study modern management practices, current well as an examination o f tort law, company and partner- events, ethics and problem solving. In addition, students ship law, and creditor remedies. w i l l study and practice effective public speaking. T h e course instructors w i l l facilitate discussion and integrate topics through the use o f contemporary business issues. BADM 108 (formerly BSMG 187) Introduction to Business (3) (3,0,1) (F.S) This course w i l l explain the five key tasks in managing BADM 102 (formerly BSMG 170) Quantitative Methods (3) (3,0,1) (F,S,S) an enterprise: Planning, A c q u i s i t i o n o f Resources, Organization, Activation and Control. In addition, the key T h i s course provides a strong foundation i n the math- organizational functions o f Marketing, Production, ematics o f finance and business. The student w i l l utilize Finance and Personnel are covered. T h e course is standard financial models in analysis, problem solving, and decision-making. Computer spreadsheet applications are utilized. essentially an overview o f the theoretical framework o f the task o f management. BADM 109 (formerly BSMG 164) Requirements: 1. Acceptance into a Business Administration full-time program or a m i n i m u m C + in M a t h 11 or equivalent. 2. A w o r k i n g knowledge o f computer spreadsheets. (3) (3,0,1) (S) Retail Mathematics This course provides a practical knowledge o f the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students w i l l develop the ability to efficiently solve BADM 103 (formerly BSMG 163) Supervisory Skills (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Study o f human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding o f the individual within the group. Applications o f human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the various types o f problems relevant to retailing. BADM 201 (formerly BSMG 192) Business Systems (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: B C P T 121 with C grade or better. Students w i l l be required to apply the concepts and theories learned in their first year courses to solve integrated business problems in a logical and literate manner. The importance o f accurate, dependable, introduction o f change. management information for problem solving w i l l be BADM 106 (formerly BSMG 175) Organizational Behaviour (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) T h e objective o f this course is to allow the student to develop the necessary skills and conceptual tools to both illustrated through case study analysis and a major group project. BADM 210 (formerly BSMG 171) Business Statistics (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) understand and deal effectively with human behaviour in organizations. These skills are of at least two kinds: This course provides a strong foundation in basic busi- 1. interpersonal, that is, relating more effectively with ness statistics emphasizing analysis and decision-making other individuals and groups, and 2. analytical, to be able to perceive and understand situations accurately, and make effective decisions in the face o f certainty and uncertainty. Spreadsheet applications o f descriptive, inferential, and bivariate models are utilized. based on this understanding. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 229 BADM 268 (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Entrepreneurship/Small Business Management Practical problems are examined i n the light o f p u b l i c policy negotiating processes and dispute resolution. Skills needed i n problem solving and researching the Business owners, managers and would be decision BADM 304 (formerly BSMG 200) Business Policy makers are encouraged to take this course. The instructor Prequisite: 75 credits small business environment w i l l be learned and applied. and guest lecturers from the business community w i l l lead students through detailed aspects o f business from finance to human relations. The production o f the business plan w i l l be discussed and part o f a plan w i l l be written. BADM 299 Co-op Work Experience I (3) (Su) The first co-op w o r k experience is designed to provide (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) The student gains a basic understanding o f the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management o f business enterprise. Participating in a practical business simulation game is a major component of the course. For accelerated, A d v a n c e d D i p l o m a and Open University (pending) students only. students with a 4-month full time work term in business, industry or government. The main thrust o f this course is the opportunity to put into practise the major aspects o f the students' business education. Special emphasis w i l l be placed on assessing the attitude and work ethic o f the "co-oping" student. Students w i l l be encouraged to network in the industry and to participate in professional organizations. BADM 307 (formerly BSMG 241) Business Law II (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: Business L a w I, or an introductory college or university course i n commercial or contract law, or by permission of the instructor. A second law course w i l l examine the effect o f both common and statute law on business relationships. A review o f the basic principles o f commercial l a w w i l l BADM 301 (formerly BSMG 262) (3) Operations Management Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (F,S) lead to the examination o f more complex contractual relationships such as agency, insurance, bailment, real B A D M 210 with C grade or better. property, commercial tenancy, legal devices for securing credit including mortgages, and bankruptcy. Other topics O f special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles, practices and functions o f production-operations management, using modern decision-making aids. Foundation skills in production and control (inventory, quality and cost control) are examined using computing devices and procedures. include competition law, management and operation o f a corporation and intellectual property. BADM 308 Management Practicum Prerequisite: (1.5) (1.5,0,.5) (S) 75 credits This course provides the student with a basic, functional Students w i l l spend two weeks gaining practical experience in the workplace. W h i l e placements are the primary responsibility of each student, assistance w i l l be provided where possible by the faculty and program convenor. understanding o f current personnel/human resource- For Accelerated and A d v a n c e d D i p l o m a students only. BADM 302 (formerly BSMG 268) Human Resource Management (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) management concepts and applications in developing small and larger business. Special emphasis w i l l be placed on the concept o f personnel management being the responsibility o f A L L management, not just the Personnel BADM 309 (1.5) Issues in Cross-Cultural Business (2,0,0) (S) Prerequisite: 75 credits Department. BADM 303 Industrial Relations (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course deals with the management o f employment relations as conducted through collective bargaining. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 230 Contact with other cultures in business, whether at home or overseas, is inevitable. This contact includes customers, clients, partners, employers, employees and coworkers. Issues in Cross-Cultural Business provides an overview The course also provides more in depth instruction on of culture and its components, with an emphasis on the graphic presentations and desktop publishing in the impact of values, attitudes and beliefs on both business W i n d o w s environment. and social expectations and behaviors. Awareness o f developing understanding, insight and practical skills i n BCOP 205 Applied Statistics for Business dealing w i t h other cultures. Prerequisite: one's own learned cultural foundation is applied to A l s o included is specific information on business prac- (3) (3,0,1) (F) Acceptance into the full time Business Computing C o - o p Program or a m i n i m u m C + i n M a t h 11 or equivalent. A working knowledge o f W i n d o w s . tices, expectations and behaviours for a number o f This course provides a strong foundation in business cultures of significance to Canadian business. statistical models and techniques emphasizing analysis BADM 399 Co-Op Work Experience II and decision making in the face o f certainty and uncer- (3) (S) tainty. Data Analysis software ( S P S S ) is utilized for applications o f descriptive, inferential, bivariate and Prerequisite: B A D M 299 multiple regression models. T h e second co-op work experience is designed to provide students with a 4-month full time work term in business, industry or government. The main thrust of this course is the opportunity to put into practise the major aspects o f the students' business education. S p e c i a l emphasis w i l l be placed on assessing the attitude and work ethic o f the BCOP 206 Accounting for Managers Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (F) B F I N 141 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. "co-oping" student. Students w i l l be encouraged to Study of managerial and financial information require- network i n the industry and to participate in professional ments and controls necessary to support specific deci- organizations. sions with an emphasis on budgeting, forecasting, controlling and decision making. BCOP 131 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Introduction to Programming and Programming Logic BCOP 214 Business Computing IV (3) (3,0,1) (S) This is the foundation course for all programming skills developed by the program. Design techniques using Prerequisite: B C O P 204 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or hierarchy charts and flowcharts w i l l be studied. T h e permission of the instructor. course w i l l use a computer language to demonstrate the Students w i l l develop applications for database manage- structured programming skills necessary for good ment using the programming features o f the D B M S . programming. BCOP 171 (3) (3,0,1) (S) The Developmental Tools of Information Systems A traditional look at the systems o f development process. M o d e l l i n g and charting w i l l be included. The tools and methodology applied by the systems analyst w i l l be studied. T h e course covers the system life cycle, system flow charting, Data F l o w Diagrams, P E R T / C P M Net- BCOP 215 Network I Prerequisite: mum (3) (3,0,1) (S) B C O P 131 and B C O P 204 with a m i n i - ' C grade or permission of the instructor. A n introduction to the field o f data communications and networking, covering networking hardware/operating system concepts, modem, W A N , and L A N standards and protocols. works. BCOP 204 Business Computing III Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (F) B C P T 122 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or BCOP 231 Data Management Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (S) C M P T 182 or B C O P 121 with m i n i m u m 'C grade or permission o f the instructor. permission o f the instructor. The structure, design and control o f hierarchical, network This course extends the students knowledge o f O / S batch files to configure the modern P C for best performance. and relational databases. Emphasis is on modeling tools as applied to business case studies. Career/Vocational - Business Administration BCOP 303 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Information Systems & Client Server Architecture Prerequisite: B C O P 171 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. A n introduction to client-server architecture and software using a systems approach. BCOP 304 Business Computing V (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: B C O P 214 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission of the instructor. Development o f solutions to mission critical business BCOP 326 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) C + + Level II Prerequisite: B C O P 306 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. Continuing introduction i n the design and use o f objectoriented programming principles using C + +. See BADM 299 and BADM 399 for BCOP Co-op Work Placement. BCPT 121 (formerly BSMG 180) Business Computing I (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: N o n e problems using advanced client/server-based tools. A n introduction to the use o f microcomputers i n business. BCOP 305 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Network II Prerequisite: B C O P 215 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. A N o v e l l Certified course providing a foundation for the daily tasks o f network administration using Netware 3.x. Topics include: client setup and maintenance, user maintenance, server maintenance, the file system, establishing systems security, printing set-up, E - m a i l and backup. After the course, the student may write the optional 3.x C N A exam for their Certified N o v e l l Administrator designation. This course provides hands-on experience w i t h w o r d processing, data management and graphic user interface software. A l s o , it looks at the operating system and its functions. Students w i l l examine the uses o f computers today and the selection process for acquiring hardware and software. BCPT 122 (formerly BSMG 222) Business Computing II (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Prerequisite: B C P T 121 with a m i n i m u m C - grade, or by permission o f the instructor. This course is a continuation o f B C P T 121, providing further uses o f microcomputers i n business. Students w i l l BCOP 306 (3) (3,0,1) (F) C ++ Level I tation graphics and graphical user interface software. Prerequisite: B C O P 131, C M P T 184, B C O P 214 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. A n introduction to object-oriented programming using C++. BCOP 325 receive hands-on experience with spreadsheets and presen- (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Network III Prerequisite: B C O P 305 with m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. BCPT 221 (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) Business Computing III Prerequisite: B C P T 122, Business C o m p u t i n g II ( C grade or better) This course is an introduction to sophisticated presentation, graphics and desktop publishing software, and related hardware, for the purpose o f producing high quality business presentations and advertising materials on a personal computer. A N o v e l l Certified course providing a foundation for the daily tasks o f network administration using Netware 4.x. BFIN 141 Topics include: client setup and maintenance, global Accounting directory services setup and maintenance, user maintenance, server maintenance, the file system, establishing systems security, and print setup. After the course, the student may write the optional 4.x C N A exam for their Certified N o v e l l Administrator designation. (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) This course is an introduction to financial concepts and business principles. Students w i l l record business transactions and create financial statements. A l s o they w i l l be exposed to a broad range o f topics including budgeting, legal compliance, asset management, and financial statement analysis. (When c o m b i n e d with Financial CareerlVocational - Business Administration 232 A c c o u n t i n g I, this course w i l l exempt students from A C C P A C environment. Systems covered w i l l include professional accounting association courses e.g. C . A . , general ledger, A / R and A / P (inventory optional). C.G.A., C.M.A.) BFIN 341 (formerly BSMG 264) This course is designed to prepare the student for courses in Managerial A c c o u n t i n g and Financial Management. (3,0,1) (S) (3) (3,0,2) (F) Cost Accounting I Prerequisite: BFIN 142 (3) B F I N 142 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. A study o f organizational decision m a k i n g and planning Financial Accounting I using accounting tools. T o p i c s include the nature o f Prerequisite: B S M G 178 with at least a C - grade, B F I N accounting controls, c o m m o n control methods, measures 141 with at least a C - grade or O T E C 217 with at least a o f management performance, and the role o f the management cost accountant. ( C . G . A . , C . M . A . , and C A . C+ grade. T h i s course is an introduction to the application o f accounting principles and concepts. It includes a detailed study o f source documents, the maintaining o f books and Transferable with B F I N 342) BFIN 342 (formerly BSMG 274) (3) (3,0,1) (S) Cost Accounting II records, internal control procedures, and preparing financial statements. ( W h e n combined with B F I N 141 this Prerequisite: course w i l l exempt students from professional accounting A more in-depth study o f subjects covered i n Cost association courses e.g. C . A . , C . G . A . , C . M . A . ) A c c o u n t i n g I. Cost determination for manufacturing B F I N 341 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. operations, planning and cost control systems, performBFIN 241 (formerly BSMG 267) (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) ance evaluation methods, and strategic decision-making Finance for Managers methods. ( C . G . A . , C . M . A . and C A . Transferable w i t h Prerequisite: B F I N 341) B F I N 141 and B A D M 102 with at least C - grade i n both courses. BFIN 344 In this practical financial management course students (3) (3,0,1) (S) Personal Investment Management study financial management techniques. They apply this knowledge to business decisions. T o p i c s in this course Prerequisite: include: evaluating business performance, financial A central theme o f this course is investors using securities institutions and markets, valuation o f financial assets, to increase personal wealth. This is accomplished by obtaining financing, managing assets and international studying such topics as: types of securities, security finance. Contemporary financial issues are discussed markets, modem portfolio theory, active asset manage- throughout this course. ment, balancing risk and return, and security valuation B F I N 241, B F I N 141. techniques. BFIN 244 (formerly BSMG 291, BFIN 343) (3) (3,0,1) (F) Management Accounting BFIN 346 (formerly BSMG 255) Prerequisite: Financial Accounting II B F I N 141 with a m i n i m u m C - g r a d e . T h i s course introduces students to the specialized area of Prerequisite: BFIN (3) (3,0,1) (F) 142 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. Management A c c o u n t i n g . It provides an overview o f T h i s course studies the theories underlying financial controls affected internally by management using the tools statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and of budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organiza- reinforcement o f the material covered in B F I N 142. tion w i l l be examined from both the capital and operations course encompasses the study o f F i n a n c i a l A c c o u n t i n g at perspectives. The the intermediate level. ( C . G . A . , C . M . A . and C A . Transferable with B F I N 347) BFIN 249 (formerly BSMG 252) (3) (3,0,1) (S) Accounting Microcomputer Applications Prerequisite: Transferable to S F U . B F I N 142 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. Students w i l l complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using A C C P A C accounting software. T h e y w i l l be expected to demonstrate their understanding of the practical constraints of internal control in the Career/Vocational - Business Administration 233 BFIN 347 (formerly BSMG 256) Financial Accounting III Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (S) B F I N 346 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. A sequel to B F I N 346 w h i c h examines current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. tives. It w i l l enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and ( C . G . A . , C . M . A . and C A . Transferable with B F I N 346) provide an insight into the various aspects o f advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice, and other functions. This is not a course on designing, creating, and preparing specific types o f advertising, but is meant to serve as an overview o f what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing Transferable to S F U . concepts and operations. BFIN 350 (formerly BSMG 260/261) Advanced Financial Management (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: B F I N 142, B A D M 102 and B F I N 241 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. BMKT 263 (formerly BSMG 230) (3) Professional Selling Skills (3,0,1) (F,S) A n introduction to professional selling. C o m m u n i c a t i o n basics, including effective listening, probing, problem The content o f this course concentrates on the develop- finding and solving, and creativity w i l l be covered. ment of analytical and conceptual skills for financial Specific techniques o f professional selling including decision-making. The course places emphasis on capital prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The asset pricing models, capital budgeting and capital course w i l l also explore, in depth, the organization and structures. ( C . G . A . , C . M . A . and C A . Transferable with management o f sales activities. B F I N 241) BFIN 351 (formerly BSMG 286) Taxation Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (S) (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisites: B M K T 161 and B A D M 210. B F I N 142 with a m i n i m u m C - grade. This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporations, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. (Transferable to C . M . A . and C.A.) BMKT 161 (formerly BSMG 160) Marketing BMKT 360 (formerly BSMG 275) Marketing Research (3) (3,0,1) (F,S) A n introductory course indicating how to make the most out o f marketing research. Through practical applications of a research project, students w i l l learn the elements o f research design, basic methods o f collecting data, analysis and reporting. Applications o f Canadian and American research w i l l be studied. BMKT 362 (3) Event Marketing and Management Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (S) B M K T 161. The trend in business today is to extend marketing dollars This course covers the full spectrum o f Canadian marketing o f consumer products and services including: Market segmentation, consumer behaviour, products, packaging, distribution and promotion. Students w i l l analyze case problems and prepare a report about "real-life" product or service from a consumer point o f view. Videos, guest speakers and in-class discussion about marketing topics w i l l assist in the learning experience. BMKT 261 (formerly BSMG 273) Advertising Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (F) B M K T 161. This course w i l l examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspec- CareerlVocational 234 - Business Administration into the area of event marketing. This course w i l l introduce students to the skills and concepts necessary to create, finance, and manage a special event. Students w i l l be expected to demonstrate an understanding o f how to choose and develop a specific event, demonstrate a knowledge of specific budget elements and their relationship to revenue generating, develop an understanding o f event marketing and understand the administrative structure and skills necessary to manage a special event. BMKT 364 Consumer Behaviour Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (S) B M K T 161, B K M T 360. Today, as never before, studying the behaviour o f consumers is paramount for anyone pursuing a business career, especially in the marketing area. A blend o f both BSMG 160 concepts and applications from the field o f consumer Marketing behaviour w i l l form the basis o f this course. Students Prerequisite: should find this subject very interesting and motivational when applied to several aspects o f business management including marketing research, creative advertising, team building and environmental marketing. Research projects, case discussions and problem solving w i l l be stressed i n both individual and team activities. BMKT 365 (3) (3,0,1) (F) (3) (3,0,1) (S) None A n overview o f marketing as applied to computer and related markets and products. Students w i l l participate i n class discussions related to product planning, research, promotion and distribution systems. E a c h student w i l l make a sales presentation to the class. CMPT 152 Structured Programming (3) (3,0,1) (F) Marketing Strategies and Decision Making Prerequisite: Prerequisite: None B M K T 161. Introduction to logic and program design. T h i s course This course w i l l explore i n greater depth the concepts o f values and lifestyles, product development, service marketing, positioning, strategic planning, tactical promotion, international marketing and marketing notfor-profit organizations. T h e focus w i l l be on analyzing marketing problems, developing strategic decisionm a k i n g skills and applying "hands-on" tactical solutions for results. Guest lecturers, projects and special field trips concentrates on planning, designing and flow charting programs for business related problems. T h e main part o f the course is theory based with some hands-on practical work in the latter weeks using a modern programming language. CMPT 153 (3) (3,0,1) (S) Object Oriented Programming I w i l l be used to enhance the classroom components. Prerequisite: BMKT 366 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Professional Sales and Management Prerequisite: C M P T 152 with a m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. A n introduction to object oriented programming. B M K T 263. This course w i l l cover two main topics, advanced professional selling techniques and sales force manage- CMPT 154 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Object Oriented Programming II ment. Students w i l l develop and practise their selling Prerequisite: skills i n class and on a real-life sales project. T h e tools permission o f the instructor. and systems o f sales management w i l l also be explored to Continuation o f object-oriented programming and design prepare the individual for the human resource factor using C + +. C M P T 153 with a m i n i m u m ' C grade or related to that type o f position. CMPT 155 BMKT 367 (BSMG 279) (3) (3,0,1) (S) (3) Promotion Strategy and Analysis Prerequisite: Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. B M K T 360 and B M K T 261. This is a course dealing with the development o f an advertising campaign. Students w i l l study campaign strategy including h o w it is planned and organized in (3,0,1) (S) Quantitative Methods for Managers Acceptance into the full-time program or A survey o f the basic quantitative tools used to aid decision making. Financial and statistical concepts, methods and applications w i l l be examined. cooperation with the production, marketing, sales and cies. Some time w i l l be spent with advertising research CMPT 180 Microcomputer Applications I as a pre and post control factor. Prerequisite: finance departments as well as the use o f outside agen- (3) (3,0,1) (S) None Provides an orientation to microcomputers i n business; including word processing, communicating with operating systems and spreadsheets. CareerlVocational - Business Administration 235 CMPT 182 Introduction to Systems Prerequisite: (3) (3,0,1) (S) CMPT 223 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Microcomputer Applications III None Provides a basic understanding o f systems concepts and development o f specific skills: form design, coding, flow charting, life-cycle phases and related written communication. Prerequisite: C M P T 222 w i t h a m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. A n introduction to x B A S E concepts, databases, and D B M S programming. CMPT 224 CMPT 184 (3) (3,0,1) (Su) (1.5) (3,0,1) (F) Microcomputer Applications IV Visual Basic Prerequisite: C M P T 152 and C M P T 180 with a m i n i - Prerequisite: C M P T 223 with a m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. m u m ' C grade o r permission o f the instructor. Application o f object oriented visual development techniques to produce W i n d o w s applications. A l s o a Application o f graphics and desktop publishing development techniques i n the production o f presentations i n a W i n d o w s environment. foundation o f the W i n d o w s programming tools, A P I s , D L L s , D D E and O L E w i l l be studied. CMPT 189 (3) CMPT 230 Operating Systems (3,0,1) (S) Intro to a Third Generation Language Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: C M P T 184, C M P T 223 with a m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. B C O P 131 or C M P T 152 with C or better. Organization and writing o f programs, program structure and language, test editing and compilation. Further, students w i l l learn h o w to handle I/O for disk and reports. Emphasis w i l l be placed on developing typical business programs. CMPT 191 Accounting for Managers I Prerequisite: (3) (3) (3,0,1) (S) None Develops an understanding o f the elements o f the accounting cycle. Introduces basic accounting concepts and procedures as a basis for financial decisions. Emphasis w i l l be placed o n accounting information, systems and control. CMPT 222 Microcomputer Applications II (3) Comprehensive knowledge o f the widely used operating systems: U N I X , M S - D O S and W i n d o w s - N T . Some emphasis on file structures and recovery from hardware/ software errors as w e l l as the operating system's Job Control Language. CMPT 276 Projects in Industry - Practicum (1.5) (1.5,0,.5) (F) W o r k experience with host companies for the purpose o f applying knowledge to complete an industry-oriented project. CMPT 289 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Systems Implementation Prerequisite: C M P T 293 w i t h a m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. (3,0,1) (S) A project based course where students implement an online computer system applying analysis and design Prerequisite: C M P T 180 with a m i n i m u m ' C grade or permission o f the instructor. concepts from the System Development L i f e C y c l e . Provides a basic understanding o f microcomputer IBUS 321 concepts, hardware and software selection criteria, and International Business system and application software. Provides hands-on This course w i l l be a blend o f lectures, case studies and discussions o f current events affecting business. Students w i l l learn the terminology o f international business and the process managers go through i n "internationalizing" their business, including h o w uncontrollable elements o f international markets can impact business. experience with W i n d o w s , spreadsheets, presentation graphics and data base management. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 236 (3) (3,0,1) (F) f IBUS 334 Cross Cultural Relations (3) (3.0,1) (S) PADM 200 (3) Local Government Administration (3,0,1) (S) The objective o f this course is to increase the student's Prerequisite: Current employment i n a M u n i c i p a l i t y , cross-cultural awareness in business settings. It looks at Indian Government, Regional District, Improvement how different cultures negotiate and regard contracts, District or Supporting A g e n c y , as w e l l as P A D M 200 and interpret commitments and deal with suppliers and P A D M 201, or permission o f the instructor. consumers. This course w i l l include discussion o f the structures and administration of local governments, as w e l l as current IBUS 340 International Trade Law (3) (3,0,0) and purposes o f local government; h o w local governments are organized and administered, their powers and Prerequisite: B A D M 107 International trade conventions and agreements, the legal processes o f importing and exporting, and the challenge of dealing with conflicting domestic laws between limitations; sources of finance and methods o f assessment and taxation; issues o f sustainability; relations with aboriginal governments, and issues o f public participation such as interest group lobbying and public consultation. countries w i l l be studied. IBUS 357 (3) International Trade and Marketing issues in local governance. T o p i c s include: the history (3,0,1) (S) PADM 201 Local Government Services (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Current employment in a M u n i c i p a l i t y , Prerequisite: I B U S 321 Indian Government, Regional District, Improvement This course is an in-depth study of marketing internation- District or Supporting A g e n c y , as well as P A D M 200 and ally. It assumes the student understands uncontrollable P A D M 201, or permission o f the instructor. variables in a foreign market (as covered in I B U S 321) and goes directly into the controllable variables and the This course w i l l examine the services that municipalities provide to their citizens in British C o l u m b i a . Services to management o f marketing programs. be discussed include: P u b l i c W o r k s , Protective Services IBUS 366 (3) International Banking and Finance (S) including Fire and Police, Regulatory Services, Water and Sewer Services, Refuse Collection and S o l i d Waste disposal, Recreation and Cultural Services, E n v i r o n m e n - This course begins by reviewing basic accounting and financial analysis, then progresses to gaining an understanding o f the international finance and banking systems. Students w i l l also learn about foreign exchange, trade finance, foreign securities, and foreign collections. tal Protection Services, Health Services and Social and Welfare Services. PADM 202 Municipal Finance in B.C. (3) (3,0,1) (S) Pricing in the international forum as well as risk management w i l l be discussed. IBUS 399 (3) International Trade Opportunities (S) Prerequisite: Current employment in a M u n i c i p a l i t y , Indian Government, Regional District, Improvement District or Supporting A g e n c y , as well as P A D M 200 and P A D M 201, or permission o f the instructor. This course w i l l be delivered as a seminar series, and is This course w i l l examine the practices and issues o f designed to provide students with a broad perspective of M u n i c i p a l Finance in British C o l u m b i a and w i l l include the trade opportunities available and the strategies discussion o f the M u n i c i p a l A c t as it pertains to Financial required to be successful in the world markets. Administration; the role of provincial government i n Industry leaders as well as government experts w i l l discuss topics w h i c h are relevant to the Canadian business people. Case studies w i l l be used to apply the concepts covered in the lectures. Financial Administration, the role o f the provincial government in Financial Administration, the role o f the M u n i c i p a l Finance Authority; the Finance Function at the Municipal/Regional levels; A c c o u n t i n g and Financial controls in Municipalities and Regional Districts; T h e Financial Planning Process including Short T e r m Budgets and L o n g T e r m Financial Planning; F i n a n c i n g Options; General Accounting/Treasury Functions; Assessment, Taxation, Collection. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 237 PADM 203 (3) Municipal Law in British Columbia (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Current employment in a Municipality, Retail Marketing Co-op Program Course Descriptions (formerly Merchandising Management) Indian Government, Regional District, Improvement District or Supporting A g e n c y , as w e l l as P A D M 200 and P A D M 201, or permission o f the instructor. RMCP 154 Creative Advertising Production (1.5) (3,0,1) (S) This course focuses on legal principles pertaining to This course w i l l give the students an understanding o f municipal government, with particular emphasis on its retail advertising production as applied to business cards, status, functions, and legal powers and constraints. It w i l l newspapers, magazines and related promotion media also introduce the principles o f administrative law, how from the standpoint of the creator, buyer, and the printer. legislation is created, and the powers and duties o f administrative agencies. RMCP 157 Event Management (1.5) (3,0,1) (S) The emphasis in this course w i l l be to learn how to promote and produce a major event such as a trade or fashion show. Special Event Management w i l l involve the planning, execution and promotion. RMCP 164 Creative Retail Strategies (3) (3,0,1) (F) This course is the creative component in the Retail Marketing Program. Students w i l l learn visual marketing, colour and design, retail store design, and a full range of merchandising skills. They w i l l relate product and placement within a store environment and learn to develop comprehensive display strategies. RMCP 172 (3) (3,0,1) (F) Retail Technology/Store Management I Retail Technology is the introductory segment to Store Management I. This course provides the student with a working knowledge o f cash register systems and point o f sale terminals as well as the latest i n Interac Technology. Store Management I is a practical application to Retail Marketing. Students w i l l be entirely responsible for operating the student store. The students act as Store Managers. They w i l l do B u y i n g , Display, Promotion, Accounting, Scheduling and all those managerial skills involved in operating a successful retail store. RMCP 173 (3) Retail Finance/Store Management II Prerequisite: (3,0,1) (S) R M C P 172 A continuation o f Store Management I. This extension of the Store Management course exposes the student to daily systems analysis, banking procedures, monthly accounting practices and money management in a practical setting. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 238 The students w i l l be responsible for making financial decisions as w e l l as B u y i n g and Promotional decisions for the student store. RMCP 181 Strategic Retail Buying (3) (3,0,1) (S) This course teaches the students to access their target and primary markets and to develop a strategy to enable them to be successful Retail Buyers. The Retail B u y i n g component involves teaching the student to buy for Department Stores, C h a i n Stores, Regional C h a i n Operations, and Independent Retail Stores. What to B u y , W h e n to B u y , F r o m W h o m to B u y , and H o w M u c h to B u y w i l l all be covered in this course. RMCP 190 (3) Fall Co-op Work Placement (Dec, Jan.) (F) Students w i l l gain direct practical work experience through a paid co-op placement with an employer that is part o f our Retail Registry. During December and January the student w i l l work some 200 hours in a business related to their preferred area of retailing, merchandising or marketing. A faculty member w i l l oversee this three credit course and both employers and the co-op employees w i l l complete written reports. Students w i l l return to their full-time studies at the end o f the co-op placement. Career/Vocational - Business Administration 239 Commercial Animation C o n t a c t : 986-1911, L o c a l 2154 Admission Requirements and Procedures TWO-YEAR DIPLOMA IN COMMERCIAL ANIMATION 1. A n Application for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted, together with official transcripts o f all secondary and post-secondary transcripts to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar. Instructional Faculty D . B R E R E T O N , D i p . F i l m A n i m a t i o n (Emily CanCollege of A r t & Design) J. D E L A N E Y , Head o f L a y o u t & Design, Delaney & Friends Cartoon Productions, 2. Requisites • 18 years of age • Grade 12 complete or equivalent • M . G H O R E I S H I , D i p . Animation/Television portfolio. (Algonquin), Instructor's Cert. (Iran), Theatre Stage Design (Iran) D . P E R R O , D i p . F i l m A n i m a t i o n ( E m i l y Carr College o f Portfolio submission. Excellent drawing skills and a diversity o f styles should be demonstrated i n the • Attendance at an information meeting. • Attendance at a scheduled interview. Applicants w i l l be contacted in A p r i l or M a y and, i f places remain Art & Design), Cert. Teacher Development Program available, in August. Interviews are conducted until (Ontario) the class is filled. B . R E I D , B . A . (Alta.), A d v a n c e d Theatre (Banff Centre) • Successful applicants are expected to be able to demonstrate general ability, previous work, education, In the past ten years, animation has exploded onto motion interest in and commitment to C o m m e r c i a l A n i m a t i o n . picture and television screens around the world. There has been an increasing demand for skilled animation artists caused by the continued success o f both limited animation television series and major film productions. C o m m e r c i a l animation companies in British C o l u m b i a have been approached by both American and European A d m i s s i o n is based on general ability, interest in C o m mercial Animation, noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and commitment to the C o m m e r c i a l Animation Program. animation producers to provide services and/or co- Information Meetings produce animation projects. The only limitation o f the Information meetings w i l l be held between November industry to respond to these opportunities has been the and A p r i l . Please contact the department at 986-1911, shortage o f commercially-trained animators. local 2154 for dates and times. The Program Special Fees and Expenses The C o m m e r c i a l A n i m a t i o n Program w i l l prepare students for employment in the animation industry, specifically in the area o f classical (character) animation. This intense program w i l l focus on drawing skills and studio procedures in the production o f animated commercials, television series, computer game design and production o f feature films. The program w i l l work closely with producers o f traditional and computer animation, establishing and evolving the curriculum to meet the industry's need for skilled animators and animation designers. N e w students are admitted each September i n a class o f 22. Students may expect to pay approximately $4,500 for tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the two-year program. Part-Time Evening Courses For students interested in an introduction to animation as a career, or for upgrading their drawing and design skills, non-credit, part-time evening courses are offered. Please contact Extension Programs and Services, 984-4901 for details. Career/Vocational - Commercial Animation 240 Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from the Commercial A n i m a t i o n Program, the student must successfully complete all the component courses. Professional Standards A l l Commercial Animation students are required to adhere to high standards of academic performance and professional behaviour. w i l l learn to accurately draw what they see. H u m a n Program Content proportions and the human form i n action w i l l be studied. FIRST T E R M Q u i c k gesture drawing w i l l be practiced intensively to Credits build on the student's ability to create simple line draw- A N T M 111 Animation Drawing I 6.0 A N I M 112 A n i m a t i o n Design I 3.0 A N I M 113 L i f e D r a w i n g for A n i m a t i o n I 3.0 A N T M 114 History o f Character A n i m a t i o n 1.5 C M N S 115 Communications 10 16.5 SECOND TERM A N T M 121 A n i m a t i o n D r a w i n g II 6.0 A N T M 122 A n i m a t i o n Design II 1.5 A N I M 123 L i f e D r a w i n g for A n i m a t i o n II 3.0 A N I M 126 L a y o u t Design I 1.5 M D I A 120 F i l m Studies for A n i m a t i o n 15 ings that communicate weight, structure and feeling. ANIM 114 History of Character Animation (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) This course w i l l cover the development o f character animation from W i n s o r M c C a y to the present. Emphasis w i l l be on the Disney, Fleischer, Warner Brothers, M G M and U . P . A . studios o f the 1930's and 40's and w i l l include major developments and the w o r k o f important directors. Current trends i n animation w i l l be discussed. 13.5 ANIM 121 Animation Drawing II (6) (8,0,0) (S) THIRD T E R M A N I M 231 A n i m a t i o n D r a w i n g III 3.0 Students w i l l learn how to animate more complex A N I M 232 Storyboard Design 3.0 movement of more diverse characters. A n i m a t i o n timing A N I M 233 L i f e D r a w i n g for A n i m a t i o n III 3.0 is emphasized. Special effects animation w i l l be taught. A N I M 234 Computer A n i m a t i o n 3.0 A c t i n g i n animation and animating to prerecorded A N I M 236 L a y o u t Design II 10 dialogue w i l l be introduced. 15.0 FOURTH TERM ANIM 122 Animation Design II (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) A N I M 241 Animation Drawing I V 3.0 A N I M 242 M a j o r Projects 3.0 Students w i l l gain more practical experience in the posing A N I M 243 L i f e D r a w i n g for A n i m a t i o n I V 3.0 of animation and w i l l w o r k with a wider range of charac- A N I M 244 A n i m a t i o n Practicum 3.0 ters. Bringing out the character's emotions w i l l be A N I M 245 C o l o u r and M e d i a 10 practiced. In this course, the student w i l l learn to create a 15.0 full design package for an animated production. 60.0 D i p l o m a Requirement ANIM 111 Animation Drawing I (6) (8,0.0) (F) A n introduction to creating animated movement. Basic animation timing skills, animation principles and procedures used to produce character animation w i l l be introduced. ANIM 112 Animation Design I (3) (4,0,0) (F) ANIM 123 Life Drawing for Animation II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Students w i l l build on the skills learned i n A N I M 113 and they w i l l increase their ability to accurately render the human form in movement. Structure and anatomy o f humans w i l l be emphasized. A n i m a l anatomy and movement w i l l be studied. ANIM 126 Layout Design I (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Students w i l l learn design skills as they relate to commer- Students w i l l be introduced to the skills o f animation cial animation. Strong posing, drawing "on model", and background design. The animation camera stand and its character design w i l l be introduced. Perspective drawing functions w i l l be demonstrated. Design and composition w i l l be reviewed. skills w i l l be introduced and perspective drawing w i l l be developed further in order to produce complex and ANIM 113 Life Drawing For Animation I (3) (4,0,0) (F) detailed layouts. This course w i l l demonstrate the importance o f life drawing in the creation o f animated movement. Students Career/Vocational - Commercial Animation 241 ANIM 231 Animation Drawing III (3) (4,0,0) (F) A n i m a t i n g characters that act is the focus o f this course. Dialogue breakdown and animating to dialogue w i l l continue to be emphasized. A n i m a t i o n involving several characters in the same scene w i l l be covered and students w i l l be focused on "feature-quality" key animation involving a variety of characters and actions. Character and personality i n animation w i l l be emphasized. ANIM 242 Major Projects (3) (4,0,0) (S) w i l l work with more complex and realistic character In this course, students w i l l be allowed to concentrate designs. their efforts on a specific career such as layout artist, computer animator, character designer or key animator. ANIM 232 Storyboard Design (3) (4,0,0) (F) W o r k i n g one-on-one with an instructor, students w i l l design and produce their o w n projects i n order to achieve Students w i l l be taught to create storyboards that communicate film narratives effectively. In this class, students w i l l be expected to design animation sequences to be produced in the fourth term, eventually becoming a major success i n their specific fields i n the industry. ANIM 243 Life Drawing For Animation IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) Movement and sequential drawing studies w i l l be part o f their demotape. emphasized. The main objective o f this course w i l l be to ANIM 233 Life Drawing For Animation III (3) (4,0,0) (F) make use o f the skills and techniques learned i n previous life drawing classes to create a diverse range o f excellent Students w i l l continue to improve their life drawing skills while working primarily with sequential studies. The ability to accurately depict emotion and mood, particularly o f the face, eyes and hands w i l l be the main objective o f this course. Practice in the use of foreshort- portfolio pieces tailored to the expectations o f the animation industry. ANIM 244 Animation Practicum (3) (4,0,0) (S) Students achieving a specific grade point average or ening and tone w i l l be included. higher w i l l be allowed to participate in a two week ANIM 234 Computer Animation (3) (4,0,0) (S) animation studio or computer animation house. Students w i l l be introduced to computer generated animation. The students w i l l use traditional animation and design skills acquired in the first two terms of the program to create quality computer animation using 2 D and 3 D software. This course w i l l provide students with a strong foundation o f computer animation skills enabling them, i f they wish, to begin to focus on a career in computer animation. ANIM 236 Layout Design II practicum experience. The practicum may be at a local (3) (4,0,0) (F) ANIM 245 Colour And Media (3) (4,0,0) (S) Basic colour theory w i l l be taught using a variety o f painting materials and techniques used i n the animation industry. Students w i l l learn the specific skills required o f animation background painters and w i l l create finished backgrounds from original layout designs. CMNS 115 Communications For Animation (3) (4,0,0) (F) This course w i l l further develop the student's layout Students w i l l be taught various communications skills design skills, enabling them to produce finished anima- necessary for success in the animation industry. Content tion layouts o f high quality. Technical skills concerning w i l l include presentation, writing and research skills, and camera moves w i l l be included and students w i l l work to script writing for animation. industry standards. A c t u a l layout tests from major animation studios w i l l be part of the curriculum. ANIM 241 Animation Drawing IV (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course w i l l focus on the production of students' demotapes meant to showcase their animation skills. Students Career/Vocational - Commercial Animation 242 MDIA 120 Film Studies for Animation (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) This course w i l l introduce the student to the art o f the narrative film and the techniques used to tell a story with moving images. Important films w i l l be analysed to illustrate specific techniques. Cinematography as it relates to animation w i l l be discussed. Communications C o n t a c t P e r s o n : C r a w f o r d K i l i a n , Coordinator, Career - Communication courses only. A l l applicants Office L B 149. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585. must be admitted to the College before registration can be E - m a i l : ckilian@hubcap.mlnet.com completed. Instructional Faculty BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS (BCCP) C . K I L I A N , B . A . (Columbia), M . A . ( S F U ) B . R E I D , B . A . (Alberta) L . S A V A G E , B . A . , D i p . E d . ( M c G i l l ) , M . E d . (Alberta) A . S E D K Y , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . ( A i n Shams, Cairo) G . W A U G H , B . A . (Reading), M . A . ( U B C ) , Standard Teaching Credentials ( U K ) , B . C . Registered Psychologist M . W I T T M A N , B . A . (Toronto), M . A . ( U B C ) The C M N S Department offers Basic and A d v a n c e d Certificates in Business Communications. W h i l e the program is open to everyone, many B C C P students are likely to be working in the business world and therefore free only for part-time study. A c c o r d i n g l y , courses w i l l normally run in the evenings. Students may take them in any order and may take as long as they require (within reason) to complete a certificate. The Communications ( C M N S ) Department provides training in writing and speech for students in Career/ Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply specific skills to the world o f work. In addition to Students qualify for the Basic Certificate by completing four required courses and one optional course. Required courses w i l l be: courses in E n g l i s h basics, C M N S also offers courses in C M N S 145: Computer On-line W r i t i n g business and technical writing, public speaking, and C M N S 170: Public Speaking freelance writing. C M N S 220: Advanced Business W r i t i n g and Editing C M N S 250: Technical W r i t i n g Career Opportunities For the A d v a n c e d Certificate, students must also take In an information-based economy, good communication I N F O 166 (Applied Telecommunications), plus any two skills are a vital asset in any career. M a n y career-program optional courses. C M N S courses offer components on effective job search Optional courses w i l l include the following: techniques, including resume writing and interviewing. Courses for freelance writers equip students with the basic skills needed to market their work to magazines, newspapers and book publishers. Admission Requirements Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program C M N S course must meet the admission standards o f that particular program. In some cases students may wish to take the C M N S component before enrolling in the rest o f the program. Such students w i l l require permission of the coordinators of both C M N S and the career program in question. Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections o f C M N S , such as those offered in the evening, must meet general College admission standards. Applications for A d m i s s i o n to individual programs which contain communications courses must be submitted to Admissions, Office o f the Registrar, with that program specified. Applicants who wish to enrol only in the "open" communication courses must also submit an Application for A d m i s s i o n . Specify the program as C M N S 110: Standard E n g l i s h Usage (usually offered as a daytime course) C M N S 190: Magazine A r t i c l e W r i t i n g Students wishing to enrol in the Certificate Program should submit a portfolio o f written work i n an interview with C M N S faculty. Persons who have already taken some courses in the B C C P program, or closely similar courses at other institutions, may ask to apply their previous credits to the program. Where circumstances warrant, students may negotiate with the C M N S Department to apply credit from other College courses to the Certificate program. F o r example, a student who has completed the C M N S component of a College career program may request application of credit for that course or courses towards the Certificate. Special Fees and Expenses M o s t C M N S classes require no special fees; for online courses, students must purchase an account on The Hub, a College bulletin-board system. Consult the coordinator if you have any questions about such fees in your course. Career/Vocational - Communications 243 Awards and Scholarships The L u c i l l e Fisher M e m o r i a l Scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding student (or students) enrolled CMNS 145 Computer Writing (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Writing, editing and revising technical and non-technical in a fall term credit writing course. T h e award is granted information for the computer medium. Attention to as early as possible i n the spring term o f the same concise style, logical organization and the limitations o f academic year. the computer screen. Course Descriptions CMNS 152 (3) (F.S) Report Writing N o t e : M a n y C M N S courses w i l l undergo considerable revision for the 1995-96 academic year. Some courses and descriptions here may be out o f date by September 1996 or January 1997. Consult the coordinator for the W r i t i n g for the workplace: letters, memorandums, and reports. Review of English basics in the context o f business writing. current status o f C M N S courses and the details o f their CMNS 153 content and requirements. (3) (3,1,0) (S) Communications and the Arts CMNS 110 (3) (3,1,0) (F.S) Prerequisite: C M N S 120 or proven E n g l i s h skills. Standard English Usage The use o f language in combination with graphic and A course in grammar, spelling, punctuation, and diction. other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for Students also gain experience in proofreading, correcting artists and craftspersons. W r i t i n g assignments include an and revising short written assignments. article on some aspect of art which the student w i l l CMNS 115 Communications for Animation required. submit for publication. A spoken presentation may be (3) (3,1,0) (F) necessary for success i n the animation industry. Content CMNS 154 Communications in Recreation w i l l include presentation, writing and research skills, and W r i t i n g and speech related to Outdoor Recreation script writing for animation. Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, Students w i l l be taught various communications skills (3) (3,1,0) (S) article briefs and proposals. A spoken presentation may CMNS 120 Effective Writing and Speech (3) (3,1,0) (F.S) A course emphasizing structure and style in spoken and written communication, with some review o f English basics as w e l l . B y writing and editing short essays, students develop a writing style both concise and precise. be required. CMNS 155 (3) (3,1,0) (F) Communications in Early Childhood Education Effective verbal and nonverbal communication and the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. CMNS 125 (1.5) (3,1,0) (F) CMNS 156 Communication Theory A survey o f principles influencing interpersonal communication as w e l l as mass media: print, film, video, and (3) (3,1,0) (S) Advanced Media Communications A continuation of C M N S 130 with emphasis on inter- audio. Exploration o f communication theory as it applies viewing techniques in applied situations. The course also to digital media. deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques. CMNS 130 (3) (3,1,0) (F.S) Introductory Media Communications A n introduction to writing and speaking for M e d i a Resources students. Career/Vocational - Communications 244 CMNS 159 (3) Communications for the Legal Secretary (3,1.0) (F.S) Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and business writing. CMNS 170 (3) (3,1,0) (F.S) Public Speaking CMNS 290 Marketing a Non-Fiction Book (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds o f Planning, organizing, researching and writing a speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal c o m m u - publishable non-fiction book. Survey o f potential nication, and public speaking in various contexts. markets, development o f a detailed outline, and production o f a proposal including a query letter, outline, and CMNS 179 (3) (3,1,0) (F) sample chapters for submission to an appropriate pub- Legal Communications lisher. Students should discuss their plans with the For students in the Legal Assistant Program, C M N S 179 instructor before registering. emphasizes clear legal usage and style, as well as business writing formats in law. Some attention as well to the fine points o f E n g l i s h basics. CMNS 190 (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Magazine Article Writing Researching and writing articles for publication in news media and magazines. A n a l y s i s o f magazine readership, techniques o f researching and interviewing, the current market for articles and development o f an effective prose style. Students w i l l write three articles i n suitable format and submit them for publication in established periodicals. CMNS 220 (3) Advanced Business Writing and Editing Prerequisite: (3,1,0) (S) Successful completion of E N G 100. Researching, organizing, writing and editing extensive business documents: reports, proposals, memorandums, press releases. Particular attention to clear style and logical organization. CMNS 250 (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Technical Writing The basic techniques of technical writing for students from business or technical backgrounds: extended definition, process, procedure, description and summary. Intensive work i n descriptive writing and vocabulary usage; examination of actual technical reports; study o f the role o f technical writers in corporate settings. CMNS 280 (3) (3,1,0) (F,S) Marketing Commercial Fiction Preparing short stories and novels i n commercial genres such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction. Discussion o f the market for such fiction in Canada and the U . S . Students w i l l submit three assignments (such as three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters) in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Career/Vocational - Communications 245 Early Childhood Care and Education Contact: Special Needs Certificate: 984-4960 F o l l o w i n g successful completion of the Early C h i l d h o o d Instructional Faculty Care and Education Certificate program and the Special R . A N N E , B . S c . ( C o l u m b i a Pacific), D i p . E . C . E . Needs program, the student is awarded a Special Needs Certificate from Capilano College. (Ryerson) A . C A R R , M . A . ( S F U ) , D i p . E d . (London) J. C L A R K , R . N . (Regina General Hospital), Teaching D i p . (Sask.) S. L O W , B . A . (Alta), E . C . E . Diploma Program: A diploma in Early C h i l d h o o d Care and Education is (Langara) J. M O S E S , B . A . , B . S . W . ( M c M a s t e r ) , M . E d . ( U B C ) , E . C . E . Cert. M . R A W S T H O R N E , B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. L . J . R E N N I E B . S c , D i p . E . C . E . (Brigham Y o u n g ) Coordinator granted by Capilano College to students w h o have successfully completed the Early C h i l d h o o d Care and Education Certificate and both the Infant and Toddler and Special Needs Certificates. The Early C h i l d h o o d Care and Education Certificate and successful completion o f the required 500 hours work Our society is recognizing the importance o f the early experience enables students to register as an Early years in children's development. There is an increasing Childhood Educator in British C o l u m b i a by applying to need in communities for child care services, and for the Manager of Early C h i l d h o o d Programs at the C o m - trained staff who can ensure that all children's interests munity Care Facility Branch. Certificates in Infant/ and needs are met i n a variety of programs. The Early Toddler Education and Special Needs Education may C h i l d h o o d Care and Education program prepares students also be acquired through the C C F B . to work in various settings, including preschools and daycare centres. Support Staff: Sharon M i l e t i c , A r l e n e M i l l e r , Diane M i l l s — Receptionists Judith Weiss — D i v i s i o n a l Assistant Career Opportunities Graduates of the programs have found rewarding careers working in licensed preschool and daycare centres, in schools as Special Education Teaching Assistants, as Community Care L i c e n s i n g Officers, in management positions in childcare organizations and as consultants. The placement record for our graduates is excellent. Admission Requirements Enrolment in the Early C h i l d h o o d Care and Education Certificate programs is limited to 25 students. Applicants must be at least 19 years o f age, be a high school graduate, have college-level writing and academic skills and have 40 hours experience as an employee or volunteer in a licensed early childhood setting within the last two years. A commitment to young children and their families and evidence o f interpersonal and life skills are also essential. Applicants should be aware that a criminal record check is now required by practicum placements and employers. Due to the intensity o f the full-time program, it is recommended that applicants have at least one year o f college or university experience. Programs Early Childhood Care and Education Certificate: This is awarded to students who successfully complete the full-time program at the North Vancouver Campus or the part-time programs at the Sechelt or Squamish In preparation for applying to the program, prospective students may choose to take some o f the f o l l o w i n g courses: E N G L 100, A N T H 121, A H I S 100, B I O L 104, P H I L 101, P S Y C 100, 101, S O C . 100, 101, W M S T 100. Application Procedure Regional Centres. Infant & Toddler Certificate: F o l l o w i n g successful completion o f the Early C h i l d h o o d Care and Education Certificate program and the Infant & Toddler Program, the student is awarded an Infant & Toddler Certificate from Capilano College. 1. Complete and submit an A p p l i c a t i o n for A d m i s s i o n / Readmission directly to A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar together with official transcripts for secondary and post-secondary education. 2. Attend the Information Meeting on M a r c h 5, 1997, CareerlVocational - Early Childhood Care and Education 246 7:00 p m , R o o m C E 1 4 1 (Cedar Building). A t the Information M e e t i n g , you w i l l schedule a group interview time. perspective. Students also study program planning, curriculum content, health and nutrition, interpersonal skills and family-centre relationships. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program. 3. A t the interview, y o u must submit a resume, three Students have practical experience i n three practicum letters o f reference, and complete a writing assign- centres under the guidance of qualified Early C h i l d h o o d ment. Educators. In practicum centres students adhere to the Early C h i l d h o o d Educators o f B . C . ' s C o d e o f Ethics. 4. A Reading Assessment may be required. Courses are presented in a manner w h i c h promotes active participation through demonstrations, oral reports, group projects, role play and discussions. Upon Acceptance Submit a completed medical report on a form provided by the college, plus evidence o f absence of active tuber- Program Content - North Vancouver Campus FALL TERM E D U C 155 Human G r o w t h and D e v . I Credits/Lab Continuation into the second term o f the programs is 4.5 E D U C 170 Interpersonal Skills 1.5 E D U C 171 Caring and Learning Environments 1.5 E D U C 172 G u i d i n g Y o u n g Children I 1.5 dependent upon the demonstration o f satisfactory inter- E D U C 173 C u r r i c u l u m Development I 1.5 personal, academic and teaching/guiding skills. " C - " is E D U C 174 Health and Safety o f Y o u n g culosis. Admission Requirements to the Second Term the m i n i m u m acceptable grade in all courses. Practicum Children E D U C 175 Observing and Recording grades must be " C " or higher. E D U C 176 A p p l i e d T h e o r y — P r a c t i c u m I 1.5 1.5 10 16.5 Graduation Requirements 4 6 10 SPRING T E R M In order to receive a certificate for any o f the Early C h i l d h o o d programs, students must successfully complete the courses and maintain a grade point average o f 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses C M N S 111 Administrative W r i t i n g 3.0 E D U C 254 Theoretical Perspectives 3.0 E D U C 272 G u i d i n g Y o u n g Children II 1.5 E D U C 273 C u r r i c u l u m Development III 1.0 E D U C 274 Nutrition 1.5 E D U C 276 A p p l i e d T h e o r y — P r a c t i c u m II The student can expect to spend approximately $700 on 10 14.0 books and supplies. Additional costs w i l l be incurred for SUMMER TERM a First A i d course and transportation to practicums. E D U C 270 Intro, to W o r k i n g with Families E D U C 271 Intro, to Centre Organization E D U C 273 C u r r i c u l u m Development II E D U C 275 Human G r o w t h and D e v . II 1.5 1.5 1.5 E D U C 277 A p p l i e d Theory—Practicum III 4£ 10.0 EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS The N o r t h Vancouver Campus offers a full-time 10 month program beginning August 19th. Sechelt and Squamish Regional Centres offer part-time programs. These programs are based on the "Competencies in Early 4 6 10 1.5 6 6 * Due to program review, there may be some revisions to courses and schedules. C h i l d h o o d Education," and are approved by the C o m m u nity Care Facilities Branch of the Ministry o f Health. The foundation o f the E . C . C . E . programs is the study o f development from birth to adulthood. The history and current philosophies o f early childhood education are examined. A n interrelated series o f courses focus on the care and education of young children from an anti-bias Career/Vocational - Early Childhood Care and Education 247 Program Content - Sechelt and Squamish Regional Centres E D U C 353 Program Planning (Spring '97) E D U C 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum 1.5 E D U C 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum 15 1.5 Students may begin at any time i n the part-time sequence. F A L L 1996 C M N S 155 Communications for E . C . C . E . E D U C 170 Interpersonal Skills (Sechelt only) (1.5) EDUC Health and Safety of Y o u n g 174 Children (3.0) (3.0) 6.5 SPECIAL NEEDS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Program Content FIRST T E R M E D U C 262 S P R I N G 1997 Special Education Credits (Fall '97) 2.0 E D U C 350* A d v a n c e d C h i l d Development E D U C 272 G u i d i n g Y o u n g C h i l d r e n II (1.5) E D U C 273 C u r r i c u l u m Development II (1.5) E D U C 351* Family, School & Community E D U C 177 Observing and Recording/ A p p l i e d Theory I - Practicum I (4.5) E D U C 358 Special Needs Practicum 1.5 E D U C 276 A p p l i e d Theory - Practicum II (4.0) E D U C 359 Special Needs Practicum E D U C 277 A p p l i e d Theory - Practicum III (4.0) 15 9.0 (Fall '96) 2.0 (Fall '97) 2.0 SECOND TERM INFANT & TODDLER CERTIFICATE PROGRAM SPECIAL NEEDS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM E D U C 354 Program Planning for Special These evening part-time programs are for the student who E D U C 358 Special Needs Practicum 1.5 is certified as an Early C h i l d h o o d Educator or is in the E D U C 359 Special Needs Practicum 15 E D U C 352* Centre Operations (Spring '97) 2.0 Needs (Spring '96) 1.5 process o f completing the required 500 hours work experience. 6.5 *These courses apply to b o t h the Infant/Toddler and E a c h program consists o f seven courses including two Special Needs Certificates. practicums. Courses are scheduled in the late afternoon and evening. Practicums are scheduled on an individual Course Descriptions basis to meet students' needs. CMNS 111 Courses in these programs are scheduled on a two-year rotation. Students may begin at any time in the sequence. There are three core courses w h i c h are part of both programs. INFANT & TODDLER CERTIFICATE PROGRAM (3) (3,0,0) (S) Administrative Writing W r i t i n g effectively i n a modern organization. Attention to memorandums, correspondence, policy development, research and evaluation reports, briefs, proposals, and planning documents. Emphasis is on clear, concise style and use o f Standard English. Program Content FIRST T E R M Credits EDUC 155 (4.5) Human Growth and Development I (6,0,0) (F) E D U C 350* A d v a n c e d C h i l d Development (Fall '96) 2.0 through the preschool years and examines physical, E D U C 351* F a m i l y , School & C o m m u n i t y (Fall '97) E D U C 355 2.0 cognitive, language, and social-emotional growth and development. A n introductory study o f theories, princi- Physical Care & Safety (Fall '96) 1.5 E D U C 356 Infant/Toddler Practicum 1.5 E D U C 357 Infant/Toddler Practicum 15 SECOND T E R M E D U C 352* Centre Operations (Spring'97) Course material spans the period from conception ples o f development, and child study techniques is included. 8.5 EDUC 170 Interpersonal Skills (1.5) (15,0,0) (F) 2.0 A n introductory course in w h i c h students focus on the development o f self awareness and increased understand- CareerlVocational - Early Childhood Care and Education 248 ing o f others. Students w i l l learn basic communication sponsor teacher. W e e k l y seminar discussions help concepts and practice skills w h i c h contribute to effective students integrate theory and practice. interpersonal relationships. EDUC 171 (1.5) Caring and Learning Environments (15,0,0) (F) (Regional Centres O n l y ) This course introduces the student to various programs for young children. The role o f the Early C h i l d h o o d Educator, learning environments and the value o f play are examined. EDUC 172 Guiding Young Children I The student w i l l develop s k i l l in observing, recording and documenting the behaviour of young children. Based on observations, the student w i l l begin to interpret behaviours and develop program strategies. (1.5) (15,0,0) (F) This course develops a theoretical framework o f guidance principles and techniques w h i c h support children's EDUC 254 Theoretical Perspectives (3) (4,0,0) (S) This course provides an introduction to the history and philosophy o f E . C . C . E . M a j o r contemporary issues are optimal development. EDUC 173 Curriculum Development I EDUC 177 (4.5) (S) Observing and Recording/Applied Theory - Practicum I examined. International childcare is discussed. (1.5) (2,4,0) (F) Based on the philosophy that play provides the EDUC 270 (1.5) Introduction to Working with Families (2,0,0) (S) This course is designed to develop a beginning under- foundation for children's growth and development, this experiential workshop course focuses on learning standing o f an effective relationship between the Early Childhood Educator and the c h i l d ' s family. C o m m u n i t y environments, curriculum planning and teaching resources w i l l be researched. strategies. EDUC 174 (1.5) Health and Safety of Young Children (2,0,0) (S) EDUC 271 (1.5) Introduction to Centre Organization (2,0,0) (S) A n introductory look at some o f the administrative The course is designed to familiarize students with some of the c o m m o n childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis is placed on the management o f the young child with a health problem i n a preschool setting. The course also includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms of c o m m o n childhood illnesses and communicable diseases. EDUC 175 Observing and Recording (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) A course w h i c h develops skill in objectively observing and recording the behaviour of young children. W e e k l y supervised observations form the major part o f the course. Different kinds of observational techniques are explored. The uses o f teacher observations are examined. EDUC 176 Applied Theory—Practicum I (3) (2,0,6) (F) This introductory practicum is arranged by the college. It provides the student with opportunities to observe young children and, at a beginning level, to plan, implement and evaluate activities under the supervision of a qualified aspects o f operating a centre for young children. This course assumes a knowledge o f curriculum and daily program planning, and identifies necessary functions relating indirectly to children; e.g., handling finances, hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. Provincial legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a centre w i l l also be discussed. EDUC 272 Guiding Young Children II (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) This course w i l l extend the student's repertoire o f guidance/teaching techniques. The focus is on responding to the needs o f the individual child, on promoting a positive self concept and on fostering prosocial behaviour. EDUC 273 Curriculum Development II (1.5) (2,4,0) (S) The student w i l l acquire further knowledge, experience and skill in planning, implementing and evaluating learning environments for groups o f children. Career/Vocational - Early Childhood Care and Education 249 EDUC 274 Food and Nutrition (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) This course enables students to plan and prepare appropriate snacks and meals for the preschool child. The student is introduced to basic nutrients and their role in human physiology, and the special requirements of the child for optimum health. Students are encouraged to work cooperatively with families and health professionals. Topics covered include menu planning and healthy eating habits, physical, social, religious and cultural differences, food purchase and storage, and food safety. EDUC 275 (1.5) Human Growth and Development II (2,0,0) (S) This course reviews the major theories of human development and changes that occur during middle childhood and adolescence in the areas of physical, social-emotional and cognitive development. EDUC 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II EDUC 355 Physical Care and Safety (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) The student will develop an awareness of the Early Childhood Educator's role and responsibility in preparing a safe, healthy environment, and planning routine procedures for infants and toddlers needs will be met. EDUC 356 Infant and Toddler Practicum (1.5) (F) Through work experience in an infant/toddler centre the student learns and practises how to protect, support and enrich the lives of young children. EDUC 357 Infant and Toddler Practicum (1.5) (F) This practicum focuses on working with parents and the evaluation of a quality program. These broader aspects of group care are central to the provision of quality care for infants and toddlers. SPRING TERM This is, generally, a five week, full-time practicum. If taken, however, on a part-time basis, the same number of hours are required. Working with a qualified Early Childhood Educator students extend their competencies in program planning and evaluation. Weekly seminar discussions focus on integrating theory and practice. EDUC 277 Applied Theory - Practicum III EDUC 352 Centre Operations (2) (2.5,0,0) (S) The student will gain knowledge of the concepts and principles involved in the effective administration and management of a child care centre and the skills required to fulfill the role of a manager/director/administrator. EDUC 353 (1.5) Program Planning for Infants and Toddlers (2,0,0) (S) This is, generally, a five week, full-time practicum. If taken, however, on a part-time basis, the same number of hours are required. In this practicum, students integrate and consolidate knowledge and skills gained throughout the program. The student will be involved in all aspects of providing quality care and education for young children. The focus will be on planning schedules, routines, space and program activities for infants and toddlers. Individual and small group activities which promote selfesteem, language, social behaviours and self-help skills will be planned. Goal setting and effective guidance will be discussed. INFANT & TODDLER CERTIFICATE PROGRAM EDUC 356 and 357. FALL TERM See Fall Term. EDUC 350 Advanced Child Development (2) (2.5,0,0) (F) This course will focus on the developmental issues pertaining to the nature of the difference between typical and atypical development of young children. SPECIAL NEEDS CERTIFICATE PROGRAM FALL TERM EDUC 350 Advanced Child Development (2) (2.5,0,0) (F) This course will focus on the developmental issues pertaining to the nature of the difference between typical and atypical development of young children. CareerlVocational - Early Childhood Care and Education 250 EDUC 358 (1.5) (F) Special Needs Practicum Under the guidance of a qualified Special Needs Early Childhood Educator the student practises how to program activities which include children who need extra support. Education 359 (1.5) (F) Special Needs Practicum This practicum focuses on working with parents and the evaluation of a quality program. Students refine their skills of inclusive programming for groups of children. SPRING TERM Education 352 (2) (2.5,0,0) (S) Centre Operations The student will gain knowledge of the broad concepts and principles involved in the effective administration and management of a child care centre and the skills required to fulfill the role of a manager/director/administrator. Education 358 (1.5) (S) (1.5) (S) Special Needs Practicum See Fall Term. Education 359 Special Needs Practicum See Fall Term. Note: Education 350 and 352 are core courses and are, therefore, components of both the Infant and Toddler and Special Needs Certificate programs. Courses offered in 1997/1998 will complete the two year rotation. Career/Vocational - Early Childhood Care and Education 251 Fisheries Science Sechelt Campus Only Contact Person: Dave Bates 987-1535 or 885-9310 FSCI 120 Computers in Fisheries 3 FSCI 140 Field Practicum I 3 FSCI 141 Field Practicum II 3 27 FISH CULTURE TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATE - DISTANCE LEARNING FORMAT Course Descriptions INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY FSCI100 Salmonid Biology D.J. B A T E S , Dip. Tech. (BCIT), B . S c , M . S c (SFU), An introductory course in the basic biology of the R.P.Bio. salmonid. (3) Course content examines the life histories, habitat and Career Opportunities biology of these animals. Graduates of the program may find challenging careers with either the private or public fish culture sector. This includes the commercial aquaculture industry, govern- FSCI 101 Fish Culture I (3) ment contracts with fisheries agencies, and consulting An introduction to the theory and techniques used in the firms. fresh water culture of salmon and trout. Course content covers collection, incubation and rearing of salmonids. A Fish Culture Technician, while working under the supervision of a manager, will be responsible for the well being of intensively reared salmonids. The major emphasis is on hatchery production of salmonids for commercial aquaculture and enhancement purposes. The Program FSCI102 Fish Culture II The Fish Culture Technician Program is available in distance learning format only. Students may register in one or more courses. Upon completion the student is (3) A continuation of FSCI 100. This course examines the intensive culture of salmonids reared in the marine awarded the Fish Culture Technician Certificate. environment. Content includes an introduction to the The distance learning program has been designed for marine environment, smolt transport, salt water adapta- individuals that are currently working or seeking employ- tion, cage culture and harvesting and processing. ment in the fish culture field who wish to upgrade their FSCI 103 Water Quality academic credentials. Individualized programs may be available. (3) An introduction to water quality with respect to intensive Admission Requirements salmonid culture. Course content examines water quality Prospective applicants should inquire by telephone or by parameters that impact on fish production and methods writing to the Sechelt campus. A n information package for measuring these parameters. and application will then be forwarded. FSC1105 (3) Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding and Growth Graduation Requirements A n introductory course in the applied aspects of salmonid Students must successfully complete all Fish Culture nutrition. Course content includes nutritional require- Technician courses (27 credits). ments of cultured salmonids, feed formulation and manufacture, feeding methods and strategies, biology of Program Content Credits FSCI 100 Salmonid Biology 3 FSCI 101 Fish Culture I 3 FSCI 102 FSCI 103 FSCI 105 Fish Culture II Water Quality Salmonid Nutrition, Feeding & Growth 3 3 3 FSCI 106 Fish Health 3 Career/Vocational-Fisheries Science 252 growth and growth estimation. FSCI106 Fish Health (3) An introduction to the science of fish health. This course examines the pathogens that frequently infect cultured salmonids. Course content examines the various groups of pathogens and methods used to prevent, minimize the impact or treat these pathogens. FSC1120 Computers in Fisheries (3) A n introduction to the personal computer and associated software. Course content introduces the student to word processing, spreadsheets and databases using the integrated software program Microsoft Works. FSC1140 Field Practicum I (3) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. FSCI 141 Field Practicum II (3) Practicums involve the student working for two 10-day periods at a fish culture facility. The student will be involved in the daily activities of these facilities working with fish culture staff. POST-BACCALAUREATE IN FISHERIES SCIENCE A post degree program in the applied aspects of fisheries management is currently under development. Courses available for future credit towards the post degree program or undergraduate academic transfer to Simon Fraser University include: FSCI 200 Biology of Salmonids (3) FSCI 210 Intensive Salmonid Culture (3) STREAMKEEPERS WORKSHOPS FSCI 150 Streamkeepers I (3) The Streamkeepers Program helps citizens protect and preserve freshwater habitats. Development pressures from our expanding populations threaten these environments. The Streamkeepers Program encourages good watershed practices through productive, hands-on involvement. Community stewardship is essential for long-term protection of our environment. CareerlVocational-Fisheries Science 253 Health and Human Services The LTCA program is no longer offered by Capilano College and has been replaced by the R e s i d e n t C a r e Attendant Program. RESIDENT CARE ATTENDANT PROGRAM Contact: 984-4960 Two programs are offered each yearfromAugust to January, and January to June. Applications are considered in October for the January program, and in March or April for the August program. Graduates of the program may transfer some RCA courses to the L.P.N, program. RCA graduates can enter the Practical Nurse Program using the Acess Program, which is available at some colleges. Support Staff: Sharon Miletic, Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant FIVE-MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B A . (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N. B. MILLER, R.N. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N., Coordinator K. TAYLOR, R.N. Career Opportunities The number of elderly people in our community is increasing, and there is an ever-growing demand for qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time in this field of health care. Graduates of this full-time RCA program are qualified to work with residents in various long-term care settings, including extended care facilities, intermediate care facilities and personal care residences. The potential for employment is excellent. Employers may require a Criminal Record check. The Program Capilano College offers a full-time certificate program recognized throughout British Columbia. This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with continuing care clients in many different settings. The program integrates health care theory with practice, teaching students the basics in physical care with a focus on the spiritual and emotional well-being of the resident. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of intermediate care and extended care facilities. All students who are interested in the RCA program must attend an information meeting and have an interview with an RCA instructor. CareerlVocational - Health and Human Services 254 Admission Requirements 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with elderly people and their families in the health field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is a grade 10 or equivalent, with grade 12 preferred. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of absence of active tuberculosis. 5. Applications for Admission must be submitted directly to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, together with official transcripts of secondary and post-secondary education. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Resident Care Attendant courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Graduation requires a valid First Aid Certificate which includes C.P.R. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. Students must obtain a B- (2.67 GPA), with completion of all courses in the program. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First A i d course, transportation for practicums, and for a Criminal Record Check. Financial A i d is available to eligible students. RCAP 110 (1.0) (2,0,1) (F.S) Work Role Concepts in Resident Care This course introduces students to the health care system and the role and responsibilities of the resident care attendant within the health care system. Awards and Scholarships The R C A program offers the Rosalind Brossard Scholarship. Program Content Credits FIRST T E R M 1.5 Health: Lifestyle and Choices R C A P 100 Health and Healing: Concepts for R C A P 101 3.0 Practice 1.5 R C A P 102 Human Relations: Interpersonal Communications R C A P 110 Work Role Concepts in Resident Care 1.0 Applied Theory: Lab and Clinical R C A P 111 7.0 Practicum in Resident Care 10 R C A P 112 Special Needs in Resident Care 17.0 SECOND T E R M 40 R C A P 113 Applied Theory: Clinical Practice 21.0 Total Program Credits Course Descriptions RCAP 100 (1.5) (2,0,1) (F,S) This course provides an introduction to the concept of health and the concepts of a health enhancing lifestyle. Students will reflect on their own experience of health, challenges and resources that may effect their lifestyle choices, and consequently, their health. (3.0) (4,0,2) (F,S) Health and Healing: Concepts for Practice This course provides the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students will examine the significant philosophical beliefs and theoretical understandings of competent practice. RCAP 102 (1.5) (2,0,1) (F.S) Human Relations: Interpersonal Communications This course focuses on the development of self awareness and increased understanding of others. Students will explore basic communication concepts and practical skills, which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships. (7.0) (2,4,14) (F,S) Care This practical course offers students the opportunity to acquire the basic personal and clinical skills required by the resident care attendant in intermediate and extended care facilities. Students spend one day a week in the College health lab learning the practical skills needed to work with continuing care residents. The first part of the course is a series of field trips designed to increase students' awareness of community facilities. In the second part of the course, the students spend two weeks in an intermediate care facility. In the last part of the course, the students spend two days a week in an extended care unit placement, supervised by a clinical instructor. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work. A l l practicum and clinical placements are arranged by the college. RCAP 112 Health: Lifestyle and Choices RCAP 101 RCAP 111 Applied Theory: Lab Practicum and Clinical in Resident (3.0) (2,0,1) (F.S) Special Needs in Resident Care This course builds upon content in the other R C A courses, to help students to explore concepts and approaches which apply to the care of residents experiencing changes in mental functioning. RCAP 113 (4.0) (0,35,0) (S.Su*) Applied Theory: Clinical Practice in Resident Care This four-week practical course provides an opportunity to apply the caring philosophy with older adults in an intermediate and/or extended care facility. Select, supervised experiences will emphasize the application and integration of knowledge and skills learned in other courses. The final two weeks of the course provide an opportunity for the student to become better prepared to take on the role of the Resident Care Attendant. Opportunities will be provided for the learner to gain increased self confidence in the work setting and to become socialized as a member of the health care team. *(Su) - Summer Career/Vocational - Health and Human Services 255 PERSONAL CARE ATTENDANT WORKING FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES Contact: 984-4960 Support Staff: Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant EIGHT-MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty L . C U T H B E R T S O N , B.H.Sc.(O.T.) (McMaster), M.Ed.(Brock), Reg. O.T. (BC) M . D A Y A N , B.S.R. (UBC), Registered Physiotherapist J. GIBBS, R.P.N., R.S.W., Coordinator M . R A W S T H O R N E , M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. Career Opportunities In response to the trend for people with physical disabilities to live in the community rather than in an institution, the Personal Attendant Program prepares students to work with clients of all ages in a variety of community settings. Students are trained to give client-directed personal assistance in order that the individual may achieve the fullest possible participation in society. Services offered by the graduate Personal Care Attendant differ from the traditional medically-modeled services in many ways: • service goals are defined by the service user, not the service provider or medical personnel. • services are oriented towards promoting maximum independence for the client in all aspects of life. • services are directed towards enhancing an individual's present strengths and enabling the development of further strengths. • services may be provided in a variety of settings. Because graduates must be prepared to work effectively within the full continuum of available settings, the Personal Care Attendant Program prepares students to assist persons with disabilities in a broad range of activities of daily living. The Personal Care Attendant Program ensures that students acquire knowledge and master skills necessary to deal with the functional, emotional, social and medical implications of physical disabilities. Graduates of the program find employment in many areas of the health field including: group homes, private homes, recreation programs and health care centres. Career/Vocational - Health and Human Services 256 Program The objective of the program is to provide the basic skills and knowledge required for a career in the Health and Human Services field. This full-time, eight-month certificate program integrates health care theory with practice. Practicum experiences take place in a variety of community health care settings. Graduates will have completed W H M I S , Food Safe, fire safety and core courses in the Resident Care Attendant Program (formerly Long Term Care), and Home Support Attendant Program. Admission Requirements 1. A l l prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May. Further interviews may be held in mid-August, if spaces in the program are available. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with physically disabled people in the Health and Human Services field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is Grade 10 or equivalent, with Grade 12 preferred. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Some practicum placements require a Criminal Record Check. 5. Students need a valid First A i d Certificate which includes C.P.R. throughout the course. The student is responsible for obtaining this and presenting it to the coordinator before the first day of classes. The St. John's Emergency Level Safety Oriented First A i d Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. 6. Applications for Admission must be submitted directly to Admissions, Office of the Registrar, together with official transcripts for all secondary and post-secondary educatioon. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The Personal Care Attendant Program courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Students must obtain a minimum B - average (2 .67 GPA) with completion of all courses in the program. Fees and Expenses The fees are in accordance with the College Calendar for a 30 credit program. The student can expect to spend approximately $200 on books and supplies. Additional costs will be incurred for a First A i d course, transportation for practicums, and for a Criminal Record Check. Financial A i d is available to eligible students. Program Content Credits FIRST T E R M 1.5 R C A P 100 Health: Lifestyles and Choices R C A P 102 Human Relations: Interpersonal 1.5 Communications R C A P 101 Health and Healing: Concepts for 3.0 Practice 3.0 R C A P 013 Intro to Physical Disabilities 1.5 R C A P 014 Ethics and Values in Health Care 1.5 P C A D 019 Applied Theory: Practicum I P C A D 022 Human Relations II 1.5 P C A D 049 Applied Theory: Lab for Personal Assistants Total 15.5 SECOND T E R M HSA. 110 Work Role Concepts in Home Support 1.5 HSA. 112 Special Needs in Home Support 1.5 P C A D 023 Growth and Development 1.5 P C A D 024 Advanced Physical Disability Concepts 3.0 P C A D 029 Applied Theory: Practicum II 6.0 P C A D 059 Applied Theory: Lab for Personal Assistants II 1.0 Term Total 14.5 Program Total 30.0 PCAD 013 (3.0) (4,0,2) (F) Introduction to Physical Disabilities Concepts This course enables students to understand the theoretical basis for the procedures needed by the Personal Care Attendant working with physically disabled clients of all ages. The procedures include the principles of body mechanics, medical asepsis, disabling conditions and their functional limitations. Both course content and assignments are integrated with lab and practicum placements in P C A D 019 and P C A D 039. PCAD 014 Ethics and Values in Health Care (1.5) (2,0,1) (F) In this course the student will develop the knowledge and skills required to fill the role of a Personal Care Attendant in a professional, ethical and caring manner to ensure that people with disabilities are valued. PCAD 019 Applied Theory - Practicum I (1.5) (0,4,11) (F) The first part of the practicum course is a series of field trips designed to increase the student's awareness of community resources. In the second part of the course students spend two weeks in a practicum placement arranged by the College. A clinical instructor visits and observes the student working in the practicum setting. Assignments are integrated with the lab instruction and course work in P C A D 013. PCAD 022 Human Relations II (1.5) (2,0,1) (F) This is the second course in human relations, in which the student continues to develop knowledge and skills related to the needs of clients with physical disabilities. Course Descriptions HSA. 110 (1.5) Work Role Concepts in Home Support (2,0,1) (S) This course provides an introduction to community care, the home support industry and the role of the Home Support Worker. The course also offers home management skills needed for beginning home support practice. HSA. 112 Special Needs in Home Support (1.5) (2,0,1) (S) This course builds upon other course materials to provide an introduction to the basic concepts and approaches involved in the care of clients experiencing changes in mental functioning. The course also explores the role of the Home Support Attendant in special needs family situations. PCAD 023 Growth and Development (1.5) (2,0,1) (S) This course is designed to introduce students to the major changes which occur in normal and abnormal development. The learner will identify basic human needs, assess how these needs are met and will establish how they fit into a continuum of care to meet the needs of people with disabilities. PCAD 024 (3.0) Advanced Physical Disabilities Concepts (4,0,2) (S) This is a continuation of P C A D 013. Students learn the theoretical basis of advanced procedures essential to the role of the Personal Care Attendant. The course content Career/Vocational - Health and Human Services 257 is also integrated with lab and practicum placements i n skills, w h i c h contribute to effective interpersonal rela- P C A D 029 and P C A D 039. tionships. PCAD 029 Applied Theory: Practicum II (6.0) (0,35,0) (S) Part-time Courses Some P C A D courses w i l l be open to part-time students The student spends seven weeks i n three different working in the health care field, with a recommendation practicum settings arranged by the College. A clinical from their employer. instructor visits and observes the student while on practicum. Assignments are integrated with lab instruction and course w o r k i n P C A D 024 A N D 059. PCAD 049 (2.0) (0,4,2) (F) Applied Theory: Lab for Personal Assistants I This course exposes students through simulations and paper problems/case histories to the functional limitation of medical and physical conditions that may be encountered working as a personal atttendant. Students demonstrate and practice skills needed to work with clients who have a physical disability. PCAD 059 (1.0) (0,4,2) (S) Applied Theory: Lab for Personal Assistants II This course enables students to integrate and apply the knowledge and skills o f a personal attendant working with physically disabled clients. Students demonstrate, practice, and gain feedback on their skills. The purpose of the lab is to prepare students for working with physically disabled clients on practicum placements. RCAP 100 Health: Lifestyles and Choices (1.5) (2,0,1) (F) This course provides an introduction to the concept of health and the concepts o f a health enhancing lifestyle. Students w i l l reflect on their o w n experience of health, challenges and resources that may effect their lifestyle choices, and consequently, their health. RCAP 101 (3.0) Health and Healing: Concepts for Practice (4,0,2) (F) This course provides the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students w i l l examine the significant philosophical beliefs and theoretical understandings o f competent practice. RCAP 102 (1.5) (2,0,1) (F) Human Relations: Interpersonal Communications This course focuses on the development o f self awareness and increased understanding o f others. Students w i l l explore basic communication concepts and practical Career/Vocational - Health and Human Services 258 HOME SUPPORT ATTENDANT PROGRAM Admission Requirements Contact: 984-4960 1. All prospective students are required to attend an information meeting and have a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and have a genuine desire to work with elderly people and their families in the health field. Two references are required. 3. The minimum educational prerequisite is a grade 10 or equivalent. Students may be asked to complete a reading comprehension test. Some practicum placements require a criminal record check. 4. Applicants need good physical and mental health, and are required to complete a medical report on a form provided by the College, plus evidence of absence of active tuberculosis. 5. Applications for Admission must be submitted directly to, Admissions, Office of the Registrar, together with official transcripts. Support Staff: Sharon Miletic, Arlene Miller, Diane Mills, Receptionists Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant FOUR-MONTH CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) H. BREWSTER, R.N. B.MILLER, R.N. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed.(UBC), RDN, Co-ordinator A. WHITE, M.P.H. Career Opportunities The Home Support Attendant Program is designed to provide students with opportunities to develop the basic knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to provide assistance to individuals and families in the community. The environment in which the Home Support Attendant functions is usually the client's home; however, the graduate may be required to provide assistance to clients/ families in a variety of community settings. Graduates are prepared to function collaboratively as members of a multi-disciplinary community support team. Graduates work as front-line care providers under the direction and supervision of a health professional. Upon completion of the program, graduates are eligible for employment as a Home Support Attendant with a community Home Support Agency. With additional training and experience, the graduate may be able to assume other responsibilities appropriate to the job role. The Program At the present time, the college does not offer an ongoing, full-time program. However, if community demand is appropriate, the Home Support Program may be offered on a full-time or part-time basis. Capilano College offers a Certificate Program recognized throughout British Columbia. Program Content Credits HSA. 110 HSA. 111 HSA. 112 HSA. 113 RCAP 100 RCAP 101 RCAP 102 Work Role Concepts in Home Support Applied Theory: Lab for Home Support Special Needs in Home Support Applied Theory: Practicum for Home Support Attendants Health & Lifestyle & Choices Health & Healing: Concepts for Practice Human Relations 15 Total Program Credits: 18.0 1.5 3.0 1.5 6.0 1.5 3.0 Course Descriptions HSA. 110 (1.5) Work Role Concepts in Home Support (2,0,1) This course provides an introduction to community care, the home support industry and the role of the Home Support Worker. The course also offers home management skills needed for beginning home support practice. HSA. 111 (3.0) (0,4,14) Healing: Personal Care Skills for Home Support This practical course offers the opportunity to acquire basic assistance skills in line with Personal Assistance Guidelines required by the Home Support Attendant. Career/Vocational - Health and Human Services 259 HSA. 112 (1.5) (2,0,1) Special Needs in Home Support This course builds upon other course materials to provide an introduction to the basic concepts and approaches involved in the care of clients experiencing changes in mental functioning. The course also explores the role of the Home Support Attendant in special needs family situations. HSA. 113 (6.0) (0,54,0) Practical Experience This practice course provides an opportunity to apply the caring philosophy with individuals and families at various stages of the life cycle. Experience may be obtained in community and institutional settings with an emphasis on the application and integration of knowledge and skills learned in other courses. RCAP 100 (1.5) (2,0,1) (F) Health: Lifestyle and Choices This course provides an introduction to the concept of health and the concepts of a health enhancing lifestyle. Students will reflect on their own experience of health, challenges and resources that may effect their lifestyle choices, and consequently, their health. RCAP 101 (3.0) (4,0,2) (F) Health and Healings: Concepts for Practice This course provides the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students will examine the significant philosophical beliefs and theoretical understandings of competent practice. RCAP 102 (1.5) (2,0,1) (F) Human Relations: Interpersonal Communications This course focuses on the development of self awareness and increased understanding of others. Students will explore basic communication concepts and practical skills, which contribute to effective interpersonal relationships. CareerlVocational - Health and Human Services 260 Landscape Horticulture C o n t a c t : 984-4947 development o f interpersonal skills and emotional health. ONE YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Special Fees and Expenses Instructional Faculty In addition to the program tuition, students w i l l incur L . K O S K I T A L O , B.Sc. ( U . of M . ) , Ph.D. ( U B C ) further expenses o f approximately $1400 for books, R . W E L S H , D i p . Landscape Tech. ( B . C . I . T . ) personal work gear and equipment, certification fees, L . S C O T T , Cert. Landscape Horticulture field trip, conference and membership fees. S u p p o r t Staff: Judith Weiss, D i v i s i o n a l Assistant L a b S u p e r v i s o r : L . Scott Graduation Requirements Due to the intense nature o f the program, regular fulltime attendance is crucial. Students are expected to Career Opportunities attend and participate i n all classes and program activiGraduates o f the A p p l i e d Landscape Horticulture program find employment i n many areas o f horticulture including: municipal parks, golf courses, residential and commercial landscape installation and/or maintenance; garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations. ties. Students with poor attendance may be required to withdraw. Participation i n all field trips, including the three-day orientation field trip, is compulsory. Students must attain a m i n i m u m cumulative G . P . A . o f 2.0, pass all courses, must possess a valid B . C . pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a The Program m i n i m u m 6 0 % standing in plant materials, to successfully The objective o f the Landscape Horticulture program is complete the program. to provide individuals with the basic skills and k n o w l edge prerequisite to beginning a career i n landscape gardening and landscape-related industries. This full-time eight-month certificate program integrates horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications. Awards and Scholarships The A p p l i e d Horticulture Bursary for $500 is presented at the beginning o f the second term. Applications for this award w i l l be received in mid-December, the award being based upon: Due to the popular nature of the program, and its limited • first term marks enrolment, prospective students are advised to contact the • program participation Horticulture department by late A p r i l to arrange to attend • financial need an e a r l y - M a y I N F O R M A T I O N M E E T I N G . Student/ instructor interviews can be arranged at the conclusion o f this meeting. The B . C . C o u n c i l o f Garden C l u b s Scholarship for $450 is presented at the beginning o f the second term. This scholarship is awarded to the student who has Admission Requirements demonstrated excellence in terms o f scholastics and 1. A l l prospective students are required to attend a programs involvement. student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in m i d - M a y . Further interviews may be held in mid-August, i f spaces in the program are available. Students who are unable to The L y n n V a l l e y Garden C l u b Bursary for $250 is awarded to a B . C . resident horticulture student who has demonstrated satisfactory performance in terms of scholastics and program participation. attend the interview should contact the program coordinator to make alternative arrangements. 2. 19 years o f age. 3. A genuine interest i n and desire for commencing or continuing a career i n horticulture. 4. Grade 10 completion with Grade 12 preferred. Students without proficiency i n basic mathematics and E n g l i s h may be required to take an upgrading course. 5. Reasonable health and physical condition. 6. Successful applicants w i l l demonstrate evidence o f Program Content FIRST T E R M Credits Labs H O R T 101 Introductory Horticulture 5.0 6 H O R T 102 Plant Materials I 5.0 0 H O R T 103 G r o w i n g M e d i a & Fertilizers 2.0 1 H O R T 105 Plant Production 2.0 1 H O R T 107 P & T Gardens Practicum H O R T 115 Basic Landscape Drafting 0.0 L5 0 3 15.5 11 Career/Vocational - Landscape Horticulture 261 HORT 106 (2) Landscape Irrigation and Drainage (3,1,0) (S) SECOND TERM H O R T 106 Landscape Irrigation & Drainage H O R T 109 Plant Materials II H O R T 110 Turfgrass Managemet 2.0 4.0 3.0 1 0 1 This course is designed to familiarize the student with the H O R T 108 Landscape D e s i g n 1.5 3 landscape drainage systems. Students learn how to H O R T 111 Business Practices H O R T 112 Landscape Installation 1.0 1 install, operate and maintain landscape irrigation systems. 5.0 6 HORT 107 & Maintenance H O R T 114 P & T Gardens Practicum 0J) 0 16.5 12 Course Descriptions HORT 101 basics o f turf and drip irrigation systems as w e l l as basic (0) (0,0,2) (F) Park and Tilford Gardens Practicum This is an optional landscape maintenance w o r k experience at Park and T i l f o r d Gardens. The objectives o f the (5) (6,6,0) (F) practicum are to develop a professional work ethic, to master basic gardening skills and to learn to complete Introductory Horticulture This course details commercial horticulture i n B . C . , covers basic plant science theory, deals with work site safety and develops basic horticultural skills including tasks effectively and i n a timely manner. HORT 108 (1.5) (1.5,3,0) (S) Landscape Design the use and proper care o f hand tools, power equipment, day to day greenhouse operations, planting and watering A highly practical introductory course i n design theory techniques. Students participate i n a three-day orientation and practices; plan reading and revisions; and basic field trip near the beginning o f this course. Students also design skills. Course materials are presented by means o f participate in a W C B certified survival first aid lectures, visuals, projects and specific practicum labs. practicum. HORT109 HORT 102 (5) (6,0,0) (F) (4) (4.5,0,0) (S) Plant Materials II Plant Materials I A continuation o f H O R T 102 with the emphasis on A n introduction to woody and herbaceous ornamentals conifers, broadleaf evergreens, annuals and perennials. including deciduous trees and shrubs, conifers, broadleaf evergreens, bulbs, and ground covers. T h i s course emphasizes identification, landscape values and require- HORT 110 (3) (4.5,1,0) (S) Turfgrass Management A n introductory turfgrass course dealing with the selec- ments o f the plant materials studied. tion of grasses for turfs, turfgrass installation, and HORT 103 Growing Media and Fertilizers (2) (3,1,0) (F) cultivation, pest control practices) for residential and This course is designed to provide students with the media science knowledge necessary for the production and maintenance o f plants i n the greenhouse, nursery and landscape. HORT105 Plant Production maintenance (includes fertilization, irrigation, m o v i n g , (2) (3,1,0) (F) T o acquaint students with greenhouse and nursery production systems and methods. Topics w i l l include: plant propagation, greenhouse production and nursery stock production. Students w i l l successfully produce a number o f specific greenhouse and nursery crops. large area turfs. HORT 111 Business Practices (D (1.0,1,0) (S) Deals with business establishment, business organizations, business operations, landscape estimating, quotations and contracts. Job search, j o b applications, resumes and interviews are also discussed. HORT 112 (5.0) (5,6,0) (S) Landscape Installation and Maintenance A largely applied course covering plant installation and common landscape maintenance practices. Landscape installation topics include: site preparation, use o f aggregates, and construction of walks, steps, retaining walls, fences, trellises, and use of paving materials. Maintenance Career/Vocational - Landscape Horticulture 262 topics include: pruning, planting and transplanting, pest management, mulches, and methods o f fertilization. Students write the B . C . Ministry o f Environment General Dispenser and Landscape Applicator pesticide certification examinations. The majority o f the course time is spent on field installation and maintenance work. HORT 114 (0) Park and Tilford Gardens Practicum (0,0,2) (S) A continuation o f H O R T 107. HORT 115 Basic Landscape Drafting (1.5) (1.5,3,0) (F) Course topics include: drafting skills and equipment, site measurement and evaluation, plan reading, graphic presentation and introductory quantity take-offs. Career/Vocational - Landscape Horticulture 263 Legal Assistant Contact: 984-4959 TWO YEAR LEGAL ASSISTANT DIPLOMA Instructional Faculty U p o n completion of the two year program, students must complete a six month practicum under the supervision o f L . B A K E R , B . A . ( U B C ) , L L . B . ( U B C ) Teaching Cert. (SFU) D . C O C H R A N , B . A . L L . B . ( U B C ) , Cert. E d . , M . A . E d . (SFU) V . C O C H R A N , L L . B . ( U B C ) , Co-ordinator M . C R A G G , B . A . L a w (Durham), Teaching Cert. ( U B C ) W. E N W R I G H T , B.F.A. M . F . A . (UBC), L L . B . (McGill) a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by their employer. A t the end o f a successful practicum, the student is eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely w i t h students and with the legal community to assist i n obtaining successful practicum placements. J. F A I R L I E , B . M u s . L L . B . ( U B C ) Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal c o m m u - D . P H I L L I P S , L G A S Certificate nity, and several faculty members are practising lawyers. M . S P E N C E , B.Sc. L L . B . ( U B C ) A s w e l l , support is provided by an external A d v i s o r y D . T H O M S O N , B . S c , L L . B . (Queens) Committee, which provides information on recent G . W A U G H , B . A . (Reading), M . A . ( U B C ) , Standard developments i n the legal community, and offers advice Teaching Credentials ( U K ) , B . C . Registered on topics ranging from curriculum changes to grad Psychologist placements. Support Staff Members of the A d v i s o r y Committee include representa- W . W E B E R G , D i v i s i o n a l Assistant Canadian B a r Association, private law firms, a govern- F . U L K E R , Receptionist ment agency, and c r o w n corporations. Career Opportunities Admissions Requirements A legal assistant, while w o r k i n g under the supervision o f The successful applicant to the L e g a l Assistant Program a lawyer, is capable o f originating work and making should have: tives from the L a w Society o f British C o l u m b i a , the decisions. This person has knowledge o f both procedural and substantive law. Some examples o f work functions are: interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, wills, probate, conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research; file management; assisting i n trial preparation. 1. two years post-secondary university transfer elective or equivalent prior learning experience, 2. work experience in an office setting (highly recommended), Graduates of the program w i l l find challenging careers 3. good working knowledge o f computers. working as legal assistants i n law offices, government Applications, together with official post-secondary agencies, and corporate legal departments. transcripts must be submitted to Admissions, Office o f The program has been i n operation since 1976 and has a the Registrar. Incomplete applications w i l l not be 90% placement rate. (This figure may fluctuate for any processed. one graduating class depending on the economy.) Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning 9844959. Names w i l l be recorded and applicants w i l l receive the formal admission procedure outline. Information meetings may also be held. Coordinators w i l l then review all applications for the 35 seats available in the program. Applicants who meet the program requirements w i l l be invited to have a personal interview. Programs There are two legal assistant programs offered at Capilano College. 1. The L e g a l Assistant D i p l o m a Program. T h i s is a two year full-time program designed for people without current legal experience. Academic Standards 2. The L e g a l Assistant Certificate Program. T h i s evening The Legal Assistant program requires students to m a i n - program is designed for people who are presently tain a cumulative 3.0 grade point average over the four working i n a law office with at least two years' legal terms. In addition, any student whose grade point average secretarial or paralegal experience. falls below 2.0 w i l l not be permitted to continue i n the program. Career/Vocational - Legal Assistant 264 Special Fees and Expenses L G A S 265 3.0 Insurance L a w II The student can expect to spend approximately $1000.00 16.5 per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since regular use o f a law library is necessary for research L G A S 199 3.0 Career Practicum purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in the form o f student loans and bursaries. Information on these is available at the Financial A i d Office. LEGAL ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE PROGRAM This is a part-time evening program designed for students Graduation Requirements with at least two years legal secretarial or paralegal Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all L e g a l Assistant courses offered 67.5 D i p l o m a Requirement: (67.5 credits). experience who are presently w o r k i n g in a law office. Those without a legal background or the two years experience may be admitted to a particular course only In addition all students must complete a six-month after consultation with the Coordinator. It is the student's practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade prior to graduation. responsibility to initiate the contact with the Coordinator prior to registration. T o be eligible to go out on practicums students must maintain a cumulative 3.0 G P A . Acceptance into a particular course does not mean a student has been accepted into the program as a whole. Two Year Legal Assistant Diploma Program Content FIRST T E R M The L e g a l Assistant Certificate Program courses usually start in September, although occasionally they may also Credits start in January. Contact the L e g a l Assistant Program area at 984-4959 for registration deadline information. L G A S 150 Intro, to Study of L a w 3.0 L G A S 152 Litigation Procedures I 3.0 The requirements for the certificate must be completed L G A S 170 L e g a l Research 3.0 within five years o f commencing the courses. The five- L G A S 252 Torts I 3.0 year period may be extended for one year i n exceptional C M N S 179 L e g a l Communications 3D circumstances. 15.0 Certificate Requirements SECOND TERM L G A S 156 Intro, to Evidence 1.5 L G A S 162 Litigation Procedures II 3.0 L G A S 176 L e g a l Office Procedures 3.0 L G A S 180 Contracts I 3.0 L G A S 254 Torts II 3.0 L G A S 256 Family L a w In order to attain the Legal Assistant Certificate students must successfully complete 30 credits. These credits must be chosen from substantive L e g a l Assistant Courses. 3X) 16.5 Legal Assistant Certificate Program Content Conveyancing Procedures 1.5 L G A S 172 L e g a l Drafting I 3.0 * Courses marked with an asterisk are required courses and must be taken before a student is eligible to receive a certificate. L G A S 179 L e g a l Interviewing 3.0 L G A S 181 Contracts II 3.0 L G A S 255 Real Property 3.0 L G A S 264 Insurance L a w I 10 THIRD T E R M L G A S 155 16.5 FOURTH TERM L G A S 153 Basic Corporate Procedures 1.5 L G A S 157 W i l l s & Probate Procedures 3.0 L G A S 182 Creditors'Remedies 3.0 L G A S 253 Company L a w 3.0 + Students wishing to enter the program must first take L G A S 150 and then L G A S 170 before they w i l l be admitted to any course except L G A S 151. Courses Credits *+ L G A S 150 Intro, to Study o f L a w 3 * + L G A S 151 Evidence 3 * + L G A S 170 L e g a l Research LGAS 172/174 L e g a l Drafting I & II L G A S 179 L e g a l Interviewing 3 3/3 3 Career/Vocational - Legal Assistant 265 L G A S 180/181 Contracts I & II L G A S 182 3/3 rate a company and attend to routine filings and resolu- 3 tions. Differences between reporting and non-reporting Creditors' Remedies 3/3 L G A S 252/254 Torts I & II companies w i l l be studied. L G A S 253 Company L a w 3 L G A S 255 Real Property 3 LGAS 155 L G A S 256 Family L a w 3 Conveyancing Procedures L G A S 264/265 Insurance I & II L G A S 268 Criminal L a w L G A S 271 Administrative L a w (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) 3/3 Introduce students to basic conveyancing procedures i n 3 3 B . C . , including the role o f the conveyancing assistant, the structure o f a real estate sale, the system o f registration i n B . C . , and basic procedures when acting for a purchaser Transfer Credits and/or vendor. Transfer credits w i l l not automatically be given for courses taken at other institutions. Students w i l l be required to demonstrate current knowledge before course exemption w i l l be granted. Requests for transfer credit must be submitted on the "Request for Transfer Credit" form and submitted to the Office o f the Registrar. LGAS 156 (1.5) This course is an introduction to the l a w o f evidence including relevancy, materiality, admissibility, opinion evidence, etc. LGAS 157 Course Descriptions (2,0,0) (S) Introduction to Evidence (3) (4,0,0) (S) Wills and Probate Procedures Please see program content to determine w h i c h courses apply to the program i n w h i c h y o u are interested. A n examination o f the W i l l s A c t , the Estate A d m i n i s t r a tion A c t , and W i l l s Variation A c t . Students w i l l prepare LGAS 150 (3) Introduction to the Study of Law (4,0,0) (F) the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters o f Administration. Students w i l l also learn h o w to deal with assets after Letters Probate or Administration Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The have been obtained. course w i l l cover the historical development o f legal institutions and the principles o f c o m m o n law and equity, the interpretation o f statutes, and an analysis o f the LGAS 162 (4,0,0) (F) (3) Litigation Procedures II system; its strengths and weaknesses. Prerequisite: L G A S 152 Transferable to S F U . This course is designed for legal assistants assisting i n a LGAS 151 (3) (4,0,0) (S) litigation practice. The rules o f court w i l l be studied i n Evidence detail from the beginning o f a process to trial. A n introduction to the law o f evidence. A l t h o u g h some LGAS 170 statutes w i l l be considered, emphasis w i l l be on case law (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,Su) Legal Research and current developments i n the law. Provides the student with the techniques and methodolTransferable to S F U . LGAS 152 ogy of legal research and w i l l include functions such as (3) (4,0,0) (F) Litigation Procedures I reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia, annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating decisions. Introduction to procedures i n the courts of B . C . The course w i l l cover basic procedures in pre-trial preparation LGAS 172 of documents, and the use o f precedents i n litigation. Legal Drafting I LGAS 153 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) Basic Corporate Procedures (3) (4,0,0) (F) Course work includes drafting o f agreements, statements of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study o f the rules o f statutory interpretation. Emphasis w i l l be A n examination o f the B . C . Company A c t and the placed on developing different writing styles, rather than C . B . C . A . and the various documents required to incorpo- obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas o f law. Career/Vocational - Legal Assistant 266 LGAS 174 (3) (4,0,0) (S) consultations. Students w i l l be assisted by the instructor Legal Drafting II in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibil- Prerequisite: L G A S 172 ity to obtain a practicum position. This practicum must be commenced within two years o f completing the Legal A continuation o f the w o r k begun in L G A S 172; students Assistant course requirements. w i l l draft more complex documentation. LGAS 252 LGAS 176 (3) (4,0,0) (F) (4,0,0) (F) (3) Torts I Legal Office Procedures A n introductory study o f torts. Principal topic to be Practical information about the organization of legal studied is the l a w o f negligence. offices. Instruction i n timekeeping, filing and communications systems, use o f data processing equipment in law LGAS 253 offices, ethical responsibility o f legal assistants and legal Company Law (4,0,0) (F) (3) terminology w i l l be covered. The l a w relating to business associations. A n examinaLGAS 179 (3) (4,0,0) (F) tion o f rights and duties o f officers, directors, and shareholders, as w e l l as an analysis o f provincial securi- Legal Interviewing ties practice. This course w i l l give an understanding of the role of the legal assistant and o f the process o f legal interviewing. LGAS 254 Students w i l l acquire skills i n conducting various types o f Torts II interviews. LGAS 180 (4,0,0) (S) (3) Prerequisite: L G A S 252 (3) (4,0,0) (F.S) This is a continuation of L G A S 252. Recovery o f pure economic loss, nuisance, liability o f statutory authorities, Contracts I The objective o f this course is to give the students a general understanding o f the fundamental principles of contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty, intention, consideration, and privity. intentional torts and other areas are studied. LGAS 255 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Real Property A review of the c o m m o n l a w relating to real property as LGAS 181 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Contracts II using the case analysis method. Prerequisite: L G A S 180 LGAS 256 This course is a continuation o f L G A S 180. Topics include misrepresentation, interpretation, mistake, duress, and remedies. LGAS 182 Creditors' Remedies (3) (4,0,0) (F) (3) gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments. The case method w i l l be used and students are expected to be familiar with the documentation used in the above process. (4,0,0) (S) Family Law L a w and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties o f spouses and parents; custody; access, guardianship, and adoption. LGAS 257 Discussion of the principles, practice and information LGAS 199 modified by legislation w i l l be studied i n this course (3) (4,0,0) (F,S,Su) Wills and Estates This course w i l l cover substantive l a w issues that arise i n a wills and estates practice. Important practice issues w i l l also be covered, as w e l l as a review o f applicable legislation. (3) (2,0,0) (F,S.Su) Career Practicum Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative G P A This includes the w o r k portion o f the Career Practicum which consists o f six months in a law firm. It also includes classroom seminars and instructor/student LGAS 262 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Litigation Procedures III Prerequisites: L G A S 152 and 162 This course covers divorce, F a m i l y Relations A c t , and small claims procedures. Career/Vocational - Legal Assistant 267 LGAS 264 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Insurance Law I A n overview o f Canadian Insurance l a w including structure o f the industry, insurable interest, valuation, subrogation, contribution and indemnity and duty to disclose. LGAS 265 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Insurance Law II Continuation o f L G A S 264 covering agents' duties and responsibilities; form and formation o f the insurance contract; cover, including exceptions to cover; the claims process; I . C . B . C . insurance issues. LGAS 268 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Criminal Law Substantive elements o f selected criminal offenses and consideration o f various defences. The effect o f the Charter of Rights on rights o f the accused w i l l be also studied. Transferable to S F U . LGAS 271 (3) (4,0,0) (F,S) Administrative Law The l a w relating to administrative tribunals in Canada. The rules o f natural justice and fairness w i l l be examined as w e l l as j u d i c i a l review o f decisions and administrative tribunals. Emphasis w i l l be o n provincial administrative tribunals and the effect o f the Charter i n this area. Career/Vocational - Legal Assistant 268 Media Resources C o n t a c t : 984-4940 of media technologies. In areas o f education, commercial and community media, there is an increasing readiness to Instructional Faculty J . V . B I Z Z O C C H I , B . A . (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.) (Michigan), V i d e o Production (Banff Centre) R. C A R V E R use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social interaction. Capilano College's M e d i a Resources Program prepares students for work and leadership in this growing media resources field. MORRIE E A M A N The core of the program is production training. Students M . F E A R O N , B . A . (Mount A l l i s o n ) , M . A . ( U B C ) are taught standards o f excellence and effectiveness in all G. M c A R T H U R , M . Ed. (UBC) forms o f educational production work. Basic technical P. K E L L I N G T O N , F i l m Studies ( U B C ) , A . A . S . M e d i a skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number o f Spec. Cert. (Capilano) B . R E I D , B . A . (Alta.), A d v a n c e d Theatre (Banff Centre) projects are completed by students during their training. In this way students are prepared for a wide range o f S. R O G E R S , B . A . (Ryerson) practical work possibilities, rather than simply a profi- M . T A Y L O R , D i p . M e d i a Resources (Capilano) ciency i n theory. K . W A T T , B . A . (Trent) The program teaches students more than the necessary J. W E S T E N D O R P , B . F . A . ( U B C ) technical skills. Students learn the critical process o f how Support Staff to work a production through from concept to completion. T h i s involves understanding learning theory and A n n e Gilbert, B . A . ( S F U ) Program Assistant instructional design as w e l l as understanding the particu- A l a n H o v d e n , Program Assistant lar advantages of each medium. Technical Staff A major s k i l l that the M e d i a Resources Program emphasizes is that o f working effectively i n groups. Students in B r y a n Christie Cam Willams this program w i l l have worked in a large number o f production groups in a variety o f production formats by the time they graduate. In recent years there has been an increasing awareness of the importance o f the media in communications, industry The program's instructional design reflects its practical and education. Consequently there is a growing market goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field for personnel with the appropriate training and attitude trips are used throughout the program. for work in these fields. The College's training facilities are well equipped. They include a photography studio and lab, an audio recording studio, a television studio, computer workstations and audiovisual production equipment that students can access through the Department's equipment check out facility. Career Opportunities In 25 years o f operation, the M e d i a Resources Program has graduated over 450 students. The majority o f these graduates are employed as producers, directors, editors, writers, camera and audio operators, production assistants and equipment managers in video, film, audio, photography, multi-image and multi-media production formats. They work for educational institutions and private companies as well as non-profit organizations. In addition, a number o f graduates have set up their own independent production companies. The M e d i a Resources Program consists o f four terms o f study. N e w students are admitted each September in a class of 28. Admission Requirements 1. 18 years of age. 2. Grade 12 graduation or equivalent. Applicants The Program with secondary school graduation are eligible for admission to the College and the program. F I L M , P H O T O G R A P H Y , V I D E O , A U D I O and C O M P U T E R S are vital components o f the media mix used in 3. It is highly recommended that applicants successfully all levels o f educational and instructional communication. complete M D I A 065 - M e d i a Studies, and a media production course (such as film making, photography, The M e d i a Resources Program is a two-year program training students for current and developing applications slide-tape, or video production) prior to applying to the program. ( N O T E : Everyone admitted to M e d i a Career/Vocational - Media Resources 269 SECOND TERM M e d i a Research and A n a l y s i s II 1.5 M D I A 150 Intro, to A n i m a t i o n 3 M D I A 172 V i d e o Technology I 1.5 M D I A 173 E d . M e d i a Applications: A u d i o 1.5 M D I A 182 A d v a n c e d A u d i o Production 3 5. A p p l i c a t i o n s for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted to M D I A 185 A d v a n c e d Photography 3 6 A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar, together with M D I A 186 Computers i n M e d i a Prod. 3 3 official transcripts o f all secondary and post-second- M D I A 190 Instructional Design 1.5 0 ary education. M D I A 200 Intermediate V i d e o I 3 6 M D I A 202 Intermediate V i d e o II 3 24 3 18 Resources must enrol in M D I A 065 during the first year o f the program (unless M D I A 065 has been M D I A 121 completed previously). 4. Attendance at an information meeting held from N o v e m b e r through A p r i l . 6. Applicants w i l l be contacted for an interview in the January through M a y period, and i f places are available, i n August. THIRD T E R M Digital V i d e o Post - Production M D I A 231 7. Interview are conducted until the class is filled. 8. A d m i s s i o n is based on general ability, noteworthy experience, previous work, education, interest in and commitment to the M e d i a Resources Program. Applicants selected for interviews w i l l be notified o f their admission status i n writing. 0 3 M D I A 250 Documentary Scriptwriting 1.5 M D I A 260 A / V and Multi-Image Production 3 3 M D I A 271 M D I A 272 Educational T . V . Systems 3 1.5 6 M D I A 294 Educational M e d i a V i d e o Technology II 1.5 Applications Special Fees and Expenses M D I A 300 Students may expect to pay approximately $6,000 for A d v a n c e d V i d e o Production tuition, fees, materials and textbooks during the two-year program. 6 3 19.5 12 FOURTH TERM Career Preparation for C M N S 156 Graduation Requirements M e d i a Resources Students 3 In order to graduate from the M e d i a Resources Program, M D I A 263 Production Resources 1.5 6 the student must successfully complete all the component M D I A 303 M e d i a Specialist in Education 1.5 6 and Training courses. M D I A 304 Educational M e d i a Applications: Computers Professional Standards M D I A 299 A l l M e d i a Resources students are required to adhere to Major Projects high standards o f academic performance and professional behaviour (as described in the booklet Media Resources TOTAL Department Guidelines). PART-TIME COURSES Program Content M D I A 065 M e d i a Studies 3 L5 0 10.5 12 73.5 60 Credits/LabHours 3 Credits / L a b Hours FIRST T E R M C M N S 130 Intro, to M e d i a Communications M D I A 100 Intro, to V i d e o Production 3 3 M D I A 111 M D I A 156 M e d i a Research and Analysis I Computers in M e d i a : Intro 1.5 3 0 MDIA 100 (3) Introduction to Video Production M D I A 181 Basic A u d i o Production 3 6 This course concentrates on the basic skills involved i n M D I A 183 Photographic Production 3 6 video production with an emphasis on camera techniques M D I A 195 Special Applications: Photography 3 19.5 0 15 and visual sequencing. Career/Vocational - Media Resources 270 Course Descriptions 3 (3,0,0) (F) MDIA 111 Media Research and Analysis I (1.5) (1.5,0,0)(F) MDIA 182 Advanced Audio Production (3) (3,0,0) (S) This course introduces the student to research methods The application o f production techniques in a variety of for educational and commercial media production and to situations, including multi-track recording and m i x i n g , a critical analysis o f the various media formats. documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and MDIA 121 department's sound production studio. video soundtracks and music recording, often using the (1.5) (1.5,0,0)(F) Media Research and Analysis II This course is a continuation o f the work begun in M D I A MDIA 183 111. Theory and Applications of Photographic Production (3) (3,6,0) (F) A n introduction to the photographic base relative to MDIA 150 (3) (3,0,0) (S) audiovisual production, including the camera and its Introduction to Animation controls, darkroom techniques, photosensitive materials A n introduction to the theory and application o f anima- and their control, and visual reproduction. tion techniques. W h i l e film is the primary medium in this course, computer animation concepts are also taught. MDIA 185 (3) (3,6,0) (S) Advanced Photography MDIA 156 (3) (3,0,0) (F) The application o f photographic techniques, with empha- Computers in Media: Introduction sis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as w e l l as Basic computer skills in word processing and introduc- editing, layout, presentation, and basic studio operation. tory training in graphics and desktop publishing applicaMDIA 186 Computers in Media Production tions as they relate to media production. MDIA 172 Video Technology I (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) A n introduction to video systems, including a history of video technology, components o f a complete video (3) (3,3,0) (S) A n introduction to the use o f computers i n pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media. system, and a comparison o f different formats. MDIA 173 (3) Educational Media Applications: Audio (3,0,0) (S) A n introduction to the fundamental principles o f sound generation and reproduction, and to the terminology, hardware, and systems related to audio components. Applications o f audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis o f product specifications are given special emphasis. MDIA 181 (3) (3,6,0) (F) MDIA 190 Instructional Design (1.5) (1.5,0,5) (F) A n introduction to the fundamentals o f instructional design as applied in the production o f educational media packages. Topics w i l l include systems theory, objectives, audience analysis, evaluation, curriculum, learning activities, and resources. MDIA 195 (3) Special Applications: Photography (3,0,0) (F) A n introduction to the areas o f darkroom maintenance, Basic Audio Production photographic chemistry, print finishing, small and A n introduction to basic production techniques; compo- medium format copy camera, and relevant copying nents include interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing, materials used in a variety of media applications. m i x i n g , and packaging. The course also covers the operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/mix MDIA 200 facilities. Intermediate Video I (3) (3,6,0) (S) This course is designed to build on the basics o f video recording and sequencing taught in M D I A 1 0 0 . Students w i l l focus on lighting, audio recording and editing for single camera productions. Workshops and exercises w i l l Career/Vocational - Media Resources 271 form a major part o f this course as w e l l as a final production w h i c h students w i l l produce in production groups. MDIA 202 (3,3,0) (S) (3) Intermediate Video II MDIA 272 Video Technology II (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) This course assumes the background in M D I A 172. It is an advanced technical course concerned with those technical aspects o f studio and field video production that In this course students w i l l learn the fundamentals o f are important to the video producer. developing, writing, and presenting material suitable for basic video documentary productions. MDIA 294 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) Educational Media Applications: A/V and Multi-Image MDIA 231 (3,0,0) (S) (3) Digital Video Post Production This course provides the student with a hands on introduction to digital image manipulation for commercial video production. The A v i d non linear editing system w i l l be the main vehicle for teaching digital editing and effects. MDIA 250 Documentary Scriptwriting (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) A n overview of the production planning process with an Production This course considers the design, planning, costing, utilization and evaluation o f audio-visual and multiimage production. G i v e n in conjunction with M D I A 260. MDIA 299 Major Projects (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) Students w i l l work i n production groups to produce programs for outside clients. Students are responsible for all aspects of these productions from contact to completion. emphasis on the roles o f scripts, concepts, treatments and storyboards in documentary production. MDIA 260 MDIA 300 Advanced Video Production (3) (3,3,0) (F) A/V and Multi-Image Production (6) (6,3,0) (F) This advanced production course develops students' basic production skills (taught in M D I A 100, 200 & 202) to a A n introduction to the production o f instructional slide/ level suitable to produce for cablecast, broadcast and tape programs. Includes operation o f slide/tape equip- instructional and corporate settings. ment, production o f transparencies, sound track and design considerations, and the integration o f sound and MDIA 303 visuals. The Media Specialist in Education and Training MDIA 263 (1.5) (1.5,6,0) (S) Production Resources (1.5) (1.5,6,0) (S) A course concerned with the uses o f media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and self-awareness. A field practicum course exploring the The comparative study o f media technical systems and relationship of the media specialist to education in their operation; evaluation o f various resources available general and the role o f the media generalist in educational in the L o w e r M a i n l a n d ; design and/or modification of and instructional communication. systems for media production and delivery; and interface of different types o f systems. MDIA 271 MDIA 304 (3) (3,0,0) (S) Educational Media Applications: Computers (3) (3,6,0) (F) Educational Television Systems This course assumes background in basic portable video tape equipment and operations covered in M D I A 171 and is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively use multi-camera studio setups for the production o f educational programs. These programs are o f a quality suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the Knowledge Network. Career/Vocational - Media Resources 272 A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction. Optional Courses The Department w i l l offer a limited number o f courses that are open to college students and community members who are not enrolled in the full-time program. These courses may be credit or non-credit courses. The noncredit courses are skills upgrading courses i n film/ television that are given through the College's Extension D i v i s i o n . Please see the Extension Programs brochure for details. Media 0 6 5 (3) (3,0,0) (F) M e d i a Studies A n introductory analysis and historical overview o f media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts, production techniques, and theoretical foundations. See discussion on M e d i a Resources admission requirements. Career/Vocational - Media Resources 273 Music Therapy Contact: 984-4951 Instructional Faculty P. A V E R Y , B A . ( Y o r k ) , M . E d . (Toronto), Registered Psychologist J. B E C K O W , B . M u s . ( U C L A ) , D i p . M . T . , M T A Career Opportunities Graduates o f the program work with a l l age groups, w i t h a wide range o f physiological, cognitive and emotional disorders, in a variety o f clinical settings or i n private practice. They are trained to work as part o f a health care team. J. B R O D E U R , B . M u s . (Vincent d'Indy) M . A . , P h . D . (P.U.) M T A K . B U R K E , B . A . (Antioch), D i p . M . T . (Capilano), M T A K. C A R W A N A , B.S.R. ( U B C ) R. G U R R M . H O W A R D , B.M.T. (BCOU), M T A C . K E N N Y , B . A . (Loyola), M . A . ( U B C ) , P h . D . (Fielding Institute), M T A , C M T , Program Cooordinator N . M C M A S T E R , B . A . ( U B C ) , D i p . M . T . (Nordoff & The Program The M u s i c Therapy Program at Capilano offers the 3rd and 4th years leading to the Bachelor o f M u s i c Therapy granted by the British C o l u m b i a Open University. T h i s degree program is designed so that students may enter third year with a variety o f backgrounds: music, general arts, education, or nursing etc. A l l four years may be completed at Capilano College. Robbins), M T A E. M O F F I T T , B.Mus. (McGill) M . A . (CPU), Dip. Music This program provides students with the opportunity to Therapy (Capilano), M T A External Coordinator gain knowledge and develop competencies i n such areas J. R A B I N O V I T C H , B . Fine A r t s (Concordia), D i p . M u s i c Therapy (Capilano) as music therapy and practice; clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music M . R A W S T H O R N E , M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. of many eras and cultures; interpersonal skills and group J. W A T E R S , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) , P h . D . ( S F U ) dynamics; basic research, and documentation. S. W I L L I A M S , B . M u s . (Toronto) M . C . A . T . The program blends academic and experiential course (Hahnemann) M T A , C M T work. Students deepen their experience o f music, creative expression and the role o f the arts. They are MUSIC THERAPY PROGRAM encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness i n C o n t a c t P e r s o n : C a r o l y n K e n n y , Program Coordinator, the field. They have field work i n a different setting for F i r B l d g , R o o m 118, Phone: (604) 984-4951. each o f the four terms, i n w h i c h they are given increasing responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY - BRITISH COLUMBIA OPEN UNIVERSITY Graduates o f the Capilano C o l l e g e M u s i c Therapy program receive a Bachelor o f M u s i c Therapy from the own treatment programs, under clinical supervision. This course work fulfills the educational requirements for professional accreditation by the Canadian Association for M u s i c Therapy. British C o l u m b i a Open University o f the Open Learning A supervised internship is also required before gradua- Agency. tion, to fulfill the accreditation requirement for clinical M u s i c therapists use the creative process inherent in musical participation to assist individuals and groups to improve their mental, physical and emotional functioning. M u s i c therapists work with deep emotions in special therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs, lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. M u s i c therapy is increasingly identified by health care professionals as an effective catalyst for client motivation, stimulation and communication. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 274 work. Continuance in the M u s i c Therapy program w i l l be contingent upon an adequate level o f personal, academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each semester by the M u s i c Therapy faculty. M u s i c therapy is a helping profession i n w h i c h M u s i c Therapists work with clients who are in a state o f disability. In the therapist/client relationship, there is an assumption that the therapist is in a well enough state o f health and well-being to mediate client difficulties with an appropriate clinical approach. In other words, the therapist must function in clinically suitable ways, be emotionally stable and able to respond generally vis-a-vis the client's needs. The therapist is the helper. The role o f the M u s i c Therapy Program, in addition to student education, is to safeguard the standards of practice o f the professional music therapy c o m munity through monitoring student readiness to work with members o f the community-at-large who are at risk because o f disability, disease, cultural and social deprivation, and otherwise disadvantaged. Graduation Requirements T o obtain the Bachelor o f M u s i c Therapy degree candidates must fulfill the admission requirements to third year, complete the 71.5 credits in the courses outlined below as well as the post basic requirements o f the ninecredit internship. Safety o f clients is essential. Admission Requirements to the Third Year Program Content Credits FIRST T E R M M . T . 320 Improvisation I 1.5 M . T . 330 Basic C l i n i c a l S k i l l s 3.0 M . T . 350 The Influence of M u s i c 3.0 M . T . 360 M u s i c Therapy I 3.0 M . T . 364 Disabling Conditions of A d u l t h o o d 3.0 M . T . 380 Interpersonal Skills for M . T . 1.5 A l l students entering the t h i r d year of the M u s i c Therapy P M I . 300 Concentration Instrument 2.0 Program must: PMI. Secondary Instrument LQ 18.0 N . B . F o r admission requirements to the first year, consult the entrance requirements to the M u s i c Department. A n interview w i l l also be required with the M u s i c Therapy faculty, however acceptance to the first year does not guarantee acceptance to the third year. 1. C o m p l y w i t h the general college entrance requirements (see A d m i s s i o n and Readmission section o f this SECOND TERM M i d i Synthesizer Technology 1.5 M . T . 361 M u s i c Therapy II 3.0 M . T . 370 Disabling Conditions o f C h i l d h o o d 3.0 M . T . 391 Practicum I 6.0 P M I . 200 Concentration Instrument 2.0 PMI. Secondary Instrument 1.0 P S Y C 222 Abnormal Psychology 3^0 calendar) and submit an A p p l i c a t i o n for A d m i s s i o n to M . T . 340 A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar, together with official copies o f all secondary and post-secondary education (if not already on file with the college). 2. Participate in an interview with members o f the M u s i c Therapy faculty. Interviews are held in M a y . 3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument, demonstrating technique, repertoire, and musical sensitivity in two contrasting pieces at an advanced level o f proficiency. 4. Have completed one full year at the university level o f M u s i c Theory, Ear Training and Sight singing. 5. H a v e successfully completed at least two years at the university level, including at least six credits o f E n g l i s h , six credits o f M u s i c History, twelve credits o f psychology *, (including Introductory Psychology, 19.5 THIRD T E R M M . T . 420 Improvisation II - Guitar M . T . 450 The Influence of M u s i c II 1.0 1.5 M . T . 460 M u s i c Therapy III 3.0 M . T . 490 Practicum III 6.0 P M I . 300 PMI. Concentration Instrument Secondary Instrument 2.0 1.0 P S Y C 201 Group Dynamics 10 Developmental Psychology and Psychology of A g i n g ) , three credits o f Human B i o l o g y , three credits of Orff and K o d a l y Methodology. 17.5 FOURTH 6. Have completed nine elective credits. M . T . 451 M . T . 461 7. Have some experience with people with special needs. M . T . 462 8. B e able to demonstrate a high level o f maturity, M . T . 480 integrity, a clinical suitability and readiness to train as a therapist. 9. Have basic guitar and keyboard skills at the level o f TERM M u s i c & the Creative Arts M u s i c Therapy I V Principles o f Research Improvisation III 1.5 3.0 3.0 M . T . 491 Practicum I V 6.0 P M I . 400 Concentration Instrument 2.0 PMI. Secondary Instrument LQ 18.0 1.5 University Class Piano. 10. Have word processing skills. * A b n o r m a l Psychology is offered within the M u s i c Total 73.0 Therapy Program. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 275 Post B a s i c Program Requirements M . T . 510 MUS. 113 (1.5) Ear Training and Sight Singing II Internship (compulsory upon completion o f all above courses) 9.0 Some Music Therapy Practicum Placements (3,0,0) (S) A continuation o f M U S . 112. MUS. 114 Class Piano (D (2,2,0) (F) CHILDREN This course is designed for students who w i s h to learn North V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l B o a r d basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposi- Children's Hospital tion and harmonization are the skills developed during U B C B o b B e r w i c k Preschool this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical PSYCHIATRY concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic R i v e r v i e w Hospital triads and sevenths o f the major key, all major, minor and Westside C o m m u n i t y Care T e a m modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. GERIATRICS Students practice on the department's pianos. U B C Extended Care Y a l e t o w n House MUS. 115 Class Piano PALLIATIVE CARE Lion's Gate Hospital (D (2,2,0) (S) A continuation o f M U S . 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. St. Paul's Hospital C O M M U N I T Y SETTING C l u b Metro MUS. 120 History I Burnaby Parks and Recreation Course Descriptions MUS. 100 Theory I (4,0.0) (F) A study o f music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related concepts o f form w i l l be explored. The student w i l l learn control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she (3) * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. MUS. 121 History || (3) (3,0,*) (S) A study o f music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. w i l l be familiarized with figured bass. Prerequisite: (3,0,*) (F) A survey of musical history from the time o f ancient Greece to the present. (3) MUS. 101 Theory II - Harmony (3) (4,0,0) (S) M U S . 100 or equivalent. A continuation o f M U S . 100 w i t h the introduction o f tonicization, modulation, diatonic sequence, and melodic and rhythmic figuration. MUS. 220 History III (3) (3,0,*) (F) This course is designed as a complementary study both for M u s i c and General Arts students. The music from C a v a l l i to Mozart w i l l be examined emphasizing aural recognition o f the evolution o f musical style. * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. MUS. 112 Ear Training and Sight Singing I (1.5) (3,0,0) (F) Study o f the aural recognition o f intervals and chords. The student w i l l learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms MUS. 221 History IV (3) (3,0,*) (S) A course designed as a complementary study both for appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies using M u s i c and General Arts students. This course w i l l Solfege harmonic dictation. examine music from Beethoven to the present day. T h e emphasis w i l l be on aural recognition o f the evolution of musical style and its relationship to its historical context. * Some concert attendance w i l l be required. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 276 MUS. 360 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) M.T. 360 (3) Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly Music Therapy I (4,0,0) (F) Methodology This course presents the development o f music as This w i l l provide a knowledge o f K o d a l y methodology therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the and the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a potential o f music as a therapeutic medium. classroom. MUS. 361 (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (S) M.T. 361 Music Therapy II (3) (4,0,0) (S) Method Studies in Music Education: Orff Methodology This course presents three music therapy styles with a This w i l l provide a knowledge o f O r f f methodology and focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Included are the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a Developmental M u s i c Therapy, Nordoff/Robbins i m - classroom. provisational style, and the use o f M u s i c Therapy i n i n patient psychotherapy. PMI. (Various Numbers) (2) (1,0,0) (F,S) M.T. 364 Concentration Private Music Instruction A course designed to permit the student to pursue i n - (3) (3,0,0) (F) Disabling Conditions of Adulthood depth study o f his/her o w n music specialty. The course A n introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal and consists o f a series o f one-hour lessons. abnormal, and practical elements o f standard treatment. PMI. (Various Numbers) (1) (.5,0,0) (F,S) M.T. 370 (3) (4,0,0) (S) Secondary Private Music Instruction Disabling Conditions of Childhood This course consists o f a series o f half-hour lessons on A basic introduction to abnormal child development and the student's secondary instrument. some major intervention approaches. Note: T o enrol in any P M I courses students must get permission from the coordinator o f their M u s i c Program. (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) (1.5,0,0) (F) awareness o f ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce new alternatives. Improvisation I A n experiential study o f free and structured improvisa- M.T. 391 tion forms for groups and solo work. Practicum II M.T. 330 (1.5) Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists Communication and observation exercises to increase Music Therapy Courses M.T. 320 M.T. 380 (3) (3,0,3) (F) Basic Clinical Skills (6) (2,0,6) (S) F i e l d work, in which students design, lead and document music therapy sessions, i n consultation with staff supervision. A n introduction to the basic concepts of observation, assessment and goal setting, including six weeks o f introductory field work and in-class observations. M.T. 340 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) W e e k l y seminars examine practicum issues. M.T. 420 (1.0) (1.5,0,0) (F) Improvisation II - Guitar Midi Synthesis Technology Group leading using guitar improvisation, plus exploring A n introduction to the use o f m i d i technology for the current popular styles and idioms. therapeutic setting. M.T. 350 M.T. 450 (3) (3,0,0) (F) (1.5) (2,0,0) (F) The Influence of Music II The Influence of Music A continuation of lecture and experiential exposure to the A study o f the physical and psychological impact of influence o f music in conjunction with the expressive music, and its components for music therapy. A study o f arts. healing and music i n various cultures. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 277 M.T. 451 Music and the Creative Arts (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) A n experiential exposure to leading creative arts activities w h i c h can be used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts, poetry. M.T. 460 Music Therapy III (3) (4,0,0) (F) A continuation o f the presentation o f music therapy styles, for psychiatry, palliative care, music education and in healing, including the work of Helen Bonny and M a r y Priestley. Assessment and treatment planning w i l l be covered in depth. M.T. 461 Music Therapy IV (3) (3,0,0) (S) This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills, and awareness. Students learn j o b hunting skills, and practise leading workshops. M.T. 462 Principles of Research (3) (3,0,0) (S) A n introduction to elementary research designs and basic statistical procedures. M.T. 480 Improvisation III (1.5) (1,0,0) (S) (6) (2,0,6) (F) A continuation o f Improvisation II. M.T. 490 Practicum III F i e l d work and weekly seminars. (Refer to M . T . M.T. 491 Practicum IV (6) 391.) (2,0,6) (S) F i e l d work and weekly seminars. (Refer to M . T . 391.). Post Basic Program Course Descriptions M.T. 510 Internship (9) 1,000 hours o f clinical field work, including monthly seminars. Career/Vocational - Music Therapy 278 Outdoor Recreation Management The College offers two programs: a two year diploma i n Outdoor Recreation Management and a part-time certificate program in Wilderness Leadership. A new T o u r i s m Management degree program is planned for commencement i n September 1996. The degree w i l l be offered by the Open University o f British C o l u m b i a in consortium with Capilano College. The Outdoor Recreation Management d i p l o m a program w i l l provide two years o f credit towards the degree. Students may apply for up to an additional year's credit from other post- OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT TWO YEAR OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA B . C . ' s "super natural" environment is ideal for outdoor recreation, and with the growing tourism business and increase in leisure time for most people, the demand for qualified, well-trained managers i n the field o f recreation management is expanding rapidly. secondary academic institutions. Contact the department Nestled on the forested slope o f the N o r t h Shore moun- for more information. tains, close to Whitewater rivers, wilderness lakes, ocean shoreline, and mountain back country, the C o l l e g e is C o n t a c t : Judith W e i s s , D i v i s i o n a l Assistant; or the ideally suited for the challenging two-year program. coordinators listed * below, phone 984-4960. The Outdoor Recreation Department is relaxed and Instructional Faculty informal; however, we set and maintain high academic and wilderness leadership performance standards. * D . B A S H A M , D . M . A . T . P . Coordinator Students w i l l appreciate the individual attention College * C . B O N I F A C E , Convenor Outdoor Recreation, B . S c , faculty are able to provide. P . G . C . E . (Birmingham), M . S c . ( S F U ) *T. B R A A K S M A , Coordinator, Wilderness Leadership Career Opportunities Cert. (Cap. C o l . ) , C A N S I L e v e l II Inst., Master Inst. C R C A & R C A B C , C S A T o u r Leader C . F I S H E R , D i p . Outdoor Rec. M g m t . (Cap. C o l . ) , C P R Instructor, R e d Cross W F A & Standard First A i d The well-established Outdoor Recreation Management program provides excellent training for a wide range o f careers in federal and provincial parks, resorts, social Instructor, O F A L e v e l s 1,2,3 Instructor, C I S S R service agencies, adventure tourism, and environmental Wilderness Emergency Response Instructor education. Careful practicum placements and an increas- S. F I S H E R , D i p . Outdoor Rec. M g m t . (Cap. C o l . ) , C P R Instructor, Canadian Institute o f Safety, Search & ing variety o f career opportunities ensure that graduates readily find employment in the field. Rescue E m e r g . Response Instructor, O F A Levels 1,2,3 Instructor D . F R E E Z E , D i p . Outdoor R e c . M g m t . (Cap. C o l . ) , R C A B C & W K A B C Instructor J. H A T C H A R D , D i p . Outdoor Rec. M g m t . , Wilderness The Program The curriculum includes several trips into B . C . ' s wilderness areas, including backpacking experiences in the Coast Mountains, canoeing on coastal waterways, N o r d i c Leadership Cert. (Capilano), C A N S I L e v e l II Inst., skiing in the Cariboo, and West Coast environmental and Master Inst. C R C A & B C R C A , C S A T o u r Leader cultural studies. C . K I L I A N , B . A . (Columbia), M . A . ( S F U ) D . L O B L A W , B . A . ( U . o f Toronto) R . M c B L A N E , B . E d . , M . E d . ( U . o f Alberta) J. R O U S E , S . M . A . T . P . , B . S c . ( M t . A l l i s o n U . ) , T o u r i s m M g m t . (Cert. C a p . C o l . ) D . S T E V E N S , D i p . Outdoor Rec. M g m t . , Wilderness Our program has earned an excellent reputation for its top-quality management and technical skills, wilderness leadership training, and employment contacts. O v e r the past two decades, we have expanded our network o f practicum placements, keeping us in touch with the latest developments and providing access to career prospects. Leadership Cert. (Cap), St. John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., C A N S I , C S A T o u r Leaders Cert., R C A B C Master Instructor * B . W H I T E , D . M . A . T . P . , B . A . , M . A . ( S F U ) , Coordinator Admission Requirements Orientation meetings and interviews are scheduled in the spring. Phone the department for dates and times. In order to be considered, applicants must be at least 19 years of age at the date of entry into the program, should have good reading and writing skills, have previous relevant outdoor experience, and must be physically and Career/Vocational - Outdoor Recreation 279 psychologically prepared for the challenges o f the SECOND TERM program and the demands o f the industry. Students applying for admission should be aware that attitude, field performance and participation are taken into account in the departmental evaluation process. Note: Prior to admission, a doctor's certificate o f health w i l l be required. A l l students need to be well equipped with outdoor gear and must be prepared to pay additional costs for field trips. C M N S 154 Communications i n Recreation 3.0 R E C . 142 3.0 Skills Development R E C . 144 Outdoor Rec. Program Planning 3.0 R E C . 151 The Outdoor Environment 3.0 2.0 R E C . 153 Leisure Issues 3.0 R E C . 164 N o r d i c Leadership I 3.0 B M K T 162 S m a l l B u s . M g m t . I 1.5 T O U R 110 T o u r i s m : A n Industry Perspective L 5 0 21.0 2.0 Admission Procedure T h e A p p l i c a t i o n for A d m i s s i o n must be submitted to A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. It is recommended that y o u apply for admission to the College prior to completing the following procedures for acceptance to the program: • Attend an orientation meeting i n the Spring (Jan./Feb.) • Sign up for and attend an interview Note: R E C 162 Canoe Leadership I is offered as an option at the end o f the second term. THIRD T E R M R E C . 178 R E C . 233 R E C . 242 Human Relations in Recreation Cross Cultural Issues Outdoor Rec. Resource M g m t . & Nature Interpretation T O U R 120 Adventure & E c o - T o u r i s m B M K T 163 S m a l l B u s . M g m t . II Please bring the following documentation to your interview: FOURTH TERM • A t least two letters o f reference R E C . 255 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3D _ 13.5 Outdoor Recreation Practicum • H i g h school or post secondary education transcripts • A resume o f past experiences 3.0 9J) 9.0 Course Descriptions Graduation requirements • Students must successfully complete all courses in the program in order to graduate. • Students are expected to maintain a m i n i m u m 2.00 ("C") C G P A (Cumulative Grade Point Average). Students falling below this G P A w i l l be placed on To develop basic competency in a variety o f outdoor skills including ocean navigation, canoeing, kayaking, knowledge o f industry associated organizations including and S K E G Alliance, G V R D / C D N V Parks. Program Content Credits/Lab hours Major Program Requirements 58.5 12 General Education Requirements £0 0 REC. 143 (3) Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems (3,3) (F) The structure o f delivery systems i n B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a including non-profit/non-governmental organizations. 64.5 12 This course includes a basic introduction to the computer. 3.0 REC. 144 (3) Outdoor Recreation Program Planning Outdoor Rec. Delivery Systems 3.0 Intro, to Outdoor Recreation 3.0 3.0 R E C . 157 R E C . 163 Intro, to Environmental Studies Overland Travel Skills Wilderness First A i d I R E C . 169 Landscape Interpretation R E C . 156 (3,0) (S) Search and Rescue ( S A R ) , R C A of B . C . , C R C A , T A S K program, depending on the circumstances. R E C . 143 R E C . 152 (3) search and rescue, and trail construction. T o gain academic probation or may be asked to leave the FIRST T E R M C M N S 120 Effective W r i t i n g & Speech REC. 142 Skills Development 3.0 Topics w i l l include: demands on the recreational pro2.0 3.0 3.0 grammer, designing and implementing products and services based on consumer desires, embracing the 10 10 21.0 7.0 Career/Vocational - Outdoor Recreation (3,0) (S) changing market place, creating program impact and satisfying customer needs. REC. 151 (3) (3,2) (S) REC. 169 (3) (3,2) (F) The Outdoor Recreation Environment Landscape Interpretation Weather and climate and the impact o f weather on Interpretation o f mountain environments, local geology outdoor recreation activities. M o u n t a i n weather and and landforms. The course w i l l include field work. personal forecasting w i l l be examined using field work. REC. 178 REC. 152 (3) (3,0) (F) (3) (3,0) (F) Human Relations in Recreation Introduction to Outdoor Recreation This course focuses on leadership, motivation, c o m m u n i - A n overview o f the development of outdoor recreation. cations and group dynamics. It also deals with human Nature and scope o f outdoor recreation in relation to resource development including employee recruitment, modern leisure, nature o f supply and demand, demand selection, training and development, and performance analysis as a planning tool, outdoor recreation resource appraisal. perception, psychological nature o f outdoor recreation, (1.5) (1.5,0,0) (F) experience and behaviour, carrying capacities o f REC.233 wildlands, land use conflict, multiple use policies, Cross Cultural Issues inventory techniques, land use zoning. This course deals with the cultural aspects o f providing/ delivering outdoor recreation activities to both interna- REC.153 (3) (3,0) (S) tional clients coming to Canada and Canadian clients Leisure Issues going off-shore. A component which deals specifically W o r k and leisure in the human life cycle, adolescence, with First Nations cultures is also included. aging, special needs and leisure, cultural variations in In addition to acquiring practical knowledge about leisure, leisure-related social problems, lifestyle-based culture in general, participants research and present variation i n work and leisure, factors i n lifestyle choice, information on a variety o f specific cultures, with the link consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological between cultural knowledge/skills and the success o f perspectives on present and future trends. Outdoor Recreation activities being stressed. REC. 156 (3) (3,2) (F) REC. 242 (3) (3,3) (F) Introduction to Environmental Studies Outdoor Recreation Resource Management and Nature A n introduction to ecological principles and their applica- Interpretation tion to environmental issues. L o c a l ecosystems and their indicator species w i l l be examined through field work. A n examination o f recreation resource management concepts and issues, and the development o f nature interpretation skills. This course w i l l include a field trip. REC. 157 Overland Travel Skills (3) (3,0) (F) REC. 255 (9) (9,0,0) (5) Overland travel and outdoor living skills, navigation and Outdoor Recreation Practicum trip planning. The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory REC.164 Nordic Leadership I (3) (3,0) (S) This course is designed to give students comprehensive with working experience i n the field. Students w i l l arrange with the faculty liaison person to spend three and one-half months i n an acceptable agency placement and w i l l be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. winter environments on cross-country skis. The course Students w i l l be provided with terms o f reference for the includes a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on practicum experience. Student work performance and outdoor activity. Lecture topics include: equipment, potential w i l l be evaluated by the faculty liaison person waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche awareness, nutrition, and agency supervisor, and students w i l l make a major and safety. S k i l l levels w i l l reflect C A N S I and C S A presentation to the department at the conclusion o f the standards. practicum. Career/Vocational - Outdoor Recreation 281 T 0 U R 1 1 ° (1-5.0) (S) Tourism: An Industry Perspective A n introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the economy, including the scale, impact and major sectors WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP PROGRAM PART-TIME CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Program o f the tourism industry, tourism products i n B . C . , development potential, language and terminology used in the industry and tourism industry structure and organization. Students w i l l learn key legal issues i n the industry, and w i l l identify educational and professional career path opportunities in various industry sectors in the province. TOUR 120 Adventure and Eco-Tourism (3) (3,0) (S) Adventure tourism products w i l l be examined; economic impact o f the industry, selling and adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, organization and structure o f the industry, government's role i n area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas, eco-tourism issues, land use planning, and product opportunities. This is a part-time program for the adventurous! Students w i l l learn the skills necessary to become accomplished leaders in the outdoors. Canoeing and N o r d i c skiing are the major activities, and safe leadership is the emphasis. Emergency management, first aid, and wilderness contingency planning are stressed. A l s o , ethical behaviour in natural environments and the responsibility to pass these attitudes on to others is accentuated. Students learn through practical experience and are trained to certifiable skill levels. A l l Wilderness Leadership courses provide up-to-date information on technique, equipment technology and job opportunities. E m p l o y e r awareness of what our graduates have to offer and the demand for trained, skilled professionals i n self-propelled outdoor activities continues to grow. (1.5,0) (S) The Wilderness Leadership Program provides two levels o f recognition: a Skills Acquisition Certificate and a Wilderness Leadership Certificate. A n introduction to marketing and market research. These foundation topics w i l l provide a base upon which students w i l l develop knowledge and skills related to operating a business of their o w n . L e v e l One, the Capilano College Skills A c q u i s i t i o n Certificate, is designed to provide the student with comprehensive activity skills and theoretical knowledge to be self-sufficient in the field. BMKT 163 Small Business Management II combines intermediate skills with leadership training. BMKT 162 Small Business Management I (1.5) L e v e l T w o , the Wilderness Leadership Certificate, (3) (3,0) (F) This course w i l l allow the student to develop a business plan utilizing workshops in specific areas of sound business planning. U p o n completion o f this course the student w i l l have a plan ready for submission to financial advisors. Admission Requirements Students must be 19 years o f age or older and meet the general college requirements. Admission Procedure Contact the Outdoor Recreation Department for applications and registration forms, 984-4960. N O T E : Applications for admission must be submitted to the Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and other pertinent documents. Graduation Requirements Students w i l l enrol i n each term, and must obtain a B grade in each course in order to continue in the program. Because outdoor leaders are responsible for people's lives a student receiving a C grade must repeat the course or show proficiency in that activity during the following term before continuing in the program. This must be arranged with the consent o f the Program Coordinator and the course instructor. Career/Vocational - Outdoor Recreation 282 U p o n completion o f Canoe I, students w i l l be given the Program Content opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from Canoeing Leadership BCRCA. I. S K I L L S A C Q U I S I T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E FIRST Y E A R Credits R E C . 162 Canoe Leadership I 3.0 R E C . 163 Wilderness First A i d I 3.0 REC.163 Wilderness First Aid I (3,0) (F,S) (3) Designed to meet the needs o f the Outdoor Recreation leader or professional whose work takes them into SECOND Y E A R R E C . 262 Canoe Leadership II isolated environments. Outdoor practical sessions play a 3.0 large part i n the delivery o f the course content w h i c h addresses: basic life support techniques, situation and II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E patient assessment, recognition and treatment o f injuries, FIRST Y E A R medical emergencies, and environmental emergencies. R E C . 162 Canoe Leadership I 3.0 U p o n completion o f W F A I, students w i l l be given the R E C . 165 Intro, to Wilderness Leadership 1.5 opportunity to gain Wilderness Emergency Response R E C . 163 Wilderness First A i d I 3.0 Certification from the Canadian Institute o f Safety, Search and Rescue. SECOND YEAR R E C . 262 Canoe Leadership II 3.0 R E C . 263 3.0 Wilderness First A i d II Nordic Skiing Leadership REC.164 Nordic Leadership I (3,0) (S) (3) This course is designed to give students comprehensive winter environments on cross-country skis. The course I. S K I L L S A C Q U I S I T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E includes a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on FIRST Y E A R outdoor activity. Lecture topics include: equipment, R E C . 163 Wilderness First A i d I 3.0 R E C . 164 N o r d i c Leadership I 3.0 and safety. S k i l l levels w i l l reflect C A N S I and C S A standards. SECOND YEAR R E C . 264 waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche awareness, nutrition, N o r d i c Leadership II 3.0 REC. 165 (3) Introduction to Wilderness Leadership II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E FIRST Y E A R (1.5,0) (S) This course w i l l address topics w h i c h relate to W i l d e r - R E C . 163 Wilderness First A i d I 3.0 ness Leadership in general, regardless o f the activity. R E C . 165 Intro, to Wilderness Leadership 1.5 Topics covered include navigation, woodsmanship, R E C . 164 Nordic Leadership I 3.0 clothing, equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and legal issues. SECOND YEAR R E C . 263 R E C . 264 3.0 Wilderness First A i d 11 Nordic Leadership II 3.0 Prerequisite: Course Descriptions REC.162 Canoe Leadership I REC. 262 Canoe Leadership II (3) (3,0) (F.Su) A comprehensive course in the skills, techniques and (3) (3,0,1) (Su) Canoe Leadership I This course w i l l build on the skills and knowledge acquired in Canoe Leadership I. Course content includes: canoe construction and repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal canoes, tandem and solo m o v i n g - knowledge o f paddling in open canoes. This course water skills, canoe poling, and extended tripping k n o w l - includes knowledge in proper handling of equipment, and edge. The course is designed to further develop paddling instruction in paddling skills in grades o f water up to and skills, personal experience, teaching ability, and leader- including grade two, rescue, portaging, river reading, ship techniques. Where applicable, the standards and canoe camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and instruction w i l l be from B C R C A and the Canadian canoeing skills w i l l be stressed throughout the course. Recreational Canoeing Association standards. Career/Vocational - Outdoor Recreation 283 REC. 263 Wilderness First Aid II (3) (3,0,1) (F) Prerequisite: Rec 163 within the past 3 years, grade o f B - or better. A specialized occupational course intended for the individual requiring a good understanding of pre-hospital care and the implications i n an isolated environment with limited equipment. Course content includes: search and rescue, injury prevention, anatomy and physiology, accident scene management, patient assessment and extended first aid care, oxygen therapy, multiple injury management, medical and environmental emergencies. Upon completion o f W F A II ( R E C 263), students w i l l be given the opportunity to gain A d v a n c e d Wilderness Emergency Response Certification from the Canadian Institute o f Safety, Search and Rescue. REC. 264 Nordic Leadership II (3) (3,0,1) (S) Prerequisite: N o r d i c S k i i n g Leadership I or equivalent This course is designed to expand on the experience awareness, knowledge, and activity skills initiated in Nordic S k i i n g Leadership I. Emphasis w i l l be placed on acquiring teaching techniques and progressions for skating, classic and telemark skiing for group crosscountry skiing and multi-day ski touring trips. T h i s course w i l l also deal with safe winter travel, winter survival shelters, and leadership techniques. Career/Vocational - Outdoor Recreation 284 Tourism Management Co-op A new T o u r i s m Management degree program is planned ence and a successful work background in tourism or a for commencement in September 1996. The degree w i l l related field. The program is also designed for people be offered by the Open University o f British C o l u m b i a in considering a career shift, since the accelerated co-op consortium with Capilano College. The Tourism M a n - model is cost-effective and requires m i n i m a l time out o f agement d i p l o m a program w i l l provide two years of the workforce. credit towards the degree. Students may apply for up to an additional year's credit from other post-secondary academic institutions. Contact the department for more Capilano College Tourism Management offers top quality faculty, a beautiful campus, and an exciting learning environment. information. If you are actively considering a career in tourism and Contact: Judith Weiss, D i v i s i o n a l Assistant; Jonathan think you have what it takes to be successful as a profes- Rouse or D o n Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4960 sional in the field, give us a c a l l ! Instructional Faculty Admission Requirements D . B A S H A M , Coordinator, D M A T P In order to be considered, applicants should be high B. C A M P B E L L , G N I school graduates, at least 19 years old with good reading G. F A N E , B . S c , M . B . A . , R.I.A. and writing skills, and some work experience. Previous W . I N G L I S , B . A . D i p . Marketing post-secondary education is a definite asset. Phone the R . M c B L A N E , B . E d . , M . E d . ( U . o f Alberta) Tourism Department for dates of the information meet- J. P E N D Y G R A S S E , B . S c , Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba), ings and follow-up interviews. Tour. M g m t . Cert. (Capilano), D M A T P J. R O U S E , B . S c ( M t . A . ) , Tour. M g m t . Cert., (Capilano Admission Procedure College), S M A T P , Coordinator V . T I M M O N S , Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism Administration ( B . C . I . T . ) , B . A . S. S T A N G E R , B P E ( U B C ) , D i p . Human Resources (BCIT) B. W H I T E , B . A . , M . A . (SFU), D M A T P Applications for admission must be submitted to A d m i s sions, Office o f the Registrar, together with official transcripts and any other pertinent documents. Please bring the following documentation to your interview: • A t least two letters o f reference • Secondary school and/or post-secondary education TOURISM MANAGEMENT CO-OP DIPLOMA PROGRAM Capilano College's accelerated Tourism Management C o op program is on the leading edge of tourism education in B . C . Our mission is to train students in the management skills necessary for the successful operation o f travel generators, including resorts, adventure tourism, attractions, conferences, and special events. Marketing, research and entrepreneurial skills in tourism business are also emphasized. Recognition o f our curriculum by the Pacific R i m Institute of Tourism provides access to industry certification. Intensive technical skills courses, contact with the industry, and a four and a half month supervised co-op transcripts • A resume o f past experiences Program Content Term 1 (January to April) T O U R 100 T O U R 111 T O U R 112 T O U R 114 T O U R 118 T O U R 120 T O U R 129 Credits Tourism C o - o p Preparation 1.5 Tourism: A n Industry Perspective 3.0 T o u r i s m Marketing 3.0 Organizational Behaviour in T o u r i s m 3.0 Special Events as T o u r i s m Generators3.0 Adventure and E c o - T o u r i s m 3.0 Computer Applications in T o u r i s m I 3.0 T O T A L 19.5 Term 2 (May to September) T O U R 130 Co-op Work Term work term encourages a professional attitude to the T O T A L 10.5 industry. The program's pragmatic business approach combined with creative teaching promises a rewarding Term 3 (September to December) educational investment for students. T O U R 116 Financial Planning in T o u r i s m I 3.0 T O U R 123 Tourism Advertising 3.0 T O U R 127 Tourism Resource and C o m m u n i t y The program should appeal to dynamic, outgoing individuals with previous post-secondary education experi- Planning 3.0 CareerlVocational - Tourism 285 T O U R 131 T o u r i s m Product Development T O U R 139 Computer Applications in Tourism II 3 i } 3.0 T O T A L 15.0 Term 4 (January to March) T O U R 113 H u m a n Resource Management in T O U R 125 Financial Planning i n Tourism II 3.0 T O U R 231 T o u r i s m Research and Consultancy 3.0 T O U R 232 International T o u r i s m P o l i c y and Planning 3.0 T O U R 233 Cross Cultural Tourism 1Q T O T A L 15.0 P R O G R A M T O T A L 60.0 Course Descriptions (1.5) (1.5..5) (S) Tourism Co-op Preparation This course w i l l include a general overview o f the co-op work experience. The specific areas covered w i l l be goal setting, skills analysis, researching sectors and employers, j o b search techniques and preparation o f resume\ cover letter and thank you letter. Assistance w i l l be given i n j o b search by faculty. TOUR 111 (3.0) Tourism: An Industry Perspective (3.0,1) (S) A n introduction to the key concepts, language, and issues facing the tourism industry. Trends, market profiles and demographic factors, key industry sectors, tourism geography and key regional products in B . C . , tourism's role in community development, social impacts o f tourism, transportation, communication, and legal issues in tourism. (3.0) (3.0,1) (S) The objectives o f this course are to examine the existing tourism marketing system in Canada; to develop the student's understanding o f Canadian tourism marketing and the basics o f consumer marketing; and to enable the students to relate to current aspects of tourism business and h o w they affect Canadian tourism marketing. TOUR 113 (3.0) Human Resource Management in Tourism (3.0,1) (S) H u m a n resource issues, j o b analysis, recruitment, interviewing, orientation, training and development, performance management, legislation, and labourmanagement relations. Career/Vocational - Tourism 286 Individual behaviour, interpersonal communication skills, service management, conflict resolution, negotiation, and 3.0 TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing (3.0.1) (S) decision-making, group dynamics and team building, Tourism TOUR 100 TOUR 114 (3.0) Organizational Behaviour in Tourism giving performance feedback. TOUR 116 Financial Planning in Tourism I (3.0) (3.0,1) (F) Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning. TOUR 118 (3.0) Special Events as Tourism Generators (3.0,1) (S) This course w i l l cover all aspects o f event management and event marketing: choosing the right event, designing a business (event) plan, event/cause marketing, sponsor proposals, managing the pre-event, event day(s) management, and post event activities. Students w i l l design a new special event and prepare a business plan for that event. The course w i l l also include case studies from existing events. TOUR 120 Adventure and Eco-Tourism (3.0) (3.0,1) (S) Adventure tourism products w i l l be examined; economic impact o f the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, organization and structure o f the industry, government's role i n area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas, eco-tourism issues, land use planning, and product opportunities. TOUR 123 Tourism Advertising (3.0) (3.0,1) (F) This course is designed to give the student an understanding o f the major aspects o f Canadian tourism advertising. The course w i l l cover advertising planning, creative strategies and execution as w e l l as developing "real life" advertising campaigns. TOUR 125 Financial Planning in Tourism II (3.0) (3.0,1) (S) Designing a business plan, financial planning techniques, financial goal setting for tourism managers. TOUR 127 (3.0) (3.0,1) (F) Tourism Resource and Community Planning presentation graphics, and database management soft- A n overview o f tourism resource management issues and TOUR 231 (3.0) Tourism Research and Consultancy approaches, including heritage and cultural tourism ware. (3.0,1) (S) planning, tourism resource inventory and planning methods including G I S (Geographical Information System) techniques, community tourism planning, and The role and function of consultants in tourism w i l l be examined including the nature o f the consulting business, business ethics, politics o f consulting, business planning, sustainability issues i n tourism. staffing, marketing your services, consultant resumes, TOUR 129 (3.0) Computer Applications in Tourism I (3.0,1) (S) nature o f competition, types o f clients and client expectations. A n a l y z i n g and responding to requests for propos- A n introduction to basic concepts o f hardware, software, and applications o f microcomputers i n business. Students w i l l gain hands-on experience with word processing, als, researching R F P s and writing proposals. TOUR 232 (3.0) International Tourism Policy and Planning (3.0,1) (S) spreadsheet, and operating system software. A geographical overview o f the A s i a - P a c i f i c region TOUR 130 Tourism Co-op Work Term (10.5) (10.5,0) (Su) including demographics, physiography, environmental issues, tourism destinations and travel patterns. A review The co-op work term is designed to apply classroom theory and skills through work experience. Students w i l l spend four and one-half months in an acceptable industry placement and w i l l be responsible to a specific industry supervisor. The goal is to develop high calibre graduates who are better able to assume productive jobs. Summer work placements are sought by the students, with faculty co-op advisors assisting them to find placement. Stu- of politics i n tourism and Asia-Pacific region national tourism policies. Methodology and approach to tourism policy analysis, comparative tourism development case studies, regional tourism policy and planning. R o l e o f development agencies and tourism organizations. TOUR 233 Cross Cultural Tourism (3.0) (3.0,1) (S) dents apply for positions and are selected by the employ- A n overview of cross-cultural issues in tourism. The ees and the College. nature o f prejudice and racism is examined as are effective communication skills and behaviours in selected Students' work performance and potential w i l l be evaluated by the faculty and industry supervisor. U p o n cultures: gender relationships, business and social customs, body language, negotiation skills and others. completion o f the co-op work term, each student w i l l make a major presentation to the class and faculty at a department retreat. TOUR 131 Tourism Product Development (3.0) (3.0,1) (F) W i t h today's intense global competition for tourists combined with the subject and tangible nature of the tourism experience, operations and destinations are now compelled to analytically and methodically develop appropriate tourism products. This course w i l l examine how to effectively develop, package and position tourism products for success in the marketplace. TOUR 139 (3.0) Computer Applications in Tourism II (3.0,1) (F) This course is a continuation o f T O U R 129, providing further uses o f microcomputers in business. Students w i l l gain hands-on experience with graphical user interface, Career/Vocational - Tourism 287 288 Asia Pacific Management Co-op training to Canadians who are considering careers in ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT COOPERATIVE A s i a . It is a joint-venture in educational programming, PROGRAM bringing employers together with students and the C o n t a c t : Scott M a c l e o d , 984-4981, F a x 984-4992, College to form a unique blend o f experiential and e-mail: SMacLeod@claude.capcollege.bc.ca academic training. The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with P A C I F I C Instructional Faculty R I M C O U N T R I E S and our potential to extend our network through trade, business, applied technology and N i g e l A M O N , B A . (Hons.) (Kent), M A . ( S F U ) development projects. Robert B A G S H A W , B . C o m m . ( U B C ) , M . A . (Colorado), C o o p Coordinator The Program A n d r e w B U T T , B . A . , L L . B . (South Africa), International Students who are interested in a career i n the A s i a Business Pacific region w i l l follow an integrated program of study. James C A S W E L L , B . A . , M . A . P h . D . ( U . o f M i c h i g a n ) , A r t History The Program offers an intensive curriculum designed to Graham F A N E , D i p . Tech. ( B C I T ) , B . S c . (City U . ) , serve the student in future international work. E a c h M.B.A., C.M.A. (UBC) student w i l l take the core courses in A s i a n Studies and Barbara H A N K I N , B . A . ( U . B . C ) , M . A . ( W A S H . ) , International Business Trade and Finance. In addition, Directed Studies students w i l l choose an A s i a n language such as Japanese, Francis K I E M , B . B . A . , P h . D . E d . (Jakarta), Indonesian Chinese (Mandarin), Indonesian, Vietnamese or Thai. Language After nine months o f study, eligible students w i l l c o m - H a i L E , B . A . ( S F U ) , Vietnamese Language plete a work placement. T h i s co-op work term w i l l Scott M a c L E O D , B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . ( U B C ) , E c o n o m i c usually be 12 months i n duration. Students w i l l be Geography evaluated by the College and the employer, and this w i l l L o u i s e M A Y , B . A . (Brock), M . A . , P h . D . ( U B C ) , A s i a become part o f the student's permanent record. Pacific Perspectives Terry M I L L S , C I T T ( S F U ) , B . G . S . ( U . of Toronto) Every effort w i l l be made to secure co-op placements for Dameria N A I N G G O L A N , B . A . (Jakarta), M . A . (East students. Jobs w i l l be sought in A s i a n countries and in international Canadian organizations. The work term w i l l Java), Indonesian Language finish with debriefing and re-entry sessions. B i l l i e N G , B . A . (Int'l Christian U n i v . T o k y o ) , M . A . (London), Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert. ( U B C ) , Chinese Language, Cross Cultural Issues N o r i k o O M A E , B . A . , M . A . , Teaching Cert., (Osaka U . o f Foreign Studies), Japanese Language Career targets of the current class include areas such as Finance, International Marketing, Trade, T o u r i s m , Communications, H u m a n Resources, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Urban L a n d Development, Government and Non-Government organizations. Jim P L A C Z E K , B.A.(Windsor), M . A . ( U B C ) , Ph.D ( U B C ) Thai Language Pontip P L A C Z E K , B . A . (Thammasat), Thai Language Charles P R I E S T E R , F C B A B . C o m m . ( H o n s . ) , M . A . ( U B C ) , International Finance Yanfeng Q U , B . A . (Shandong Teachers' U . ) , M . A . Inquiries for application/information packages should be directed to the A s i a Pacific Management Cooperative Program office, telephone 984-4981, F A X 984-4992. Admission Requirements (Beijing Foreign Studies U . ) , P h . D . ( U B C ) , Chinese Applications for the Program are invited from: Language a) Those who have completed a degree/degrees in Arts, Cameron S Y L V E S T E R , B . A . (Gonzaga), M . A . (NotreDame), Political Economy A n n e W A T S O N , B . A . ( U . of Calgary), M . B . A . ( A P I U , N e w Zealand), Marketing Karen Y I P , B . A . ( U B C ) , L L . B . ( U B C ) , Legal Systems General Information This D i p l o m a Program has been developed to offer Sciences or a professional area such as Business Administration, L a w , Engineering, Biotechnology, Forestry, or Computer Applications. OR b) Those who are currently employed and who are eligible for company sponsorship into the Program. Sponsorship may come from a wide range o f business and development organizations w h i c h have the Post-graduate Programs - Asia Pacific Management 291 common factor of wanting their employees trained for international work. * interacts with local social, political and environmental A d m i s s i o n m a x i m u m is 32 students per year. * Students are selected on the basis o f their academic record, relevant work and A s i a n experience, a written * matrices. The course w i l l be issue oriented. There w i l l be a m i x of theoretical background, actual case studies, and training in analytical skills. submission and an interview. Successful applicants w i l l have strong written, mathematical and interpersonal communication skills. * aspects o f economic processes. Emphasis is on the dynamism o f economic change and how this change Applicants who demonstrate proficiency i n language acquisition and who have solid business experience w i l l have preference. * Applications for A d m i s s i o n , together with offical transcripts for a l l post-secondary education, must be APMC 524 Business Development Projects (1.5) (2,0,2) (S) These are supervised team projects w o r k i n g with V a n couver-based companies. Business plans and projects are prepared for A s i a n opportunities chosen in conjunction with the companies. submitted to A d m i s s i o n s , Office o f the Registrar. APMC 525 International Management I Course Descriptions (2.25) (3,0,0) (F) This course provides students with a broad understanding APMC 503 (3.0) International Career Management (2,0,0) (F)(S) of the Management Process and Functions as w e l l as with the interrelatedness o f these topics with H u m a n Behav- This course w i l l help students develop skills and an iour in Organizations. Students also study the application understanding for networking and w o r k i n g in an A s i a n of this learning in an international context - particularly environment. with respect to the A s i a Pacific Region. APMC 515 (.25) (0,0,2.5) (S) APMC 531 (2.25) Directed Studies International Finance II This two-fold course allows students, through directed This course is a continuation o f A P M C 518. (3,0,0) (S) research and a written paper, to explore an area of special interest or need. It also includes preparation for the final APMC 532 comprehensive exam. Economic Geography II A P M C 518 (3,0,0) (S) This course is a continuation o f A P M C 520. (2.25) (3,0,0) (F) International Finance I This course w i l l aim at providing students with an understanding o f financial concepts and strategies that influence business in the conduct o f international commerce. APMC 519 (2.25) (1.5) APMC 533 (1.5) International Business and Trade (2,0,0) (S) This course w i l l focus on case studies. APMC 534 International Management II (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) (2,0,0) (F) This course is a continuation o f A P M C 525, but places a Introduction to Business and Trade greater emphasis on guest presentations by senior This course provides students with an understanding executives whose companies actually are operating in the of the basic concepts involved in marketing products A s i a Pacific Region. and services, as w e l l as with a familiarity with marketing terminology and the application o f the "marketing concept". APMC 520 Economic Geography I (2.25) (3,0,0) (F) This course w i l l introduce students to current concepts in socio-economic analysis and w i l l emphasize the spatial APMC 540 Asia Pacific Perspectives I (7,0,0) (F) This series of courses is designed to introduce students to the historical and current social, political and cultural patterns of the A s i a Pacific Region. Students w i l l review and develop skills in cross-cultural communication. They w i l l also develop skills in regional analysis that w i l l help Post-graduate Programs - Asia Pacific Management 292 (5.25) them understand relationships within A s i a and with the INDO 102 West. Introduction to Indonesian I APMC 541 (3.75) (4,0,0) (S) (1.5) (4,2,0) (F) This course helps prepare students to function in daily life in Indonesia by helping them to master basic lan- Asia Pacific Perspectives II guage skills, sensitizing them to cultural differences, and This course is a continuation o f A P M C 540. teaching them to begin to read and write Indonesian. APMC 550 (1.5) (2,0,0) (S) INDO 103 (3.0) Cross Cultural Communication Introduction to Indonesian II This course w i l l develop an understanding o f the process Prerequisite: o f communication, including appreciation of the fact that (4,2,0) (S) I N D O 102 or permission o f the instructor. This course is a continuation o f I N D O 102. communication is significantly affected by the culture, personality and experience o f the communicator. This course w i l l also develop an understanding o f the students' JAPN 202 Introduction to Japanese I (1.5) (3,1,0) (F) own culture and its effects on behavior. Prerequisite: APMC 560 (0) (4,0,0) (F) (S) Equivalent o f " L e v e l Three" (Advanced Beginnner's Level) of the Japanese Proficiency Test or Workshops higher, and instructor's permission. This series allows students to "customize" the Program This course is designed to provide students with interme- by selecting from a range o f courses which offer an diate practical Japanese communication skills for daily opportunity to develop special skills or to study special and job-related circumstances in Japan. issues concerning A s i a . JAPN 203 CHIN 102 (1.5) (3,1,0) (F) (3) (3,1,0) (S) Introduction to Japanese II Introduction to Chinese I Prerequisite: This course introduces students to the basics o f Mandarin This course is a continuation o f J A P N 202. J A P N 202 or instructor's permission. and develops basic communication skills through the study o f vocabulary, grammar, sentence structure and THA1102 culture. Introduction to Thai I CHIN 103 (3) (3,1,0) (S) Introduction to Chinese II Prerequisite: (1.5) (4,2,0) (F) This course is designed to provide students with basic Thai language skills and sensitize them to important cultural differences in concept and behaviour. C H I N 102 or permission o f the instructor. THAI 103 This course is a continuation o f C H I N 102 . (3) (4,2,0) (S) Introduction to Thai II CHIN 202 (1.5) (3,1,0) (F) Intermediate Chinese I Prerequisite: Prerequisite: T H A I 102 or instructor's permission. This course is a continuation o f T H A I 102. C o m p l e t i o n o f one year of Chinese or instructor's permission. VIET 102 This course is designed to provide students with func- Introduction to Vietnamese I tional Chinese communication skills for daily and job- This course is designed to offer students a basic k n o w l - related circumstances in C h i n a and other Mandarin- edge o f Vietnamese and to enable them to gain an speaking countries and regions. appreciation o f the Vietnamese culture and society. CHIN 203 (3) (3,1,0) (S) (1.5) Intermediate Chinese II VIET 103 Introduction to Vietnamese II Prerequisite: Prerequisite: C H I N 202 or instructor's permission. This course is a continuation o f C H I N 202. (3) (3,1,0) (F) (3,1,0) (S) V I E T 102 or instructor's permission. This course is a continuation of V I E T 102. Post-graduate Programs - Asia Pacific Management 293 Environmental Science ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE POST BACCALAUREATE DIPLOMA Instructional Faculty J.D. B O N S E R , B . A . S c , M . A . S c . ( U B C ) , P h . D . (Waterloo) K . A . J . D A V I D S O N , B . A . (Winnipeg), M . A . (Manitoba) W . G A H E R T Y , B . S c . ( M . I . T . ) , M . S c . (Stanford) S. G R O V E S , A . B . (Radcliffe), P h . D . ( U B C ) , Coordinator of Environmental Science R . M . M A C Q U E E N , B . S c . (Waterloo), M . S c . ( U B C ) L. H . N I K L , B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU) J. H . N O R I E , B . A . S c . ( U B C ) , M . E n v . D e s . (Calgary) R . K . P A I S L E Y , B . S c . ( U B C ) , M . S c . (Washington), J . D . (California), L L . M . (London School of Economics) N . POTTINGER, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) C . T. R E A R D O N , B . A . , L . L . D . (Dalhousie), M . A . (Queen's), M . A . ( M . I . T . ) A . R O J A S , M . A . (York), Ph.D. (York) D. F. S H E R A T O N , B . A . S c . Ph.D. ( U B C ) V . M . T R O U P , B . S c . (Hons.) ( M c M a s t e r ) , M . S c . ( U B C ) , Coordinator o f Environmental Science A . W H I T E H E A D , B.Sc. (U. V i c ) , M.Sc. (UBC) S. W I L K I N S , B . A . , M . S c . (McMaster) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians J. R I C H A R D S O N , B . Sc. ( U V i c ) , M . S c . ( U B C ) , Laboratory Supervisor J. T H O M P S O N , Laboratory Technician S. Y E E , B . S c . ( U B C ) , Laboratory Technician General Information The D i p l o m a Program in Environmental Science is intended for students who have already completed a degree in science and who wish to acquire the knowledge and practical skills necessary for dealing with environmental issues and projects in the work place. This is a full year program designed to prepare students to accept leadership roles in environmental problem solving through a combination of academic studies and field assignments. Areas o f emphasis include applied ecology, toxicology, project management, environmental assessment, law, and ethics. Completion o f an in-depth assignment i n v o l v i n g work placement or directed studies is also required. Post-graduate Programs • Environmental Science 294 F o r complete details on this program, see Environmental Science in the A c a d e m i c section o f this calendar. u LO WO u LO LO Summer School Programs and Courses COST RECOVERY CREDIT COURSES The College plans to offer credit courses on a cost recovery basis to supplement its regular fall/spring offering during the summer. These courses w i l l be offered both on an intensive basis (approximately 7.5 weeks) and a full semester basis (the traditional 15 weeks). Every effort w i l l be made to offer a full range o f credit courses, especially those courses with the highest demand. A n y student who is unable to enrol in a course of his/her choice i n the regular term w i l l have a good chance o f doing so in the summer. Registration will not be on a G P A basis, but on a first come, first served basis. Students who have failed courses and cannot repeat them during the normal school year w i l l also be able to enrol in these courses during the summer semester. Information on course offerings w i l l be available early in January and registration w i l l begin in mid-semester. Courses w i l l begin in early M a y and run through August. The first intensive semester (with two four-hour meetings a week) w i l l run from the first week in M a y to mid-June and the second intensive semester w i l l run from mid-June to mid-August. Non-refundable deposits w i l l be required to hold a seat. Special Summer Programs In addition to normal course offerings, there w i l l also be a series o f non-credit summer programs ranging from wilderness field schools to special college prepatory programs offered in August. C h e c k the summer school timetable in January for more information. Summer School Programs & Courses 297 298 o VJ o3 o VJ Contract Services and Extension Division EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Extension Services C o n t a c t : 984-4901, fax: 983:7545 ( L o w e r Mainland) The College offers a variety of cost recoverable courses 892-5322, fax: 892-9274 (Howe Sound) 885-9310, fax: 885-9350 (Sunshine Coast) For Extension Services tuition policy, please see Fees Section. and programs through the Contract Services and Extension D i v i s i o n . There are no prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended for admission. The majority o f Extension offerings are an outgrowth of the College's academic and career/vocational programs Program Consultants L . B A K E R , B . A . ( U B C ) , L L . B . ( U B C ) , Prof. Teaching Cert. ( S F U ) ; Coordinator, general programs, Eldercollege J. B E N N E T T , B . A . ( S F U ) ; general programs and C o n tract Services, Sechelt campus G . H O F F M A N , B . E d . ( U B C ) , Cert. T E S L / T F S L (Laval whose faculties contribute to the high level o f instructional competence o f the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas o f arts, music, film and television studies, social sciences, natural sciences, career development, business, computer science, personal development, fashion, media, and modern languages. Educational study tours are also available through Extension Programs. U n i v . ) , M . A . ( S O A S , U n i v . London), Prof. Teaching Cert. ( U B C ) ; languages and international homestay Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they K . L I N D , B . A . (Mus.) ( U B C ) ; C o m m u n i t y M u s i c School are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed through- R . M O R R I S , M . A . ( U B C ) ; general programs, F i l m and out the community, in newspaper ads and by direct mail. Television Studies N . N O W L A N , B . A . (Queens U n i v . ) , M . A . ( U B C ) , M . E d . ( U B C ) ; Contract Services, lower mainland B . W E P R U K ; general programs and Contract Services, Squamish campus Community Music School The Capilano College C o m m u n i t y M u s i c School offers group instruction for students o f voice, theory, and a wide variety o f instruments. Classes are held on campus and in other community locations. Support Staff Programs are advertised in the local media each M a y and A. H E R B E R T , G. M I T C H E L L , D. RENTZ, B. SOEDER; listed in the Extension Programs and Services Calendar Program Assistants published three times yearly. E . M O R T O N , Publicist Eldercollege Contract Services Eldercollege is a year-round educational community. Contract Training Services develops training opportuni- M e n and women, 55 and older, enjoy daytime study ties for organizations and businesses, using the wide groups in a stimulating atmosphere and the companion- range and high level of educational resources available ship of peers. through Capilano College. Training in a wide variety o f Eldercollege is a participatory program. Members o f Eldercollege can lead study groups, serve on the Eldercollege A d v i s o r y B o a r d and its committees, and be study group participants. T o maintain a high quality offering at a m i n i m a l cost, activities are both planned and operated by members. subject areas such as: computer training, organizational skills, writing and presentation skills and cross-cultural training, to name a few, is designed for the workplace and delivered either on site or on campus. A training consultant w i l l assist with needs assessments, program design, costing and evaluation to ensure it meets the needs of the learners and the organization. Various programs funded through the provincial and federal government may also be developed and administered through this office. Contract Services works in partnership with other faculties, colleges and community organizations to jointly develop and deliver high quality training opportunities for the community. Co-sponsorship of Educational Activities Organizations and societies are encouraged to co-sponsor their educational activities with Capilano College. The College can provide facilities, program design and administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to foster public understanding on social, business, artistic and technological issues. Non-Credit Programs and Courses 301 Achievement Resource Centre ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE WORKSHOPS C o n t a c t : 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre ( A R C ) offers free workshops on'learning skills for college success. Schedule and details are published separately each term. Workshop topics include: Concentration M i n d Mapping Learning from Texts Improving Comprehension M e m o r y Training Notetaking Researching a T e r m Assignment Study Tips Test T a k i n g Strategies T i m e Management Introduction to W o r d Processing F o r further information, call 984-4945 or come to the Achievement Resource Centre in Library building. Non-Credit Programs and Courses 302 o • • • 1 11 1BHBI • 1 I I <1 1/1 c E :! : I". W o> u ro - 1'' I 1 • c j 11 I n • H1 > o < o3 o Governance and Administration BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF CAPILANO COLLEGE Jack McKeown Chair Paddi Arthur Vice-Chair Greg Lee, President Capilano College Peter Meredith Linda Carney Bob Curry Keith Denley Naomi Yamamoto Ernie Tjensvold Sam Weller Emmie Leung Mark Battersby Faculty Representative Laraine Hamilton Staff Representative Bob Camfield, Chair Education Council John Potts, Ex-Officio Board Member Callum Mackenzie Student Representative Dominic Brooks Student Representative Governance and Administration 305 CAPILANO COLLEGE BOARD The B o a r d o f the College, established i n conformity with the College and Institute A c t , consists of 17 members, including 10 appointed by the M i n i s t e r o f S k i l l s , Training and Labour, four elected from the College community, and one ex-officio member drawn from the administrative group at the College. These members serve as trustees o f the C o l l e g e . The B o a r d is responsible for governing the College, and in that capacity determines the policy by which the College operates and reviews the performance o f the College and its component parts. Traditionally, the Administration D a v i d Brewer, R . C . P . P . ; Director o f Supply & Services James E . Cooke, B . A . , M . A . ; Dean, Student & Instructional Services Randi Duke, B . A . , M . A . ; Executive Director o f College Relations Stephanie Forsyth, B . A . , M . E d . ; Dean, C o m m u n i t y and Foundation Programs Donna Gallagher, Manager o f Financial Systems Steve Gallagher, B . A . ; Manager, Computer Support Services W i l l i a m Gibson, B . A . , P h . D . , D i p . E d ; Vice-President, A c a d e m i c Affairs Board meets monthly to fulfill its statutory responsibili- K e n Hughes, Director o f Buildings & Grounds ties and to conduct its general business. Joseph Iacobellis, B . P . E . , M . P . E . ; Manager, Athletics and Capilano College Board: Marie Jessup, C . G . A . ; V i c e President, Finance, and Jack M c K e o w n , C h a i r L y n n Jest, M . E d . ; A c t i n g Director, Contract Services and Recreation Bursar; Board Secretariat Paddi Arthur, V i c e - C h a i r M a r k Battersby Extension D i v i s i o n D i a n n a L . Larsen, B . A . , M . A . ; Registrar Dominic Brooks Greg F . Lee, B . S c , M . S c , P h . D . ; President Bob Camfield Carol McCandless, B . A . , M . A . ; Dean, Science and M e d i a L i n d a Carney Technology B o b Curry Marleen M o r r i s , B . A . ; Director, Public Relations Keith Denley A l a n N g , B . S c , C . G . A . ; Comptroller Laraine H a m i l t o n John Potts, B . A . , M . P . A . ; Dean, Business, H u m a n Greg L e e Services, and International Programs Emmie Leung Barb Robertson, B . E d . ; Associate Registrar Callum Mackenzie Ian Robertson, A c t i n g Director of Buildings & Grounds Peter Meredith C i n d y Rogers, Manager o f Personnel Services John Potts A l a n P . D . Smith, B . A . , M . A . ; Executive Director o f Ernie Tjensvold Planning & Institutional Research Sam W e l l e r M a r k Vernon, B . A . , C . A . ; Director o f Financial Services Naomi Yamamoto John Waters, B . A . (Hons.), M . A . ; Dean, Arts Frieda Wiebe, B . A . (Hons.), M . L . S . , M . B . A . ; College Librarian Governance and Administration 306 Index A c ACADEMIC POLICIES 34 ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 10 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER 87 ACCELERATED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA 223 ACCESS TO INFORMATION (Freedom of Information & Privacy Protection Act)... 28 ACCOUNTING ASSISTANT PROGRAM 201 ACCOUNTING SUPPORT PROGRAM 203 ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE (ARC) Credit Courses 74 Non-Credit Programs and Courses 302 North Vancouver, Sechelt, Squamish 40 ADDRESSES & PHONE NUMBERS OF CAMPUSES 1 ADMINISTRATION 305 ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT PROGRAM 201 ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES, BACHELOR OF 222 ADMISSION 12 ADMISSIONS OFFICE 48 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION' FOUNDATIONS 75 ADVANCED BUSINESS DIPLOMA 221 ADVANCED PLACEMENT 13 ADVISING CENTRE & HOTLINE 48 ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING .... 80 ANTHROPOLOGY 92 APPEAL OF GRADES 35 APPLIED BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY .. 200 APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 211 ART HISTORY 112 ART INSTITUTE 106 ASIA PACIFIC MANAGEMENT CO-OP PROGRAM 291 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 29 ATHLETICS & RECREATION 40 ATTENDANCE 26 AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES 47 AUDIT STATUS 26 AWARDS - See Financial Aid 53 CAFETERIAS 44 CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY 90 CANASEAN INTERNATIONAL PROJECT 45 "CAP CORNER" - See Student Store 52 CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION .. 55 CAPILANO COURIER 51 41 54 114 55 217 227 225 220 203 41 CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE 42 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS General Information 199 CERTIFICATES AND DIPLOMAS 25 CHANGING REGISTRATION STATUS 19 CHEATING & PLAGIARISM POLICY 37 CHEMISTRY 118 CHILD C A R E : 41 CHINESE 120 COLLEGE BOARD & ADMINISTRATION 305 C O L L E G E FOUNDATION 55 COMMERCE 121 COMMERCIAL ANIMATION 240 COMMUNICATIONS 243 COMMUNITY MUSIC SCHOOL 301 COMPUTING SCIENCE 123 CONTRACT SERVICES 301 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 42.199 COPYRIGHT POLICY 38 COUNSELLING 41 CRAFTS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 110 CREDIT FREE COURSES - See Extension Programs 301 CRIMINOLOGY 126 D D A Y C A R E - See Child Care DEAN'S LIST DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES DISTANCE EDUCATION DROPPING COURSES 41 55 29 43 43 19 E EARLY CHILDHOOD C A R E & EDUCATION B BOOKSTORE B.C. STUDENT ASSISTANCE BIOLOGY BURSARIES BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION EVENING CERTIFICATE BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OP BUSINESS CO-OP EDUCATION PROGRAM BUSINESS FUNDAMENTALS PROGRAM CAPILANO REVIEW 246 ECONOMICS 127 ELDERCOLLEGE 301 ENGINEERING 129 ENGLISH 132 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 82 ENGLISH DIAGNOSTIC TEST (EDT) .... 88 ENGLISH L A N G U A G E REQUIREMENTS 18 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 136,294 EQUIVALENCE, EXEMPTION, SUBSTITUTION, TRANSFER CREDIT 27 ETHNIC & CROSS C U L T U R A L RELATIONS PROGRAM EVENT MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION PERIOD EXTENSION PROGRAMS 90 228 27 301 F F A C U L T Y -See specific programs/courses FEES 23 FINANCIAL AID & AWARDS 53 FINANCIAL AID OFFICE 49 FIRST AID AND H E A L T H 44 FIRST NATIONS PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 44 FISHERIES SCIENCE , 252 FITNESS & RECREATION 40,50 FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE 44 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION AND PRIVACY PROTECTION A C T 28 FRENCH 138 G GEOGRAPHY 140 GEOLOGY 142 GERMAN 143 GOVERNANCE 305 GRADES 34 GRADE POINT A V E R A G E 34 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 29 GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION.. 94 H HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES See Disability Support Services 43 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS 254 HEALTH SERVICES & FIRST AID 44 HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY - See Adult Basic Education 75 HISTORY 144 HOLIDAYS IN 1996/97 10 HOME SUPPORT ATTENDANT PROGRAM 259 HORTICULTURE 261 H U M A N KINETICS 146 HUMANITIES DIVISION 87 I IDENTIFICATION CARD INDONESIAN INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS PROGRAM INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL OFFICE 22 293 40 13 228 44 44 Index 309 J JAPANESE JAZZ STUDIES JOB PLACEMENT - See Student Employment 147 148 51 K KINESIOLOGY 161 L LABOUR STUDIES PROGRAM 162 LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE PROGRAM 261 LEGAL ASSISTANT PROGRAM 264 LEGAL SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 206 LIBRARY North Vancouver, Sechelt, Squamish 46 LOANS - See Financial Aid 53 LOCAL GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATION PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE 227 LOST AND FOUND 48 M MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS 167 MATH LEARNING CENTRE 40,89 MATH PLACEMENT TEST 17,89 MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES 47 MEDIA RESOURCES PROGRAM 269 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM 208 MERIT LIST 56 MISSION AND VALUES 9 MUSIC THERAPY, BACHELOR OF 274 MUSIC TRANSFER, BACHELOR OF ... 172 N NEWSPAPER, STUDENT NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS NORTH VANCOUVER CAMPUS Address & Phone 51 301 1 0 OFFICE ASSISTANT E.S.L. PROGRAM 202 OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR 48 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM .... 200 OPEN COLLEGE/UNIVERSITY 43 OPEN LEARNING AGENCY 43 OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 279 Wilderness Leadership 282 P PARKING 49 PEER SUPPORT CENTRE 42 PERSONAL CARE ATTENDANT Working for Persons with Disabilities 256 PHILOSOPHY 178 Index 310 PHYSICAL EDUCATION - See Human Kinetics 146 PHYSICS 181 PLAGIARISM AND CHEATING POLICY 37 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 26,34 POLITICAL STUDIES 183 POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMS 291 PREPARATORY PROGRAMS 73 PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING TRANSFER PACKAGE 225 PSYCHOLOGY 186 PURE AND APPLIED SCIENCE DIVISION 87,91 TEXTILE ARTS THAI THEATRE TOEFL TOURISM MANAGEMENT CO-OP PROGRAM TOWING TRANSER TO AND FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS: Academic Career TUITION - See Fees 107 191 192 14 285 50 87 199 23 U R READMISSION RECORDS AND REGISTRATION RECREATION AND FITNESS REFUND OF FEES REGISTRAR. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRATION REPEATING A COURSE RESIDENT CARE ATTENDANT PROGRAM RETAIL MARKETING CO-OP PROGRAM T 12 49 40,50 24 48 17 35 254 226 s SCHOLARSHIPS 55 SCHOLASTIC AWARDS 56 SCIENCE: General information 91 SECHELT CAMPUS ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1 SECURITY 50 SELF STUDY COURSES 89 SENIOR CITIZEN FEE WAIVERS 24 SERVICES 40 SEXUAL HARASSMENT ADVISOR 50 SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY 38 SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION 87 SOCIOLOGY 188 SPANISH 190 SPORTS - See Athletics 40 SPORTSPLEX AND FITNESS CENTRE . 50 SQUAMISH CAMPUS ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER 1 STUDENT ASSISTANCE 53 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT CENTRE 51 STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD 22 STUDENT LOANS 53 STUDENT NEWSPAPER 51 STUDENT NUMBER 22 STUDENT RECORDS 49 STUDENT SERVICES 40 STUDENT STORE 52 STUDENT UNION 51 STUDIO ART 100 SUMMER SCHOOL 297 UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 87 V VISITORS VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS DIVISION 26 87 W WAITLISTS 18 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP PROGRAM 282 WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE 19 WOMEN'S STUDIES 194 WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 90 WRITING CENTRE 40,88